UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES I INC
424B3, 1998-12-11
PATENT OWNERS & LESSORS
Previous: PRINCETON VIDEO IMAGE INC, 424B3, 1998-12-11
Next: XYBERNAUT CORP, RW, 1998-12-11




The information in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is
not complete and is subject to amendment. These securities may not be sold until
we deliver a final  Prospectus  Supplement  and  accompanying  Prospectus.  This
Prospectus  Supplement and  Prospectus  shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation  of an offer to buy the  securities in any state in which such
offer, solicitation or sale would not be permitted.

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION Dated December 9, 1998.


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated December 9, 1998)


                                  $742,900,000
                        UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC.
                     TAXABLE STUDENT LOAN ASSET-BACKED NOTES
                                   SERIES 1998


        We are offering  $742,900,000  aggregate principal amount of our Taxable
Student Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series 1998. The Series 1998 Notes will consist
of the following seven classes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Original                  First                                                       Proceeds
                                    Principal   Interest     Interest          Final Legal      Price to   Underwriting      to
                                     Amount       Rate     Payment Date         Maturity        Public     Discount(1)    Issuer(2)
                                   -----------  -------    -------------       -----------      --------   ------------  ---------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>       <C>                 <C>               <C>       <C>           <C>
Senior Fixed Rate
        Class 1998A-7 Notes       $125,000,000     %       February 1, 1999    August 1, 2005
                                                              
Senior Fixed Rate
        Class 1998A-8 Notes       $125,000,000     %       February 1,  1999   September 1, 2005
                                                             
Senior Fixed Rate
        Class 1998A-9 Notes       $125,000,000     %       February 1, 1999    December 1, 2005
                                                              
Senior Auction Rate
SecuritiesSM (ARSSM)              $100,000,000  Auction    January 22, 1999    October 1, 2032
        Class 1998A-10 Notes                                  

Senior Auction Rate
SecuritiesSM (ARSSM)              $100,000,000  Auction    January 29,  1999   November 1, 2032
        Class 1998A-11 Notes                                 

Senior Auction Rate
SecuritiesSM (ARSSM)               $97,900,000  Auction    February 5, 1999    December 1, 2032
        Class 1998A-12 Notes                                 

Subordinate Auction Rate
SecuritiesSM (ARSSM)               $70,000,000  Auction    January 22, 1999    December 1, 2032
        Class 1998B-5 Notes                                   
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1)     We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities,
        including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)     Before deducting expenses payable by us estimated to be $______________.

        We have  previously  issued  $596,700,000  of our Taxable  Student  Loan
Asset-Backed Notes,  $571,500,000 of which currently remain outstanding.  Of the
outstanding  notes,  $525,100,000  are Class A Notes and $54,400,000 are Class B
Notes.  The Series  1998 Notes will  consist of  $672,900,000  Class A Notes and
$70,000,000 Class B Notes. All of the Class B Notes,  regardless of when issued,
are  subordinated  to the Class A Notes with respect to payment of principal and
interest. We may issue in the future additional Class A Notes and Class B Notes.



                                      S-1
<PAGE>

        The Series 1998 Notes, along with all other notes that we have issued or
may issue in the future,  will be collateralized by a portfolio of student loans
that have the characteristics described herein, moneys paid on the student loans
and funds in accounts created under the Indenture of Trust pursuant to which the
Series 1998 Notes are issued.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange  Commission nor any state securities
commission  has  approved or  disapproved  these  securities  or passed upon the
accuracy  or  adequacy  of  this  Prospectus   Supplement  or  the  accompanying
Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        Salomon Smith Barney, Dain Rauscher Incorporated and Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter  (collectively,  the  "Underwriters")  are offering the Series 1998 Notes
subject to approval of certain  legal  matters by counsel for the  Underwriters.
The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify their offer and
to reject  orders in whole or in part. We expect that the Series 1998 Notes will
be  delivered  in  book-entry-only  form  through the Same Day Funds  Settlement
System of The  Depository  Trust  Company,  Cedel Bank,  S.A. and the  Euroclear
System on or about December 22, 1998.

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY

                         DAIN RAUSCHER INCORPORATED

                                                  MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER

                                      December __, 1998.

SM Auction Rate Securities is a service mark of Salomon Smith Barney

   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     You should consider  carefully the "Risk Factors" beginning on page S-11 of
this Prospectus Supplement and on page 1 of the Prospectus.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Series 1998 Notes are  obligations  of our company  payable solely from
the  collateral  described  herein.  The Series  1998  Notes are not  insured or
guaranteed by any  government  agency or  instrumentality,  any affiliate of our
company,  any insurance  company or any other person or entity.  This Prospectus
Supplement  may be  used to  offer  and  sell  the  Series  1998  Notes  only if
accompanied by the Prospectus.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                                                  Page

Summary......................................................................S-4
Risk Factors................................................................S-11
The Sellers ................................................................S-12
Previously Issued Notes ....................................................S-13
Credit Enhancement .........................................................S-14
Use of Proceeds.............................................................S-15
Characteristics of the Financed Eligible Loans .............................S-16
Certain Information Relating to the Guarantee Agencies .....................S-23
Federal Family Education Loan Program ......................................S-26
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges .........................................S-28
Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements...........................S-29
Plan of Distribution .......................................................S-29
Legal Matters ..............................................................S-30
Exhibit 1 ..................................................................S-31


                                   PROSPECTUS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT........................................................  i
AVAILABLE INFORMATION........................................................  i
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS......................................................  ii
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE..............................iii
SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING...................................................... ix
RISK FACTORS.................................................................  1
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES..................................................... 13
SECURITY AND SOURCES OF PAYMENT FOR THE NOTES................................ 21
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS RELATED
        TO AUCTION RATE NOTES AND AUCTION PROCEDURES......................... 38
AUCTION RATE NOTE SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES...................................... 67
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS
        RELATED TO LIBOR RATE NOTES.......................................... 70
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION...................................................... 77
ADDITIONAL NOTES............................................................. 79
SUMMARY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE............................... 80
SELLER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................................103
DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT............................................108
THE ISSUER...................................................................110
THE ISSUER'S STUDENT LOAN PURCHASE PROGRAM...................................113
DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM.....................115
GUARANTEE AGENCIES...........................................................133
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES...........................................134
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.....................................135
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS........................................................140
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AMONG FINANCING PARTICIPANTS..........................141
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................................142
LEGAL MATTERS...............................................................143
FINANCIAL INFORMATION.......................................................143
RATINGS.....................................................................143
INDEX TO AND GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TERMS......................................145

APPENDIX I-FORM OF MASTER PURCHASER'S LETTER................................I-1



                                       S-2

<PAGE>

               Important Notice About Information Presented in the
              Prospectus Supplement and the Accompanying Prospectus


        We  provide  information  to you  about  the  Series  1998  Notes in two
separate documents that  progressively  provide more detail: (a) this Prospectus
Supplement, which describes the specific terms of the Series 1998 Notes, and (b)
the accompanying Prospectus,  which provides general information,  some of which
may not  apply  to the  Series  1998  Notes.  You are  urged  to read  both  the
Prospectus  and  this  Prospectus  Supplement  in  full  to  obtain  information
concerning  the Series 1998 Notes.  You may not  purchase  the Series 1998 Notes
unless you have received both the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement.

        If  there is a  conflict  between  this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
accompanying  Prospectus,  you should rely on the information in this Prospectus
Supplement.

        Cross-references  are  included in this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
accompanying  Prospectus  to  captions  in these  materials  where  you can find
further discussions about related topics. The table of contents on the preceding
page provides the pages on which these captions are located.

        You can find a listing of the pages where capitalized terms used in this
Prospectus  Supplement  and the  accompanying  Prospectus  are defined under the
caption  "Index to and Glossary of Defined  Terms"  beginning on page 145 in the
accompanying Prospectus.  Any capitalized terms that are used but not defined in
this Prospectus Supplement have the meanings assigned in the Prospectus.


                                      S-3
<PAGE>

                                     SUMMARY

        The  following  summary is a very  general  overview of the terms of the
Series 1998 Notes and does not contain all of the  information  that you need to
consider in making your  investment  decision.  Before  deciding to purchase the
Series 1998 Notes, you should consider the more detailed  information  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus  Supplement and in the Prospectus.  This Prospectus
Supplement   contains   forward-looking   statements   that  involve  risks  and
uncertainties. See "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Information."

Securities Offered

        The Taxable  Student  Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series  1998,  have an
aggregate stated principal  balance of $742,900,000 and consist of the following
seven classes:


         o             $125,000,000  Senior Class 1998A-7 Notes, Fixed Rate;

         o             $125,000,000  Senior Class 1998A-8 Notes, Fixed Rate;

         o             $125,000,000  Senior Class 1998A-9 Notes, Fixed Rate;

         o             $100,000,000  Senior Class 1998A-10 Notes,
                                     Auction Rate Securities SM (ARSSM );

         o             $100,000,000  Senior Class 1998A-11 Notes,
                                     Auction Rate Securities SM (ARSSM );

         o              $97,900,000  Senior Class 1998A-12 Notes,
                                     Auction Rate Securities SM (ARSSM );

         o              $70,000,000  Subordinate Class 1998B-5 Notes,
                                     Auction Rate Securities SM (ARSSM ).

Designations

        o      The Class  1998A-7  Notes,  the Class  1998A-8  Notes,  the Class
               1998A-9 Notes, the Class 1998A-10 Notes, the Class 1998A-11 Notes
               and the Class 1998A-12 Notes are referred to collectively  herein
               as the "Class 1998A Notes."

        o      The Class 1998A-7  Notes, Class  1998A-8  Notes  and   the  Class
               1998A-9 Notes  are referred  to collectively herein as the "Fixed
               Rate Notes."

        o      The Class 1998A-10 Notes,  Class 1998A-11  Notes,  Class 1998A-12
               Notes and Class 1998B-5 Notes are referred to collectively herein
               as the "Auction Rate Notes."


                                      S-4
<PAGE>


Closing Date

        December 22, 1998.

Denominations

        We will  issue  the  Auction  Rate  Notes in  minimum  denominations  of
$100,000 or any integral multiple thereof. We will issue the Fixed Rate Notes in
minimum  denominations of $50,000 or any integral  multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.

Interest Rates

        The Fixed Rate  Notes  will bear  interest  at the  following  rates per
annum:

                      Class 1998A-7 -       __%
                      Class 1998A-8 -       __%
                      Class 1998A-9 -       __%

        The Auction Rate Notes will bear interest as set forth below:

        Class 1998A-10 Auction Rate Notes

        "Auction Period" means initially, 28 days.
        "Initial Auction Date" means January 21, 1999.
        "Initial Rate" means _____%.
        "Initial Rate Adjustment Date" means January 22, 1999.

        Class 1998A-11 Auction Rate Notes

        "Auction Period" means initially, 28 days.
        "Initial Auction Date" means January 28, 1999.
        "Initial Rate" means _____%.
        "Initial Rate Adjustment Date" means January 29, 1999.

        Class 1998A-12 Auction Rate Notes

        "Auction Period" means initially, 28 days.
        "Initial Auction Date" means February 4, 1999.
        "Initial Rate" means _____%.
        "Initial Rate Adjustment Date" means February 5, 1999.


                                      S-5
<PAGE>


        Class 1998B-5 Auction Rate Notes

        "Auction Period" means initially, 28 days.
        "Initial Auction Date" means February 21, 1999.
        "Initial Rate" means _____%.
        "Initial Rate Adjustment Date" means February 22, 1999.

        We may change the length of the Auction  Period for any Class of Auction
Rate Notes as described in the Prospectus under the heading "Certain Definitions
and  Provisions  Related to Auction Rate Notes and Auction  Procedures - Auction
Note Interest Rate."

        For each Auction  Period,  the interest rate for a Class of Auction Rate
Notes will equal the lower of:

        o      the applicable rate determined pursuant to the auction procedures
               described  in  the   accompanying   Prospectus   under   "Certain
               Definitions  and  Provisions  Related to  Auction  Rate Notes and
               Auction Procedures;" and

        o      a "Net Loan Rate," generally equal to the greater of (i) the rate
               of interest on certain United States  Treasury  Securities,  plus
               1.50% and (ii) the weighted  average interest rate of the student
               loans pledged to the Trustee, less certain transaction fees.

Distributions on the Series 1998 Notes

        Interest Payments.  On the first business day of each month,  commencing
February 1, 1999,  we will pay the holders of each Class of Fixed Rate Notes the
interest accrued on their Notes during the preceding  interest accrual period at
the  respective  interest  rates  listed on the  cover  page.  Interest  will be
calculated on the basis of a 360 day year  consisting  of twelve 30-day  months.
For the interest  payment due February 1, 1999, the interest accrual period will
begin on December 15, 1998 and end on January 31, 1999.  For all other  interest
payment dates, the interest accrual period will be the preceding calendar month.

        On the first  business  day after  each  Auction  Period  for a Class of
Auction Rate Notes,  we will pay the holders of such Class the interest  accrued
on  their  Auction  Rate  Notes  during  the  preceding  Auction  Period  at the
applicable  interest rate. Interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day
year and the actual number of days elapsed during the related Auction Period.

        Principal Redemptions.  Except in certain circumstances that we consider
remote,  we will not redeem any Series or Class of our Notes (regardless of when
issued)  until  May  1999.  Commencing  in May  1999,  to the  extent  funds are
available in the Note Redemption Fund we will redeem our Notes as follows:


                                      S-6
<PAGE>


        o      first, Class 1996A-5 Notes (which were issued in October 1996) in
               the  amount  needed  to reduce  their  principal  balance  to the
               percentage  of their  original  principal  balance  set  forth on
               Exhibit 1;

        o      second,  after the Class 1996A-5 Notes have been redeemed in full
               (which is scheduled to occur on April 1, 2002), the Class 1998A-7
               Notes in the amount needed to reduce their  principal  balance to
               the percentage of their original  principal  balance set forth on
               Exhibit 1;

        o      third,  after the Class  1998A-7 Notes have been redeemed in full
               (which is scheduled to occur on June 1, 2003),  the Class 1998A-8
               Notes in the amount needed to reduce their  principal  balance to
               the percentage of their original  principal  balance set forth on
               Exhibit 1; and

        o      fourth,  after the Class 1998A-8 Notes have been redeemed in full
               (which  is  scheduled  to occur on  August  1,  2004),  the Class
               1998A-9  Notes in the  amount  needed to reduce  their  principal
               balance to the percentage of their original principal balance set
               forth on Exhibit 1.

        Beginning  in April  2002,  or such later date as approved in writing by
the rating  agencies  rating our Notes,  if funds remain in the Note  Redemption
Fund after redeeming the Class 1996A-5,  Class 1998A-7,  Class 1998A-8 and Class
1998A-9 Notes as described  above,  we intend to redeem our  remaining  notes as
follows:

        o      first, all Class A Auction Rate Notes  (including  Classes now or
               previously  issued  and those  that may be issued in the  future)
               will be redeemed in the order that we may  determine  in our sole
               discretion from time to time;

        o      second,  after all Class A Auction Rate Notes have been  redeemed
               in full,  all Class B Notes  (including  those now or  previously
               issued  and  those  that may be  issued  in the  future)  will be
               redeemed in the order that we may determine  from time to time in
               our sole discretion,  subject to the limitations described in the
               attached  Prospectus  under  "Description of the Notes Notice and
               Partial Redemption of Notes";

        o      third,  the Class 1998A-7,  Class 1998A-8 and Class 1998A-9 Notes
               that remain outstanding, in that order, until each such Class has
               been redeemed in full; and

        o      fourth,  any Class B Notes  (including  those  now or  previously
               issued and those that may be issued in the  future)  that  remain
               outstanding  will be redeemed in the order that we may  determine
               in our sole discretion from time to time.


                                      S-7
<PAGE>


        Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  we have the option of redeeming some or
all of the Class B Notes  (including the Class 1998B-5 Notes) prior to redeeming
the Class A Notes if the ratio of our assets to our liabilities  exceeds certain
levels (currently 110% of Class A Notes).

Pool Characteristics

        The  portfolio of student loans that we currently own and that we expect
to  acquire  with the  proceeds  of the  Series  1998 Notes and to pledge to the
Trustee under the  Indenture is described  below under  "Characteristics  of the
Financed Eligible Loans."

Cutoff Date

        The cutoff  date for a student  loan is the date  after  which we become
entitled to receive  principal and interest  payments on the student  loan.  The
cutoff  dates  for the  portfolios  of  student  loans to be  acquired  with the
proceeds of the Series 1998 Notes are expected to be (i) December 22, 1998 for a
portfolio  of  student  loans  having  a  principal   balance  of  approximately
$100,000,000 and (ii) December 31, 1998 for the remaining  portfolios of student
loans having principal balances of approximately  $600,000,000.  The cutoff date
for student loans acquired during the recycling  period will be their respective
dates of acquisition.

Servicer and Subservicer

        Union Bank and Trust Company,  Lincoln, Nebraska ("Union Bank") will act
as servicer  for our  student  loans.  UNIPAC  Service  Corporation  will act as
subservicer  and  custodian for most of our student  loans.  We also expect that
InTuition,  Inc.  will act as a  subservicer  and  custodian  for a portfolio of
student  loans  acquired  with the  proceeds  of the  Series  1998 Notes or will
contract with a third party to provide those services. See "The Issuer's Student
Loan Purchase Program" and "Certain Relationships Among Financing  Participants"
in the Prospectus.

Indenture

        We will issue the Series 1998 Notes  pursuant to the Second  Amended and
Restated  Indenture of Trust dated as of November 1, 1996,  between us and Zions
First National Bank acting as Successor  Trustee (the  "Trustee") (as previously
amended and supplemented),  and a related Series 1998 Supplemental  Indenture of
Trust (collectively, the "Indenture").

        The Notes are  payable  solely  from the funds and assets held under the
terms of the Indenture.


                                      S-8
<PAGE>


        We have previously issued,  and may issue in the future,  Notes of other
series  which  also are or will be  secured  by the  student  loans  held by the
Trustee under the Indenture.  All Notes  designated as Class A Notes  constitute
"Senior  Notes"  under  the  Indenture.  All Notes  designated  as Class B Notes
constitute "Subordinate Notes" under the Indenture. We are also authorized under
the  Indenture to issue Class 1998B-5 Notes in addition to those offered by this
Prospectus Supplement.

Mandatory Redemption

        The Series 1998 Notes are subject to  mandatory  redemption  from moneys
held for that purpose in the Note  Redemption  Fund,  as  described  above under
"Distributions  on the Series 1998  Notes-Principal  Redemptions." We will order
the Trustee to transfer moneys from the Student Loan Fund, and any excess moneys
in the Revenue Fund, to the Note  Redemption  Fund to the extent such moneys are
available  and necessary to provide for  mandatory  redemption of our Notes.  If
funds are not  available  to redeem  the Class  1996A-5  Notes or the Fixed Rate
Notes in accordance with their paydown  schedules,  we will no longer be able to
use  principal  payments  received on our student  loans to purchase  additional
student loans.  Rather, we will use all such moneys for mandatory  redemption of
Notes until such time as the paydown  schedules are met. Such an occurrence will
not  constitute  an Event of Default  under the  Indenture,  unless  such missed
payment was at a scheduled final maturity.

Optional Redemption

        The  Auction  Rate  Notes are  subject  to  optional  redemption  at our
direction on any Interest  Payment Date for the Class of Series 1998 Notes being
redeemed at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of such Notes to be
redeemed plus interest.  See "Description of the Notes - Optional Redemption" in
the Prospectus for limitations on our ability to redeem Notes at our option.

Extraordinary Optional Redemption

        We may redeem the Series 1998 Notes at any time if we determine  that we
are  unable to  acquire  additional  student  loans,  that the rate of return on
student loans has materially  decreased,  or that the costs of administering the
Trust  Estate have placed  unreasonable  burdens upon our ability to perform our
obligations  under the Indenture.  If less than all of the Series 1998 Notes are
to be subject to extraordinary optional redemption,  we will determine the class
of Notes to be redeemed.  Class 1998A Notes will be redeemed prior to redemption
of the Class 1998B-5 Notes, however.

Optional Purchase

        If the  aggregate  principal  balance  on all of our Notes  that  remain
outstanding is 10% or less of the initial aggregate principal balance of all our
Notes, we may purchase all of our outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to
the  current  aggregate  value of such Notes plus  accrued  interest.  This will
result in our redeeming of all of the Notes.
                                      S-9
<PAGE>


Student Loan Fund; Recycling of Principal Receipts

        Approximately  $725,000,000  will be  deposited  in the Series 1998 Loan
Account of the  Student  Loan Fund on the date the Series 1998 Notes are issued.
Those funds will be used to purchase a portfolio of  approximately  $100,000,000
of student loans on or about that date. The remaining amounts in the Series 1998
Loan  Account of the  Student  Loan Fund will be used to acquire  portfolios  of
student  loans in early  January,  1999.  See "Use of  Proceeds,"  "Sellers" and
"Characteristics of the Financed Eligible Loans" herein.

        Until April 1, 2002 (the end of the current recycling  period),  we will
deposit  into the Series 1998  Recycling  Account of the  Student  Loan Fund all
principal  payments  received on student loans acquired with the proceeds of the
Series 1998 Notes.  This date may be extended  with the written  approval of the
rating agencies rating our Notes. We will use funds in the Series 1998 Recycling
Account to acquire additional student loans, to provide for mandatory redemption
of Notes and to make  certain  other  payments  and  distributions.  We will not
acquire any  additional  student  loans if after  January,  1999,  the principal
balance of the Fixed Rates Notes exceeds the aggregate  principle balance of all
our  student  loans  that  bear  interest  at a  fixed  rate.  At the end of the
recycling  period we will  transfer  all moneys  remaining  in the  Series  1998
Recycling  Account to the Note  Redemption  Fund and we will no longer  purchase
additional student loans with such funds.

Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences

        Kutak Rock will deliver an opinion that for federal income tax purposes,
the Series 1998 Notes will be treated as indebtedness.  The owners of the Series
1998 Notes will be  required  to include in income  interest  on the Series 1998
Notes as paid or accrued, in accordance with their respective accounting methods
and the provisions of the Code. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" in
the Prospectus.

ERISA Considerations

        Assuming  that the Series 1998 Notes  should be treated as  indebtedness
without  substantial  equity  features,  the Series 1998 Notes are  eligible for
purchase by or on behalf of employee  benefit  plans,  retirement  arrangements,
individual retirement accounts and Keogh Plans, subject to certain consideration
discussed under "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

Ratings

        It is a  condition  to the  issuance  of the Series 1998 Notes that each
Class of the Class 1998A Notes be rated "AAA" and "AAA" by Standard & Poor's and
Fitch IBCA, respectively, and that the Class 1998B-5 Notes be rated no less than
"A" and "A" by Standard & Poor's and Fitch IBCA, respectively.  See "Ratings" in
the Prospectus.

                                      S-10
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

        The  discussion  under the  heading  "Risk  Factors"  in the  Prospectus
describes  certain risks associated with an investment in the Series 1998 Notes.
In addition, prospective investors should consider the following factors:

Principal Balance of Notes Exceeds Aggregate Principal Balance of Student Loans

        On the Closing Date, the aggregate  principal balance of the Series 1998
Notes and all other Notes we have outstanding  will be approximately  102.13% of
the sum of the aggregate  principal  balance of the student loans we own and the
other assets pledged or to be pledged in early  January,  1999 as collateral for
the Notes. In addition,  student loans acquired during the recycling  period may
be purchased by us for an amount exceeding the principal balance thereof.

        As a result, if an Event of Default should occur under the Indenture and
we were  required  to redeem all of our Notes,  our  liabilities  may exceed our
assets.  If this were to  occur,  we would be unable to repay in full all of the
holders of our Notes. However, the Class A Notes will be redeemed in full before
we redeem any Class B Notes. In the absence of any such default, excess interest
payments  received on the  student  loans will be used to pay  principal  on the
Notes.

Year 2000 Compliance

        The Year 2000 problem arises from the use by software  developers of two
digits  rather  than four to denote year dates in  software  programs,  computer
hardware  operating  systems and  microprocessors  - based embedded  controls in
automated  equipment.  As  a  result,  information  systems  that  operate  date
sensitive   software  or  automated   equipment  that  contains  date  sensitive
microprocessors  may  interpret  "00" to signify 1900 rather than 2000,  thereby
impairing  the ability of the  information  systems or  automated  equipment  to
correctly  calculate,  sequence or recognize dates. This could result in serious
malfunctions  or even  complete  failures  of  affected  systems,  including  an
inability to process  transactions,  issue  securities  or checks,  or engage in
normal business activities.

        We  cannot  now  determine  whether  the Year 2000  problem  will have a
material adverse effect on our business operations.  The conduct of our business
in relationship  to purchasing  loans or  administering  the loans we own is not
significantly  dependent  on  our  own  computer  programs.  However,  our  loan
servicers,  Trustee, the Guarantee Agencies and Department of Education all rely
heavily on computer programs and systems for processing  transactions related to
student loans.

                                      S-11
<PAGE>

        We have made  inquiry of the  Trustee,  Union  Bank and  UNIPAC  Service
Corporation  concerning the Year 2000 problem, and have received assurances that
they are, or are working to become,  Year 2000 compliant.  We are aware that the
Guarantee  Agencies and  Department of Education are working to address the Year
2000  problem.  However,  we are also aware that some  observers,  including the
United States Congress, have questioned whether the Department of Education will
become Year 2000  compliant in a timely manner.  We cannot  influence or control
the  efforts  of third  parties  to address  the Year 2000  problem,  nor can we
terminate our dependence on the servicers,  Guarantee  Agencies or Department of
Education.  Under the  reasonably  likely  worst  case  scenario,  the Year 2000
problem  could  delay our  receipt of  principal  and  interest  payments on our
student loans and the receipt of claims payments from the Guarantee Agencies. If
that delay  continues  for a prolonged  period,  we may be unable to make timely
payments of principal and interest due on our Notes.


                                   THE SELLERS

        We expect to use the  proceeds  of the  Series  1998  Notes to  purchase
portfolios of student loans in the amounts and from the parties shown below (the
"Sellers").

            Seller                    Approximate Balance    Sale Date
- --------------------------------     --------------------  -----------------

Union Bank and Trust Company             $100,000,000      December 22, 1998

 InTuition, Inc.                         $220,000,000      January 1, 1999

NHELP-1, Inc.                            $145,000,000      January 1, 1999

NEBHELP, Inc.                            $245,000,000      January 1, 1999

        We have entered into a loan sale  agreement  with Union Bank to purchase
student loans in the aggregate  principal amount of approximately  $100,000,000.
We expect to enter into loan sale agreements with InTuition, Inc., NHELP-1, Inc.
and NEBHELP,  Inc.  prior to the Closing Date that will provide for the purchase
of student loans in the amounts stated above.

        Each of the Sellers has made or will make representations and warranties
in its loan sale  agreement  with  respect  to the  student  loans  that we will
purchase and has agreed or will agree to repurchase  any student loans for which
any  representation or warranty is later determined to be materially  incorrect.
We  expect  that the  representations  and  warranties  will  not be  materially
different  from those  described  in the  Prospectus  under the heading  "Seller
Representations  and  Warranties  - The  Sellers." If any of the Sellers fail to
deliver the student loans  described in their loan sale agreement and we are not
able to purchase other student loans, we will use the funds that would have been
paid to the Seller to redeem Class 1998A Notes.

                                      S-12
<PAGE>


                             PREVIOUSLY ISSUED NOTES

        Information concerning each outstanding Series and Class of notes issued
previously by the Company is provided  below.  The Financed  Eligible  Loans and
other  assets  pledged  to  the  Trustee  will  serve  as  collateral  for  such
outstanding  notes and any additional notes that may be issued in the future, as
well as the  Series  1998  Notes  being  offered  by  means  of this  Prospectus
Supplement and the attached Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Original         Outstanding
                                   Principal     Principal Amount      Interest     Maturity
 Series    Class   Date Issued      Amount      (As of October 31,       Rate         Date
                                                       1998)
- ---------- ------ --------------- ------------ ---------------------- ------------ ------------
<S>         <C>     <C>          <C>               <C>                <C>        <C>    
1996A       A-1   March 8, 1996   $48,300,000       $48,300,000      Auction     July 1, 2014

1996A       A-2   March 8, 1996    48,300,000        48,300,000      Auction     July 1, 2014

1996A       B*    March 8, 1996    11,100,000           - 0 -            -         --

1996B       A-3   June 18, 1996    73,700,000        73,700,000      Auction     July 1, 2014

1996B       A-4   June 18, 1996    54,300,000        54,300,000      Auction     July 1, 2014

1996B      B-2*   June 18, 1996    14,200,000           - 0 -            -         --

1996C       A-5   October 31,1996 225,000,000       225,000,000     Treasury     July 1, 2005

1996C       A-6   October 31, 1996 75,500,000        75,500,000     Auction      July 1, 2014

1996C       B-3   October 31, 1996 15,600,000        15,600,000     LIBOR        July 1, 2025

1997A       B-4   March 1, 1997    30,800,000        30,800,000     LIBOR        July 1, 2030

(*)     Defeased and no longer Outstanding.
</TABLE>

        As of the date hereof, all payments of scheduled  principal and interest
due and payable on each  Series  specified  above have been paid in full.  As of
October 31, 1998, the Financed  Eligible Loans in repayment by principal balance
pledged to the Trustee as collateral for the outstanding Notes had delinquencies
as follows:  $18,925,076 was 30 to 60 days  delinquent;  $8,708,114 was 61 to 90
days delinquent;  $6,629,274 was 91 to 120 days  delinquent;  and $5,974,876 was
greater than 120 days delinquent.  As of October 31, 1998, there were $3,397,594
of  Financed  Eligible  Loans in claim  status with a  Guarantee  Agency.  As of
October 31, 1998,  the cumulative  amount of Net Losses by principal  balance of
the Financed Eligible Loans was $152,015.

        The  following  fees are payable  (per annum) with  respect to the Prior
Notes previously issued:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Broker                         Maintenance and
           Trustee  Servicing    Auction       Dealer     Calculation Agent      Operating
 Series      Fee       Fee     Agent Fees       Fees             Fees             Expenses
 ------      ---       ---     ----------       ----             ----             --------
<S>          <C>       <C>      <C>             <C>             <C>                 <C>  
1996A        0.02%     (1)      $17,500(2)      0.25%(2)         N/A                0.18%
1996B        0.02%     (1)      $15,000(2)      0.25%(2)         N/A                0.18%
1996C        0.02%     (1)      $15,000(2)         0.25%    $5,000 per annum(3)     0.18%
1997A        0.02%     (1)         N/A          N/A         $5,000 per annum(3)     0.18%
                                                                        
(1) 0.90% per annum for Financed Eligible Loans (other than consolidation loans)
    in  school, grace, deferment and forbearance. 1.25%  for  Financed  Eligible
    Loans  (other  than   consolidation  loans)  in  repayment  and   0.60%  for 
    consolidation loans.
(2) On Auction Rate Notes only.
(3) On Treasury Rate Notes and LIBOR Notes only.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                      S-13
<PAGE>
       As of the date  hereof,  all fees and  expenses  due and payable on each
Series specified above have been paid in full.


                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

Reserve Fund

        The Reserve  Fund is  currently  funded in an amount  equal to 2% of the
aggregate  principal amount of the notes that we now have  outstanding.  We will
make a deposit to the Reserve  Fund on the Closing Date in an amount equal to 2%
of the  principal  balance of the Series 1998 Notes.  If funds  available in the
Revenue Fund are not  sufficient to make  payments when due,  moneys in the Note
Redemption  Fund,  the Student Loan Holding Fund,  the Student Loan Fund and the
Reserve  Fund,  in that  order,  may be used to pay  amounts  due and payable to
Noteholders.  Moneys  withdrawn  from  the  Reserve  Fund are  restored  through
transfers  from the Revenue  Fund as  available.  We are  required to maintain a
minimum balance in the Reserve Fund of $1,500,000.

Subordinated Notes

        The  rights  of the Class B  Noteholders,  including  the Class  1998B-5
Notes,  to receive  payments of interest and principal are  subordinated to such
rights of the Class A Noteholders. This subordination is intended to enhance the
likelihood of regular  receipt by the Class A Noteholders  of the full amount of
scheduled monthly payments of principal and interest due them and to protect the
Class A Noteholders against losses.

        Class A Noteholders  have a  preferential  right to receive,  before any
distributions to Class B Noteholders, including the Class 1998B-5 Notes, current
distributions  from the Trust  Estate  and, if  necessary,  the right to receive
future  distributions  on the Financed  Eligible Loans that would otherwise have
been payable to the holders of Class B Notes.  The Class B Notes,  including the
Class  1998B-5  Notes,  are then  entitled  to the  available  amounts,  if any,
remaining    in   the    Trust    Estate.    See    "Description    of    Credit
Enhancement-Subordinates Notes" in the Prospectus.
    
                                      S-14
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the Series 1998 Notes
will be applied as follows:

               Deposit to Series 1998 Loan Account
                 of Student Loan Fund                            $724,327,500
               Deposit to Reserve Fund                             14,858,000
               Deposit to Cost of Issuance Fund                  $  1,077,205
                                                                  ------------
                   Total                                         $740,262,705

        We expect that  approximately  $100,000,000 of the proceeds deposited to
the  Series  1998  Loan  Account  of the  Student  Loan Fund will be used on the
Closing Date to acquire a portfolio of student  loans.  The  remaining  proceeds
deposited  to the Series 1998 Loan Account of the Student Loan Fund are expected
to be used to acquire portfolios of student loans in early January, 1999.


                                      S-15
<PAGE>


                             CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
                            FINANCED ELIGIBLE LOANS*
                            (As of November 30, 1998)

Composition   of the existing  Financed  Eligible Loans and additional  Financed
              Eligible Loans expected to be acquired with the proceeds of Series
              1998 Notes

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance.......................... $1,233,741,188
Number of Borrowers...............................................       135,162
Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Borrower............... $        9,128
Number of Loans...................................................       267,767
Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Loan....................$        4,608
Weighted Average Annual Interest Rate.............................         8.44%
Approximate Weighted Average Remaining Term (months) (does not
include school, grace, deferment or forbearance)..................          143
Weighted Average Remaining Term (months)..........................          140

            Distribution of the Financed Eligible Loans by Loan Type


                                           Outstanding        Percent of Loans
                           Number of        Principal          by Outstanding
         Loan Types          Loans           Balance               Balance

- ------------------------ --------------- ------------------- -------------------
Consolidated                   40,777     $   608,753,232           49.34%
PLUS                            6,219          24,291,294             1.97
SLS                             2,477           7,063,500             0.57
Stafford - Subsidized         170,612         416,634,844            33.77
Stafford - Unsubsidized        47,682         176,998,320            14.35
                             --------        ------------          -------
        Total                 267,767      $1,233,741,188          100.00%
                              =======       =============          ======

*       Includes all Financed  Eligible Loans pledged to the Trustee on the date
        of this  Prospectus  Supplement as well as  information  concerning  the
        additional  student loans  expected to be purchased with the proceeds of
        the Series 1998 Notes. Since the cutoff date for the additional loans to
        be acquired  with the proceeds of the 1998 Notes is other than  November
        30, 1998, the characteristics of such loans will vary.
                                      S-16
<PAGE>

          Distribution of the Financed Eligible Loans by Interest Rate
  
                                          Outstanding      Percent of Loans
                              Number of      Principal     by Outstanding
       Interest Rate            Loans         Balance         Balance
   ----------------------- -------------- --------------- -----------------
   Less than 7.50%              3,171        $8,480,651         0.69%
   7.50% to 7.99%              33,734       128,903,124         10.45
   8.00% to 8.49%             185,920       607,137,678         49.21
   8.50% to 8.99%               8,532        30,306,209          2.46
   9.00% to 9.49%              31,180       440,401,051         35.70
   9.50% or Greater             5,230        18,512,476          1.50
                                -----     -------------       -------
           Total              267,767    $1,233,741,188       100.00%
                              =======     =============       =======
 

           Distribution of the Financed Eligible Loans by School Type

                                                  Outstanding   Percent of Loans
         School           Number of            Principal        by Outstanding
          Type              Loans               Balance            Balance
- --------------------- ------------------ --------------------- -----------------
2-Year Institution           31,445        $    92,980,878             7.54%
4-Year Institution          208,022          1,013,587,744             82.16
Proprietry                   18,310             75,617,328              6.13
Unknown                       9,990             51,555,238              4.18
                            -------          -------------           -------
        Total               267,767         $1,233,741,188           100.00%
                            =======          =============           =======

                                      S-17
<PAGE>


     Distribution of the Financed Eligible Loans by Borrower Payment Status

                                                 Outstanding    Percent of Loans
          Borrower                 Number of      Principal      by Outstanding
       Payment Status                Loans         Balance           Balance
- ------------------------------ --------------- ---------------- ----------------
School                              29,304        $105,683,309           8.57%
Grace                                7,635          32,532,871           2.64
Deferment                           16,214          79,951,615           6.48
Forbearance                             42              55,954           0.00
Claim                                1,278           5,078,128           0.41
Repayment
  First Year Repayment              93,918         510,171,226          41.35
  Second Year Repayment             30,084         161,964,562          13.13
  Third Year Repayment              34,907         143,262,671          11.61
  More than 3 years                 54,385         195,040,853          15.81
                                   -------       -------------        -------
    Total                          267,767      $1,233,741,188        100.00%
                                   =======       =============        =======
                                      S-18
<PAGE>



             Geographic Distribution of the Financed Eligible Loans

                                                    Outstanding      Percent of
                                   Number of        Principal          Loans
             Location(1)             Loans           Balance      by Outstanding
                                                                      Balance
             ------------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------
             Alabama                     26,745     $ 71,754,085        5.82%
             Alaska                         415        2,686,658         0.22
             American Samoa                 133          308,420         0.02
             Arizona                     14,201       75,312,070         6.10
             Arkansas                       648        3,704,483         0.30
             California                  14,730       77,617,315         6.29
             Colorado                     7,585       57,513,358         4.66
             Connecticut                    584        2,756,438         0.22
             Delaware                       157          778,548         0.06
             District of                    357        1,656,643         0.13
             Columbia
             Florida                     48,175      152,225,040        12.34
             Foreign Country                596        3,463,747         0.28
             Georgia                     12,880       37,831,973         3.07
             Guam                           346        1,084,053         0.09
             Hawaii                      21,297       60,568,852         4.91
             Idaho                          401        3,112,766         0.25
             Illinois                     5,568       30,904,903         2.50
             Indiana                      1,234        6,609,467         0.54
             Iowa                        23,186       93,698,097         7.59
             Kansas                      10,285       71,936,866         5.83
             Kentucky                       884        4,972,250         0.40
             Louisiana                    1,291        5,263,759         0.43
             Maine                          230        1,630,166         0.13
             Maryland                     1,448        6,557,397         0.53
             Massachusetts                1,330        6,760,626         0.55
             Michigan                     2,096       11,954,512         0.97
             Military                        17           71,371         0.01
             (Atlantic)
             Military (Europe)              368        1,471,797         0.12
             Military (Pacific)             170          726,750         0.06
             Minnesota                   11,095       47,534,887         3.85
             Mississippi                    982        3,702,956         0.30
             Missouri                     3,190       21,741,807         1.76
             Montana                        372        2,319,864         0.19
             Northern Mariana                 4           16,392         0.00
             Islands
             North Carolina               2,572       10,835,412         0.88
             North Dakota                   521        2,359,819         0.19
             Nebraska                    11,457      137,965,102        11.18
             Nevada                       3,418       16,174,420         1.31
             New Hampshire                  292        1,702,736         0.14
             New Jersey                   1,288        7,272,742         0.59
             New Mexico                   1,673        9,979,290         0.81
             New York                     2,900       15,033,125         1.22
             Ohio                         1,915       11,706,217         0.95
             Oklahoma                     3,900       15,312,734         1.24
             Oregon                       1,385        7,375,266         0.60
             Pennsylvania                 1,671       11,550,481         0.94
             Puerto Rico                    240          997,796         0.08
             Rhode Island                   200          929,845         0.08
             South Carolina               1,085        4,771,396         0.39
             South Dakota                   825        4,926,008         0.40
             Tennessee                    2,953       12,402,986         1.01
             Texas                        6,882       39,176,429         3.18
             Utah                           789        5,969,196         0.48
             Virginia                     2,584       12,497,028         1.01
             Virgin Islands                  21           52,949         0.00
             Vermont                        149          827,737         0.07
             Washington                   2,801       14,182,694         1.15
             West Virginia                  306        1,978,289         0.16
             Wisconsin                    2,254       13,961,562         1.13
             Wyoming                        417        2,772,562         0.22
             Other                          269          779,051         0.06
                                        -------      -----------       ------
             Total                      267,767   $1,233,741,188       100.00
                                        =======    =============       ======

(1) Based on the  permanent  billing  addresses of the borrowers of the Financed
Eligible Loans shown on the Servicer's records.

                                      S-19
<PAGE>

             Distribution of the Financed Eligible Loans by Date of
                                  Disbursement

                                                  Outstanding   Percent of Loans
           Disbursement           Number of       Principal     by Outstanding
               Date                 Loans          Balance          Balance
- ------------------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------
Pre-October, 1993                   99,369      $ 274,897,581         22.28%
October 1, 1993 and thereafter     168,398        958,843,607          77.72
                                   -------      -------------        -------
        Total                      267,767     $1,233,741,188        100.00%
                                   =======      =============        =======
                                      S-20
<PAGE>

         Distribution of the Financed Eligible Loans by Guarantee Agency

                                                                    Percent
                                            Outstanding           of Loans by
      Guarantee           Number of          Principal            Outstanding
      Agencies              Loans             Balance               Balance
      -----------         ----------        ------------          ------------
      ALAB                       26           $   35,571            0.01%
      COLD                    2,697           24,529,822             1.99
      ECMC                        9               22,078             0.00
      FAME                        2                7,933             0.00
      FISL                       39               38,157             0.00
      GHEAC                   9,452           24,381,998             1.98
      HEAF                        1                6,687             0.00
      ICAC                   36,719          148,508,044            12.04
      KHEAA                  36,533          100,217,423             8.12
      LOSFA                       5                6,762             0.00
      MDEC                        1                1,823             0.00
      NJOSA                       7                9,165             0.00
      NSGI                    6,839           16,286,896             1.32
      NSLP                   45,914          452,799,024            36.70
      OGSLP                   3,294            9,115,664             0.74
      OSFA                   59,284          183,979,053            14.91
      SLGFA                       7                9,106             0.00
      TGAI                       69              377,679             0.03
      TGSLC                       6               13,957             0.00
      TSAC                      310              686,337             0.06
      USAF                   65,765          270,591,455            21.93
      USOE                      526              516,377             0.04
      VSEAA                     112              158,265             0.01
      WHEC                       85            1,247,504             0.10
      Other                      65              194,409             0.02
                             ------           ----------           ------
              Total         267,767       $1,233,741,188           100.00%
                            =======       ==============           ======

                                      S-21
<PAGE>

  Distribution of the Financed Eligible Loans by Range of Principal Balance

                                                                   Percent
                                                Outstanding      of Loans by
                                Number of        Principal       Outstanding
   Principal Balance Range      Borrowers         Balance          Balance
- ------------------------------ ------------- ------------------ ---------------
Less than $500                       14,993          4,336,335        0.35%
$500      -    $999.00               21,970         16,091,416         1.30
$1,000    -    $1,999.00             44,073         62,544,271         5.07
$2,000    -    $2,999.00             43,443        102,998,149         8.35
$3,000    -    $3,999.00             24,944         77,749,788         6.30
$4,000    -    $5,999.00             35,311        150,328,242        12.18
$6,000    -    $7,999.00             16,355         83,028,534         6.73
$8,000    -    $9,999.00             15,591        105,319,264         8.54
$10,000   -    $14,999.99            21,436        168,589,259        13.66
$15,000   -    $19,999.99            11,244        115,129,236         9.33
$20,000 or Greater                   18,407        347,626,694        28.18
                                     ------        -----------        -----
  Total                             267,767     $1,233,741,188      100.00%
                                    =======      =============      ======

                                      S-22
<PAGE>


             CERTAIN INFORMATION RELATING TO THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES

          Certain  historical  information with respect to each Guarantee Agency
of  Financed  Eligible  Loans that is  expected  to  guaranty  2% or more of our
Financed  Eligible Loans as of January 1, 1999 (each,  a "Guarantee  Agency" and
collectively,  the "Guarantee  Agencies") is provided below. Except as otherwise
indicated,  the  information  regarding each Guarantee  Agency has been obtained
from the Department of  Education's  Federal Fiscal Year 1993 Loan Programs Data
Book and the Department of Education's Federal Student Loan Data Book for Fiscal
Years 1994-1996 (each, a "DOE Data Book").  We have not  independently  verified
this information.

          Guarantee  Volume.  For the Federal  Fiscal Year ending  September 30,
1996, of all the guarantors of student loans in the United States, COSLP, FOSFA,
GSFC, ICSAC,  KHEAA, NSLP,  NORTHSTAR,  OGSLP and USAF ranked 16, 9, 23, 25, 17,
13, 7, 14 and 1,  respectively,  as  measured  by volume of Federal  Loans.* The
following  table  sets  forth  the  approximate  aggregate  principal  amount of
federally  reinsured  education loans (excluding  refinanced PLUS and SLS Loans)
that have first  become  committed  to be  guaranteed  by each of the  Guarantee
Agencies  and by all  guarantors  of Federal  Loans in each of the five  Federal
Fiscal Years 1992 through 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Stafford, Unsubsidized Stafford, SLS, PLUS and Consolidated Loans Guaranteed\
                               Dollars in Millions
                                                                              United
                                                                              Student     All
       Colorado Florida Georgia  Iowa   Kentucky Minnesota   Nebraska Oklahoma  Aid    Guarantee
        (COSLP) (FOSFA) (GSFC)  (ICSAC) (KHEAA)  (NORTHSTAR) (NSLP)   (OFSLP)  Funds   Agencies
                                                                               USAF
- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ----------- -------- ------- -------- --------
<S>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>     
 1992    304.4   314.4   181.6   267.4    126.6       518.3    266.3   163.4  3,372.1  16,113.7
 1993    326.0   437.9   262.1   309.8    160.0       641.1    334.2   195.6  4,087.6  19,355.6
 1994    365.0   522.0   322.0   377.8    234.3       796.2    427.6   292.6  5,474.3  25,870.4
 1995    323.6   499.9   254.6   260.3    242.6       711.8    469.1   435.2  6,326.7  24,212.9
 1996    334.9   524.4   177.4   203.0    284.1       705.9    435.0   358.4  7,015.8  23,831.3

</TABLE>
- --------

*       We have not entered into an  agreement to guarantee  loans with FOSFA or
        GSFC, but expect to do so prior to the Closing Date.

                                      S-23
<PAGE>


          Reserve Ratio. Each Guarantee  Agency's reserve ratio is determined by
dividing its cumulative  cash reserves by the original  principal  amount of the
outstanding  loans  its has  agreed  to  guarantee.  The term  "cumulative  cash
reserves" refers to cash reserves plus (a) sources of funds (including insurance
premiums, state appropriations,  federal advances, federal reinsurance payments,
administrative  costs  allowances,  collections  on claims  paid and  investment
earnings) minus (b) uses of funds (including  claims paid to lenders,  operating
expenses,  lender fees,  the  Department's  share of collections on claims paid,
returned  advances and  reinsurance  fees).  The "original  principal  amount of
outstanding loans" consists of the original principal amount of loans guaranteed
by such  Guarantee  Agency  minus  (i) the  original  principal  amount of loans
canceled,  claims paid, loans paid in full and loan guarantees  transferred from
such  Guarantee  Agency to other  guarantors,  plus (ii) the original  principal
amount  of  loan  guarantees  transferred  to such  Guarantee  Agency  to  other
guarantors.  The following table sets forth each Guarantee  Agency's  cumulative
cash reserves and their  corresponding  reserve ratios and the national  average
reserve ratio for all  guarantors for the five Federal Fiscal Years 1992 through
1995:*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Colorado (COSLP)  Florida (FOFSA)   Georgia (GSFC)   Iowa (ICSAC)     Kentucky (KHEAA)
- -------- --------- ------ --------- -------- -------- ------- --------- ------ --------- ------

Federal  Cumulative       Cumulative         Cumulative       Cumulative       Cumulative
Fiscal     Cash    Reserve  Cash    Reserve   Cash    Reserve   Cash    Reserve  Cash    Reserve
 Year    Reserves**Ratio  Reserve    Ratio   Reserve  Ratio   Reserves**Ratio  Reserves**Ratio
- -------- --------- ------ --------- -------- -------- ------- --------- ------ --------- ------
<S>        <C>      <C>     <C>         <C>   <C>        <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>      <C> 
 1992      $ 24.0   1.7%    $ 27.8      1.6   $ 15.1     1.8    $ 37.3   2.7%    $ 12.6   1.9%
 1993        27.3    1.7      44.1      2.2     18.0     1.8      40.9    2.6      19.4    2.6
 1994        34.8    1.9      64.8      3.0      8.9     0.8      42.5    2.4      23.2    2.6
 1995        36.7    1.9      65.6      2.6     12.8     1.0      46.2    2.5      25.0    2.0

      Minnesota (NORTHSTAR)  Nebraska (NSLP)  Oklahoma (OGSLP) United Student Aid Fund, Inc. (USAF)
     ----------------------  --------------  ----------------- ------------------------------------  
                                                                                     National
Federal  Cumulative         Cumulative       Cumulative       Cumulative              Average
Fiscal     Cash    Reserve    Cash    Reserve  Cash    Reserve   Cash       Reserve   Reserve
 Year    Reserves** Ratio   Reserves**Ratio  Reserves**Ratio  Reserves**     Ratio     Ratio
- -------- --------- -------- --------- ------ --------- ------ ------------ ---------- ---------
 1992       $ 7.0     0.4%     $ 4.0   0.2%     $ 8.5   1.2%       $100.1       1.0%      1.5%
 1993        12.9      0.5      10.1    0.4       9.9    1.3        169.9        1.3       1.7
 1994        24.2      1.4      10.0    0.5      11.2    1.1        215.8        1.2       1.4
 1995        31.8      1.5      13.2    1.5      14.0    1.1        378.0        1.5       1.6

- --------------------

*         The  information  set forth in the table above has been  obtained from
          the Federal  Fiscal  Year 1993 DOE Data Books (with  respect to fiscal
          years 1992 and 1993) and the Federal  Student Loan  Programs Data Book
          FY94-FY96 (with respect to fiscal years 1994 and 1995). Information on
          cash  reserves and reserve  ratios was not  available  for the Federal
          Fiscal Year 1996.  The cash reserves and the reserve  ratio  increased
          substantially between Federal Fiscal Years 1992 and 1993. As described
          in the Federal  Fiscal Year 1993 DOE Data Book,  this  difference  was
          caused,  in  part,  because  default  costs  were  decreasing,   while
          insurance  premiums,  administrative  costs  allowances and investment
          income were  increasing.  According to the Department,  available cash
          reserves  may not always be an  accurate  barometer  of a  guarantor's
          financial health.

**        Dollars in millions
</TABLE>

          Recovery Rates. A Guarantee  Agency's  recovery rate, which provides a
measure  of the  effectiveness  of the  collection  efforts  against  defaulting
borrowers  after  the  guarantee  claim has been  satisfied,  is  determined  by
dividing the amount  recovered from  borrowers by such  Guarantee  Agency by the
aggregate  amount of default  claims paid by such  Guarantee  Agency  during the
applicable  Federal  Fiscal Year with respect to borrowers.  The table below set
forth the recovery  rates for each  Guarantee  Agency and the  national  average
recovery rates for all guarantors for the five Federal Fiscal Years 1992 through
1996.

          Recovery Rate

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                United
Federal                                                                         Student
Fiscal    ColoradoFlorida Georgia Iowa    KentuckyMinnesota   Nebraska Oklahoma Aid     National
  Year    (COSLP) (FOSFA) (GSFC) (ICSAC)  (KHEAA) (NORTHSTAR) (NSLP)   (OGSLP)  Funds   Average
                                                                                (USAF)
- --------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------- ----------- -------- -------- ------- -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>  
 1992*     28.7%   48.2%   50.5    42.7%   45.1%        4.1%    10.4%    33.0%   28.1%   35.1%
 1993*     33.1    79.0    42.0    45.2    50.3         8.5     15.9     36.3    30.7    38.1
 1994      44.9    43.6    43.3    46.0    65.2        22.5     25.2     47.6    30.8    42.9
 1995      41.1    45.0    39.6    48.0    57.4        28.6     29.2     56.9    43.3    51.2
 1996      41.9    77.9    46.5    50.4    22.8        47.5     59.7     40.1    49.9    53.8

- ---------------
*The  information  for Federal Fiscal Years 1992 and 1993 includes the recovery rates for each
Guarantee  Agency and the national average recovery rates for all guarantors only with respect
to  Stafford  Loans (the only type of  Student  Loan for which the DOE Data Book
disclosed recovery rates for those years).
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

                                      S-24
<PAGE>


          Loan Loss  Reserve.  The DOE Data Book does not  disclose  whether any
Guarantee  Agency has established a segregated loan loss reserve with respect to
its  student  loan  guarantee  obligations.  Accordingly,  to the extent  that a
Guarantee Agency has not established such a segregated loan loss reserve, in the
event that a  Guarantee  Agency  receives  less than full  reimbursement  of its
guarantee obligations from the Department,  the Guarantee Agency would be forced
to look to its existing assets to satisfy any such guarantee  obligations not so
reimbursed.

          Claims Rate.  For at least one of the five  Federal  Fiscal Years 1992
through 1996, KHEAA,  OGSLP, and USAF experienced a claims rate in excess of 5%.
For each Federal Fiscal Year that such Guarantee  Agencies' claims rate exceeded
5%,  the  claims  of such  Guarantee  Agency  were not fully  reimbursed  by the
Department. Notwithstanding the claims rate, the Guarantee Agencies are required
to pay the Trustee  either 98% or 100% of the  principal  amount of any Financed
Eligible  Loan  properly  submitted  to a  Guarantee  Agency  for  payment.  The
following  table set forth the  claims  rate of each  Guarantee  Agency  and the
national  average for all  guarantors of Federal Loans for the last five Federal
Fiscal Years 1992 through 1996:*

         Claims Rate
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                United
Federal                                                                         Student
Fiscal   Colorado Florida Georgia  Iowa   Kentucky Minnesota   NebraskaOklahoma Aid     National
 Year    (COSLP   (FOSFA) (GSFC)  (ICSAC) (KHEAA) (NORTHSTAR)  (NSLP)  (OGSLP)  Funds   Average
                                                                                (USAF)
- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------------ ------- -------- ------- -------
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>  
   1992    4.48%   4.93%   4.20%   1.67%   3.61%      N/A       4.88%    6.70%   4.99%   4.15%
   1993     3.68    4.49    4.43    1.81    7.21      N/A        4.75     6.30    7.30    3.83
   1994     3.64    3.88    3.55    1.99    4.07      N/A        3.01     5.96    4.99    4.99
   1995     3.17    3.05    3.16    2.17    4.28     2.23        4.08     4.87    4.69    4.69
   1996     2.92    4.17    3.41    2.43    4.32     2.64        3.13     4.67    4.65    4.65

- -------------------- 

*         Data obtained from the  Department of Education in reports on "trigger
          rates."

</TABLE>
                                      S-25
<PAGE>

                      FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

Introduction

          The Federal Family Education Loan program (the "FFELP", formerly known
as the  Guaranteed  Student Loan Program,  including  the Stafford  Student Loan
Program,  the  Supplemental  Loans  for  Students  program,   Parent  Loans  for
Undergraduate  Students  (PLUS)  Program,  and  Consolidation  Loan  Program  as
authorized  under  Title IV,  part B of the  Higher  Education  Act of 1965,  as
amended) is  described  under the  heading  "Description  of the Federal  Family
Education Loan Program" in the attached Prospectus. Since its original enactment
in 1965,  the Higher  Education  Act has been amended and  reauthorized  several
times.  Recent amendments to the Higher Education Act are described below. There
can be no assurance that the Higher  Education Act, or other relevant federal or
state laws, rules and regulations, will not be changed in the future in a manner
that will adversely  impact the programs  described  below and the Student Loans
made thereunder.

          General

          On November 13, 1997,  President Clinton signed into law the Emergency
Student Loan  Consolidation  Act of 1997 which made  significant  changes to the
Federal  Consolidation  Loan Program.  Most of the changes including  provisions
changing  borrower  interest  rates on  Consolidation  Loans to variable  rates;
making federal direct student loans eligible for consolidation; and allowing the
portions of  Consolidation  Loans  attributable to Subsidized  Stafford Loans to
retain subsidy  benefits  during periods of deferment - expired on September 30,
1998.  However,  the prohibition  against various forms of discrimination in the
making of Consolidation Loans remains effective.

          Several changes to the Higher Education Act that impact the FFELP were
made in the 1997  Budget  Reconciliation  Act (P.L.  105-33).  These  provisions
include,  among other things,  requiring Guarantee Agencies to return $1 billion
of their  reserves  to the U.S.  Treasury  by  September  1, 2002 (to be paid in
annual  installments),  greater  restrictions  on use of reserves  by  Guarantee
Agencies and a continuation  of the  administrative  cost  allowance  payable to
Guarantee Agencies equal to 0.85% of new loans guaranteed.

1998 Reauthorization Bill

          On October  7,  1998,  President  Clinton  signed  into law the Higher
Education Amendments of 1998 (the "1998 Reauthorization Bill").

          The 1998  Reauthorization  Bill enacted  significant reforms in FFELP.
The major provisions of the 1998 Reauthorization Bill include the following:


                                      S-26
<PAGE>


          All  references  to a  "transition"  to  full  implementation  of  the
               Federal  Direct Student Loan Program were deleted from the Higher
               Education Act.

          Guarantee Agency  reserve funds were  restructured  so that  Guarantee
               Agencies are provided with additional flexibility in choosing how
               to spend certain funds they receive.

          Additional recall of Guarantee  Agency  reserve funds by the Secretary
               of Education  (the  "Secretary")  was mandated,  amounting to $85
               million in fiscal year 2002,  $82.5  million in fiscal year 2006,
               and $82.5 million in fiscal year 2007.  However,  certain minimum
               reserve levels are protected from recall.

          The  administrative cost allowance was replaced by two new payments, a
               student loan processing and issuance fee equal to 65 basis points
               (40 basis points for loans made on or after October 1, 1993) paid
               at the time a loan is guaranteed,  and an account maintenance fee
               of 12 basis points (10 basis  points for fiscal years  2001-2003)
               paid annually on outstanding guaranteed student loans.

          The  percentage of collections on defaulted  student loans a Guarantee
               Agency is  permitted  to retain is  reduced  from 27% to 24% (23%
               beginning  on  October  1,  2003)  plus  the  complement  of  the
               reinsurance percentage applicable at the time a claim was paid to
               the lender on the student loan.

          Federal reinsurance provided to Guarantee Agencies is reduced from 98%
               to 95% for student  loans first  disbursed on or after October 1,
               1998.

          The  delinquency  period required for a student loan to be declared in
               default is increased from 180 days to 240 days for loans on which
               the  first  day of  delinquency  occurs  on or after  the date of
               enactment of the 1998 Reauthorization Bill.

          Interest rates charged to borrowers on Stafford  Loans,  and the yield
               for Stafford  Loan holders  established  by the 1998  Amendments,
               were made permanent.

          Federal  Consolidation  Loan interest  rates were revised to equal the
               weighted average of the interest rates on the loans  consolidated
               rounded up to the nearest one-eighth of 1%, capped at 8.25%. When
               the 91-day  Treasury  Bill Rate plus 3.1% exceeds the  borrower's
               interest rate. Special Allowance Payments are made to make up the
               difference.

          The  lender-paid offset fee on Consolidation Loans of 1.05% is reduced
               to .62% for loans made  pursuant to  applications  received on or
               after October 1, 1998 and on or before January 31, 1999.


                                      S-27
<PAGE>


          The  Direct  Consolidation  Loan interest rate calculation was revised
               to reflect the rate for FFELP  Consolidation  Loans,  and will be
               effective  for loans on which  applications  are  received  on or
               after February 1, 1999.

          Lenders are  required to offer  extended  repayment  schedules  to new
               borrowers  after the enactment of the 1998  Reauthorization  Bill
               who  accumulate  after such date  outstanding  loans  under FFELP
               totaling more than $30,000;  under these  extended  schedules the
               repayment  period  may  extend up to 25 years  subject to certain
               minimum repayment amounts.

          The  Secretary  is  authorized  to enter into six  voluntary  flexible
               agreements  with federal  guaranty  agencies  under which various
               statutory and regulatory provisions can be waived.

          Consolidation Loan lending  restrictions  are revised to allow lenders
               who do not hold one of the borrower's underlying federal loans to
               issue a Consolidation  Loan to a borrower whose  underlying loans
               are held by multiple holders.

          Inducement  restrictions  were revised to permit Guaranty Agencies and
               lenders  to provide  assistance  to  schools  comparable  to that
               provided to schools by the  Secretary  under the  Federal  Direct
               Student Loan Program.

          The  Secretary is now required to pay off student loan amounts owed by
               borrowers  due to  failure  of the  borrower's  school  to make a
               tuition refund allocable to the student loan.

          Discharge of FFELP and certain  other  student  loans in bankruptcy is
               not limited to cases of undue hardship  regardless of whether the
               student  loan has been due for more than seven (7) years prior to
               the bankruptcy filing.

          The new  recall  of  reserves  and  reduced  reinsurance  for  federal
guaranty  agencies  increases  the risk that  resources  available  to  Guaranty
Agencies to meet their guarantee obligation will be significantly reduced.


                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

          The following  table sets forth the ratio of earnings to fixed charges
for the Company for each of the following periods:

          The ratio of earnings to fixed  charges has been  computed by dividing
earnings by fixed charges.  Earnings  consist of income from  operations  before
income  taxes plus fixed  charges.  Fixed  charges  consist of  interest  on all
indebtedness plus amortization of debt issuance costs.

                                      S-28
<PAGE>


                  Nine-Month Period       Fiscal Year      Period from inception
                        Ended                Ended        (February 28, 1996) to
                  September 30, 1998   December 31, 1997     December 31, 1996
                  ------------------   -----------------     -----------------

Earnings ......      $25,520,252          $35,283,304            $11,424,421

Fixed Charges          25,162,990          33,276,502             12,238,247

Ratio..........             1.01                  1.06                     *


*         For the period from  inception  (February  28,  1996) to December  31,
          1996,  earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by a deficiency
          of $813,826.

                SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

          Statements in this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus, including
those concerning our expectations as to our ability to purchase eligible student
loans,  to structure  and to issue  competitive  securities,  and certain of the
information   presented  in  this  Prospectus  Supplement  and  the  Prospectus,
constitute  forward  looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private
Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995.  Actual results may vary  materially
from such expectations. For a discussion of the factors which could cause actual
results to differ  from  expectations,  please see the  caption  entitled  "Risk
Factors" in this Prospectus Supplement and in the Prospectus.


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

          Subject  to the terms  and  conditions  set forth in the  underwriting
agreement,  dated December __, 1998 (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  among the
Company and the Underwriters named below (the  "Underwriters"),  the Company has
agreed  to sell to each of the  Underwriters  and each of the  Underwriters  has
severally agreed to purchase from the Company the principal amount of the Series
1998 Notes set forth opposite its respective name.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Underwriter                             Class A-7  Class A-8 Class A-9 Class A-10 Class A-11 Class A-12 Class B-5
- -----------                             ---------  --------- --------   --------  ---------   --------- --------
                                                              
<S>                                    <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>      
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.              $__________ $_______ $________ $_________ $________   $_______  $________

Dain Rauscher Incorporated              __________  ____.__   ____.__       -0-      -0-      -0-       -0-

Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated..    __________  ____.__   ____.__       -0-      -0-      -0-       -0-
                                                                           ----   -------    -------  ------
          TOTAL
</TABLE>

                                      S-29
<PAGE>


          The Company has been advised by the Underwriters that the Underwriters
propose to offer the Series 1998 Notes to the public initially at the respective
offering prices set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus Supplement. Until
the distribution of Series 1998 Notes is completed,  the rules of the Commission
may limit the ability of the  Underwriters  and certain selling group members to
bid for and purchase such Series 1998 Notes. As an exception to these rules, the
Underwriters are permitted to engage in certain  transactions that stabilize the
price of the Series 1998 Notes.  Such  transactions  consist of bids of purchase
for the purpose of pegging,  fixing or maintaining the price of such Series 1998
Notes.

          In general,  purchases of a security for the purpose of  stabilization
or to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher
than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

          Neither the Company nor the Underwriters  makes any  representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the  transactions
described  above may have on the prices of the Series 1998 Notes.  In  addition,
neither the  Company  nor the  Underwriters  makes any  representation  that the
Underwriters  will engage in such transactions or that such  transactions,  once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

          The Company has been advised by the  Underwriters  that they presently
intend to make a market in the Series 1998 Notes;  however,  it is not obligated
to do so, any market-making may be discontinued at any time, and there can be no
assurance that an active public market for the Series 1998 Notes will develop.

          From time to time the  Underwriters  or their  affiliates  may perform
investment  banking and advisory services for, and may provide general financing
and banking services to, affiliates of the Company.

          The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the Company will indemnify
the Underwriters against certain civil liabilities,  including liabilities under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the Company has agreed to reimburse
the Underwriters for the fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

          Certain legal matters,  including certain income tax matters,  will be
passed upon for the  Company by Kutak  Rock,  Denver,  Colorado.  Certain  legal
matters  will be passed upon for the  Underwriters  by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan
LLP,  New  York,  New York,  and for the  Company  by  Ballard  Spahr  Andrews &
Ingersoll, LLP, Denver, Colorado.


                                      S-30
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT 1

                                    % of Original Amount

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
    Redemption     $225,000,000    $125,000,000    $125,000,000    $125,000,000
       Date       Class 1996A-5    Class 1998A-7   Class 1998A-8   Class 1998A-9

     12/22/98        100.00%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      1/1/99         100.00%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      2/1/99         100.00%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      3/1/99         100.00%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      4/1/99         100.00%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      5/1/99          98.67%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      6/1/99          97.33%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      7/1/99          96.00%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      8/1/99          94.67%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      9/1/99          92.89%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     10/1/99          91.11%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     11/1/99          89.33%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     12/1/99          87.56%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      1/1/00          85.69%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      2/1/00          83.82%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      3/1/00          81.96%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      4/1/00          80.09%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      5/1/00          76.93%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      6/1/00          73.78%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      7/1/00          70.22%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      8/1/00          66.98%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      9/1/00          63.78%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     10/1/00          60.22%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     11/1/00          56.98%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     12/1/00          53.69%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      1/1/01          50.13%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      2/1/01          46.84%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      3/1/01          43.42%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      4/1/01          39.87%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      5/1/01          36.53%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      6/1/01          33.20%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      7/1/01          29.60%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      8/1/01          26.27%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      9/1/01          22.89%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     10/1/01          19.33%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     11/1/01          15.96%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     12/1/01          12.53%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      1/1/02           9.02%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      2/1/02           5.60%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      3/1/02           2.13%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      4/1/02           0.00%         100.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      5/1/02           0.00%          95.20%           100.00%         100.00%
      6/1/02           0.00%          90.40%           100.00%         100.00%
      7/1/02           0.00%          82.88%           100.00%         100.00%
      8/1/02           0.00%          75.44%           100.00%         100.00%
      9/1/02           0.00%          68.00%           100.00%         100.00%
     10/1/02           0.00%          60.32%           100.00%         100.00%
     11/1/02           0.00%          52.88%           100.00%         100.00%
     12/1/02           0.00%          45.36%           100.00%         100.00%
      1/1/03           0.00%          37.76%           100.00%         100.00%
      2/1/03           0.00%          30.32%           100.00%         100.00%
      3/1/03           0.00%          22.64%           100.00%         100.00%
      4/1/03           0.00%          15.04%           100.00%         100.00%
      5/1/03           0.00%           7.52%           100.00%         100.00%
      6/1/03           0.00%           0.00%           100.00%         100.00%
      7/1/03           0.00%           0.00%            92.32%         100.00%
      8/1/03           0.00%           0.00%            84.88%         100.00%
      9/1/03           0.00%           0.00%            77.28%         100.00%
     10/1/03           0.00%           0.00%            69.76%         100.00%
     11/1/03           0.00%           0.00%            62.24%         100.00%
     12/1/03           0.00%           0.00%            54.64%         100.00%
      1/1/04           0.00%           0.00%            47.12%         100.00%
      2/1/04           0.00%           0.00%            39.68%         100.00%
      3/1/04           0.00%           0.00%            32.00%         100.00%
      4/1/04           0.00%           0.00%            24.56%         100.00%
      5/1/04           0.00%           0.00%            17.12%         100.00%
      6/1/04           0.00%           0.00%             9.60%         100.00%
      7/1/04           0.00%           0.00%             2.08%         100.00%
      8/1/04           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%         100.00%
      9/1/04           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          92.72%
     10/1/04           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          85.84%
     11/1/04           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          78.96%
     12/1/04           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          72.08%
      1/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          65.28%
      2/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          58.48%
      3/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          51.68%
      4/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          44.88%
      5/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          38.08%
      6/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          31.36%
      7/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          24.64%
      8/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          17.92%
      9/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%          11.20%
     10/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%           4.48%
     11/1/05           0.00%           0.00%             0.00%           0.00%

                                      S-31
<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS


                        UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC.
                     TAXABLE STUDENT LOAN ASSET-BACKED NOTES
                              (ISSUABLE IN SERIES)

                         UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                                     Sponsor


        This  Prospectus  relates  to  Union  Financial  Services-1,  Inc.  (the
"Issuer")  Taxable Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes (the "Offered Notes") to be
issued in one or more series (each, a "Series") and one or more classes (each, a
"Class") on terms  determined  at the time of sale and  described in the related
prospectus supplement (each, a "Prospectus Supplement").  The Offered Notes will
be and the Prior Notes (as defined  below) are  secured  primarily  by a pool of
student loans  purchased and to be purchased by the Issuer,  from Union Bank and
Trust Company ("Union Bank") and other eligible lenders (the "Eligible  Lenders"
and, together with Union Bank, each, a "Seller" and collectively, the "Sellers")
(such loans,  together  with any  additional  student loans  purchased  from the
Sellers  from  time  to time by the  Issuer  and  pledged  to the  Trustee,  the
"Financed  Eligible Loans"),  collections and other payments with respect to the
Financed  Eligible  Loans and moneys on deposit in certain trust  accounts to be
established for the benefit of the Noteholders.  Funds on deposit in the Student
Loan Fund will be used from time to time as described  herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement with respect to any Series to purchase additional Financed
Eligible  Loans.  The Issuer has  previously  issued its  Taxable  Student  Loan
Asset-Backed Notes in transactions exempt from the registration  requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Private Notes") and pursuant to its
registration  statement  on Form S-3  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the "Prior  Registered  Notes," and together with the Private Notes,
the "Prior  Notes").  Notes to be issued by the  Issuer in the future  under the
Indenture of Trust (the "Indenture"), other than the Offered Notes, are referred
to herein as "Additional Notes." The Offered Notes, the Additional Notes and the
Prior Notes are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Notes." Each Series
of Notes,  including  the Offered  Notes,  will be  collateralized  by the Trust
Estate pledged to the Trustee.  The Prior Notes are not being offered hereby and
any  information  relating  thereto is provided  solely because of its potential
relevance to a prospective  investor of the Offered Notes.  In addition,  no new
Eligible Loans will be purchased or Offered Notes or Additional  Notes issued by
the Issuer if such action would  adversely  affect the ratings of the Notes that
are then outstanding.

<PAGE>

        The per  annum  rate of  interest  for a Class of Notes  for a period of
interest  specified with respect to a Series (each, an "Interest  Period") will,
subject to certain limitations  described herein or in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement,  equal the rate determined from time to time for such Class pursuant
to (a) the auction  procedures  described  herein (such Notes being  referred to
herein as "Auction  Rate  Notes"),  (b) the London  interbank  offered  rate for
one-month  U.S.  dollar  deposits  ("LIBOR")  plus the  amount  set forth in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement  (such Notes being  referred to herein as "LIBOR
Rate Notes") or (c) the interest rate of United States  Treasury  securities for
one-month  or  three-month  securities  plus the amount set forth in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  (such Notes being  referred to herein as "Treasury  Rate
Notes").  The LIBOR Rate  Notes and the  Treasury  Rate  Notes are  collectively
referred to herein as "Index Rate  Notes."  Except as  otherwise  set forth in a
Prospectus Supplement,  interest on each Class of Offered Notes that are Auction
Rate Notes will be payable on the first Business Day following the expiration of
the respective  Auction Period for such Class,  commencing on the date set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement. Interest on each Class of Index Rate Notes
will be payable quarterly, monthly or weekly on the first Business Day following
the  expiration  of each  related  Interest  Period as  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  However,  if specified  with respect to a Series in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  interest  accrued  on a Class of Notes of such
Series may,  instead of being paid  currently,  be capitalized  and added to the
outstanding  principal balance thereof until the date or event specified in such
Prospectus  Supplement  (such Notes are referred to herein as "Accrual  Notes").
The date on which a Class of Notes is  entitled  to receive a payment  (or,  for
Accrual Notes,  have accrued  interest added to principal) is referred to as the
"Interest Payment Date" for such Class.

        The unpaid principal balance of each Class of Notes will be payable upon
its stated maturity date ("Stated Maturity"), which will be the Interest Payment
Date  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  unless  otherwise  paid
earlier upon redemption as provided herein.  Principal  payments with respect to
any  Class of Notes of any  Series  will be made in the order of  priority  with
respect to each Class of Notes of any other  Series as  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Under the  circumstances  described  herein  and in the
related Prospectus Supplement with respect to a Series, the Notes may be subject
to optional,  mandatory and extraordinary optional redemption.  In addition, the
Notes will be repaid on any Interest  Payment Date on which the Issuer exercises
its  option to  purchase  the  Financed  Eligible  Loans,  exercisable  when the
aggregate  principal  balance  of the  Notes  is  reduced  to 10% or less of the
principal  balance of the Notes on their respective dates of issuance (each, the
"Date of Issuance").



<PAGE>


        After the respective  initial Interest Period,  each Interest Period for
each Class of Auction Rate Notes will consist of between 7 and 91 days,  or such
other period as described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement. Except
as otherwise  specified with respect to a Series,  each Interest Period for each
Class of Index Rate Notes will consist of the period  beginning on the first day
of each month and ending on the last day of the such  month,  or if  interest is
payable  quarterly  beginning on the first day of a month and ending on the last
day of the second  succeeding month. The Interest Period for each Class of Index
Rate Notes will be as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

        By  purchasing a Class of Auction  Rate Notes,  whether in an Auction or
otherwise,  each  prospective  purchaser  will be deemed to have agreed:  (i) to
participate in Auctions on the terms described  herein;  and (ii) so long as the
beneficial  ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is maintained in book-entry form
to sell,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of the Auction Rate Notes only pursuant
to a bid or a sell  order in an auction  conducted  pursuant  to the  procedures
described herein (an "Auction"),  or to or through a specified broker-dealer (as
described herein);  provided, that in the case of all transfers other than those
pursuant  to an  Auction,  either  the  owner  of  the  Auction  Rate  Notes  so
transferred,  its  participant  or  specified  broker-dealer  advises  the agent
conducting  the Auction (the  "Auction  Agent") of such  transfer.  See "Certain
Definitions and Provisions Related to Auction Rate Notes and Auction Procedures"
herein.

        All Financed  Eligible Loans are, and all Financed  Eligible Loans to be
acquired in the future will be, guaranteed by private,  non-profit  corporations
or state agencies (each a "Guarantee  Agency"),  and all Financed Eligible Loans
are and all  Financed  Eligible  Loans  to be  acquired  in the  future  will be
reinsured  by the United  States  Department  of  Education  (the  "Department")
subject to the limitations  described herein (such Financed  Eligible Loans, the
"Federal  Loans").  This  obligation of the Department is, subject to compliance
with the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the "Higher  Education Act"),
supported by the full faith and credit of the United States.

        SEE "RISK  FACTORS"  HEREIN  BEGINNING  ON PAGE 1 FOR A  DESCRIPTION  OF
CERTAIN  FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED  IN CONNECTION  WITH AN INVESTMENT IN
THE NOTES AND IN EVALUATING THE FINANCED  ELIGIBLE LOANS AS TO THE LIKELIHOOD OF
REALIZED LOSSES.

        THE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  OR  THE  RELATED  PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT.   ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

        THE  NOTES DO NOT  REPRESENT  AN  OBLIGATION  OF OR AN  INTEREST  IN THE
TRUSTEE  OR THE  SELLERS  OR ANY OF THEIR  RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES,  OTHER THAN A
LIMITED  OBLIGATION  OF THE  ISSUER,  AND  THE  NOTES  ARE  NOT  INSURED  BY ANY
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY,  INCLUDING
THE SELLERS, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING.


<PAGE>



        Offers of the Offered  Notes may be made  through one or more  different
methods, including offerings through underwriters, as more fully described under
"Plan of  Distribution"  herein and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The
intention of any  underwriter  to make a secondary  market in the Offered  Notes
will  be set  forth  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  There  can be no
assurance that a secondary  market for the Offered Notes will develop,  or if it
does develop, that it will continue.  Except as otherwise specified with respect
to a Series,  it is not  expected  that the  Offered  Notes  will be listed on a
national  securities  exchange.  This  Prospectus  may not be used to consummate
sales  of  a  Series  of  Offered  Notes  unless  accompanied  by  a  Prospectus
Supplement.


   
                The date of this Prospectus is December 9, 1998.
    


<PAGE>


        Until 90 days after the date of each Prospectus Supplement,  all dealers
effecting  transactions in the securities covered by such Prospectus Supplement,
whether or not  participating  in the distribution  thereof,  may be required to
deliver such Prospectus  Supplement and this Prospectus.  This is in addition to
the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus and Prospectus Supplement when
acting  as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold   allotments  or
subscriptions.

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

        The  Prospectus  Supplement  relating to a Series of Offered Notes to be
offered  hereunder,  among  other  things,  will set forth with  respect to such
Series of Offered Notes: (a) the aggregate  principal  amount,  interest rate or
rates or other  applicable rate or rates (or the manner of determining such rate
or rates) and authorized  denominations of each Class of such Offered Notes; (b)
certain  information  concerning the Financed  Eligible Loans;  (c) the original
principal amount and current  principal  amount of and certain  information with
respect to each  previously  issued  Class of Notes,  along with the  applicable
Stated Maturity;  (d) certain information concerning the guarantee agencies with
respect to the Financed Eligible Loans (the "Guarantee  Agencies");  (e) certain
information  with  respect  to  any  credit  enhancements;  and  (f)  additional
information with respect to the plan of sale of such Offered Notes.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        The Issuer has filed a registration statement (herein, together with all
amendments  and  exhibits  thereto,  the  "Registration  Statement")  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission")  with respect to the Offered Notes. The
Issuer is subject to the informational  requirements of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance  therewith files
reports and other  information with the Commission.  The Registration  Statement
and amendments  thereof and the exhibits  thereto,  as well as reports and other
information  concerning the Issuer,  are available for inspection without charge
at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by the  Commission at 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549; 7 World Trade Center,  13th Floor,  New
York, New York 10048; and Northwestern  Atrium Center,  500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661-2511.  Copies of the Registration Statement
and  amendments  thereof and  exhibits  thereto may be obtained  from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates. In addition,  the Commission  maintains a World Wide
Web site that  contains  reports,  proxy and  information  statements  and other
information regarding registrants,  such as the Issuer, that file electronically
with the Commission at the following address: (http://www.sec.gov).


                                       i
<PAGE>


        The Issuer has filed the Registration  Statement relating to the Offered
Notes on Form S-3 under the 1933 Act.  This  Prospectus  does not contain all of
the information set forth in the Registration Statement,  certain parts of which
are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission.  For
further  information,  reference is made to the  Registration  Statement and the
exhibits filed as a part thereof.  Statements  contained  herein  concerning any
document  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  are  qualified in
their entirety by such reference.

        No person has been  authorized  to give any  information  or to make any
representation  other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto and,  if given or made,  such  information  or
representations  must not be relied upon.  This  Prospectus  and any  Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto  do not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell  or a
solicitation  of an offer to buy any  securities  other than the  Offered  Notes
offered  hereby and thereby  nor an offer of the Offered  Notes to any person in
any state or other  jurisdiction  in which such  offer  would be  unlawful.  The
delivery of this Prospectus at any time does not imply that  information  herein
is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.

                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

        Periodic  monthly  reports  concerning  the Notes and the Issuer will be
provided to the Noteholders as required by the Indenture.  Such periodic monthly
reports  concerning  the  Notes  will  not be  reviewed  by a  certified  public
accounting  firm.   Unless  otherwise  set  forth  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement,  each Series of Offered Notes will be issued in book-entry  form and
registered  in the  name of Cede & Co.,  the  nominee  of The  Depository  Trust
Company.  All reports will be provided to Cede,  which in turn will provide such
reports to its eligible  participants (the "Participants") and eligible indirect
participants  (the  "Indirect  Participants").  Such  Participants  and Indirect
Participants  will then forward such reports to the beneficial owners of Offered
Notes.  See "Book  Entry  Registration"  herein.  The Issuer  will file with the
Commission such periodic  reports as are required under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and the  rules  and  regulations  of the  Commission
thereunder,  and will suspend the filing of such reports at its option if not so
required.

                                       ii
<PAGE>


                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

   
        The  following  documents  filed by the Issuer with the  Commission  are
incorporated  in this  Prospectus by reference:  (i) Current  Report on Form 8-K
dated January 7, 1997, (ii) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996,  (iii)  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
ended March 31, 1997, (iv) Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
ended June 30, 1997,  (v) Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter
ended  September  30, 1997,  (vi) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1997 and (vii)  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal
quarter  ended  September 30, 1998.  All documents  filed by or on behalf of the
Issuer with the Commission  pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),  subsequent to
the date of this  Prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering of the
Offered  Notes  issued  by the  Issuer  shall be deemed  to be  incorporated  by
reference in this  Prospectus and to be a part of this  Prospectus from the date
of the filing of such documents. Any statement contained herein or in a document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded  for purposes of this  Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein (or in the accompanying  Prospectus Supplement) or in
any  other  subsequently  filed  document  which  also  is  or is  deemed  to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such
statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so modified
or superseded,  to constitute part of this  Prospectus.  The Issuer will provide
without charge to each person to whom a copy of the Prospectus is delivered,  on
the  written  or oral  request of any such  person,  a copy of any or all of the
documents  incorporated  herein  by  reference,  except  the  exhibits  to  such
documents  (unless such exhibits are  specifically  incorporated by reference in
such documents).  Requests for such copies should be directed to Union Financial
Services-1,  Inc., 1801 California Street,  Suite 3920, Denver,  Colorado 80202,
Attention: Ronald W. Page, Telephone:
(303) 292-6930.
    

                                      iii
<PAGE>

                         TABLE OF CONTENTS TO PROSPECTUS

                                                                           Page

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT..........................................................i

AVAILABLE INFORMATION..........................................................i

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS........................................................ii

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE..............................iii

   
SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING........................................................x
        Securities Offered.....................................................x
        Issuer x
        Sellersx
        Servicer and Subservicer..............................................xi
        Trusteexi
        Indenture.............................................................xi
        Trust Estate........................................................xiii
        The Financed Eligible Loans.........................................xiii
        The Higher Education Act.............................................xvi
        Determination of Interest Rates.....................................xvii
        Principal Payments.................................................xviii
        Stated Maturity Date...............................................xviii
        Auction Procedures...................................................xix
        Pool Characteristics.................................................xix
        Cutoff Date..........................................................xix
        Redemption Provisions................................................xix
        Subordinated Notes.................................................xxiii
        Additional Parity Notes.............................................xxiv
        Sales and Repurchases ofCertain Eligible Loans......................xxiv
        Funds and Accounts..................................................xxiv
        Credit Enhancement................................................xxviii
        Registration of Notes.............................................xxviii
        Certain Federal IncomeTax Consequences..............................xxix
        ERISA Considerations................................................xxix
        Ratingsxxix

RISK FACTORS...................................................................1
        Nature of the Notes....................................................1
        Subordination; Limited Assets..........................................1
        Failure to Comply with Loan Origination and 
          Servicing Procedures for Eligible Loans..............................2
        Reliance Upon Sellers..................................................3
        Perfection of Security Interest in Financed Eligible Loans.............3
        Certain Insolvency Concerns............................................3
        Changing Assets of the Trust Estate....................................5
        Variability of Revenues................................................5
        Prepayment Considerations..............................................6
        Principal Balance of Notes May Exceed Aggregate
        Principal Balance of Financed Eligible Loans...........................7
        Unsecured Nature of Financed Eligible Loans; 
        Financial Status of Guarantee Agencies.................................7
        Reauthorization; Appropriation.........................................7
        Changes in Legislation.................................................8
        The Financed Eligible Loans and the Student Loan Fund..................9
        Issuance of Additional Notes..........................................10
        Maturity and Prepayment Assumptions...................................10
        Basis Risk............................................................10
        Certain Legal Aspects.................................................11
        Book-Entry Registration...............................................12
        Repurchase of Financed Eligible Loans.................................12
        Ratings of the Notes..................................................13

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES......................................................13
        General...............................................................13
        Auction Rate Notes....................................................14
        LIBOR Rate Notes......................................................15
        Treasury Rate Notes...................................................16
        Accrual Notes.........................................................17
        Principal Payments of the Notes.......................................17
        Mandatory Redemption..................................................18
        Optional Redemption...................................................18
        Extraordinary Optional Redemption.....................................19
        Optional Purchase.....................................................19
        Notice and Partial Redemption of Notes................................20
        Accelerated Maturity of Notes.........................................21

SECURITY AND SOURCES OF PAYMENT FOR THE NOTES.................................21
        General...............................................................21
        Funds and Accounts and Flow of Revenues...............................21
        Student Loan Fund.....................................................25
        Revenue Fund..........................................................26
        Reserve Fund..........................................................29
        Interest Fund.........................................................30
        Note Redemption Fund..................................................32
        Student Loan Holding Fund.............................................34
        Cost of Issuance Fund.................................................35
        Operating Fund........................................................35
        General Fund..........................................................36
        Investment of Funds Held by Trustee...................................36
        Release37

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS RELATEDTO AUCTION RATE NOTES 
     AND AUCTION PROCEDURES...................................................38
        Auction-Related Definitions...........................................38
        Summary of Auction Procedures.........................................45
        Auction Procedures....................................................47
        Auction Note Interest Rate............................................51

AUCTION RATE NOTE SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES.......................................67

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONSRELATED TO LIBOR RATE NOTES.................70
        LIBOR-Related Definitions.............................................70
        Interest on LIBOR Rate Notes..........................................73
        Payments..............................................................73
        Notice of Payment Defaults and Cures..................................73
        Calculation of Rates;Termination of Book-Entry System.................74
        Computation of Interest...............................................74
        Notification of Rates, Amounts and Payment Dates......................75
        Calculation Agent.....................................................75
        Credit Ratings........................................................76
        Notice................................................................76
        Notice of Payment Default.............................................76

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION.......................................................77

ADDITIONAL NOTES..............................................................79

SUMMARY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE................................80
        Parity of Lien........................................................80
        Other Obligations of the Issuer.......................................80
        Pledge for Payment....................................................81
        Representations and Warranties of the Issuer..........................81
        Covenants as to Additional Conveyances................................81
        Further Covenants of the Issuer.......................................82
        Servicing Agreement...................................................83
        Procedures for Transfer of Funds......................................83
        Additional Covenants with Respect to the Higher Education Act.........84
        Student Loans; CollectionsThereof; Assignment Thereof.................85
        Appointment of Agents.................................................85
        Capacity to Sue.......................................................85
        Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy................................85
        Events of Default.....................................................86
        Remedies on Default...................................................87
        The Trustee...........................................................91
        Supplemental Indentures...............................................99
        Satisfaction of Indenture............................................101

SELLER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................................103
        The Sellers..........................................................103
        Representations and Warranties-Portfolio Characteristics.............103
        Representations and Warranties-Eligible Loans........................104
        Repurchase Obligation of Seller......................................107

DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT............................................108
        General..............................................................108
        Subordinate Notes....................................................108
        Letter of Credit.....................................................109
        Note Guarantee Insurance and Surety Bonds............................109
        Reserve Fund.........................................................109

THE ISSUER...................................................................110

THE ISSUER'S STUDENT LOAN PURCHASE PROGRAM...................................113
        The Issuer's Student Loan Purchase Agreement.........................113
        Servicing of Financed Eligible Loans.................................113
        The Servicing Agreements.............................................114
        UNIPAC 115

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM.....................115
        The Federal Family Education Loan Program............................115
        Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans....................................116
        Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans..................................119
        Special Allowance Payments...........................................120
        Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loan Programs...........................121
        The Federal Consolidation Loan Program...............................123
        Federal Insurance andReimbursement of Guarantee Agencies.............124
        Reimbursement........................................................126
        The Guarantee Agreement..............................................127
        Higher Education Amendments of 1992..................................127
        1993 Amendments to the Federal Family Education Loan Program.........128
        Updates..............................................................132

GUARANTEE AGENCIES...........................................................133
        General..............................................................133
        Other Guarantee Agencies.............................................134

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES...........................................134

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES......................................135
        Characterization of the Trust Estate.................................136
        Characterization of the Notes as Indebtedness........................136
        Taxation of InterestIncome of Registered Owners......................137
        Backup Withholding...................................................138
        Limitation on the Deductibility of Certain Expenses..................139
        Tax-Exempt Investors.................................................139
        Sale or Exchange of Notes............................................139

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.........................................................140

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AMONG FINANCING PARTICIPANTS...........................141

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.........................................................142

LEGAL MATTERS................................................................143

FINANCIAL INFORMATION........................................................143

RATINGS......................................................................143

INDEX TO AND GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TERMS.......................................145
        Index to Defined Terms...............................................145
        Glossary of Terms....................................................153

    

<PAGE>


APPENDIX I-FORM OF MASTER PURCHASER'S LETTER.......................I-1



                             SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

        This  summary is  qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus
Supplement  with respect to the offering of a series of Offered  Notes (each,  a
"Prospectus  Supplement").  Capitalized  terms used herein and not defined shall
have the  respective  meanings  referred  or  assigned  to them in "Index to and
Glossary  of  Certain  Terms";  provided,  that  terms  defined in "Index to and
Glossary of Certain  Terms" take  precedence  over the same terms  defined  more
briefly herein.

Securities Offered The Taxable  Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes being  offered
          with  respect to a Prospectus  Supplement  (the  "Offered  Notes") are
          issuable in one or more  series  (each,  a  "Series")  and one or more
          classes (each, a "Class") within such Series.  The Offered Notes shall
          be secured by a revolving pool of Financed  Eligible Loans and certain
          other property held in trust for the benefit of the Registered  Owners
          as set forth herein under  "-Trust  Estate." The Offered Notes and the
          Prior Notes that are designated as Class B Notes (the "Class B Notes")
          are  subordinated  in certain  respects to the  Offered  Notes and the
          Prior Notes that are designated as Class A Notes, and the Notes of any
          Series that are  designated as Class C Notes (the "Class C Notes") are
          subordinated  in  certain  respects  to the  Offered  Notes  that  are
          designated as Class A Notes and Class B Notes, as more fully described
          herein.  The Offered Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture as
          hereinafter described.  Notes issued by the Issuer in the future under
          the Indenture (other than the Offered Notes) are referred to herein as
          "Additional  Notes." The Offered Notes,  the Additional  Notes and the
          Prior  Notes  are  sometimes  collectively  referred  to herein as the
          "Notes."

Issuer. Union Financial  Services-1,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation. The Issuer is
          affiliated  with Union Bank and Trust Company.  See "Risk Factors" and
          "Certain Relationships Among Financing Participants" herein.


                                       x
<PAGE>


Sellers   Union Bank and Trust Company  ("Union Bank" and in this capacity,  the
          "Seller"),  a Nebraska state bank,  has, in connection  with the Prior
          Notes,  entered  into  student  loan  purchase  agreements  (each such
          agreement,  together  with  similar  agreements  entered into by other
          Eligible Lenders, a "Student Loan Purchase Agreement") with the Issuer
          pursuant to which the Seller has sold Financed  Eligible  Loans to the
          Issuer.  The Issuer will only  acquire  Financed  Eligible  Loans from
          Union Bank or from other eligible  lenders as defined under the Higher
          Education Act ("Eligible  Lenders" and together with Union Bank, each,
          a "Seller"  and  collectively,  the  "Sellers")  which other  Eligible
          Lenders  will be  specified  with  respect to a Series in the  related
          Prospectus  Supplement.  See "Risk Factors-The Financed Eligible Loans
          and the Student Loan Fund,"  "Certain  Relationships  Among  Financing
          Participants" and "Seller  Representations and Warranties-The Sellers"
          herein.

   
Servicer and Subservicer Union Bank shall act as Servicer (in such capacity, the
          "Servicer")  and UNIPAC Service  Corporation,  a Nebraska  corporation
          ("UNIPAC"), shall act as subservicer (the "Subservicer") and custodian
          (the  "Custodian") of the Financed  Eligible Loans. The Issuer expects
          that InTuition,  Inc.  ("InTuition")  will also act as subservicer and
          custodian  for some of the  Financed  Eligible  Loans.  The Issuer may
          appoint other entities to act as a Servicer or Subservicer if approved
          by the Rating Agencies, which entities, if any, will be specified with
          respect to a Series in the related Prospectus Supplement. See "Certain
          Relationships Among Financing Participants."

Trustee  Zions  First National Bank, or such other entity as may be specified in
          a Prospectus Supplement.

    
                                       xi
<PAGE>


Indenture The  Prior  Notes  have  been and the  Offered  Notes  will be  issued
          pursuant to an Indenture of Trust,  an Amended and Restated  Indenture
          of Trust and a Second Amended and Restated  Indenture of Trust between
          the Issuer and the Trustee,  as amended and supplemented  from time to
          time,   and  are  payable  solely  from  the  funds  and  assets  held
          thereunder.  Each Series of Offered Notes will be issued pursuant to a
          supplemental   indenture  of  trust   applicable  to  such  Series  (a
          "Supplemental  Indenture"),   and  the  Second  Amended  and  Restated
          Indenture  of Trust  together  with such  Supplemental  Indenture  are
          referred to herein with  respect to a Series as the  "Indenture."  The
          Issuer has previously  issued the Private Notes  designated as its (i)
          Taxable  Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1996A (the "Series
          1996A  Notes"),  consisting of  $48,300,000 of its Senior Auction Rate
          Class A-1 Notes (the "Class A-1 Notes") and  $48,300,000 of its Senior
          Auction  Rate Class A-2 Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes") and  $11,100,000
          of its Subordinate LIBOR Rate Class B Notes (the "Class B Notes"), and
          (ii)  Taxable  Student  Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series  1996B (the
          "Series 1996B Notes"), consisting of $73,700,000 of its Senior Auction
          Rate Class A-3 Notes (the "Class A-3 Notes")  and  $54,300,000  of its
          Senior  Auction  Rate Class A-4 Notes  (the  "Class  A-4  Notes")  and
          $14,200,000 of its Subordinate  LIBOR Rate Class B-2 Notes (the "Class
          B-2 Notes").  The Class B Notes and the Class B-2 Notes were  defeased
          on March 20, 1997, and are no longer  Outstanding under the Indenture.
          The  Issuer has  previously  issued  the Notes  designated  as its (i)
          Taxable  Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1996C (the "Series
          1996C Notes"),  consisting of $225,000,000 of its Senior Treasury Rate
          Class A-5 Notes (the  "Class A-5  Notes"),  $75,500,000  of its Senior
          Auction  Rate Class A-6 Notes (the "Class A-6 Notes") and  $15,600,000
          of its Subordinate LIBOR Rate Class B-3 Notes (the "Class B-3 Notes"),
          and (ii) Taxable Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1997A (the
          "Series 1997A Notes"),  consisting of  $30,800,000 of its  Subordinate
          Class 1997 B-4 LIBOR Rate Notes  (the  "Class B-4  Notes").  The Class
          A-1,  Class A-2,  Class A-3, Class A-4, Class A-5 and Class A-6 Notes,
          together  with any Notes  issued  with  respect to a Series of Offered
          Notes before the date of a Prospectus  Supplement which are designated
          as Class A Notes are  collectively  referred  to herein as the  "Prior
          Class A Notes," and the Class B-3 and Class B-4 Notes,  together  with
          any Notes issued with respect to a Series of Offered  Notes before the
          date of a Prospectus  Supplement which are designated as Class B Notes
          are collectively referred to herein as the "Prior Class B Notes."


                                      xii
<PAGE>


          The Prior Class A Notes constitute and the Offered Notes designated as
          Class A Notes will  constitute  "Senior  Notes"  under the  Indenture,
          secured on a basis  which is senior to the Prior  Class B Notes and to
          any Offered Notes secured on a parity with or subordinate to the Prior
          Class B Notes.  The Prior  Class B Notes  constitute  and the  Offered
          Notes designated as Class B Notes will constitute  "Subordinate Notes"
          under the  Indenture,  secured on a basis which is  subordinate to the
          Senior Notes. Offered Notes designated as Class A Notes will be issued
          on a parity basis with the Prior Class A Notes.  Offered Notes secured
          on a basis  subordinate to the Prior Class A Notes may be issued under
          the  Indenture  and such Offered Notes may be secured on a basis which
          is on a parity  with or on a basis which is  subordinate  to the Prior
          Class B Notes. If subordinate to the Prior Class B Notes, such Offered
          Notes would constitute  "Junior-Subordinate Notes" under the Indenture
          and,  unless  otherwise  specified  with respect to a Series,  will be
          designated as Class C Notes.

          The Offered Notes may be offered by the Issuer to the extent  provided
          in the Indenture and without the approval of the Registered  Owners of
          any Notes then outstanding (the "Outstanding Notes");  provided, among
          other  things,  that written  confirmation  from each Rating Agency is
          required to be received  stating  that the  issuance of any such Notes
          will not result in any  Rating  Agency  reducing  or  withdrawing  its
          existing  ratings on the Outstanding  Notes.  See  "Additional  Notes"
          herein.

Trust Estate  The  Trust  Estate  will  consist  of:  (i) a   revolving  pool of
          Financed  Eligible Loans, as described  below, and moneys payable with
          respect thereto after their respective  applicable  Cutoff Dates; (ii)
          funds in accounts held by the Trustee under the  Indenture,  including
          the  Reserve  Fund  and an  account  to  acquire  additional  Financed
          Eligible  Loans  from  recycling  principal  payments  and  repayments
          including  reimbursements  for defaulted Financed Eligible Loans under
          certain  circumstances  prior to April 1,  1999  with  respect  to the
          Private Notes,  the Series 1996A Notes, the Series 1996B Notes and the
          Series 1996C Notes,  and the date specified in the related  Prospectus
          Supplement  with  respect  to the  Offered  Notes (the  "Student  Loan
          Fund");  (iii) rights of the Issuer in and to the Servicing Agreement,
          the Student Loan Purchase  Agreements and the  agreements  between the
          respective   Guarantee   Agencies  and  the  Trustee  (the  "Guarantee
          Agreements") as the same relate to Financed  Eligible Loans and in and
          to  any  agents   conducting  an  Auction  (each,  an  "Auction  Agent
          Agreement")  and the  custodian  holding  files on behalf of the Trust
          (the  "Custodian  Agreement");  and (iv)  certain  related  rights and
          property held in trust for the benefit of the registered owners of the
          Notes (the "Registered Owners").

                                      xiii
<PAGE>

The Financed  Eligible  Loans "Financed     Eligible  Loans"   will  consist  of
          Federal Loans originated pursuant to the federal family education loan
          program as described  herein under  "Description of the Federal Family
          Educational Loan Program" to students enrolled in qualified accredited
          institutions  of higher  education and will include  rights to receive
          payments  made with respect to such  Financed  Eligible  Loans and the
          proceeds thereof.

          Certain of the Financed  Eligible  Loans will have been  originated by
          the respective Seller and the remainder of the Financed Eligible Loans
          will  have  been   originated   by   independent   third  parties  and
          subsequently  sold to the  respective  Seller.  The Financed  Eligible
          Loans  constituting the assets of the Trust Estate will vary from time
          to time and are  required to be Eligible  Loans.  An  "Eligible  Loan"
          shall mean a loan made to students  or parents of students  authorized
          under  the  Higher   Education   Act  for  education  at  a  qualified
          institution (a "Student Loan") which: (a) will,  subject to compliance
          with  specific  origination  and  servicing  procedures  prescribed by
          federal and guarantor regulations,  be guaranteed as to the payment of
          principal  and  interest  by a state or private  non-profit  guarantor
          (each,  a  "Guarantee  Agency");  (b)  and  is not  delinquent  by the
          borrower  more than 180 days and has not been  tendered at any time to
          either  the  Secretary  or any  guarantee  agency,  including  without
          limitation,  the Guarantee  Agency,  for payment  unless the situation
          giving  rise  to such  tender  has  been  cured.  Notwithstanding  the
          foregoing,  the Issuer will not acquire  Eligible Loans  delinquent by
          the borrower for more than 91 days. In addition,  with respect to each
          pool of Eligible Loans acquired by the Issuer from proceeds of Offered
          Notes with respect to each Series,  no more than 15% of each such pool
          of Eligible  Loans shall be delinquent by the borrower  between 30 and
          90 days. With respect to Eligible Loans originated prior to October 1,
          1993, the entire  principal  amount of such loans and accrued interest
          are  required  to be  fully  guaranteed  by the  applicable  Guarantee
          Agency;  with respect to Eligible Loans originated on or after October
          1, 1993,  only 98% of the  principal  amount of such loans and accrued
          interest are required to be  guaranteed  by the  applicable  Guarantee
          Agency.  Eligible Loans which are delinquent by the borrower  continue
          to be guaranteed by the applicable  Guarantee Agency and principal and
          interest  will  be  paid  after  submission  of  Eligible  Loan to the
          applicable  Guarantee  Agency,  subject to compliance with origination
          and servicing procedures. The Financed Eligible Loans will be selected
          by each Seller from Eligible  Loans  originated  and purchased by such
          Seller  based on the criteria  specified in the Student Loan  Purchase
          Agreement   and  described   herein  or  in  the  related   Prospectus
          Supplement. See "Seller Representations and Warranties" herein.

          The payment of principal  and  interest on all Eligible  Loans will be
          guaranteed  by Guarantee  Agencies and will be reinsured by the United
          States  Department  of  Education  (the  "Department")  to the  extent
          provided  pursuant to the Higher Education Act. The federal  guarantee
          of Eligible Loans and the amount thereof is contingent upon compliance
          with a variety  of due  diligence  and other  regulations,  as further
          described  herein,  and is  also  contingent  upon  certain  servicing
          procedures to be performed by the Servicer.  See "Risk Factors-Failure
          to Comply with Loan Origination and Servicing  Procedures for Eligible
          Loans"  and   "Description  of  the  Federal  Family   Education  Loan
          Program-Federal  Insurance and  Reimbursement  of Guarantee  Agencies"
          herein.  In connection with the offering of each Series of Notes,  the
          Guarantee  Agencies  that are  expected to guarantee 2% or more of the
          Financed  Eligible  Loans in the portfolio of Financed  Eligible Loans
          (the  "Student  Loan  Portfolio")  will be  identified  in the related
          Prospectus  Supplement.  Guarantee  Agencies which guarantee  Financed
          Eligible  Loans as selected by the Issuer are  required to be approved
          by each Rating Agency. See "Guarantee Agencies" herein.


                                      xvi
<PAGE>


          With respect to  substantially  all of the Eligible Loans,  except for
          PLUS Loans (as defined herein under "Description of the Federal Family
          Education  Loan  Program"),  during  the  period in which the  related
          borrower is in school and for certain  authorized periods as described
          in the Higher  Education Act (the "Deferral  Phase"),  the borrower is
          not required to make  payments on his or her Financed  Eligible  Loan.
          With respect to Eligible Loans constituting Subsidized Stafford Loans,
          the  Department  will make all  interest  payments  during the related
          Deferral Phase.  For all other Eligible  Loans,  interest will be paid
          during the related  Deferral  Phase or, at the option of the borrower,
          will  be  capitalized  and  added  to the  principal  balance  of such
          Financed  Eligible  Loan.  It is expected  that the Trust  Estate will
          consist of Financed  Eligible  Loans that are in the Deferral Phase as
          well as  Financed  Eligible  Loans for which the  related  borrower is
          required to make payments of principal  and interest  (the  "Repayment
          Phase").  The  proportions  of such Financed  Eligible Loans will vary
          through the period that the Notes are outstanding.

          The pool of Financed  Eligible Loans included in the Trust Estate from
          time to time is referred to herein as the  "Student  Loan  Portfolio."
          Financed  Eligible Loans may be sold and certain events may occur with
          respect to  individual  Financed  Eligible  Loans;  consequently,  the
          Student Loan Portfolio  characteristics  are expected to change during
          the   period   that   the   Notes   are    Outstanding.    See   "Risk
          Factors-Prepayment   Considerations,"   "Seller   Representations  and
          Warranties,"   "Description  of  the  Federal  Family  Education  Loan
          Program" and "Summary of Certain  Provisions of the  Indenture-Sale of
          Financed  Eligible Loans" herein and "Certain  Characteristics  of the
          Financed Eligible Loans" in the Prospectus Supplement.


                                      xiii
<PAGE>


The  Higher Education Act  The Financed  Eligible Loans acquired  by  the Issuer
          and  pledged  to the  Trustee  will  consist  only  of  Federal  Loans
          originated pursuant to the federal family education loan program under
          the Higher  Education Act of 1965,  as amended (the "Higher  Education
          Act").  Each  Financed  Eligible  Loan  will be  guaranteed  as to the
          payment of  principal  and  interest by a state or private  non-profit
          guarantor  (each,  a  "Guarantee  Agency").  Financed  Eligible  Loans
          originated prior to October 1, 1993 will be fully guaranteed as to the
          principal  amount of such loans and accrued interest by the applicable
          Guarantee  Agency.  Financed  Eligible  Loans  originated  on or after
          October 1, 1993 will be guaranteed  as to 98% of the principal  amount
          of such loans and accrued interest by the applicable Guarantee Agency.
          The  Guarantee  Agencies  each  have  reinsurance  contracts  with the
          Secretary of the  Department  of  Education  (the  "Department").  The
          Department reimburses to the Guarantee Agencies the claims paid by the
          Guarantee  Agencies.   The  amount  of  such  reinsurance  payment  is
          calculated  annually and is subject to reduction based upon the annual
          claims rate of the Guarantee  Agency to the  Department  calculated to
          equal the  amount of  federal  reimbursement  as a  percentage  of the
          original  principal  amount of guaranteed loans held by such Guarantee
          Agency  in  repayment  on  the  last  day of the  prior  fiscal  year.
          Regardless of the level of reinsurance  that the applicable  Guarantee
          Agency receives from the  Department,  the Trustee will continue to be
          entitled to reimbursement for the applicable  guaranteed  portion of a
          Financed  Eligible Loan (either 98% or 100%, as applicable)  from such
          Guarantee  Agency.  The  obligations of the Guarantee  Agencies to the
          holders of Federal  Loans,  such as the Trustee,  are payable from the
          general funds available to each such Guarantee Agency,  including cash
          on deposit therewith,  reimbursements received from the Department and
          reserve funds maintained by the Guarantee  Agencies as required by the
          Higher Education Act. The Higher Education Act provides that,  subject
          to  the  provisions  thereof  including  the  proper  origination  and
          servicing of Eligible  Loans,  the full faith and credit of the United
          States is pledged to the reinsurance payments by the Department to the
          Guarantee  Agencies.  In addition,  the Higher  Education Act provides
          that if a  Guarantee  Agency  is  unable  to meet its  obligations  to
          holders of Federal  Loans,  such as the  Trustee,  then the holders of
          Federal Loans may submit  guarantee  claims directly to the Department
          and  the  Department  is  required  to  pay to the  holders  the  full
          insurance  obligation of such Guarantee  Agency until such time as the
          obligations  are  transferred  by the  Department  to a new  Guarantee
          Agency  capable  of  meeting  such  obligations  or until a  qualified
          successor Guarantee Agency assumes such obligations. Certain delays in
          receiving  reimbursement  could occur if a Guarantee  Agency  fails to
          meet its obligations.  In addition,  failure to properly  originate or
          service  an  Eligible  Loan  can  cause  an  Eligible  Loan to lose it
          guarantee. See "Risk Factors - Failure to Comply with Loan Origination
          and Servicing Procedures for Eligible Loans" and "-Unsecured Nature of
          Financed  Eligible  Loans;  Financial  Status of  Guarantee  Agencies"
          herein  and  "Description  of  the  Federal  Family  Educational  Loan
          Program"  herein  for  a  more  complete  description  of  the  Higher
          Education Act.

Determination of

                                      xvi
<PAGE>


Interest  Rates  Auction Rate Notes.  Each Class of Auction Rate Notes will bear
          interest at an initial  rate of interest  per annum  through the first
          Auction  Date for  such  Class  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
          Supplement.  After the Initial Period for the Auction Rate Notes, each
          Interest  Period  with  respect to a Class of Auction  Rate Notes will
          initially  consist  of the  Auction  Period  set forth in the  related
          Prospectus Supplement, subject to adjustment as set forth herein under
          "Certain  Definitions and Provisions Related to Auction Rate Notes and
          Auction  Procedures."  The  interest  rates for the Auction Rate Notes
          will be reset at the Auction  Rate with  respect to each such Class as
          described herein under "Certain  Definitions and Provisions Related to
          Auction Rate Notes and Auction Procedures-Auction  Procedures" (but in
          no event  exceeding the maximum  interest  rate (the "Maximum  Auction
          Rate") per annum).

          The date on which a Class of Auction Rate Notes is entitled to receive
          an interest payment is referred to as the "Interest  Payment Date" for
          such Class.  Payments will be made to holders of record of the Auction
          Rate Notes as of the date (the  "Record  Date")  which is the Business
          Day next preceding the respective  Auction Date. See  "Description  of
          the  Notes-Auction  Rate Notes"  herein.  Interest on the Auction Rate
          Notes  will  be  payable  on the  first  Business  Day  following  the
          expiration of each respective Auction Period for such Class of Auction
          Rate Notes.

          Index Rate Notes.  The Notes of any Class of a Series  whose  interest
          rate is determined with respect to the London  interbank  offered rate
          ("LIBOR Rate Notes") or whose interest rate is determined with respect
          to United  States  Treasury  securities  ("Treasury  Rate  Notes"  and
          collectively, with LIBOR Rate Notes, the "Index Rate Notes") will bear
          interest  at an initial  rate of interest  per annum  through the date
          specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and will be paid at the
          intervals  specified in, and  beginning on the date  specified in, the
          related Prospectus  Supplement (or, if any such date is not a Business
          Day, on the next  succeeding  Business  Day (each with respect to such
          Class,  an  "Interest  Payment  Date")),  until  maturity  or  earlier
          redemption or payment.  The Applicable  Rate (as defined herein and in
          the  related  Prospectus  Supplement)  with  respect to the LIBOR Rate
          Notes will be determined  from time to time as described  herein under
          "Certain  Provisions  Related to LIBOR Rate Notes" by reference to the
          rate of interest  described as the  LIBOR-Based  Rate.  The Applicable
          Rate with  respect to the  Treasury  Rate  Notes will be as  described
          herein  under  "Description  of the  Notes-Treasury  Rate  Notes"  and
          determined  as specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  See
          "Description of the Notes-LIBOR Rate Notes" and "-Treasury Rate Notes"
          herein.


                                      xvii
<PAGE>


          Accrual  Notes.  If specified  with respect to a Series in the related
          Prospectus  Supplement,  the Notes  thereof may consist of one or more
          Classes of Accrual Notes,  which Accrual Notes will not be entitled to
          receive  payments of interest  during the related  accrual period and,
          instead,  interest  accrued on such Accrual Notes will be  capitalized
          and added to the principal balance thereof. The rate of interest to be
          accrued  and the  accrual  period  will be  specified  in the  related
          Prospectus  Supplement.  See "Description of the Notes-Accrual  Notes"
          herein.

Principal PaymentsUnless  otherwise  specified  with  respect to a Series in the
          related Prospectus  Supplement,  the principal balance of the Notes of
          each  Series  will be  payable  upon the date fixed for  payment  (the
          "Stated  Maturity")  unless  earlier  redeemed or repaid as  described
          herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Stated Maturity  DateThe Stated Maturity for each Class of Offered Notes will be
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Auction   Procedures  Except as may  otherwise  be  specified  with respect to a
          Series  containing  a Class or Classes  of  Auction  Rate Notes in the
          related Prospectus  Supplement,  for each Auction,  the holders of the
          Auction  Rate  Notes may submit  orders  through a  Broker-Dealer  (as
          defined under "Certain  Definitions and Provisions  Related to Auction
          Rate Notes and Auction Procedures-Auction-Related  Definitions") as to
          the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes they wish to hold, purchase
          or sell at various  interest  rates.  If no order is received from the
          holder of an Auction  Rate Note,  such  holder  will be deemed to have
          submitted a hold order for all Auction Rate Notes owned by such holder
          at the  new  Auction  Rate.  As part of the  Auction  Procedures,  the
          Broker-Dealers  also  solicit  bids  from  non-holders  interested  in
          acquiring  Auction  Rate Notes as to the  principal  amount of Auction
          Rate  Notes  they wish to  purchase  at various  interest  rates.  The
          Auction  Rate  for any  Auction  Date  generally  will  be the  lowest
          interest rate at which all sell orders are fulfilled,  but in no event
          greater  than the  Maximum  Auction  Rate.  In  connection  with  each
          Auction,  the Auction Rate Notes are  transferred  at par plus accrued
          interest.


                                    xviii
<PAGE>


          The Auction  Procedures  are further  summarized  and an example of an
          Auction is included  herein under "Certain  Definitions and Provisions
          Related  to  Auction  Rate  Notes and  Auction  Procedures-Summary  of
          Auction Procedures."

Pool Characteristics A description   of  the  outstanding  portfolio of Financed
          Eligible Loans and the portfolio expected to be acquired by the Issuer
          with the  proceeds  of the  Notes of any  Series  and  pledged  to the
          Trustee (with such changes as noted  therein) will be described in the
          Prospectus  Supplement  of such  Series.  The  Student  Loan  Purchase
          Agreement   with   respect   to   each   Seller   includes   portfolio
          characteristic  requirements applicable to all Financed Eligible Loans
          acquired  thereunder  at the  respective  dates  of  acquisition.  See
          "Seller Representations and Warranties."

Cutoff Date With respect to  the   portfolio  of Financed  Eligible  Loans to be
          acquired  with the  proceeds of the Notes of any Series,  the close of
          business on te date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and
          such other respective dates of acquisition.


                                       xix
<PAGE>


Redemption Provisions Mandatory Redemption. Except as may otherwise be specified
          with  respect to a Series in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
          Offered  Notes  that  are  Senior  Notes,  are  subject  to  mandatory
          redemption,  not at the discretion of the Issuer, in whole or in part,
          at a  redemption  price equal to the  principal  amount  thereof to be
          redeemed plus accrued and unpaid  interest to the date of  redemption:
          (i) on the first  Interest  Payment Date  subsequent  to the recycling
          period  with  respect  to such  Series,  in an amount  equal to moneys
          representing  principal payments received with respect to the Financed
          Eligible  Loans  acquired with respect to such Series and other excess
          revenues  previously  transferred to and then on deposit in the Senior
          Note  Redemption  Account;  and (ii) on the  Interest  Payment Date as
          specified  with  respect  to  a  Series  in  the  related   Prospectus
          Supplement in an amount equal to moneys,  if any, not previously  used
          to  acquire  Eligible  Loans  that  then  remain  in the Loan  Account
          designated  with  respect to a Series of the Student  Loan Fund unless
          the Issuer  provides to the Trustee a certificate  with respect to the
          cash flow of the Financed  Student  Loans as required by the Indenture
          (a "Cash Flow  Certificate") and an opinion of counsel as described in
          "Description  of the  Notes-Mandatory  Redemption"  and  "-Notice  and
          Partial Redemption of Notes" herein.  Such mandatory  redemptions will
          be made  solely  from  moneys  available  therefor  in the Senior Note
          Redemption  Account  of  the  Note  Redemption  Fund  and a  mandatory
          redemption may only occur under the circumstances described in clauses
          (i) and (ii) of the preceding  sentence.  No Issuer direction needs to
          be given with respect to a mandatory redemption.

          Except as may  otherwise be specified  with respect to a Series in the
          related Prospectus Supplement,  the Offered Notes that are Subordinate
          Notes are subject to mandatory  redemption,  not at the  discretion of
          the Issuer,  in whole or in part,  at a redemption  price equal to the
          principal  amount  thereof  to be  redeemed  plus  accrued  and unpaid
          interest to the date of redemption:  (i) on the first Interest Payment
          Date  subsequent to the recycling  period with respect to such Series,
          in an amount equal to moneys representing  principal payments received
          with respect to the Financed  Eligible  Loans acquired with respect to
          such Series and other excess  revenues  previously  transferred to and
          then on deposit in the Subordinate Note Redemption  Account;  and (ii)
          on the Interest Payment Date specified with respect to a Series in the
          priority set forth in  "Description  of the  Notes-Notice  and Partial
          Redemption of Notes" herein and in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
          in an amount equal to moneys,  if any, not previously  used to acquire
          Eligible  Loans that then remain in the Loan Account  designated  with
          respect  to a Series  of the  Student  Loan  Fund  unless  the  Issuer
          provides  to the  Trustee a Cash Flow  Certificate  and an  opinion of
          counsel  as  described   in   "Description   of  the   Notes-Mandatory
          Redemption"  herein.  Such mandatory  redemptions  will be made solely
          from moneys  available  therefor in the  Subordinate  Note  Redemption
          Account of the Note  Redemption  Fund and a mandatory  redemption  may
          only occur under the  circumstances  described in clauses (i) and (ii)
          of the preceding sentence.  No Issuer direction needs to be given with
          respect to a mandatory redemption.


                                       xii
<PAGE>


          Except as may  otherwise be specified  with respect to a Series in the
          related   Prospectus   Supplement,   the   Offered   Notes   that  are
          Junior-Subordinate  Notes are subject to mandatory redemption,  not at
          the  discretion  of the Issuer,  in whole or in part,  at a redemption
          price  equal to the  principal  amount  thereof  to be  redeemed  plus
          accrued  and unpaid  interest  to the date of  redemption:  (i) on the
          first Interest  Payment Date  subsequent to the recycling  period with
          respect  to such  series,  in an amount  equal to moneys  representing
          principal  payments  received  with respect to the  Financed  Eligible
          Loans  acquired with respect to such Series and other excess  revenues
          previously    transferred    to   and   then   on   deposit   in   the
          Junior-Subordinate  Note Redemption Account;  and (ii) on the Interest
          Payment Date specified with respect to a Series, in an amount equal to
          moneys,  if any, not  previously  used to acquire  Eligible Loans that
          then remain in the Loan Account  established  with respect to a Series
          of the Student  Loan Fund unless the Issuer  provides to the Trustee a
          Cash Flow  Certificate  and an  opinion of  counsel  as  described  in
          "Description of the Notes-Mandatory Redemption" herein. Such mandatory
          redemptions will be made solely from moneys available  therefor in the
          Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund
          and a  mandatory  redemption  may only occur  under the  circumstances
          described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence. No Issuer
          direction needs to be given with respect to a mandatory redemption.

          Optional Redemption. To the extent described in the related Prospectus
          Supplement and at the sole discretion of the Issuer, the Offered Notes
          of any  Series  may be  subject  to  optional  redemption  from  funds
          received by the  Trustee  constituting  interest on Financed  Eligible
          Loans remaining in the Revenue Fund after all other required  payments
          have been  made from the  Revenue  Fund,  in whole or in part,  on any
          Interest  Payment Date occurring with respect to any Class on or after
          the date set  forth in such  Prospectus  Supplement,  at a  redemption
          price  equal to the  principal  amount  thereof to be  redeemed,  plus
          interest accrued, if any, to the date of redemption.  Issuer direction
          must be given with respect to an optional redemption. See "Description
          of the Notes-Optional Redemption" herein.


                                      xiii
<PAGE>


          Extraordinary  Optional  Redemption.  The Notes of any  Series  shall,
          unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  be
          subject to extraordinary optional redemption, at the discretion of the
          Issuer, in whole or in part, from any unallocated and available moneys
          in the Trust  Estate,  on any  Interest  Payment  Date at a redemption
          price equal to the  principal  amount of the Notes of any Series being
          redeemed, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of redemption, if
          the Issuer reasonably determines that it is unable to acquire Financed
          Eligible Loans, that the rate of return on Financed Eligible Loans has
          materially  decreased,  or that the costs of  administering  the Trust
          Estate have placed unreasonable burdens upon the ability of the Issuer
          to perform its obligations under the Indenture. In determining whether
          to exercise  the  extraordinary  optional  redemption  provision,  the
          Issuer will  consider all of the facts and  circumstances  existing at
          the time with respect to any changes to the Higher Education Act which
          would  be  materially  adverse  to the  Trust  Estate  such  that  the
          Noteholders  of  any  or  all  Series,  in  the  Issuer's   reasonable
          determination, would suffer a loss or material delay in the receipt of
          principal  or  interest  payments  when  due if the  Trustee  were  to
          continue  acquiring  Financed Eligible Loans from moneys on deposit in
          the Recycling  Account.  An  extraordinary  optional  redemption  will
          benefit the  Noteholders of any Series if the Higher  Education Act is
          amended in such a way that would have a material adverse affect on the
          Trust Estate and the Noteholders and will be a risk to the Noteholders
          of any Series if the Notes are redeemed  earlier than  anticipated  by
          the Noteholders.

          Optional  Purchase.  The Issuer may purchase or cause to be purchased,
          at its  discretion,  all of the Notes on any Interest  Payment Date on
          which the aggregate  current  principal  balance of the Notes shall be
          less than or equal to 10% of the initial  aggregate  principal balance
          of the Notes on their  respective date of original  issuance under the
          Indenture (the "Date of  Issuance"),  at a purchase price equal to the
          aggregate  current  principal  balance  of such  Notes,  plus  accrued
          interest on the Notes through the day  preceding the Interest  Payment
          Date  on  which  the  purchase   occurs.   See   "Description  of  the
          Notes-Optional Purchase" herein. The Optional Purchase differs from an
          Optional  Redemption in that an Optional  Purchase would relate to all
          Series and Classes of Notes and an Optional Redemption would relate to
          a Series or Classes within a Series.

          Partial Redemption. If less than all of the Notes of any Series are to
          be  redeemed or  purchased  pursuant  to a  mandatory  redemption,  an
          optional  redemption  or an  extraordinary  optional  redemption,  the
          Classes of Notes to be redeemed  shall be determined as directed in an
          order of the Issuer  (an  "Issuer  Order").  See  "Description  of the
          Notes-Notice and Partial Redemption of Notes" herein.


                                      xvi
<PAGE>


Subordinated Notes The rights of the Registered Owners of the Subordinate Notes,
          including the Class B Notes of each Series,  to receive  payments with
          respect to principal and interest shall be subordinated to such rights
          of the  Registered  Owners of the Senior Notes,  including the Class A
          Notes  of each  Series  and the  Prior  Class A Notes,  to the  extent
          described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition,
          the rights of the Registered Owners of the Junior-Subordinate Notes of
          any Series to receive  payments with respect to principal and interest
          shall be subordinated  to such rights of the Registered  Owners of the
          Subordinate  Notes to the extent  described  herein or in the  related
          Prospectus  Supplement.  This subordination is intended to enhance the
          likelihood of regular receipt by the more senior  Registered Owners of
          the full amount of scheduled  payments of  principal  and interest due
          them  and to  protect  such  Registered  Owners  against  losses.  The
          protection  afforded  to the more  senior  Registered  Owners from the
          subordination  feature will be effected by the  preferential  right of
          such  Registered  Owners to receive on any Interest  Payment  Date, at
          Stated  Maturity  or  upon   acceleration,   before  any  payments  to
          subordinate  Registered  Owners,  current  payments of  principal  and
          interest  then due.  The  Indenture  provides  that a  failure  to pay
          principal  or interest  to the  Registered  Owners of the  Subordinate
          Notes as due while  any  Senior  Notes  remain  Outstanding  shall not
          constitute   an  Event  of  Default  while  any  Senior  Notes  remain
          Outstanding.  See  "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes" and
          "Summary of Certain Provisions of the Indenture" herein.

Additional Parity Notes The Issuer may, upon  complying  with the  provisions of
          the Indenture,  authenticate  and deliver from time to time Additional
          Notes secured by the Trust Estate on a parity with or  subordinate  to
          the Class A Notes of any Series  offered  with  respect to the related
          Prospectus Supplement and the Prior Class A Notes or the Class B Notes
          of  any  Series  offered  with  respect  to  the  related   Prospectus
          Supplement  and the  Prior  Class B Notes and the Class C Notes of any
          Series. In addition,  while the Indenture provides that the Issuer may
          enter into any swap agreements as it deems necessary or desirable with
          respect to and on a parity  with any or all of the  Notes,  the Issuer
          has not and will not enter into any such  agreements.  See "Summary of
          Certain Provisions of the Indenture" herein.


                                      xvii
<PAGE>


Sales  and Repurchases of  Certain  Eligible  Loans Under certain circumstances,
          the  Financed  Eligible  Loans may be sold by the Issuer.  Pursuant to
          each Student Loan Purchase  Agreement,  the respective  Seller will be
          obligated  to  repurchase  any  Financed  Eligible  Loan  if:  (i) any
          representation  or  warranty  made or  furnished  by such Seller in or
          pursuant to the Student Loan  Purchase  Agreement  shAll prove to have
          been materially  incorrect as to such Financed Eligible Loan; (ii) the
          Secretary  of  the  United  States   Department   of  Education   (the
          "Secretary")  or a Guarantee  Agency,  as the case may be,  refuses to
          honor all or part of a claim filed with respect to a Financed Eligible
          Loan on account of any  circumstance  or event that occurred  prior to
          the sale of such  Financed  Eligible  Loan to the Issuer;  or (iii) on
          account of any wrongful or negligent act or omission of such Seller or
          its  servicing  agent  that  occurred  prior to the sale of a Financed
          Eligible  Loan to the Issuer,  a valid defense that makes the Financed
          Eligible Loan  unenforceable  is asserted by a maker (or endorser,  if
          any)  of  the  Financed  Eligible  Loan  with  respect  to  his or her
          obligation to pay all or any part of the Financed Eligible Loan.

Funds and Accounts  Pursuant  to  the  Indenture, there has been established the
          Student Loan Fund consisting,  with respect to each Series,  of a Loan
          Account, a Note Account and a Recycling Account; the Revenue Fund; the
          Reserve  Fund;  the  Interest  Fund  consisting  of a Senior  Interest
          Account,  a  Subordinate  Interest  Account  and a  Junior-Subordinate
          Interest  Account;  the Note  Redemption Fund consisting of the Senior
          Note Redemption  Account,  the Subordinate Note Redemption Account and
          the  Junior-Subordinate  Note Redemption Account; and the Student Loan
          Holding Fund. In addition,  there are certain other funds  established
          under the Indenture as described herein under "Security and Sources of
          Payment for the Notes."


                                     xviii
<PAGE>


   
          Generally,  all funds  received  with respect to the Financed  Student
          Loans first are deposited by the Trustee into the Student Loan Holding
          Fund. Upon receipt,  such deposits are allocated between principal and
          interest,  and the principal  portion  further  allocated among Series
          with respect to the Financed  Eligible  Loans  acquired in  connection
          with such Series.  Thereafter,  the interest portion is deposited into
          the Revenue Fund and the principal portion with respect to each Series
          deposited  into the  Recycling  Account of the Student  Loan Fund with
          respect  to such  Series  until  April 1,  2002,  or a later date with
          written  approval of the Rating  Agencies,  with respect to the Series
          1996A Notes,  the Series  1996B Notes and the Series 1996C Notes,  and
          with  respect to the Offered  Notes,  until the date  specified in the
          related Prospectus  Supplement.  Funds in the Recycling Account of any
          Series generally will be used to acquire additional  Financed Eligible
          Loans for the period specified with respect to such Series. After such
          dates,  the  principal  portion  with  respect  to a  Series  will  be
          deposited to the Note Redemption Fund and used to pay principal on the
          Notes;  provided,  that if with respect to an Interest  Payment  Date,
          there  exists an  insufficiency  of funds in the Revenue  Fund to make
          payments or transfers as described  herein under "Security and Sources
          of Payments  for the Notes," then such  insufficiency  existing in the
          Revenue  Fund shall be  transferred  to the Revenue Fund from the Note
          Redemption  Fund. Funds on deposit in the Loan Account with respect to
          a Series  will be used to acquire on or about the Date of  Issuance of
          such Series  (unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
          Supplement),  the Eligible Loans identified in the related  Prospectus
          Supplement, and funds on deposit in the Recycling Account with respect
          to a Series  will be used after the Date of  Issuance  of such  Series
          until the date  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  to
          acquire additional Eligible Loans.
    

          Funds on deposit  in the  Revenue  Fund  (generally  representing  the
          interest  portion of receipts  with respect to the  Financed  Eligible
          Loans) are paid or  transferred  daily or monthly as  indicated  below
          under "-Revenue  Fund," which are generally for the purpose of funding
          the  payment of certain  fees and  expenses of the Trust  Estate,  the
          payment of  interest  on the Notes,  shortfalls  in funds  required to
          redeem Notes,  shortfalls in principal receipts due to Net Losses, and
          shortfalls  in the  Reserve  Fund  requirement.  After  payment of the
          foregoing,  any  remaining  funds  will be used at the  option  of the
          Issuer to redeem Notes,  add to funds in the Recycling  Account or for
          payment to the Issuer.


                                      xix
<PAGE>


          Revenue  Fund.  Generally,  the funds on deposit in the  Revenue  Fund
          shall be used (A) on any date to pay when due the fees and expenses of
          the Servicer, the Trustee, the Auction Agent, the Broker-Dealers,  the
          Rating  Agencies and any other  expenses of the Trust Estate,  and (B)
          monthly  to make  payments  or  transfers  in the  order  of  priority
          described under "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes-Revenue
          Fund" (i) to the Interest Fund to pay interest due on the Notes in the
          order of their priority, (ii) to the Operating Fund to pay expenses of
          the Issuer incurred in connection with the Trust Estate  ("Maintenance
          and Operating Expenses"), (iii) to pay amounts necessary to redeem any
          Notes to the extent deficiencies therefor exist in the Note Redemption
          Account,  (iv) to  transfer  the amount of any losses on the  Financed
          Eligible Loans to the Recycling  Account or Note  Redemption  Fund, as
          appropriate, (v) to transfer to the Reserve Fund an amount to maintain
          the Reserve Fund  requirement,  (vi) to transfer amounts as determined
          by the  Issuer  for  deposit to the Note  Redemption  Fund,  and (vii)
          except in the case of an Event of Default,  remaining amounts, if any,
          for  transfer to the General  Fund for use by the Issuer as  described
          herein for "Security and Source of Payments for the Notes."


                                     xxiii
<PAGE>


          Student Loan Fund.  An amount will be deposited  into the Loan Account
          of the Student  Loan Fund  designated  with respect to a Series on the
          Date of Issuance of such Series as specified in the related Prospectus
          Supplement.  Funds on  deposit in each Loan  Account  shall be used to
          acquire the Eligible Loans  identified  with respect to such Series in
          the related Prospectus  Supplement on or about the Date of Issuance of
          such Series  (unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus
          Supplement).  In addition,  subsequent  to the Date of Issuance of any
          Series and  except  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or as
          otherwise  specified  with  respect  to  such  Series  in the  related
          Prospectus  Supplement,  there shall be deposited  into the  Recycling
          Account  of the  Student  Loan Fund  designated  with  respect to such
          Series  principal  payments  received  with  respect  to the  Financed
          Eligible  Loans  acquired  with  respect to such Series until the date
          specified  with  respect  to  a  Series  in  the  related   Prospectus
          Supplement.  Funds on deposit in each Recycling  Account shall be used
          prior to the date  specified  with  respect to a Series in the related
          Prospectus  Supplement solely to acquire additional  Eligible Loans on
          an ongoing basis.  If, on any of January 1 and July 1 of a year (each,
          a "Transfer  Date"),  moneys have  remained in the  Recycling  Account
          designated  with  respect  to a Series  for more than one  year,  said
          moneys shall be transferred on such date to the Note  Redemption  Fund
          for use as specified  therein unless (a) the market value of the Trust
          Estate  determined under the Indenture (the "Aggregate  Market Value")
          is greater than the aggregate  principal amount of Notes  Outstanding,
          or (b) the Aggregate Market Value of the Trust Estate is less than the
          aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes  Outstanding  and the Issuer
          delivers a Cash Flow  Certificate and an opinion of counsel,  in which
          case said moneys shall remain in such  Recycling  Account for a period
          of up to one additional year. The Note Account is the account in which
          the Financed Eligible Loans themselves are held.

          If  moneys  in the  Revenue  Fund  are  insufficient  to make  certain
          distributions  therefrom  (relating  generally  to interest  payments,
          redemption  amounts and certain losses),  the remaining  insufficiency
          may be funded  from  transfers  from the Student  Loan Fund,  but only
          after application of amounts available to be transferred from the Note
          Redemption  Fund and the  Student  Loan  Holding  Fund.  Except as may
          otherwise  be  specified  with  respect  to a  Series  in the  related
          Prospectus Supplement,  on the date specified with respect to a Series
          in the related Prospectus Supplement, all moneys remaining in the Loan
          Account  designated  with respect to a Series of the Student Loan Fund
          shall be transferred to the Note Redemption Fund.

          Interest Fund and Note  Redemption  Fund.  Amounts  deposited into the
          Interest Fund and Note Redemption Fund will be applied to pay interest
          due and payable on the Notes and to redeem or make principal  payments
          on the Notes,  respectively,  as further described under "Security and
          Sources of Payment for the Notes" herein.

          Operating  Fund and Cost of Issuance  Fund.  Amounts will be deposited
          into the  Operating  Fund and the Cost of Issuance Fund on the Date of
          Issuance  with  respect  to any  Series as  specified  in the  related
          Prospectus  Supplement.  Such  amounts  will be applied to pay certain
          administrative  costs of the Issuer and to pay the issuance costs with
          respect  to each  Series,  respectively,  as further  described  under
          "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes" herein.


                                      xxiv
<PAGE>

   

          Reserve Fund. An amount will be deposited into the Reserve Fund on the
          Date of  Issuance  with  respect  to any  Series as  specified  in the
          related  Prospectus  Supplement.  At any time  thereafter,  the amount
          required  to be  deposited  in the  Reserve  Fund (the  "Reserve  Fund
          Requirement")  with  respect to the Notes shall be,  unless  otherwise
          specified  with  respect  to  a  Series  in  the  related   Prospectus
          Supplement,  the  greater  of an amount  equal to 2% of the  aggregate
          principal amount of the Notes then outstanding or $1,500,000.

          Moneys in the Reserve Fund shall be used (a) on any  Interest  Payment
          Date  for the  payment  of any  interest  insufficiency,  first,  with
          respect  to  the  Senior  Notes,  and  second,  with  respect  to  the
          Subordinate  Notes,  and (b) at Stated  Maturity to pay principal,  if
          funds  in the  Note  Redemption  Fund are  insufficient,  first,  with
          respect  to  the  Senior  Notes,  and  second,  with  respect  to  the
          Subordinate Notes. See "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes"
          herein.
    
Credit  Enhancement  To  the    extent  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
          Supplement,  credit enhancement,  in the form of insurance policies or
          bonds,  subordination  of certain  Classes or subclasses,  one or more
          reserve  funds,  letters of credit,  guarantees or other  arrangements
          acceptable  to each Rating Agency rating the Offered Notes may be used
          to provide for coverage of certain  risks of defaults or losses.  Such
          other  credit  enhancement,  if any,  will be described in the related
          Prospectus  Supplement.  See  "Description of the Credit  Enhancement"
          herein.

Registration of  Notes The  Notes of each  Class of any  Series initially  will,
          unless specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  be represented
          by a single certificate registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede"),
          as a nominee  of The  Deposit  Trust  Corporation  ("DTC").  No person
          acquiring  an interest in such Notes will be entitled to a  definitive
          certificate  representing such person's interest,  except in the event
          that definitive  securities are issued under the limited circumstances
          described herein. See "Book Entry Registration" herein.


                                     xxviii
<PAGE>


Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences The  Notes of each Class of any Series
          will,  unless  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  be
          treated  as debt of the  Issuer  rather  than  as an  interest  in the
          Financed Eligible Loans, for federal income tax purposes. As such, the
          owners of such Notes will be required to include in income interest on
          such Notes as paid or accrued,  in  accordance  with their  respective
          accounting  methods  and the  provisions  of the Code,  including,  if
          applicable,   provisions  regulating  original  issue  discount.   See
          "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein.

ERISA  Considerations  Assuming  that  the  Notes of any Class should be treated
          as  indebtedness  without  substantial  equity features under the plan
          asset  regulations  issued by the Department of Labor (as set forth in
          29 CFR ss. 2510.3-101),  such Notes are eligible for purchase by or on
          behalf of employee benefit plans, retirement arrangements,  individual
          retirement accounts and Keogh Plans, subject to certain considerations
          discussed  under  "ERISA   Considerations"   herein  or  as  otherwise
          described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Ratings It is a condition  to the issuance of the Offered  Notes that each Class
          being publicly  offered be rated no less than  investment  grade by at
          least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the
          time of issuance.  Any such rating  agency or agencies are referred to
          herein as a "Rating Agency" or collectively, as the "Rating Agencies."
          See "Rating" herein.

                                     xxix
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

        In  connection  with the Notes  offered  hereby,  prospective  investors
should  consider,  among other  things,  the  following  factors  regarding  the
purchase of the Notes.

Nature of the Notes

        The  Issuer is a special  purpose  corporation  and the Notes  represent
obligations solely of the Issuer. The Notes are not insured or guaranteed by any
government  agency or  instrumentality,  by any affiliate of the Issuer,  by any
insurance  company or by any other  person or entity  (except to the extent that
credit  enhancement is provided for a Series or Class of Notes as described in a
Prospectus  Supplement).  The Issuer will have no significant  assets other than
its interest in the Financed  Eligible Loans and the other  property  granted to
the Trustee for the benefit of the Registered Owners. Payments on the Notes will
depend solely on the amount and timing of payments and collections in respect of
the Financed  Eligible Loans,  interest paid or earnings on the various accounts
established pursuant to the Indenture,  the payment priority of Notes previously
issued  and any  Additional  Notes to be issued in the  future,  and  amounts on
deposit in the Reserve  Fund and other Funds and  Accounts and any other form of
credit enhancement described in the related Prospectus Supplement. There will be
no  additional  recourse to the Issuer if such proceeds are  insufficient.  As a
result,  except as may be  specified  with  respect  to a Series in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  Registered  Owners  must  depend  on the cash flow with
respect to the Financed  Eligible Loans and funds on deposit in the Reserve Fund
and other Funds and  Accounts  for payment of  principal  of and interest on the
Notes.

        Generally,  after each  required  payment of Trustee fees and  expenses,
servicing fees and expenses and interest on the Notes,  and other required fees,
expenses, taxes and indemnities,  including any required deposits to the Reserve
Fund have been made in full, any balance remaining from payments with respect to
the Financed  Eligible Loans  generally will be: (i) prior to the date specified
in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  applied to acquire  Financed  Eligible
Loans,  (ii)  on  and  after  such  date  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  applied  to the  amortization  of the  Notes,  until the  aggregate
outstanding  principal  amount of Financed  Eligible Loans exceeds the aggregate
Outstanding  principal balance of the Notes; and (iii)  thereafter,  remitted to
the Issuer.  If the payments  with respect to the  Financed  Eligible  Loans and
amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund and other Funds and  Accounts  (including
any applicable  credit  enhancement)  are  insufficient  to make payments on the
Subordinate  Notes, other assets of the Issuer will not be available for payment
of any such deficiency.

Subordination; Limited Assets


                                       1
<PAGE>


        Payments  of  interest  and  principal  on  the  Subordinate  Notes  are
subordinated in priority of payment to payments of interest and principal due on
the   Senior   Notes  and   payments   of   interest   and   principal   on  the
Junior-Subordinate  Notes are  subordinated  in priority of payments of interest
and principal due on the Subordinate Notes. Under certain redemption situations,
as set forth herein and as may be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement
with  respect to any Series,  principal  on certain  Classes of the  Subordinate
Notes may be  redeemed  while the Senior  Notes and certain  Prior Notes  remain
Outstanding  and the principal on the Junior  Subordinate  Notes may be redeemed
while the Senior Notes and certain of the Subordinate Notes remain  Outstanding.
See  "Description  of the  Notes-Notice  and Partial  Redemption  of Notes." The
Subordinate   Notes  are  also   subordinated   to  the  Senior  Notes  and  the
Junior-Subordinate Notes are also subordinate to the Subordinate Notes as to the
direction of remedies upon an Event of Default.  The Trust Estate will not have,
nor is it permitted or expected to have,  any  significant  assets or sources of
funds other than from payments with respect to the Financed  Eligible Loans, the
Reserve Fund and other Funds and Accounts.

Failure to Comply with Loan Origination
and Servicing Procedures for Eligible Loans

        The Higher  Education  Act of 1965,  as amended (the  "Higher  Education
Act"), including the respective  implementing  regulations  thereunder,  require
lenders and their assignees  making and servicing  Eligible Loans and guarantors
guaranteeing  Eligible  Loans to  follow  specified  procedures,  including  due
diligence  procedures,  to ensure that the Eligible  Loans are properly made and
disbursed  to,  and  repaid  on a timely  basis by or on behalf  of,  borrowers.
Certain  of those  procedures,  which are  specifically  set forth in the Higher
Education  Act, are  summarized  herein.  See  "Issuer's  Student Loan  Purchase
Program" and  "Description of the Federal Family Education Loan Program" herein.
Generally,   those  procedures  require  that  completed  loan  applications  be
processed,  a  determination  of whether an  applicant  is an eligible  borrower
attending an eligible  institution  under the Higher  Education Act be made, the
borrower's  responsibilities  under  the loan be  explained  to him or her,  the
promissory  note  evidencing  the loan be executed by the borrower and then that
the loan  proceeds be disbursed in a specified  manner by the lender.  After the
loan is made,  the lender  must  establish  repayment  terms with the  borrower,
properly  administer  deferrals  and  forbearances  and credit the  borrower for
payments  made.  If a borrower  becomes  delinquent in repaying a loan, a lender
must perform certain collection procedures (primarily telephone calls and demand
letters) which vary depending upon the length of time a loan is delinquent.



                                       2
<PAGE>

        The Servicer has agreed  pursuant to the Servicing  Agreement to perform
(or provide  for third party  servicer  to  perform)  servicing  and  collection
procedures on behalf of the Issuer. However,  failure to follow these procedures
or failure of any Seller or any other originator of the Financed  Eligible Loans
to follow  procedures  relating to the  origination  of any  Eligible  Loans may
result in the Department's refusal to make reinsurance payments to the Guarantee
Agencies or to make  Special  Allowance  Payments to the Trustee with respect to
such  Eligible  Loans or in the  Guarantee  Agencies'  refusal  to  honor  their
Guarantee  Agreements  with the Trustee  with  respect to such  Eligible  Loans.
Failure of the  Guarantee  Agencies  to receive  reinsurance  payments  from the
Department  could  adversely  affect the  Guarantee  Agencies'  ability or legal
obligation  to  make  payments  under  the  Guarantee   Agreements   ("Guarantee
Payments")  to  the  Trustee.  Loss  of any  such  Guarantee  Payments,  Special
Allowance Payments or Federal Interest Subsidy Payments with respect to Eligible
Loans, could adversely affect the amount of Revenues and the Issuer's ability to
pay principal and interest on the Notes.  See "Description of the Federal Family
Education Loan Program" herein.

Reliance Upon Sellers

        The Issuer expects to acquire  additional  Financed  Eligible Loans from
the  Sellers  from time to time,  all  pursuant  to the  Student  Loan  Purchase
Agreement  under  which each  Seller  will agree to sell to the Issuer  Eligible
Loans which comply with certain  representations  and warranties with respect to
each Financed  Eligible Loan and certain overall  portfolio  characteristics  in
connection with such acquisitions.  Each Student Loan Purchase Agreement further
provides  that the related  Seller  shall be obligated  to  repurchase  Financed
Eligible Loans under certain  circumstances.  No assurance can be given that the
Issuer  will be able to  acquire  Eligible  Loans in the  amount  desired,  with
similar  characteristics  or at  comparable  prices from sources  other than the
Sellers,  in the event that the Sellers are unable to sell  additional  Eligible
Loans to the Issuer or in the event that any Seller was  required to  repurchase
Financed Eligible Loans. See "Risk  Factors-Certain Legal Aspects," "-Failure to
Comply with Loan  Origination  and Servicing  Procedures for Eligible Loans" and
"Seller Representations and Warranties" herein.

Perfection of Security
Interest in Financed Eligible Loans

        As  required by the  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  the  perfection  of the
security  interest in the Financed  Eligible  Loans granted by the Issuer to the
Trustee is to be accomplished by possession of the promissory  notes  evidencing
the  Financed  Eligible  Loans by the  Trustee  and by the  filing of  financing
statements.  Under the Uniform Commercial Code,  possession may be either by the
secured party or by an agent on the secured party's behalf.  With respect to the
Indenture, possession by the Trustee, as secured party, is to be accomplished by
delivery of such promissory notes to UNIPAC,  InTuition or another  Subservicer,
acting as custodial  agent for the Trustee.  UNIPAC and InTuition are affiliates
of  Union  Bank.  In  the  event  UNIPAC  or  InTuition  acted  contrary  to its
obligations  under  the  Custodian  Agreement,   by  reason  of  such  affiliate
relationship or otherwise,  and relinquished  possession of the promissory notes
to any party  other  than the  Trustee  or the  Trustee's  agent,  the  security
interest of the  Trustee in the  Financed  Eligible  Loans  released  may become
unperfected.  In addition,  while the Issuer has received an opinion of counsel,
subject to the assumptions  and limitations set forth therein,  that the Trustee
has a first priority perfected security interest in the Financed Eligible Loans,
because  of the  affiliation  between  UNIPAC,  InTuition  and Union  Bank,  the
perfection of the Trustee's  security interest in the Financed Eligible Loans by
UNIPAC or InTuition  taking  possession is not entirely free from doubt and such
perfection  may be challenged  by a receiver or other  creditor of Union Bank in
the event of Union Bank's  insolvency or otherwise.  See "Certain  Relationships
Among Financing Participants" herein.





                                       3
<PAGE>


Certain Insolvency Concerns

        The Issuer has taken steps in structuring the transactions  contemplated
hereby that are intended to ensure that the voluntary or involuntary application
for relief by a Seller or Union Financial Services,  Inc., (the "Sponsor") under
the United States  Bankruptcy Code or other  insolvency laws, as the case may be
("Insolvency  Laws"),  will  not  result  in  consolidation  of the  assets  and
liabilities  of the Issuer with those of any Seller or the Sponsor.  These steps
include the creation of the Issuer as a separate,  limited-purpose subsidiary of
the Sponsor  pursuant  to a  certificate  of  incorporation  containing  certain
limitations (including restrictions on the nature of the Issuer's business and a
restriction  on the Issuer's  ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding
under any Insolvency Law without the prior unanimous  affirmative vote of all of
its  directors,  including at least one director who must be  Independent of the
Issuer  and  its  affiliates).  However,  there  can be no  assurance  that  the
activities of the Issuer would not result in a court  concluding  that the asset
and liabilities of the Issuer should be consolidated with those of any Seller or
the Sponsor in a proceeding  under any Insolvency  Law. If a court were to reach
such a conclusion or a filing were made under any  Insolvency  Law by or against
the Issuer,  or if an attempt were made to litigate any of the foregoing issues,
then  delays in  distributions  on the Notes could  occur or  reductions  in the
amounts of such distributions could result. See "The Issuer."

        It is intended by the Issuer that the transfer of the Financed  Eligible
Loans by any Seller to the Issuer constitute a true sale of the Student Loans to
the Issuer. If the transfer  constitutes such a true sale, the Financed Eligible
Loans and the  proceeds  thereof  would not be the  property  of the  respective
Seller  should it become the subject of any  Insolvency  Law  subsequent  to the
transfer of the Financed Eligible Loans to the Issuer.

        Each  Seller  will  warrant to the Issuer in the  related  Student  Loan
Purchase  Agreement that the sale of the Financed  Eligible Loans by such Seller
to the Issuer is a valid sale of the Financed  Eligible  Loans by such Seller to
the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Seller were to become subject to
an Insolvency Law and a creditor or  trustee-in-bankruptcy of such Seller itself
were to take  the  position  that the sale of  Financed  Eligible  Loans by such
Seller to the Issuer  should  instead  be  treated as a pledge of such  Financed
Eligible  Loans to secure a  borrowing  of such  Seller,  delays in  payments of
collections of Financed Eligible Loans to the related Noteholders could occur or
(should  the court rule in favor of such  Seller or such  trustee or  creditor),
reductions  or delays in the  amounts  of such  payments  could  result.  If the
transfer  of Financed  Eligible  Loans by a Seller to the Issuer is treated as a
pledge  instead of a sale,  a tax or  government  lien on the  property  of such
Seller arising before the transfer of such Financed Eligible Loans to the Issuer
may have priority  over the Trust  Estate's  interest in such Financed  Eligible
Loans.

                                       4
<PAGE>


        If an Insolvency  Event occurs with respect to the Issuer,  the Financed
Eligible Loans will be liquidated  after the date of such Insolvency Event or as
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The proceeds from any
such sale, disposition or liquidation of Financed Eligible Loans will be treated
as collections on the Financed  Eligible Loans and deposited in the Student Loan
Holding  Fund.  If the proceeds from the  liquidation  of the Financed  Eligible
Loans and any  amounts on deposit in the  Reserve  Fund (if any) and any amounts
available  from any credit  enhancement,  if any, are not  sufficient to pay the
Notes of the related  Series in full,  the  distributions  of  principal to such
Noteholders  will be reduced and Noteholders  will incur a loss. See "Summary of
Certain Provisions of the Indenture-Events of Default."

Changing Assets of the Trust Estate

        During the period  beginning on the Date of Issuance and ending no later
than the date set  forth  with  respect  to a Series in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Issuer  intends to purchase  Financed  Eligible  Loans from the
Sellers. Each Financed Eligible Loan must meet certain  characteristics and each
portfolio  of Financed  Eligible  Loans  added to the  Financed  Eligible  Loans
portfolio in accordance  with the terms of the Student Loan  Purchase  Agreement
and the Indenture  must, as of the  applicable  Cutoff Date,  together with each
portfolio previously added to the Financed Eligible Loans portfolio, as of their
respective  Cutoff  Dates,  meet certain pool  characteristics  set forth in the
Student Loan Purchase  Agreement.  However,  the actual  characteristics  of the
Financed  Eligible Loans  portfolio will change from time to time due to factors
such as  adjustments  made in the  normal  course of  business,  changes  in the
classifications  of Eligible  Loans,  sale or purchase of Eligible  Loans by the
Issuer, scheduled amortization, prepayment or the occurrence of delinquencies or
defaults.

Variability of Revenues





                                       5
<PAGE>


        Amounts  received  with  respect to the  Financed  Eligible  Loans for a
particular  period may vary in both timing and amount from the payments actually
due on the Financed  Eligible Loans for a variety of economic,  social and other
factors,  including  both  individual  factors,  such as  additional  periods of
deferral  or  forbearance  prior  to  or  after  a  borrower's  commencement  of
repayment,  and general factors, such as a general economic downturn which could
increase the amount of defaulted Financed Eligible Loans.  Failures by borrowers
to pay timely the  principal  and interest on the Financed  Eligible  Loans will
affect the amount of  Revenues,  which may  reduce the amount of  principal  and
interest available to be paid to the Registered Owners. In addition, failures by
borrowers of student  loans  generally to pay timely the  principal and interest
due on such student loans could obligate the Guarantee Agencies to make payments
thereon, which could adversely affect the solvency of the Guarantee Agencies and
their ability to meet their guarantee obligations (including with respect to the
Financed  Eligible  Loans).  The inability of any  Guarantee  Agency to meet its
guarantee  obligations could reduce the amount of principal and interest paid to
the  Registered  Owners.  The effect of such factors,  including the effect on a
Guarantee Agency's ability to meet its guarantee obligations with respect to the
Financed  Eligible  Loans or the Issuer's  ability to pay principal and interest
with  respect to the Notes,  is not  possible to  predict.  Pursuant to the 1992
amendments  under Section  432(o) of the Act, if the  Department  has determined
that a  Guarantee  Agency of an  Eligible  Loan is unable to meet its  insurance
obligations,  the loan holder may submit claims  directly to the  Department and
the  Department is required to pay the full  Guarantee  payment due with respect
thereto  in  accordance  with  guarantee  claim  processing  standards  no  more
stringent than those applied by a Guarantee  Agency of Eligible Loans.  However,
the Department's  obligation to pay guarantee claims directly in this fashion is
contingent upon the Department making the determination referred to above. There
can be no assurance  that the  Department  would ever make such a  determination
with respect to a Guarantee Agency or, if such a determination was made, whether
such  determination  or the ultimate  payment of such guarantee  claims would be
made in a timely manner.

        If an Event of Default  occurs under the  Indenture,  subject to certain
conditions,  the Trustee is  authorized,  without the consent of the  Registered
Owners, to sell the Financed Eligible Loans. There can be no assurance, however,
that the Trustee  will be able to find a  purchaser  for the  Financed  Eligible
Loans in a timely  manner or that the  market  value of such  Financed  Eligible
Loans would, at any time, be equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of the Notes then Outstanding and accrued interest thereon.  If the net proceeds
of any such sale,  together with amounts then on deposit in the Reserve Fund and
other Funds and  Accounts,  do not exceed the  aggregate  outstanding  principal
amount of Notes then Outstanding and accrued interest thereon, Registered Owners
of any Class of Notes not paid in full will likely be unable to recover the full
amount of their investment.  In addition, the amount of principal required to be
paid to Registered  Owners under the  Indenture is generally  limited to amounts
available to be so paid. Therefore, the failure to pay principal on any Class or
Series of Notes may not result in the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  until
the Stated Maturity date of such Class or Series of Notes.

Prepayment Considerations

        Principal  prepayments  with respect to the Notes may be influenced by a
variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors. The Financed Eligible
Loans may be prepaid at any time without penalty.  The Issuer believes that in a
fluctuating  interest rate environment a factor affecting the prepayment rate on
a large pool of loans similar to the Financed  Eligible  Loans is the difference
between the interest rates on the loans (giving consideration to the cost of any
refinancing) and prevailing  interest rates generally.  In general,  if interest
rates fall below the interest rates on the Financed  Eligible Loans, the rate of
prepayment  would be expected to increase.  Conversely,  if interest  rates rise
above the interest rates on the Financed  Eligible Loans, the rate of prepayment
would be expected to  decrease.  The Issuer does not have  available  sufficient
prepayment  information  on  Financed  Eligible  Loans  similar  to  those to be
included in the Trust Estate to estimate the rate of prepayment  with respect to
the Financed  Eligible  Loans in the Financed  Eligible Loans  portfolio.  Other
factors  affecting  prepayment of loans include  changes in the borrower's  job,
transfers,  unemployment and servicing decisions, and refinancing  opportunities
which may provide more  favorable  repayment  terms such as those  offered under
various consolidation loan programs,  including the federal direct consolidation
loan programs.  In addition,  the rate of the payments of principal on the Notes
will be directly  related to the actual  amortization  schedule of the  Financed
Eligible Loans.
See "Risk Factors-Changes in Legislation" herein.



                                       6
<PAGE>


        The rate of principal payments on the Notes, the amount of principal and
interest  payments  on the Notes and the yield to  maturity of the Notes will be
directly  related to the rate of payments of principal on the Financed  Eligible
Loans. The timing of changes in the rate of prepayments may significantly affect
an  investor's  actual yield to maturity,  even if the average rate of principal
prepayments  is consistent  with an  investor's  expectations.  In general,  the
earlier a prepayment of principal of a Financed  Eligible  Loan, the greater the
effect on an investor's yield to maturity.  The effect on an investor's yield as
a result of  principal  payments  occurring at a rate higher (or lower) than the
rate  anticipated by the investor  during the period  immediately  following the
issuance of the Offered Notes will not be offset by a subsequent  like reduction
(or increase) in the rate of principal  payments.  See "Weighted Average Life of
the Notes" herein.

Principal Balance of Notes May Exceed
Aggregate Principal Balance of Financed
Eligible Loans

        As may be specified  with respect to a Series in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  on the Date of  Issuance  of such  Series,  the  aggregate  initial
principal   amount  of  the  Offered  Notes,   together  with  all  other  Notes
outstanding,  may be greater than the sum of the aggregate  principal balance of
the  Financed  Eligible  Loans and  other  assets  on  deposit  in the Funds and
Accounts in the Trust Estate.  Each Financed  Eligible Loan with respect to such
Series may be purchased by the Issuer for an amount  greater than the  principal
balance  thereof   (including  any  accrued  interest  thereon  expected  to  be
capitalized  upon repayment) as of the Cutoff Date. In addition,  Eligible Loans
acquired  during  the  recycling  period may be  purchased  by the Issuer for an
amount  exceeding the principal  balance  thereof.  As a result,  if an Event of
Default  should occur under the Indenture and the Financed  Eligible  Loans were
liquidated  at a time  when  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of such  Notes
exceeded the  aggregate  principal  balance of the Financed  Eligible  Loans and
other  assets on deposit in the Funds and Accounts in the Trust  Estate,  unless
such Financed Eligible Loans are liquidated at a premium, Noteholders may suffer
a loss as a result  thereof.  However,  in the absence of any such default,  any
excess Note principal  balance is expected to be reduced from interest  payments
received on the Financed Eligible Loans.

Unsecured Nature of Financed Eligible Loans;
Financial Status of Guarantee Agencies


                                       7
<PAGE>


        The Higher  Education  Act requires all  Financed  Eligible  Loans to be
unsecured.  As a result,  the only security for payment of the Financed Eligible
Loans are the  Guarantee  Agreements  between  the  Trustee  and each  Guarantee
Agency. A deterioration  in the financial  status of the Guarantee  Agencies and
their ability to honor  guarantee  claims with respect to the Financed  Eligible
Loans could result in a delay in making or a failure to make Guarantee  Payments
to the  Trustee.  One of the  primary  causes of a possible  deterioration  in a
Guarantee  Agency's  financial  status is  directly  related  to the  amount and
percentage  of  defaulting  Financed  Eligible  Loans  guaranteed by a Guarantee
Agency.  Moreover,  with  respect to  Eligible  Loans,  to the  extent  that the
Department pays  reimbursement  claims  submitted by a Guarantee  Agency for any
fiscal year exceeding certain specified levels,  the Department's  obligation to
reimburse  the  Guarantee  Agency for losses will be reduced on a sliding  scale
from a maximum of 98% to a minimum of 78% of Guarantee  Agency  payments.  Under
Section 432(o) of the Act, if the  Department  has  determined  that a Guarantee
Agency is unable to meet its guarantee  obligations,  the loan holder may submit
claims directly to the Department and the Department is required to pay the full
guaranty claim amount due with respect thereto in accordance with guaranty claim
processing  standards no more stringent than those of the Guarantee Agency.  See
"Description of the Federal Family Education Loan Program" herein.

Reauthorization; Appropriation

        The  Department's  authority to provide  interest  subsidies and Federal
insurance for loans  originated  under the Higher  Education Act terminates on a
date specified in the Higher  Education Act. The Higher Education Act Amendments
of 1992 extended the principal  provisions of the Federal Family  Education Loan
Program  (the "FFEL  Program")  to loans made on or before  September  30,  1998
(except that loans may continue to be made through  September 30, 2002 to enable
a  student  who has  obtained  a prior  loan to  continue  his or her  education
program).  While  Congress has  consistently  extended the effective date of the
Higher  Education Act and the FFEL Program,  there can be no assurance  that the
Department's  ability to provide  interest  subsidies and Federal  insurance for
loans will be  reauthorized  for the period  beginning  October 1, 1998.  Such a
failure of  reauthorization  would reduce the number of Eligible Loans available
for purchase by the Issuer under its student loan purchase program.

        The  availability  of  interest  subsidies  and  various  other  Federal
payments under the FFEL Program is subject to Federal  budgetary  appropriation.
In recent  years,  Federal  budget  legislation  has contained  provisions  that
restricted federal payments made under the FFEL Program to achieve reductions in
federal  spending.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  future  federal  budget
legislation  will not adversely  affect  expenditures  by the  Department or the
Secretary, or the financial condition of the Guarantee Agencies.

Changes in Legislation

        There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Higher  Education  Act or  other
relevant  federal  or  state  laws,  rules  and  regulations  and  the  programs
implemented thereunder will not be amended or modified in the future in a matter
that will  adversely  impact the  programs  described  herein and the loans made
thereunder, including the Financed Eligible Loans, or the Guarantee Agencies.


                                       8
<PAGE>


   
        Under the  Omnibus  Budget  Conciliation  Act of 1993,  Congress  made a
number of changes  that may  adversely  affect the  financial  condition  of the
Guarantee  Agencies,  including  reducing  to  98%  the  maximum  percentage  of
Guarantee payments the Department will reimburse for loans first disbursed on or
after  October  1,  1993,  reducing   substantially  the  premiums  and  default
collections  that  Guarantee  Agencies are entitled to receive and/or retain and
giving the Department  broad powers over Guarantee  Agencies and their reserves.
These powers  include the authority to require a Guarantee  Agency to return all
reserve funds to the  Department  if the  Department  determines  such action is
necessary to ensure an orderly  termination of such Guarantee  Agency,  to serve
the best interests of the federal  programs or to ensure the proper  maintenance
of such  Guarantee  Agency's  funds  or  assets.  The  Department  is  also  now
authorized to direct a Guarantee Agency to return a portion of its reserve funds
which the Department  determines is unnecessary to pay the program  expenses and
contingent  liabilities of such Guarantee  Agency and/or to cease any activities
involving the use of such Guarantee  Agency's  reserve funds or assets which the
Department determines is a misapplication or otherwise improper.  The Department
may also  terminate  the  reinsurance  agreement  of a  Guarantee  Agency if the
Department  determines  that such  action is  necessary  to protect  the federal
fiscal  interest or to ensure an orderly  transition to full  implementation  of
direct federal lending.  In such event,  however,  the Department is required to
assume  the  functions  of  such  Guarantee   Agency  as  described   herein  in
"Description of the Federal Family Education Loan Program" herein. These various
changes create a significant risk that the resources  available to the Guarantee
Agencies to meet their guarantee  obligations will be significantly  reduced. In
addition,  this  legislation  greatly  expands the Federal  Direct  Student Loan
Program  volume to a target  of  approximately  60% of  student  loan  demand in
academic  year  1998-1999,  which could result in  increasing  reductions in the
volume of loans made under the federal  program.  As the Federal  Direct Student
Loan Program expands, the Servicer may experience increased costs due to reduced
economies  of scale to the  extent  the  volume  of new  loans  serviced  by the
Servicer  is  reduced.  Such cost  increases  could  affect  the  ability of the
Servicer to satisfy its obligations to service the Financed Eligible Loans or to
purchase  Financed Eligible Loans in the event of certain breaches of covenants.
See "Risk  Factors-Reliance  Upon Sellers" and "-The Financed Eligible Loans and
the Student Loan Fund"  herein.  Such volume  reductions  could  further  reduce
revenues received by the Guarantee Agencies available to pay claims on defaulted
Eligible Loans.  Finally, the level of competition currently in existence in the
secondary  market for loans made under the  federal  programs  could be reduced,
resulting  in fewer  potential  buyers of the  Eligible  Loans and lower  prices
available in the secondary  market for those loans.  Further,  the Department is
implementing  a direct  consolidation  loan  program,  which program may further
reduce the volume of loans made under the federal  programs and may increase the
rate of repayment of the Issuer's  Financed  Eligible Loans. See "Description of
the Federal Family Education Loan Program" herein.
    

The Financed Eligible Loans
and the Student Loan Fund



                                       9
<PAGE>


        The Issuer has  previously  acquired or will acquire  Financed  Eligible
Loans with the funds on deposit in the  Student  Loan Fund.  Any  conveyance  of
additional  Eligible Loans is subject to the condition,  among others, that each
such additional Eligible Loan satisfy the eligibility  criteria specified in the
applicable  Student Loan Purchase  Agreement.  The additional  Financed Eligible
Loans,  as of the applicable  Cutoff Date,  together with the Financed  Eligible
Loans previously added to the portfolio,  as of the respective Cutoff Date, will
have certain pool characteristics  described in the Prospectus  Supplement.  See
"Seller Representations and  Warranties-Representations and Warranties-Portfolio
Characteristics" and "-Representations and Warranties-Eligible Loans" herein.

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a Series in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, to the extent that amounts on deposit in the Loan Account
designated with respect to a Series of the Student Loan Fund have not been fully
applied to the acquisition of additional Eligible Loans by the date specified in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Registered  Owners of such Notes will
receive as a prepayment of principal,  in the priorities  described herein or in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  an amount equal to the amount remaining in
the Loan Account designated with respect to a Series of the Student Loan Fund on
the respective  Interest  Payment Dates on or next succeeding the date specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  with respect to the Senior Notes of such
Series, and the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement with respect
to the Subordinate Notes and the Junior-Subordinate  Notes of such Series, after
all such Senior Notes have been redeemed.  The Issuer expects that the amount of
the  additional  Eligible  Loans to be acquired  with respect to any Series will
approximate  100% of the amount  deposited in the Loan Account  designated  with
respect  to a  Series  of  the  Student  Loan  Fund  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

Issuance of Additional Notes

        The  Issuer  may,   pursuant  to  the   provisions  of  the   Indenture,
authenticate and deliver from time to time Additional Notes secured by the Trust
Estate on a parity with or subordinate to any of the Senior Notes and senior to,
on a parity with or subordinate to the  Subordinate  Notes, as determined by the
Issuer;  provided,  however,  that any such  Additional  Notes  shall be  issued
pursuant  to a  Supplemental  Indenture,  without the consent or approval of the
Registered Owners of any Notes then  Outstanding,  but with, among other things,
written evidence from each Rating Agency then rating any Outstanding  Notes that
such  rating or  ratings  will not be reduced  or  withdrawn  as a result of the
issuance of the proposed Additional Notes. See "Additional Notes" herein.

Maturity and Prepayment Assumptions



                                       10
<PAGE>

        Financed  Eligible  Loans may be prepaid by the  borrowers  at any time.
(For this purpose the term "prepayments" includes prepayments in full or in part
(including  pursuant to  Consolidation  Loans) and  liquidations  due to default
(including  receipt  of  Guarantee  payments)).   In  addition,   under  certain
circumstances, a Seller will be obligated to repurchase, or the Servicer will be
obligated to purchase, Financed Eligible Loans from the Trust Estate pursuant to
the  respective  Student Loan  Purchase  Agreement  or Servicing  Agreement as a
result of breaches of their respective representations, warranties or covenants.
Moreover,  to the extent  borrowers of Financed  Eligible  Loans elect to borrow
money through  Consolidation  Loans with respect to such Financed Eligible Loans
from a Seller or from  another  lender,  Registered  Owners  of the  Notes  will
collectively receive as a prepayment of principal the aggregate principal amount
of such Financed  Eligible Loans.  There can be no assurance that borrowers with
respect to the  Financed  Eligible  Loans will not seek to obtain  Consolidation
Loans with respect to such Financed Eligible Loans. See "Risk Factors-Changes in
Legislation" herein.

        Scheduled  payments  with  respect to, and  maturities  of, the Financed
Eligible Loans may be extended,  including  pursuant to the applicable  Deferral
Phase and certain  other grace periods  authorized  by the Higher  Education Act
("Grace  Periods")  and,  under certain  circumstances,  periods of  forbearance
("Forbearance  Periods") or as a result of  refinancings  through  Consolidation
Loans having longer  maturities,  which may lengthen the  remaining  term of the
Financed  Eligible  Loans  and the  average  life of each  Class of  Notes.  Any
reinvestment  risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of
Financed Eligible Loans will be borne entirely by the Registered Owners.

Basis Risk

        The  interest  rate with  respect  to the Notes of various  Classes  may
fluctuate from one interest period to another in response to changes in LIBOR or
Treasury   security  rates  (the  "Index  Rates")   described  in  a  Prospectus
Supplement. The Issuer can make no representation as to what the Index Rates may
be in the future. In addition,  the Financed Eligible Loans bear interest at the
rates (the "Loan  Rates")  described  herein under  "Description  of the Federal
Family Education Loan Program." To the extent that the Loan Rates decrease or do
not  increase as fast as the Index  Rates,  the  interest  rates with respect to
certain  Senior  Notes,  Subordinate  Notes or  Junior-Subordinate  Notes may be
limited to the weighted average rate received on the Financed  Eligible Loans or
may be deferred to future  periods.  Further,  if there is a decline in the Loan
Rates, the amount of funds representing interest deposited into the Trust Estate
may be reduced and, even if there is a similar  reduction in the variable  Index
Rates applicable to any Series, there may not necessarily be a similar reduction
in the other  amounts  required  to be funded out of such funds (such as certain
administrative  expenses),  causing  payment of such  amounts to be  deferred to
future periods.  There can be no assurances  given that sufficient funds will be
available  in  future  periods  to  make up for any  shortfalls  in the  current
payments of Index Rates or expenses of the Trust Estate.

Certain Legal Aspects



                                       11
<PAGE>


        Each Seller will intend that the transfers of Financed Eligible Loans by
it to the Issuer under the respective Student Loan Purchase Agreement constitute
valid sales and  assignments of such Financed  Eligible  Loans.  In the event of
insolvency of such Seller, however, its affairs, if a bank, might become subject
to Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation ("FDIC")  receivership.  In such case,
the FDIC,  as a receiver,  or a court could treat the  transfer of the  Financed
Eligible  Loans to the Issuer as an assignment of collateral as security for the
benefit of the Issuer as a  creditor  of such  Seller.  If the  transfer  of the
Financed  Eligible  Loans to the Issuer is deemed to create a security  interest
therein,  a tax or government lien on property of such Seller arising before the
Financed  Eligible  Loans were  transferred  may have priority over the Issuer's
interest in such Financed  Eligible  Loans.  If such Seller  becomes  subject to
receivership,  to the extent that the transfer of the Financed Eligible Loans is
deemed  to  create a  security  interest,  and that such  interest  was  validly
perfected before such Seller's  insolvency and was not taken in contemplation of
insolvency  or with the intent to hinder,  delay or defraud  such  Seller or its
creditors,  such  security  interest  should  not be subject  to  avoidance  and
payments to the Issuer or its  assignees  with respect to the Financed  Eligible
Loans should not be subject to recovery by such Seller's  creditors.  The Issuer
has received an opinion of counsel,  subject to the  assumptions and limitations
set forth  therein,  that the  provisions  of the  Indenture  and the  Custodial
Agreement and the actions required thereunder in connection with the acquisition
of Financed  Eligible Loans are  sufficient to create both a perfected  security
interest  in favor  of the  Trustee  against  any such  Seller  in the  Financed
Eligible Loans, if the transfer of Financed Eligible Loans by such Seller to the
Issuer  is  considered  as an  assignment  of  collateral  as  security  for  an
obligation,  which interest is prior to that of any creditor of such Seller,  as
well as a perfected security interest in favor of the Trustee against the Issuer
in the Financed  Eligible  Loans,  which  interest is prior to that of any other
creditor of the  Issuer.  No  assurance  can be given,  however,  that delays in
receipt of funds with respect to the Financed  Eligible  Loans will not occur in
such circumstances.  Moreover, no assurance can be given that the FDIC would not
seek to effect the release of the Financed Eligible Loans to it, as receiver, by
accelerating  such Seller's "debt" and repaying the outstanding  amount thereof.
See "Risk Factors-Reliance Upon Seller" and "-Perfection of Security Interest in
Financed Eligible Loans" herein.

        With respect to a Seller that is not a bank or an insurance company, the
Issuer will structure the sale of the Financed  Eligible Loans of such Seller to
the  Issuer as a "true  sale"  for  purposes  of any  voluntary  or  involuntary
petition  for relief  under the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or any  similar
applicable  federal or state law of such  Seller (an  "Insolvency  Proceeding"),
such that upon the occurrence of any such Insolvency  Proceeding,  such Financed
Eligible  Loans would not be  consolidated  into the  bankruptcy  estate of such
Seller. No assurance can be given,  however, that such a consolidation would not
occur.  A court might,  however,  treat the sale as an  assignment of collateral
with respect to the Financed  Eligible  Loans as security for the benefit of the
Noteholders.  If such  sale is  deemed  to  create a  security  interest  in the
Financed  Eligible Loans, a tax or governmental  lien on property of such Seller
arising before the Financed Eligible Loans came into existence may have priority
over the Trustee's  interest in such loans.  If the Seller becomes subject to an
Insolvency Proceeding,  to the extent that the transfer of the Financed Eligible
Loans is deemed to create a security  interest  and that  interest  was  validly
perfected  before such Seller's  insolvency  or bankruptcy  and was not taken in
contemplation of insolvency or bankruptcy or with the intent to hinder, delay or
defraud  such Seller or its  creditors,  such  security  interest  should not be
subject to  avoidance,  and payments to the Trustee with respect to the Financed
Eligible Loans should not be subject to recovery by such Seller's creditors.  No
assurance can be given, however, that delays in receipt of funds with respect to
the Financed Eligible Loans of such Seller will not occur in such circumstances.
See "Risk Factors-Reliance Upon Seller" and "-Perfection of Security Interest in
Financed Eligible Loans" herein.



                                       12
<PAGE>


        Numerous  federal  and  state  consumer   protection  laws  and  related
regulations impose substantial  requirements upon lenders and servicers involved
in consumer  finance.  Also,  some state laws impose finance charge ceilings and
other  restrictions  on  certain  consumer  transactions  and  require  contract
disclosures  in addition to those  required  under federal law. These state laws
are, however, to a large part, preempted by the Higher Education Act.

Book-Entry Registration

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a Series in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  it is  expected  that each Class of Notes of any Series
will be initially represented by one or more certificates registered in the name
of Cede & Co., the nominee for DTC, and will not be  registered  in the names of
the holders of such Notes or their nominees.  Because of this,  unless and until
definitive  securities are issued,  holders of such Notes will not be recognized
by the Trustee as "Registered Owners" (as such terms are used in the Indenture).
Hence, until definitive  securities are issued,  holders of such Series of Notes
will only be able to exercise the rights of Registered Owners indirectly through
DTC and its participating organizations.
See "Book Entry Registration" herein.

Repurchase of Financed Eligible Loans

        Upon the occurrence of a breach of  representations  and warranties with
respect to a Financed  Eligible  Loan,  the  respective  Seller is  obligated to
repurchase the related  Financed  Eligible Loan from the Issuer.  If such Seller
were to become  insolvent  or otherwise be unable to  repurchase  such  Financed
Eligible  Loan, it is unlikely that a repurchase of such Financed  Eligible Loan
from the Issuer would occur. The failure of such Seller to repurchase a Financed
Eligible Loan would constitute a breach of the respective  Student Loan Purchase
Agreement,  enforceable by the Trustee on behalf of the Registered  Owners,  but
would not  constitute  an Event of  Default  under the  Indenture  or permit the
exercise of  remedies  thereunder.  See "Risk  Factors-Reliance  Upon  Sellers,"
"Seller  Representations and Warranties" and "The Issuer's Student Loan Purchase
Program" herein.

Ratings of the Notes

        It is a  condition  to  issuance  of the  Notes  that  they be  rated as
indicated  under the caption  "Summary of the  Offering-Ratings"  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  Ratings are based primarily on the credit underlying the
Financed  Eligible  Loans,  the  level of  subordination,  the  amount of credit
enhancement  and the legal structure of the  transaction.  The ratings are not a
recommendation  to  purchase,  hold or sell any Class of Notes  inasmuch as such
ratings do not comment as to the market  price or  suitability  for a particular
investor.  There can be no assurance as to whether any additional  rating agency
will rate the Notes,  or if it does,  that the rating  that would be assigned by
any such other rating agency would be equivalent to the initial rating described
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  There is no assurance  that the ratings
will remain for any given  period of time or that ratings will not be lowered or
withdrawn by any Rating Agency if in such Rating Agency's judgment circumstances
so warrant.



                                       13
<PAGE>


                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

        The Notes of each Series will be authenticated and delivered pursuant to
the  Indenture  and related  Supplemental  Indenture of Trust by and between the
Issuer and the Trustee.  Prior to the  authentication and delivery of any Series
of Notes,  the Issuer must  deliver a resolution  to the Trustee  which has been
certified by the Secretary or other Authorized Officer of the Issuer,  deliver a
written order to the Trustee, execute any necessary supplements to the Indenture
and deliver any other documents,  instruments and  certificates  required by the
Indenture.  The  Indenture  has  been  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Issuer's
Registration Statement.

        The  following  summaries  do not purport to be complete and are subject
to, and are qualified in their  entirety by reference to, the  provisions of the
Indenture.

General

        The  Class A Notes and the Prior  Class A Notes are also  designated  as
"Senior Notes" under the Indenture,  and the Senior Notes include any Additional
Notes  secured on a parity  with the Class A Notes and the Prior  Class A Notes.
The  Class  B  Notes  and  the  Prior  Class B  Notes  are  also  designated  as
"Subordinate  Notes" under the Indenture,  and the Subordinate Notes include any
Additional Notes secured on a parity with the Class B Notes.  Additional  Notes,
designated  as  "Junior-Subordinate  Notes," may be issued  under the  Indenture
which  Junior-Subordinate  Notes would be subordinate to the Class A Notes,  the
Prior Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Prior Class B Notes.

Auction Rate Notes




                                       14
<PAGE>


        The Auction  Rate Notes will have a Stated  Maturity as set forth in the
applicable  Prospectus  Supplement.  Such  Notes  will be  dated  their  Date of
Issuance and will bear interest  from such date at the rate per annum  specified
in the  Prospectus  Supplement  through the first date of Auction (the  "Auction
Date") for such Notes.  After the Initial  Period for each Class of Auction Rate
Notes, the Interest Period will initially  consist of a number of days (each, an
"Auction Period"), as set forth herein under "Certain Definitions and Provisions
Related to Auction Rate Notes and Auction Procedures-Auction  Procedures" and in
the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement.  The interest rate for the Auction Rate
Notes will be reset at the interest rate determined pursuant to the Auction (the
"Auction  Rate") with respect to such Auction Rate Notes pursuant to the Auction
procedures (but in no event  exceeding the maximum  interest rate relating to an
Auction (the  "Maximum  Auction  Rate") per annum).  Except as may  otherwise be
specified with respect to a Series containing a Class or Classes of Auction Rate
Notes in the related Prospectus Supplement, for each Auction, the holders of the
Auction Rate Notes may submit orders through a  Broker-Dealer  (as defined under
"Certain  Definitions  and Provisions  Related to Auction Rate Notes and Auction
Procedures-Auction-Related  Definitions")  as to the principal amount of Auction
Rate Notes they wish to hold,  purchase or sell at various interest rates. If no
order is received  from the holder of an Auction Rate Note,  such holder will be
deemed to have  submitted a hold order for all Auction  Rate Notes owned by such
holder  at the  new  Auction  Rate.  As  part  of the  Auction  Procedures,  the
Broker-Dealers  also  solicit  bids from  non-holders  interested  in  acquiring
Auction Rate Notes as to the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes they wish to
purchase  at various  interest  rates.  The Auction  Rate for any  Auction  Date
generally  will be the  lowest  interest  rate at  which  all  sell  orders  are
fulfilled,  but in no event greater than the Maximum Auction Rate. In connection
with each Auction,  the Auction Rate Notes are  transferred  at par plus accrued
interest.  See "Certain Definitions and Provisions Related to Auction Rate Notes
and Auction Procedures-Auction Procedures-Auction Note Interest Rate" herein for
a more detailed description of the procedures for establishing the Auction Rates
and for tendering  Auction Rate Notes for Auction.  Interest on the Auction Rate
Notes will be payable on the first Business Day following the expiration of each
respective  Interest Period for such Notes. The date on which a Class of Auction
Rate Notes is  entitled  to receive a payment of  interest is referred to as the
"Interest  Payment  Date" for such Class.  Payments  will be made to  Registered
Owners of the Auction Rate Notes as of the date (the "Record Date") which is the
Business Day next  preceding the  respective  Auction  Date.  Auction Rate Notes
issued upon transfer, exchange or other replacement shall bear interest from the
most recent  Interest  Payment Date to which  interest  has been paid,  or if no
interest has been paid, from the Date of Issuance.

        The  Issuer  currently  anticipates  that  there  will be at  least  one
broker-dealer utilized in connection with an Auction or such other number as may
be specified with respect to a Series in the related Prospectus Supplement.

        For each  Interest  Period with respect to the Auction  Rate Notes,  the
applicable  provisions relating to the Auction Date and the Auction Rate will be
determined  in accordance  with the auction  provisions  of the  Indenture.  See
"Certain  Definitions  and  Provisions  Related  to the  Auction  Rate Notes and
Auction  Procedures," and "Auction Rate  Note-Settlement  Procedures" herein and
"Appendix I-Form of Master Purchaser's Letter" attached hereto.

LIBOR Rate Notes



                                       15
<PAGE>


        The LIBOR Rate Notes will be dated their Date of Issuance  and will have
a Stated  Maturity set forth in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement.  Certain
capitalized  terms used herein with respect to the LIBOR-Based  Rate are defined
herein  under  "Certain  Definitions  and  Provisions  Related to the LIBOR Rate
Notes."  Interest on the LIBOR Rate Notes shall accrue for each Interest  Period
and shall be payable in arrears on each  Interest  Payment  Date.  An  "Interest
Period" with respect to the LIBOR Rate Notes, means the period commencing on the
Date of  Issuance  of the  LIBOR  Rate  Notes  through  and  including  the date
specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  and each  period  thereafter
beginning on the first day of each calendar  month and ending on the last day of
such calendar month or, with respect to LIBOR Rate Notes payable quarterly,  the
period  commencing  on the Date of Issuance of the LIBOR Rate Notes  through and
including  the date  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  and each
quarterly period thereafter  beginning on the first day of a month and ending on
the last day of the  second  following  month  thereafter.  Except as  otherwise
specified  with  respect to a Series in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  an
"Interest Payment Date" for the LIBOR Rate Notes means the first Business Day of
each calendar month,  commencing on the date specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement  or,  with  respect to a LIBOR Rate Note  payable  quarterly,  on the
quarterly dates set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  or if any such
date is not a  Business  Day,  the next  succeeding  Business  Day (but only for
interest  accrued through the last day of the calendar month next preceding such
Interest Payment Date).

        Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
amount of interest  payable to Registered  Owners of LIBOR Rate Notes in respect
of the principal amount thereof for any Interest Period or part thereof shall be
calculated  by applying the  Applicable  Rate for such  Interest  Period or part
thereof to the principal amount multiplying such product by the actual number of
days in the  Interest  Period or part  thereof  concerned  divided  by 360,  and
rounding  the  resultant  figure to the nearest one cent.  Interest on the LIBOR
Rate Notes shall be  computed by the Trustee on the basis of a 360-day  year for
the number of days  actually  elapsed.  In the event an  Interest  Payment  Date
occurs with respect to any Interest Period on a date other than the first day of
the next Interest Period, the Trustee, after confirming the calculation required
above,  shall  calculate  the  portion of the  Interest  Amount  payable on such
Interest  Payment Date and the portion payable on the next  succeeding  Interest
Payment Date.

        Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
rate of  interest  on the LIBOR Rate  Notes for each  Interest  Period  shall be
determined  by a  calculation  agent.  If  a  default  in  payment  occurs,  the
Applicable  Rate with  respect to the LIBOR Rate Notes will be the same rate per
annum calculated as if no such Payment Default had occurred.  The rate per annum
at which interest is payable on the LIBOR Rate Notes for any Interest  Period is
herein referred to as the  "Applicable  Rate." The Applicable Rate cannot at any
time exceed the  maximum  interest  rate  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement with respect to such LIBOR Rate Notes.  See "Certain  Definitions and
Provisions Related to the LIBOR Rate Notes" herein.

Treasury Rate Notes



                                       16
<PAGE>


        Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Treasury  Rate Notes will be dated their Date of Issuance and will have a Stated
Maturity  set forth in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement.  Interest on the
Treasury Rate Notes shall accrue for each  Interest  Period and shall be payable
in arrears on each Interest  Payment Date. An "Interest  Period" with respect to
the Treasury Rate Notes,  means the period commencing on the Date of Issuance of
the Treasury Rate Notes through and including the date  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement and each period thereafter  beginning on the first day of
each calendar  month and ending on the last day of such calendar  month or, with
respect to Treasury Rate Notes payable  quarterly,  the period commencing on the
Date of Issuance of the  Treasury  Rate Notes  through  and  including  the date
specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  and  each  quarterly  period
thereafter  beginning  on the first day of a month and ending on the last day of
the second  following  month  thereafter.  Except as  otherwise  specified  with
respect to a Series in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  an "Interest Payment
Date" for the Treasury Rate Notes means the first  Business Day of each calendar
month, commencing on the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement or,
with respect to a Treasury Rate Note payable  quarterly,  on the quarterly dates
set forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  or if any such date is not a
Business Day, the next  succeeding  Business Day (but only for interest  accrued
through the last day of the calendar month next preceding such Interest  Payment
Date).

        Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
amount of  interest  payable  to  Registered  Owners of  Treasury  Rate Notes in
respect of the principal  amount thereof for any Interest Period or part thereof
shall be the T-Bill Rate. The T-Bill Rate will  generally be adjusted  weekly on
the calendar day  following  each  auction of direct  obligations  of the United
States  with a  maturity  of 13  weeks  ("91-day  Treasury  Bills")  and will be
calculated by a calculation agent to be the sum of (i) the Bond Equivalent Yield
for auctions of 91-day United States Treasury Bills on a Rate Determination Date
(i.e.,  the first day of each calendar week on which the United States  Treasury
auctions 91-day Treasury Bills,  which currently is the United States Treasury's
first  business  day of each  week)  for  such  Interest  Period,  plus a spread
described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Interest on the Treasury Rate
Notes shall be computed by the Trustee for the actual  number of days elapsed on
the basis of a year  consisting of 365 or 366 days, as applicable.  In the event
an Interest  Payment Date occurs with  respect to any Interest  Period on a date
other  than the  first  day of the next  Interest  Period,  the  Trustee,  after
confirming the calculation  required  above,  shall calculate the portion of the
Interest Amount payable on such Interest Payment Date and the portion payable on
the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

        Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
rate of interest on the Treasury  Rate Notes for each  Interest  Period shall be
determined by the a  calculation  agent or such other person as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement and will be based upon the interest rate described
above.  If a Payment  Default  occurs,  the Applicable  Rate with respect to the
Index  Rate Notes will be the same per annum  calculated  as if no such  Payment
Default  had  occurred.  The rate per annum at which  interest is payable on the
Treasury  Rate  Notes  for any  Interest  Period is  herein  referred  to as the
"Applicable  Rate." The  Applicable  Rate  cannot at any time exceed the maximum
interest rate  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  with respect to
such Treasury Rate Notes. See "Certain Definitions and Provisions Related to the
Treasury Rate Notes" herein.

Accrual Notes



                                       17
<PAGE>


        Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement,
distributions  of interest in respect of the Notes of any Class  (other than any
class of Notes that will be entitled to payments of accrued interest  commencing
only on the Interest Payment Date, or under the  circumstances  specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement  ("Accrual Notes")) will be made on each Interest
Payment  Date based on the  accrued  interest  for such Class and such  Interest
Payment Date,  subject to the sufficiency of the portion of the available amount
allocable  to such  Class  on such  Interest  Payment  Date.  Prior  to the time
interest  is  payable  on any class of  Accrual  Notes,  the  amount of  accrued
interest  otherwise  payable on such  Class will be added to the Note  principal
balance  thereof on each  Interest  Payment Date.  The principal  balance of the
Accrual Notes will begin to be paid from  available  funds received with respect
to the Financed Eligible Loans after the date that accrued interest is no longer
being added to the principal  balance of such Notes.  With respect to each Class
of Accrual Notes,  accrued interest for each Interest Payment Date will be equal
to interest  at the  applicable  interest  rate  accrued for a specified  period
(generally the period between  Interest  Payment Dates) on the outstanding  Note
principal balance thereof immediately prior to such Interest Payment Date.

Principal Payments of the Notes

        The principal of the Notes due at Stated Maturity or redemption in whole
will be payable at the  principal  office of the Trustee upon  presentation  and
surrender  of the Notes.  Payment of interest  and  principal  paid subject to a
partial  redemption on any Note will be made to the Registered  Owner thereof by
check or  draft  mailed  on the  Interest  Payment  Date by the  Trustee  to the
Registered  Owner at his address as it last  appears on the  registration  books
kept by the  Trustee  at the  close  of  business  on the  Record  Date for such
interest payment date, but any such interest not so timely paid or duly provided
for shall cease to be payable to the  Registered  Owner  thereof at the close of
business on the Record Date and shall be payable to the Registered Owner thereof
at the close of business on a special record date (a "Special  Record Date") for
the payment of any such  defaulted  interest.  Such Special Record Date shall be
fixed by the  Trustee  whenever  moneys  become  available  for  payment  of the
defaulted interest,  and notice of such Special Record Date will be given to the
Registered  Owners  of the  Notes  not  less  than  10  days  prior  thereto  by
first-class  mail to each  such  Registered  Owner  as  shown  on the  Trustee's
registration books on the date selected by the Trustee,  stating the date of the
Special  Record  Date and the  date  fixed  for the  payment  of such  defaulted
interest.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  payment of principal and interest to
the  Securities  Depository  or its nominee  will,  and at the  written  request
addressed  to  the  Trustee  of any  other  Registered  Owner  owning  at  least
$1,000,000  principal  amount of the Notes,  payments of principal  and interest
shall,  be paid by wire  transfer  within the United  States to the bank account
number  filed no later than the  Record  Date or  Special  Record  Date with the
Trustee  for such  purpose.  All  payments  on the Notes shall be made in lawful
money of the United States of America.

Mandatory Redemption

                                       18
<PAGE>


        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a Series in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Notes of such  Series  are  subject  to  mandatory
redemption  not at the  discretion  of the  Issuer,  in whole  or in part,  at a
redemption price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued, if
any, to the date of redemption  thereof (i) on the first  Interest  Payment Date
subsequent  to the  recycling  period with respect to such Series,  in an amount
equal to moneys  representing  principal  payments  received with respect to the
Financed Eligible Loans and other excess revenues previously  transferred to and
then on deposit in the Note  Redemption  Fund, and (ii) on the Interest  Payment
Date specified with respect to a Series in the related Prospectus Supplement, in
an amount equal to moneys,  if any,  not  previously  used to purchase  Eligible
Loans that are  transferred  to the Note  Redemption  Fund from the Student Loan
Fund, (A) for the Class A Notes,  on the Interest  Payment Date next  succeeding
the date specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and (B) for the Class B
Notes, on the next Interest Payment Date thereafter,  such anticipated  excesses
to be determined by estimate as of 30 days prior to said Interest Payment Dates;
provided, however, that if (a) 30 days prior to said Interest Payment Dates, the
Issuer files with the Trustee a  certificate  that such balances may be invested
at a rate of return until a  subsequent  Interest  Payment Date which,  together
with other available  Revenues and cash balances,  will produce  sufficient cash
flows to permit the timely  retirement of the Notes,  which cash flows shall not
assume the  refunding  of the Notes of such  Series,  and such  conclusions  are
approved  by each Rating  Agency,  and (b) the  Trustee  shall have  received an
opinion of counsel to the effect that the failure to so redeem the Notes of such
Series would not cause such Notes to fail to be characterized as indebtedness of
the Issuer for federal income tax purposes (primarily, as a result of any change
in the  amount of  residual  interest  owned by the  Issuer  for  failure  to so
redeem),  then  such  call  for  redemption  need not be  made.  Such  mandatory
redemptions will be made solely from moneys available therefor in the respective
accounts  of the  Note  Redemption  Fund  and  only as  provided  above  in this
paragraph.  No Issuer  direction  needs to be given with  respect to a mandatory
redemption.

        In addition,  unless otherwise specified with respect to any Series, the
Class A Notes of such Series are subject to mandatory redemption,  in part, from
moneys deposited in the Senior Note Redemption Account as described under clause
(j) under "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes-Revenue Fund" herein.

        See "-Notice and Partial  Redemption of Notes" below for a discussion of
the order in which Notes of any Series will be redeemed.

Optional Redemption

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  a  Series  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement and only under the  circumstances  discussed  herein with
respect  to the  Subordinate  Notes,  the Notes of such  Series  are  subject to
redemption  at the sole  discretion  of the Issuer,  from funds  received by the
Trustee  constituting  interest  on Financed  Eligible  Loans  remaining  in the
Revenue  Fund after all other prior  required  payments  have been made from the
Revenue  Fund,  in  whole or in part,  on or  after  the date set  forth in such
Prospectus Supplement at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the
Notes being redeemed,  plus interest accrued, if any, to the date of redemption.
Certain Classes of the Prior Notes are not subject to optional  redemption prior
to dates specified in the Indenture.  Any limitations on optional redemptions of
the Offered Notes of any Series will be described in the  Prospectus  Supplement
related  to such  Series.  Issuer  direction  must be give  with  respect  to an
optional  redemption.  See "-Notice and Partial Redemption of Notes" below for a
discussion of the order in which Notes will be redeemed.


                                       19
<PAGE>


        Notes  of any  Series  may be  redeemed  only  under  the  circumstances
discussed herein and in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Certain
Notes  may be  optionally  redeemed  only  after a date  specified  in a related
Prospectus Supplement.

Extraordinary Optional Redemption

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a Series in the  related
Prospectus   Supplement,   the  Notes  of  such  Series  are  also   subject  to
extraordinary  optional  redemption,  at  the  discretion  of the  Issuer,  at a
redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus
accrued  interest to the date of  redemption,  without  premium,  in whole or in
part, from any unallocated and available  moneys  remaining in the Trust Estate,
on any Interest  Payment Date, if the Issuer  reasonably  determines  that it is
unable to acquire Financed  Eligible Loans,  that the rate of return on Financed
Eligible Loans has materially decreased,  or that the costs of administering the
Trust Estate have placed unreasonable  burdens upon the ability of the Issuer to
perform its obligations under the Indenture. See "-Notice and Partial Redemption
of  Notes"  below for a  discussion  of the order in which  such  Notes  will be
redeemed.  The Issuer expects to redeem Notes pursuant to this paragraph only if
changes are made to the Higher  Education  Act or changes occur in the financial
markets or student loan markets which the Issuer deems to be materially  adverse
to the Trust Estate. An extraordinary  optional redemption made pursuant to this
paragraph  may cause the Notes to be redeemed  earlier than  anticipated  by the
Noteholder.

        In determining whether to exercise the extraordinary optional redemption
provision,  the Issuer will consider all of the facts and circumstances existing
at the time with respect to any changes to the Higher  Education Act which would
be materially  adverse to the Trust Estate such that the  Noteholders  of any or
all Series,  in the Issuer's  reasonable  determination,  would suffer a loss or
material delay in the receipt of principal or interest  payments when due if the
Trustee  were to  continue  acquiring  Financed  Eligible  Loans from  moneys on
deposit in the Recycling Account.

Optional Purchase

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a Series in the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  the Issuer may purchase or cause to be purchased, at its
discretion,  all of the Notes of such  Series on any  Interest  Payment  Date on
which the aggregate current principal balance of the Notes shall be less than or
equal to 10% of the initial  aggregate  principal  balance of the Notes on their
respective Date of Issuance,  at a purchase price equal to the aggregate current
principal  balance of such Notes, plus accrued interest on the Notes through the
day preceding the Interest Payment Date on which the purchase occurs. The amount
deposited  by the  Issuer  pursuant  to  this  paragraph  shall  be  paid to the
Registered  Owners on the related  Interest  Payment Date  following the date of
such deposit.  All Notes which are purchased pursuant to this paragraph shall be
delivered  by the Issuer upon such  purchase to, and be canceled by, the Trustee
and be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuer.



                                       20
<PAGE>

Notice and Partial Redemption of Notes

        The Trustee shall cause notice of any redemption or purchase to be given
by mailing a copy of the redemption or purchase  notice to the Registered  Owner
of any Note being  redeemed or purchased,  and to the Auction Agent with respect
to the Auction Rate Notes,  designated for redemption or purchase in whole or in
part,  at their  address  as the same shall last  appear  upon the  registration
books,  in each case not less than 15 days,  with  respect to the  Auction  Rate
Notes, and 15 days, with respect to Index Rate Notes, prior to the redemption or
purchase  date;  provided,  however,  that failure to give such  notice,  or any
defect  therein,  shall not  affect  the  validity  of any  proceedings  for the
redemption or purchase of such Notes for which no such failure or defect occurs.

        If less  than  all of the  Notes of any  Series  are to be  redeemed  or
purchased  pursuant  to a  mandatory  redemption,  an  optional  redemption,  an
extraordinary  optional  redemption or an optional  purchase,  the Notes of each
Class of such Series to be redeemed or purchased  shall be redeemed or purchased
from such Class as directed in an Issuer Order.  Any moneys  transferred  to the
Note  Redemption  Fund and not  specifically  required  to be  deposited  to any
Account therein will be deposited in the Senior Note  Redemption  Account of the
Note  Redemption  Fund unless the Trustee  receives an Issuer Order as described
below.  Except as  otherwise  specified  with  respect to a Series,  the Issuer,
pursuant to an Issuer Order,  may designate that a specified amount of moneys or
investments to be transferred to the Note  Redemption Fund pursuant to the terms
and  provisions  of the  Indenture  be  deposited  to (i) the  Subordinate  Note
Redemption  Account  of the Note  Redemption  Fund if after  the  redemption  of
Subordinate Notes from the moneys and investments transferred to the Subordinate
Note  Redemption  Account of the Note  Redemption Fund and the redemption of the
Senior Notes, if any, from the moneys and investments  transferred to the Senior
Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund, the Aggregate Market Value
of the Trust Estate will equal at least 110% of the aggregate  principal  amount
of all Senior Notes Outstanding, and (ii) the Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption
Account   of  the   Note   Redemption   Fund  if   after   the   redemption   of
Junior-Subordinate  Notes  from the moneys and  investments  transferred  to the
Junior-Subordinate  Account of the Note  Redemption  Fund and the  redemption of
Senior Notes and  Subordinate  Notes,  if any,  from the moneys and  investments
transferred  to the Senior  Note  Redemption  Account and the  Subordinate  Note
Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption  Fund, the Aggregate  Market Value of
the Trust Estate will equal at least 110% of the aggregate  principal  amount of
all Senior Notes Outstanding and at least 102% of the aggregate principal amount
of all Senior and Subordinate  Notes  Outstanding.  See "Security and Sources of
Payment for the  Notes-Note  Redemption  Fund"  herein.  Additional  Notes to be
redeemed in part shall be  redeemed in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
Supplemental  Indenture authorizing the issuance and delivery of such Additional
Notes.

Accelerated Maturity of Notes


                                       21
<PAGE>


        If an Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing,  the
Trustee may declare,  or upon the written direction (a) by the Registered Owners
of at least 51% of the collective  aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Senior Notes (or if no Senior Notes are  Outstanding  under the Indenture,  then
upon the  written  direction  of the  Registered  Owners  of at least 51% of the
collective aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding  Subordinate Notes, (or
if no Senior Notes or Subordinate Notes are Outstanding hereunder, then upon the
written  direction of the  Registered  Owners of at least 51% of the  collective
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding  Junior-Subordinate  Notes), shall
declare,  the  principal  of  all  Notes  issued  under  the  Indenture,  or any
supplement  thereto,  and then  Outstanding,  and the interest  thereon,  if not
previously  due,  immediately  due and payable,  anything in the Notes or in the
Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, however, that a declaration
of  acceleration  upon a default  described  in  subsection  (g) of  "Summary of
Certain Provisions of the  Indenture-Events of Default" herein shall require the
consent of 100% of the Registered Owners of the collective  aggregate  principal
amount of the appropriate Series of Notes, as described above.

                  SECURITY AND SOURCES OF PAYMENT FOR THE NOTES

General

        The Notes are limited  obligations  of the Issuer secured by and payable
solely from  Revenues  and other  assets  pledged  under the  Indenture  for the
payment  of the  principal  of and  interest  on the Notes  (referred  to in the
Indenture as the "Trust  Estate").  Subject to the  provisions  of the Indenture
permitting the application of such assets and except as otherwise specified with
respect to a Series in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the following assets
serve as security for the Notes:  (a) the Revenues  (defined in the Indenture as
all  principal  payments,  proceeds,  charges and other  income  received by the
Trustee or the Issuer on account of any Financed  Eligible Loan (including,  but
not limited to, scheduled,  delinquent and advance payments of and any insurance
proceeds with respect to,  interest,  including  Interest Benefit  Payments,  on
Financed  Eligible  Loans and any  Special  Allowance  Payments  received by the
Issuer or the Trustee with respect to any Financed Eligible Loan) and investment
income  from all Funds and  Accounts,  and any  proceeds  from the sale of other
disposition of such Financed  Eligible  Loans),  (b) all moneys and  investments
held in the Funds,  excluding the Operating  Fund, the General Fund and the Cost
of Issuance Fund, and (c) Financed  Eligible Loans purchased with money from the
Student Loan Fund or otherwise acquired or originated and pledged or credited to
the Student Loan Fund. In addition,  the Trust Estate with respect to any Series
may also consist of certain rights  regarding  credit  enhancement (for example,
the  right to draw  under  any  letter of  credit  or  guarantee  insurance)  as
described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Funds and Accounts and Flow of Revenues

        There are created and  established by the Indenture the following  Funds
to be held and  maintained  by the  Trustee  for the  benefit of the  Registered
Owners:


                                       22
<PAGE>

               (a) Student Loan Fund,  including a Loan Account  designated with
        respect to a Series, a Note Account designated with respect to a Series,
        and a Recycling Account designated with respect to a Series,

               (b)    Revenue Fund,

               (c)    Reserve Fund,

               (d)    Interest Fund,  including a Senior Interest Account,  a 
        Subordinate  Interest Account and a Junior-Subordinate Interest Account 
        therein,

               (e)    Note Redemption  Fund,  including a Senior Note Redemption
        Account, a Subordinate  Note Redemption Account and a Junior-Subordinate
        Note Redemption Account therein, and

               (f)    Student Loan Holding Fund.

        There is created and established by the Indenture,  the Cost of Issuance
Fund to be held and  maintained  by the  Trustee  in which  neither  the  Issuer
(except as described  under "-Cost of Issuance  Fund" below) nor the  Registered
Owners has any right, title or interest.

        The following funds have previously been  established by the Issuer,  do
not  constitute  Funds  within the meaning of the  Indenture,  and are held by a
depository  bank of the Issuer for the  benefit  of the Issuer and  neither  the
Trustee  nor the  Registered  Owners  shall  have any right,  title or  interest
therein: (a) the Operating Fund; and (b) the General Fund.

        The  Trustee  is  authorized  for  the  purpose  of   facilitating   the
administration of the Trust Estate and for the  administration of any Additional
Notes issued under the Indenture to create Accounts or subaccounts in any of the
various  Funds and Accounts  established  under the  Indenture  which are deemed
necessary or desirable;  provided, however, that the obligation of the Issuer to
provide such Funds and Accounts is not altered or amended.


                                       23
<PAGE>


   
        Generally and as more  specifically  described below, all funds received
with respect to the Financed  Student  Loans first are  deposited by the Trustee
into the Student Loan Holding Fund.  Upon  receipt,  such deposits are allocated
between  principal and interest,  and the principal  portion  further  allocated
among Series with respect to the Financed  Eligible Loans acquired in connection
with such Series. Thereafter, the interest portion is deposited into the Revenue
Fund and the principal  portion with respect to each Series  deposited  into the
Recycling  Account of the Student  Loan Fund with  respect to such Series  until
such date as recycling of principal  receipts is no longer  permitted.  Funds in
the Recycling Account of any Series generally will be used to acquire additional
Financed Eligible Loans. After such dates, the principal portion with respect to
a Series will be deposited to the Note Redemption Fund;  provided,  that if with
respect to an Interest  Payment Date,  there exists an insufficiency of funds in
the Revenue  Fund to make  payments  or  transfers  as  described  herein  under
"Security  and Sources of Payments  under the  Notes,"  then such  insufficiency
existing  shall be transferred to the Revenue Fund from the Student Loan Holding
Fund  but only  after  first  transferring  any  such  deficiency  from the Note
Redemption Fund.
    

        Funds  on  deposit  in the  Revenue  Fund  (generally  representing  the
interest  portion of receipts with respect to the Financed  Eligible  Loans) are
paid or transferred daily or monthly as indicated below under "-Revenue Fund."

        Set forth on the  following  page is a diagram  of the flow of  Revenues
received on the Financed  Eligible Loans subsequent to the Date of Issuance with
respect to any Series.  Proceeds  received  from  original  Note  proceeds  with
respect to any Series will be deposited into the funds and accounts of the Trust
Estate as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.



                                       24
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>     <C> 

Revenue Received by Trustee Subsequent to Date of Issuance
 (Principal and Interest Received on Financed Eligible Loans)
- ------------------------------
|      Student Loan          ---------------------------------- Principal Received on Financed
|      Holding Fund          |                                | Eligible Loans (allocated by
- ------------------------------                                  Series)
            |Interest Received on            ----------------------------------
            |Financed Eligible Loans     -----       Student Loan Fund        -----------------
            (Not Allocated by Series)    |                                                    |
- ------------------------------           |   ----------------------------------               |
|      Revenue Fund          |           |            |                      |Principal       |
- ------------------------------           | Financed   | Original Note        |Received on     |
        TRANSFERS                        | Eligible   | Proceeds Used to     |Financed        |
                                         | Loan Notes | Purchase identified  |Eligible Loans  |
- ------------------------------           |            | Eligible Loans on    |Used to Purchase|
|   Pay Program Expenses*    |           |            | Date of Issuance     |Additional      |
|         (as due)           |           |            | for each Series      |Eligible Loans  |
- ------------------------------           |            | or as specified in   |Prior to End of |
                                         |            | the Prospectus       |Recycling       |
- ------------------------------           |            | Supplement           |period for      |
|     Interest Fund          |                                                each Series     |
|  (non-Transfer Dates)      |   ------------------- ------------------- -------------------  |
- ------------------------------   |  Note Account   | | Loan Account    | |   Recycling     |  |
     ON TRANSFER DATES           |                 | |                 | |    Account      |  |
- ------------------------------   ------------------- ------------------- -----------------    |
|   Estimated Amount to      |                                                                |
|     Operating Fund         |   --------------------------------------------------^          |
| (to pay Maintenance and    |   |                                                            |
|   Operating Expenses)      |   |                                                            |
- ------------------------------   |                               Principal Received on        |
                                 |                               Financed Eligible Loans      |
- ------------------------------   |                               after End of Recycling       |
|  Note Redemption Fund      |   |                               Period for each Series       |
|(if deficiency exists in    |                            ---------------------------------
|amounts to pay Noteholders  |   |                            
|    Principal when due)     | | |           ----------------------------------
- ------------------------------ ---------------     Note Redemption Fund       ------
                               | |           
- ------------------------------ | |     ----------------------------------------    |
|        Net Losses          | | |     |                      |                    |
|(to Recycling Account or,   |         |                      |                    |
|after Recycling Period, to  | | |     |                      |                    | 
| the Note Redemption Fund)  | | |     |                      |                    |
- ------------------------------ | | -------------------------  |                    |
                               |      Senior Note          |  |                    |
- ------------------------------ | | | Redemption Account    |  |                    |
|      Reserve Fund          | | | | (to pay principal on  |  |                    |
| (to fund any shortfall)    | | | | Senior Notes when due)|  |                    |
- ------------------------------ | | -------------------------                       |
                               | |     ^           ------------------------        |
- ------------------------------ | |     |          |   Subordinate Note   |         |
|  Senior Note Redemption    | | |     |          |  Redemption Account  |         |
|         Account            -----------          |  (to pay principal on|         |
|  (until parity reached)    | | |                |  Subordinate Notes   |         |
- ------------------------------ | |                |     when due)        |         |
                               | |                ------------------------         
- ------------------------------ | |                                -----------------------------
|   Recycling Account        | | ^                                |   Junior-Subordinate      |
|(prior to End of Recycling  -----                                | Note Redemption Account   |
|   at option of the Issuer) | |                                  |  (to pay principal on     |
- ------------------------------ |                                  |   Junior-Subordinate      |
                               |                                  |     Notes when due)       |
- ------------------------------ |                                  -----------------------------
|   Note Redemption Fund     | ^
|(after End of Recycling at  ---
|   option of the Issuer)    |
- ------------------------------
            
- ------------------------------
|       General Fund         |
|(for account of the Issuer) |
- ------------------------------

</TABLE>

- ---------------
*Program  Expenses  include  fees and  expenses  of the  Servicer,  Subservicer,
Trustee,  Auction Agent,  Broker-Dealer,  Calculation Agent and Rating Agencies,
and other  expenses of the Trust Estate  (other than  Maintenance  and Operating
Expenses).


                                       25
<PAGE>


Student Loan Fund

        On the Date of Issuance with respect to any Series of Notes,  there will
be  deposited  to the Loan  Account  designated  with respect to a Series of the
Student Loan Fund the amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  In
addition,  there shall be deposited from time to time into the Recycling Account
designated with respect to a Series of the Student Loan Fund, moneys transferred
thereto from the Student  Loan  Holding  Fund.  Moneys  transferred  to the Loan
Account  designated  with respect to a Series of the Student Loan Fund or to the
Recycling  Account  designated with respect to a Series of the Student Loan Fund
shall be used solely to acquire Eligible Loans. Financed Eligible Loans acquired
with moneys contained in the Loan Account designated with respect to a Series or
the Recycling  Account  designated with respect to a Series shall be held by the
Trustee  or its agent or bailee  (including  the  Servicer)  and  pledged to and
accounted for as part of the Note Account designated with respect to a Series of
the Student Loan Fund.

        So long as no Event of Default has  occurred and is  continuing,  moneys
held in the Recycling Account designated with respect to a Series of the Student
Loan Fund may be used, subject to satisfying certain conditions set forth in the
Indenture, to acquire Eligible Loans in their respective order of receipt, for a
period of up to one year from the date of deposit  therein.  In connection  with
the purchase of any Eligible  Loans,  the Trustee will release to the respective
Seller the aggregate  Purchase Price for such Eligible Loans. If on any Transfer
Date moneys have remained in the Recycling Account  designated with respect to a
Series of the Student  Loan Fund for more than one year,  said  moneys  shall be
immediately  transferred to the Note Redemption  Fund unless:  (i) the Aggregate
Market Value of the Trust Estate is greater than the aggregate  principal amount
of Notes Outstanding,  or (ii) the Aggregate Market Value of the Trust Estate is
less than the aggregate  principal  amount of Notes  Outstanding  and the Issuer
prepares a Cash Flow  Certificate  and the Trustee  shall  receive an opinion of
Note Counsel to the effect that the failure to redeem Notes of such Series would
not cause such Notes to fail to be  characterized as debt for federal income tax
purposes,  in which  case said  moneys  shall  remain in the  Recycling  Account
designated  with respect to a Series of the Student Loan Fund for a period of up
to one  additional  year. If such Cash Flow  Certificate is not delivered to the
Trustee,  said moneys in the  Recycling  Account  designated  with  respect to a
Series of the Student  Loan Fund shall be  immediately  transferred  to the Note
Redemption Fund.

        No Eligible  Loan shall be  acquired,  after the Date of  Issuance  with
respect  to any  Series,  if,  Congress  has,  in the  judgment  of the  Issuer,
materially  adversely changed any of the following  characteristics  of Eligible
Loans: (A) the Special Allowance Payments,  (B) the loan interest yield formula,
(C) the guaranty  obligation of the Guarantee  Agency,  (D) the federal interest
subsidies,  or (E) federal  reinsurance  of Eligible  Loans,  or makes any other
economic change in such loans, which, in each instance,  would have a materially
adverse  effect on the return to the holder of such loans.  The Trustee shall be
entitled to rely upon the  certification of an Authorized  Officer of the Issuer
as to the compliance  with the  provisions of this paragraph in connection  with
the origination and acquisition of Eligible Loans.



                                       26
<PAGE>

   
        Notwithstanding  the  foregoing and unless  specified  with respect to a
Series  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  if on the first  Business  Day
preceding any Interest  Payment Date or Transfer  Date there are not  sufficient
moneys on deposit in the  Revenue  Fund to make the  transfers  described  under
"-Revenue Fund" below,  other than clauses (k) through (l) under "-Revenue Fund"
below, then, but only after required transfers from the Note Redemption Fund and
the Student Loan Holding Fund,  such transfers shall be made by the Trustee upon
Issuer Order, in an amount equal to any such deficiency (including replenishment
of the Reserve Fund),  directly from the Loan Accounts of the Student Loan Fund,
then from the Recycling  Accounts of the Student Loan Fund,  and, but only after
the required  transfers  from the Reserve Fund,  then from the proceeds from the
sale of Financed Eligible Loans in the Note Accounts of the Student Loan Fund.
    

        Notwithstanding  anything  in  the  Indenture  to the  contrary,  on the
Business Day next preceding the date specified in the related Series Supplement,
the Trustee  shall  transfer  to the Note  Redemption  Fund,  moneys in the Loan
Account  designated  with respect to a Series of the Student Loan Fund specified
in "Description of the Notes-Mandatory Redemption" herein.

        The Trustee  shall,  upon Issuer Order,  transfer or liquidate  Financed
Eligible  Loans and credit the same to the General Fund of the Issuer,  but only
to the extent that the  conditions set forth under  "-General  Fund" below shall
have been satisfied.

   
        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a Series in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,   on  the  date  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  all moneys  and  investments  remaining  in the  Recycling  Account
designated  with  respect  to each  Series of the  Student  Loan  Fund  shall be
transferred to the Note Redemption Fund.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary and subject to the limitations set forth in the Prospectus  Supplement,
upon Issuer Order,  amounts held in the  Recycling  Accounts of the Student Loan
Fund may be transferred to the Note Redemption Fund.
    

Revenue Fund

        The Trustee shall deposit into the Revenue Fund (a) all amounts required
to be transferred to the Revenue Fund from the Student Loan Holding Fund and (b)
all amounts deposited on the Date of Issuance.



                                       27
<PAGE>


        Upon Issuer Order  directing the same,  moneys in the Revenue Fund shall
be used, on any date,  to pay fees and expenses of the Servicer and  Subservicer
when due under the Servicing or the Subservicing  Agreement, as the case may be,
insofar as the same relate to the Financed  Eligible  Loans, to pay Trustee fees
and expenses  incurred under the Indenture and the Custodian  Agreement,  to pay
Auction Agent fees and expenses  incurred under the Auction Agent Agreement,  to
pay Broker-Dealer fees and expenses incurred under any Broker-Dealer  Agreement,
to pay the Calculation Agent fees and expenses incurred under the Indenture,  to
pay fees and expenses of the Rating Agencies  incurred under the Indenture,  and
other fees, taxes,  including taxes related to the Issuer's income, and expenses
with respect to the Trust Estate but not included as  Maintenance  and Operating
Expenses.  Except as otherwise specified with respect to a Series in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  payments made in  satisfaction of the fees and expenses
described in the  preceding  sentence,  other than taxes related to the Issuer's
income and fees and expenses of the  Servicer,  shall not exceed the estimate of
such  fees and  expenses  described  in  Exhibit  E-2 to the  Indenture,  unless
otherwise  approved by each Rating  Agency and on and after such date, an annual
amount not to exceed such estimated  fees and expenses  described in a Cash Flow
Certificate  approved by each Rating Agency for a period approved by each Rating
Agency.  Moneys in the  Revenue  Fund  shall also be used,  on any date,  to pay
Maintenance  and  Operating  Expenses in excess of the  Estimated  Amount,  upon
Issuer Order delivered to the Trustee and each Rating Agency directing the same,
but only following  delivery of a Cash Flow  Certificate to the Trustee and each
Rating Agency  showing,  among other things,  that the payments  required by the
Indenture,  other than clauses (k) and (l) below,  will not be impaired and such
amount has been approved by each Rating Agency.

        Money in the  Revenue  Fund  shall be kept  separate  and apart from all
other Funds and,  except as otherwise  specified with respect to a Series in the
related Prospectus Supplement, shall be used and transferred to (i) the Interest
Fund on the first Business Day preceding each Interest  Payment Date (other than
a Transfer  Date) as specified in (w), (x) and (y) below and (ii) the  Operating
Fund on the first  Business Day of each month as specified in (z) below,  all in
the  following  order of  precedence  (any money not so  transferred  or paid to
remain in the Revenue Fund until subsequently  applied pursuant to the Indenture
as described herein):

               (w) to the Senior Interest Account of the Interest Fund an amount
        necessary  to pay  interest,  if any,  due on any  Senior  Notes on such
        Interest  Payment Date, after giving effect to moneys already on deposit
        therein;

               (x) to the Subordinate  Interest  Account of the Interest Fund an
        amount  necessary to pay interest due on any  Subordinate  Notes on such
        Interest  Payment Date, after giving effect to moneys already on deposit
        therein;

               (y) if any Junior-Subordinate  Securities are Outstanding, to the
        Junior-Subordinate  Interest  Account  of the  Interest  Fund an  amount
        necessary to pay interest  due on any  Junior-Subordinate  Notes on such
        Interest  Payment Date, after giving effect to moneys already on deposit
        therein; and

               (z) An amount  equal to the  Estimated  Amount  shall be used and
        transferred  from the Revenue  Fund to the  Operating  Fund on the first
        Business Day of each month.

        Except as  otherwise  specified  with respect to a Series in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  money in the Revenue Fund shall be used and transferred
to other funds or Persons  between the fifth and first  Business  Day  preceding
each Transfer Date as specified  herein and in the following order of precedence
(any  money  not so  transferred  or paid to remain in the  Revenue  Fund  until
subsequently  applied  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  Indenture  and as
described herein):


                                       28
<PAGE>


               (a) if such  Transfer  Date is an Interest  Payment  Date, to the
        Senior Interest  Account of the Interest Fund an amount necessary to pay
        interest due on any Senior  Notes on such  Transfer  Date,  after giving
        effect to moneys already on deposit therein;

               (b) to the Senior Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption
        Fund the amount,  if any,  necessary to pay the principal of or premium,
        if any, on any Senior Notes due on such  Transfer Date (if such Transfer
        Date is a Stated Maturity or mandatory  sinking fund redemption date, if
        any, with respect to such Senior  Notes),  after giving effect to moneys
        already on deposit therein and required transfers from the Reserve Fund;

               (c) if such  Transfer  Date is an Interest  Payment  Date, to the
        Subordinate Interest Account of the Interest Fund an amount necessary to
        pay interest due on any Subordinate  Notes on such Transfer Date,  after
        giving effect to moneys already on deposit therein;

               (d)  to the  Subordinate  Note  Redemption  Account  of the  Note
        Redemption Fund the amount, if any, necessary to pay the principal of or
        premium,  if any, on any Subordinate Notes due on such Transfer Date (if
        such  Transfer  Date is a Stated  Maturity  or  mandatory  sinking  fund
        redemption date, if any, with respect to such Subordinate Notes),  after
        giving  effect  to  moneys  already  on  deposit  therein  and  required
        transfers from the Reserve Fund;

               (e) if such Transfer Date is an Interest  Payment Date and if any
        Junior-Subordinate  Notes  are  Outstanding,  to the  Junior-Subordinate
        Interest  Account  of the  Interest  Fund  an  amount  necessary  to pay
        interest  due on any  Junior-Subordinate  Notes on such  Transfer  Date,
        after giving effect to moneys already on deposit therein;

               (f) if  any  Junior-Subordinate  Notes  are  Outstanding,  to the
        Junior-Subordinate  Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund
        the amount,  if any,  necessary to pay the  principal of or premium,  if
        any, on any Junior-Subordinate  Notes due on such Transfer Date (if such
        Transfer Date is a Stated Maturity or mandatory  sinking fund redemption
        date with respect to the Junior-Subordinate  Notes), after giving effect
        to moneys  already on deposit  therein and required  transfers  from the
        Reserve Fund;

   
               (g) except as otherwise specified with respect to a Series in the
        related  Prospectus  Supplement,  an  amount  equal  to the  Net  Losses
        incurred by the Issuer since the last Transfer  Date, as reported to the
        Trustee  by the  Issuer,  if any,  (i) to the  Recycling  Account of the
        Student Loan Fund prior to the end of the  recycling  period and (ii) to
        the Note Redemption Fund on and after such date;
    

               (h) to the Reserve Fund the amount, if any, required as described
        under "-Reserve Fund" below;

               (i)    [Reserved.];


                                       29
<PAGE>


               (j) to the Senior Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption
        Fund, all remaining  moneys to reduce the principal amount of the Senior
        Notes until such time as the par amount of the Financed  Eligible  Loans
        equals the aggregate principal balance of the Notes Outstanding;

   
               (k) except as otherwise specified with respect to a Series in the
        related  Prospectus  Supplement,  at the  option of the  Issuer and upon
        Issuer Order,  to the Note  Redemption  Fund or, prior to the end of the
        recycling period, to the Recycling Account  designated with respect to a
        Series of the Student Loan Fund; and
    

               (l) at the  option of the Issuer and upon  Issuer  Order,  to the
        General Fund to the extent  permitted as described  under "General Fund"
        below.

        Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if an Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing,  other than an Event of Default described herein in paragraph (g)
under "Summary of Certain  Provisions of the  Indenture-Events  of Default," the
Revenues otherwise  scheduled to be transferred  pursuant to subsections (k) and
(l) above shall be transferred  instead to the Note  Redemption Fund and used to
redeem Notes pursuant to a "Mandatory  Redemption." In addition, if amounts were
available to transfer pursuant to (k) and (l) above, but such transfers were not
made on the dates  provided  above,  the Trustee shall make such  transfers on a
subsequent date no later than six months from the date of required transfer upon
written request of an Authorized  Officer of the Issuer,  provided that no Event
of Default  shall exist under the  provisions  of the  Indenture  at the time of
transfer.

Reserve Fund


                                       30
<PAGE>


        The  Trustee  shall  deposit  to  the  Reserve  Fund  the  Reserve  Fund
Requirement with respect to a Series on the Date of Issuance as may be described
in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The Trustee,  first, shall transfer money
in the Reserve Fund to the Senior  Interest  Account of the Interest Fund on the
first Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date to cure any deficiency in
the Senior Interest  Account of the Interest Fund if such deficiency would cause
a  failure  to pay or  deposit  accrued  interest  on any  Senior  Notes on such
Interest Payment Date,  second,  shall transfer money in the Reserve Fund to the
Senior Note Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund on the first Business
Day prior to such Transfer Date to pay the principal  amount of any Senior Notes
coming due on such Transfer Date (if such Transfer Date is a Stated Maturity) if
the money in the Senior Note  Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund is
insufficient  to do so, third,  shall  transfer money in the Reserve Fund to the
Subordinate  Interest  Account of the  Interest  Fund on the first  Business Day
prior to each Interest  Payment Date to cure any  deficiency in the  Subordinate
Interest  Account of the Interest Fund if such deficiency  would cause a failure
to pay or deposit  accrued  interest on any  Subordinate  Notes on such Interest
Payment  Date,  fourth,  shall  transfer  money  in  the  Reserve  Fund  to  the
Subordinate  Note  Redemption  Account of the Note  Redemption Fund on the first
Business  Day prior to such  Transfer  Date to pay the  principal  amount of any
Subordinate  Notes coming due on such  Transfer Date (if such Transfer Date is a
Stated Maturity) if the money in the Subordinate Note Redemption  Account of the
Note Redemption Fund is insufficient to do so, fifth, if any  Junior-Subordinate
Notes  are  Outstanding,  shall  transfer  money  in  the  Reserve  Fund  to the
Junior-Subordinate  Interest  Account of the Interest Fund on the first Business
Day  prior  to  each  Interest  Payment  Date  to  cure  any  deficiency  in the
Junior-Subordinate  Interest  Account of the  Interest  Fund if such  deficiency
would   cause  a  failure   to  pay  or   deposit   accrued   interest   on  any
Junior-Subordinate  Notes on such  Interest  Payment  Date,  and  sixth,  if any
Junior-Subordinate  Notes are  Outstanding,  shall transfer money in the Reserve
Fund to the  Junior-Subordinate  Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption
Fund on the first  Business Day prior to such Transfer Date to pay the principal
amount of any Junior-Subordinate Notes coming due on such Transfer Date (if such
Transfer Date is a Stated Maturity) if the money in the Junior-Subordinate  Note
Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund is insufficient to do so.

        If the Reserve Fund is used for the purposes  described in the paragraph
above,  the  Trustee  shall  restore  the  Reserve  Fund  to  the  Reserve  Fund
Requirement  by  transfers  from  the  Revenue  Fund on the next  Transfer  Date
pursuant to clause (h) of "-Revenue  Fund" above. If the full amount required to
restore the Reserve Fund to the Reserve Fund Requirement is not available in the
Revenue Fund on such next  succeeding  Transfer Date, the Trustee shall continue
to  transfer  funds  from  the  Revenue  Fund as they  become  available  and in
accordance  with clause (h) of the "-Revenue Fund" above until the deficiency in
the Reserve Fund has been eliminated.

        The  Reserve  Fund shall not  contain an amount in excess of the Reserve
Fund  Requirement.  On any day  after a  Transfer  Date  that the  amount in the
Reserve Fund exceeds the Reserve Fund  Requirement  for any reason,  the Trustee
shall  transfer  the excess to the Senior  Note  Redemption  Account of the Note
Redemption  Fund until all  Senior  Notes have been paid in full and then to the
Subordinate Note Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund.

   
        The  Reserve  Fund shall not be used to pay (i)  principal  on the Notes
pursuant to an optional redemption or (ii) Net Losses if, after giving effect to
such payments,  Notes remain  Outstanding and the balance in the Reserve Fund is
less than the Reserve Fund  Requirement.  In  addition,  unless  specified  with
respect to a Series in the related Prospectus Supplement,  if the balance in the
Reserve  Fund is less than  $1,500,000,  the Issuer will not  purchase  Eligible
Loans with  proceeds in the  Recycling  Account  designated  with respect to any
Series of the Student Loan Fund until such time as each Rating Agency approves a
Cash Flow Certificate prepared by the Issuer.
    

Interest Fund



                                       31
<PAGE>


        On the first  Business Day  preceding  each Interest  Payment Date,  the
Trustee  shall  transfer to the  Interest  Fund from the Revenue  Fund an amount
equal to the  interest  due and  payable on such  Interest  Payment  Date on the
Outstanding  Notes less any amounts already on deposit in the Interest Fund. Any
moneys  transferred  to the Interest  Fund and not  specifically  required to be
deposited  to any  Account  therein  shall be  deposited,  first,  to the Senior
Interest  Account of the  Interest  Fund to the extent  required to increase the
amount on deposit  therein  to equal the  interest  due and  payable on the next
Interest  Payment  Date  for  any  Outstanding  Senior  Notes,  second,  to  the
Subordinate  Interest  Account of the  Interest  Fund to the extent  required to
increase the amount on deposit  therein to equal the interest due and payable on
the next Interest Payment Date for any Outstanding  Subordinate Notes and third,
if any  Junior-Subordinate  Notes  are  Outstanding,  to the  Junior-Subordinate
Interest  Account of the  Interest  Fund to the extent  required to increase the
amount on deposit  therein  to equal the  interest  due and  payable on the next
Interest Payment Date for any Outstanding Junior-Subordinate Notes.

   
        If money  sufficient  to pay all  interest  due on the Senior Notes on a
particular Interest Payment Date is not available in the Senior Interest Account
of the  Interest  Fund for that purpose on the first  Business Day  preceding an
Interest Payment Date from moneys  transferred from the Revenue Fund as provided
above,  then the amount of any such deficiency  shall be provided from any other
Account  of the  Interest  Fund,  from the  Junior-Subordinate  Note  Redemption
Account,  if any, of the Note Redemption  Fund, the Subordinate  Note Redemption
Account of the Note Redemption  Fund, the Senior Note Redemption  Account of the
Note  Redemption  Fund,  from the Student Loan Holding  Fund,  and from the Loan
Accounts in the Student Loan Fund,  from the  Recycling  Accounts of the Student
Loan Fund, from the Reserve Fund and from the proceeds from the Sale of Financed
Eligible Loans in the Note Accounts of the Student Loan Fund, in that order. The
money in the Senior  Interest  Account of the  Interest  Fund  required  for the
payment of interest  on any Senior  Notes shall be applied by the Trustee to the
payment of such interest when due without further authorization or direction.

        If money sufficient to pay all interest due on any Subordinate  Notes on
a particular Interest Payment Date is not available in the Subordinate  Interest
Account  of the  Interest  Fund for  that  purpose  on the  first  Business  Day
preceding an Interest Payment Date from moneys transferred from the Revenue Fund
as  provided  above,  then the amount of any such  deficiency  shall be provided
(after first making any required  transfers from the Senior  Interest  Account),
from the Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund,
if any, the  Subordinate  Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption  Fund,
from the Student Loan Holding  Fund,  from the Loan Accounts in the Student Loan
Fund , from the  Recycling  Accounts of the Student Loan Fund,  from the Reserve
Fund and from the proceeds from the Sale of Financed  Eligible Loans in the Note
Accounts of the Student Loan Fund, in that order.  The money in the  Subordinate
Interest  Account of the Interest  Fund  required for the payment of interest on
any Subordinate  Notes shall be applied in accordance with this paragraph by the
Trustee to the payment of such interest when due without  further  authorization
or direction.
    


                                       32
<PAGE>

   
        If money  sufficient  to pay all interest due on any  Junior-Subordinate
Notes,  if any, on a particular  Interest  Payment Date is not  available in the
Junior-Subordinate  Interest  Account,  if any,  of the  Interest  Fund for that
purpose on the first Business Day preceding an Interest Payment Date from moneys
transferred from the Revenue Fund as provided above, then the amount of any such
deficiency shall be provided (after first making any required transfers from the
Senior  Interest  Account  and  the  Subordinate   Interest  Account)  from  the
Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund, from the
Student Loan Holding Fund, from the Loan Accounts in the Student Loan Fund, from
the Recycling  Accounts of the Student Loan Fund, from the Reserve Fund and from
the proceeds  from the Sale of Financed  Eligible  Loans in the Note Accounts of
the  Student  Loan  Fund,  in that  order.  The money in the  Junior-Subordinate
Interest  Account,  if any, of the  Interest  Fund  required  for the payment of
interest on any Junior-Subordinate Notes shall be applied as described herein by
the  Trustee  to  the  payment  of  such  interest  when  due  without   further
authorization or direction.
    

Note Redemption Fund

        The  Trustee  shall  deposit  to the Note  Redemption  Fund all  amounts
required to be  transferred to the Note  Redemption  Fund from the Revenue Fund,
the Reserve Fund,  the Interest Fund, the Student Loan Fund and the Student Loan
Holding  Fund.  Any  moneys  transferred  to the  Note  Redemption  Fund and not
specifically  required to be deposited to any Account therein shall be deposited
to the Senior Note  Redemption  Account of the Note  Redemption  Fund unless the
Trustee  receives  an  Issuer  Order  designating  that  such  amounts  shall be
deposited   to   the   Subordinate   Note   Redemption   Account   or   to   the
Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund.

        Subject to "Description of the  Notes-Notice  and Partial  Redemption of
Notes"  herein,  the Issuer,  pursuant to an Issuer Order,  may designate that a
specified  amount  of  moneys  or  investments  to be  transferred  to the  Note
Redemption  Fund  pursuant  to the  terms and  provisions  of the  Indenture  be
deposited to the Subordinate Note Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund
if after the  redemption of  Subordinate  Notes from the moneys and  investments
transferred to the Subordinate  Note  Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption
Fund and the redemption of Senior Notes, if any, from the moneys and investments
transferred to the Senior Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption  Fund,
the  Aggregate  Market Value of the Trust Estate will equal at least 110% of the
aggregate principal amount of all Senior Notes Outstanding. The Issuer, pursuant
to an  Issuer  Order,  may  designate  that a  specified  amount  of  moneys  or
investments to be transferred to the Note  Redemption Fund pursuant to the terms
and  provisions  of the  Indenture be deposited to the  Junior-Subordinate  Note
Redemption  Account  of the Note  Redemption  Fund if after  the  redemption  of
Junior-Subordinate  Notes  from the moneys and  investments  transferred  to the
Junior-Subordinate  Account of the Note  Redemption and the redemption of Senior
Notes and Subordinate Notes, if any, from the moneys and investments transferred
to the Senior  Note  Redemption  Account  and the  Subordinate  Note  Redemption
Account of the Note  Redemption  Fund,  the Aggregate  Market Value of the Trust
Estate will equal at least 110% of the aggregate  principal amount of all Senior
Notes  Outstanding  and at least 102% of the aggregate  principal  amount of all
Senior and Subordinate Notes Outstanding.



                                       33
<PAGE>


        In addition,  first,  if on the first  Business Day preceding the Stated
Maturity of one or more Senior Notes,  there is not available in the Senior Note
Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund an amount  sufficient to pay the
principal of the Senior  Notes coming due on such date,  then an amount equal to
such  deficiency  shall  be  transferred  by  the  Trustee  to the  Senior  Note
Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund, from the Revenue Fund, from the
Student Loan Holding Fund,  from the Reserve  Fund,  from the  Subordinate  Note
Redemption Account of the Note Redemption Fund, from the Junior-Subordinate Note
Redemption  Account,  if any, of the Note Redemption  Fund, from the Subordinate
Interest  Account of the Interest  Fund,  from the  Junior-Subordinate  Interest
Account,  if any, of the Interest Fund and from the Accounts in the Student Loan
Fund (in the order  provided under  "-Student Loan Fund" above),  in that order,
second,  if on the first  Business  Day  preceding  the Stated  Maturity  of any
Subordinate  Notes,  there is not available in the  Subordinate  Note Redemption
Account of the Note Redemption Fund an amount sufficient to pay the principal of
the  Subordinate  Notes  coming due on such date,  then an amount  equal to such
deficiency  shall  be  transferred  by  the  Trustee  to  the  Subordinate  Note
Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund, from the Revenue Fund, from the
Student Loan Holding Fund,  from the Reserve Fund,  from the  Junior-Subordinate
Interest  Account,  if any, of the  Interest  Fund and from the  Accounts in the
Student Loan Fund (in the order provided under "-Student Loan Fund" above), and,
third,  if on the first  Business  Day  preceding  the  Stated  Maturity  of any
Junior-Subordinate  Notes, there is not available in the Junior-Subordinate Note
Redemption  Account, if any, of the Note Redemption Fund an amount sufficient to
pay the principal of the Junior-Subordinate  Notes coming due on such date, then
an amount equal to such  deficiency  shall be  transferred by the Trustee to the
Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption Account, if any, of the Note Redemption Fund,
from the Revenue Fund, from the Student Loan Holding Fund, from the Reserve Fund
and from the  Accounts in the  Student  Loan Fund (in the order  provided  under
"-Student Loan Fund" above) in that order.

        The Trustee shall use amounts in the Senior Note  Redemption  Account of
the Note  Redemption  Fund (a) to pay  principal  of the  Senior  Notes at their
Stated Maturity and (b) to pay the redemption price of any Senior Notes pursuant
to the mandatory redemption provisions of the Indenture, only to the extent that
such moneys are  identified  by the  Servicer as being  derived  from  principal
repayments on or with respect to the Financed  Eligible  Loans or transferred to
the Senior Note  Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund described under
"-Student Loan Fund" above or under  subsection (k) of "-Revenue Fund" above and
such  moneys are on deposit in the Senior  Note  Redemption  Account of the Note
Redemption  Fund on the  fifth  Business  Day  prior to the last date on which a
redemption  notice can be given which are in excess of the sum of the  principal
due on the Senior Notes on the next Stated  Maturity which is within one year of
the  date of such  transfer.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if on the  first
Business Day preceding any Interest  Payment Date or Transfer Date there are not
sufficient moneys on deposit in the Revenue Fund to make the transfers  required
as described under "-Revenue Fund" above other than clauses (k) and (l) thereof,
then such transfers shall be made by the Trustee, in an amount equal to any such
deficiency,  directly  from  the  Senior  Note  Redemption  Account  of the Note
Redemption Fund; provided, however, that the Subordinate Note Redemption Account
and  the  Junior-Subordinate  Note  Redemption  Account,  if  any,  of the  Note
Redemption Fund has been fully depleted (except as provided therein) pursuant to
similar transfers previously made from such Accounts of the Note Redemption Fund
as described herein.


                                       34
<PAGE>


        The Trustee shall use amounts in the Subordinate Note Redemption Account
of the Note  Redemption  Fund (a) to pay principal of any  Subordinate  Notes at
their Stated Maturity and (b) to pay the redemption  price of Subordinate  Notes
pursuant to the mandatory  redemption  provisions of the Indenture,  only to the
extent that such moneys are  identified  by the  Servicer as being  derived from
principal  repayments  on or with  respect  to the  Financed  Eligible  Loans or
transferred to the Subordinate  Note  Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption
Fund as described  under  "-Student Loan Fund" above or under  subsection (k) of
"-Revenue  Fund"  above and such moneys are on deposit in the  Subordinate  Note
Redemption  Account of the Note  Redemption Fund on the fifth Business Day prior
to the last date on which a  redemption  notice can be given which are in excess
of the sum of the  principal  due on the  Subordinate  Notes on the next  Stated
Maturity which is within one year of the date of such transfer.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  if on the first Business Day preceding any Interest Payment Date
or Transfer Date there are not sufficient  moneys on deposit in the Revenue Fund
to make the transfers  required as described under "-Revenue Fund" above,  other
than as described  under clauses (k) and (l) thereof,  then such transfers shall
be made by the Trustee, in an amount equal to any such deficiency, directly from
the Subordinate Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund;  provided,
however,  that the  Junior-Subordinate  Note Redemption  Account, if any, of the
Note  Redemption  Fund has been  fully  depleted  (except as  provided  therein)
pursuant to similar  transfers  previously  made from such  Accounts of the Note
Redemption Fund.

        If any Junior-Subordinate  Notes are Outstanding,  the Trustee shall use
amounts in the Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption Account of the Note Redemption
Fund (a) to pay  principal  of any  Junior-Subordinate  Notes  at  their  Stated
Maturity  and  (b) to pay  the  redemption  price  of  Junior-Subordinate  Notes
pursuant to the mandatory  redemption  provisions of the Indenture,  only to the
extent that such moneys are  identified  by the  Servicer as being  derived from
principal  repayments on or with respect to the Eligible Loans or transferred to
the  Junior-Subordinate  Note Redemption  Account of the Note Redemption Fund as
described  under  "-Student  Loan Fund" above or under  clauses (k) of "-Revenue
Fund"  above and such  moneys  are on  deposit  in the  Junior-Subordinate  Note
Redemption  Account of the Note  Redemption Fund on the fifth Business Day prior
to the last date on which a  redemption  notice can be given which are in excess
of the sum of the  principal  due on the  Junior-Subordinate  Notes  on the next
Stated  Maturity  which  is  within  one  year of the  date  of  such  transfer.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if on the first  Business  Day  preceding  any
Interest  Payment  Date or  Transfer  Date  there are not  sufficient  moneys on
deposit in the Revenue Fund to make the  transfers  required as described  under
"-Revenue  Fund"  above,  other  than as  described  under  clauses  (k) and (l)
thereof, then such transfers shall be made by the Trustee, in an amount equal to
any such  deficiency,  directly  from  the  Junior-Subordinate  Note  Redemption
Account of the Note Redemption Fund.

        No  moneys  in  any  Account  of  the  Note  Redemption  Fund  shall  be
transferred  to any other Fund or  Account  if such money is on deposit  for the
purpose of redeeming Notes for which notice has been given.

Student Loan Holding Fund


                                       35
<PAGE>


        The Trustee  shall  deposit to the Student Loan Holding Fund all amounts
received by the Trustee  which  represent  payments,  regardless  of source,  on
Financed Eligible Loans.  Except as otherwise specified with respect to a Series
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  upon  receipt by the  Trustee  from the
Issuer of the Servicer's  statement  with a direction  indicating the portion of
such payments which represents  interest payments on Financed Eligible Loans and
the portion of such  payment  which  represents  principal  payments on Financed
Eligible  Loans,  the Trustee shall  promptly  transfer (i) that portion of such
payment representing interest payments (including Special Allowance Payments and
Interest Subsidy  Payments) on Eligible Loans to the Revenue Fund and (ii) shall
so  transfer  the  portion  of  such  payment  representing  principal  payments
(including  unamortized  premiums) on Financed  Eligible  Loans held in the Note
Account  designated  with  respect to a Series of the  Student  Loan Fund to the
Recycling  Account  designated  with  respect to such Series of the Student Loan
Fund  and  (iii)  on or  after  the date  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement to the Note Redemption Fund.

        Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if on the first Business Day preceding
any Interest  Payment Date or Transfer Date there are not  sufficient  moneys on
deposit in the Revenue Fund to make the  transfers  required as described  under
"-Revenue Fund" above,  other than  subsections  (k) and (l) thereof,  then, but
only after  required  transfers  from the Note  Redemption  Fund,  if any,  such
transfers  shall  be  made  by the  Trustee,  in an  amount  equal  to any  such
deficiency directly from the Student Loan Holding Fund.

Cost of Issuance Fund

        The Trustee  shall  deposit in the Cost of Issuance  Fund on the Date of
Issuance  with  respect  to any  Series  the  amounts  set forth in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.  Moneys in the Cost of Issuance Fund shall be used by the
Trustee,  upon the written  direction  of an  Authorized  Officer of the Issuer,
solely for the purpose of paying  costs of issuance of the Notes of such Series,
including  without  limitation any compensation of the Underwriter not paid from
the proceeds of the Notes.  Any moneys  remaining  in the Cost of Issuance  Fund
shall be paid by the Trustee without further direction to the Issuer.

Operating Fund

        The  "Operating  Fund" is a special fund created and  established  by an
agreement  with a  depository  bank  of the  Issuer  and  shall  be  used to pay
Maintenance  and Operating  Expenses (as defined under "Index to and Glossary of
Certain Terms"). The Operating Fund shall be held by such depository bank of the
Issuer,  and neither the Registered Owners nor the Trustee shall have any right,
title or interest in the Operating Fund.

        On or before the 25th day of each  month,  the Issuer  shall  deliver an
Issuer Order to the Trustee  which sets forth the  Estimated  Amount.  If at any
time the Issuer  determines  that the  Estimated  Amount is less than the amount
required to pay expected  Maintenance  and  Operating  Expenses,  the Issuer may
direct the  Trustee by Issuer  Order to  transfer  additional  amounts  from the
Revenue Fund as may be needed to pay Maintenance and Operating Expenses, subject
to the second paragraph of "-Revenue Fund" above.


                                       36
<PAGE>


        Upon the receipt of any such Issuer Order,  the Trustee  shall  withdraw
the amount so directed  from the Revenue  Fund (or so much thereof as is then on
deposit in the Revenue  Fund) and transfer the same to such  depository  bank of
the Issuer with instructions to deposit the same in the Operating Fund. Interest
income earned on the money held in the Operating Fund may be retained therein or
as otherwise provided in the agreement with such depository bank of the Issuer.

General Fund

        Except with respect to the Trustee's  right to  indemnification  for any
liability  incurred because of its status as an "eligible lender" under the Act,
neither the  Registered  Owners nor the Trustee  shall have any right,  title or
interest in the General Fund.  Except as may otherwise be specified with respect
to a Series in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  transfers  from the Student
Loan Fund to the General Fund shall be made as described  under  "-Student  Loan
Fund" above and  transfers  from the Revenue  Fund to the General  Fund shall be
made as  described  under  "Revenue  Fund"  above;  provided,  however,  that no
transfer of assets to the General  Fund shall be made if there is not on deposit
in the Reserve Fund an amount  equal to at least the Reserve  Fund  Requirement;
provided however, that no transfer shall be made to the General Fund unless, (a)
immediately  after taking into account any such transfer,  the Aggregate  Market
Value of the assets in the Trust Estate (less an amount equal to unpaid  accrued
interest on the Outstanding  Notes and less an amount equal to $250,000 and less
any additional  amount, if any, required by any Supplemental  Indenture) will be
equal to at least 103% of the unpaid principal  amount of the Outstanding  Notes
and (b) there shall have been  delivered to the Trustee a Cash Flow  Certificate
showing that after such transfer the Aggregate Market Value of the assets in the
Trust Estate (less an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest on the Outstanding
Notes and less an amount equal to $250,000 and less any  additional  amount,  if
any,  required by any  Supplemental  Indenture)  will continue to be equal to at
least 112% of the unpaid  principal  amount of the Outstanding  Senior Notes and
(c) there  shall  have been  delivered  to the  Trustee a Cash Flow  Certificate
showing that after such transfer the Aggregate Market Value of the assets in the
Trust Estate (less an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest on the Outstanding
Notes and less an amount equal to $250,000 and less any  additional  amount,  if
any,  required by any  Supplemental  Indenture)  will continue to be equal to at
least  103% of the  unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes  Outstanding  on each
Interest  Payment Date and (d) the  Aggregate  Market Value of the assets in the
Trust Estate (less an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest on the Outstanding
Notes and less an amount equal to $250,000 and less any  additional  amount,  if
any,  required by any  Supplemental  Indenture)  will continue to be equal to at
least 112% of the unpaid  principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Senior Notes on
each Interest Payment Date.

        The amounts held in the General Fund may be used for any proper  purpose
of the Issuer and  investment  earnings  thereon  shall be the  property  of the
Issuer.

Investment of Funds Held by Trustee



                                       37
<PAGE>


        The  Trustee  shall  invest  money  held for the  credit  of any Fund or
Account  held by the  Trustee  under the  Indenture  as  directed in writing (or
orally,  confirmed  in  writing)  by an  Authorized  Officer  of the Issuer or a
designee  appointed in writing by an  Authorized  Officer of the Issuer,  to the
fullest extent practicable and reasonable,  in Investment Securities which shall
mature or be redeemed at the option of the holder prior to the respective  dates
when the money held for the credit of such Fund or Account  will be required for
the purposes  intended.  In the absence of written  direction  by an  Authorized
Officer of the Issuer,  all uninvested moneys in any Fund or Account held by the
Trustee shall be invested in Investment  Securities  described in (a), (b), (c),
(d), (e) or (f) of the definition of Investment Securities. Interest earnings on
all Investment  Securities shall be transferred to the Revenue Fund on the first
Business Day of each calendar month. The Trustee and the Issuer have agreed that
unless an Event of Default shall have occurred under the  Indenture,  the Issuer
acting by and through an  Authorized  Officer  shall be entitled  to, and shall,
provide written direction or oral direction  confirmed in writing to the Trustee
with  respect to any  discretionary  acts  required or  permitted of the Trustee
under any Investment Agreement and the Trustee shall not take such discretionary
acts without such written direction.

        The  Investment  Securities  purchased  shall be held by the Trustee and
shall be deemed at all times to be part of such Fund or Account  or  combination
of Funds or Accounts,  and the Trustee shall inform the Issuer of the details of
all such  investments.  Upon  direction  in writing  (or  orally,  confirmed  in
writing)  from an  Authorized  Officer of the Issuer,  the Trustee shall use its
best efforts to sell at the best price  obtainable,  or present for  redemption,
any Investment  Securities purchased by it as an investment whenever it shall be
necessary to provide  money to meet any payment from the  applicable  Fund.  The
Trustee  shall advise the Issuer in writing,  on or before the  fifteenth day of
each  calendar  month (or such  later  date as  reasonably  consented  to by the
Issuer),  of all  investments  held for the  credit of each Fund in its  custody
under the  provisions of the Indenture as of the end of the preceding  month and
the value thereof,  and shall list any investments which were sold or liquidated
for less than their value at the time thereof.

        Money in any Fund  constituting a part of the Trust Estate may be pooled
for the purpose of making investments and may be used to pay accrued interest on
Investment  Securities  purchased.  Any purchase of Investment Securities may be
made by or through the Trustee or any of its affiliates.

        Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Trustee shall not be responsible or
liable for any losses on  investments  made by it under the  transaction  or for
keeping  all  Funds  held  by  it,  fully  invested  at  all  times,   its  only
responsibility being to comply with the investment instructions of the Issuer or
its designee in a non-negligent manner.

Release

        The Trustee  shall,  upon Issuer Order and subject to the  provisions of
the Indenture,  take all actions  reasonably  necessary to effect the release of
any  Financed  Eligible  Loans from the lien of the  Indenture to the extent the
terms thereof permit the sale, disposition or transfer of such Financed Eligible
Loans.



                                       38
<PAGE>


                          CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS RELATED
                         TO AUCTION RATE NOTES AND AUCTION PROCEDURES

        The  definitions  relating  to  Auction  Rate  Notes and  certain of the
Auction procedures are as set forth below,  except as may otherwise be specified
with respect to a Series in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Auction-Related Definitions

        "After-Tax Equivalent" means the "AA" Composite Commercial Paper Rate.

        "All  Hold  Rate"  means the  Applicable  LIBOR-Based  Rate  less  .20%;
provided that in no event shall the applicable All Hold Rate be greater than the
applicable Maximum Auction Rate.

        "Applicable  LIBOR-Based Rate" means, (a) for Auction Periods of 35 days
or less,  One-Month LIBOR, (b) for Auction Periods of more than 35 days but less
than 91 days,  Three-Month  LIBOR,  (c) for Auction Periods of more than 90 days
but less than 181 days,  Six-Month  LIBOR,  and (d) for Auction  Periods of more
than 180 days, One-Year LIBOR.

        "Auction" means  the  implementation of  the  Auction Procedures  on  an
Auction Date.

        "Auction  Agent"  means the  Initial  Auction  Agent  under the  Initial
Auction Agent  Agreement  unless and until a Substitute  Auction Agent Agreement
becomes effective, after which "Auction Agent" shall mean the Substitute Auction
Agent.

        "Auction  Agent  Agreement"  means the Initial  Auction Agent  Agreement
unless and until a Substitute  Auction Agent  Agreement is entered  into,  after
which  "Auction  Agent  Agreement"  shall  mean such  Substitute  Auction  Agent
Agreement.

        "Auction  Agent Fee" means the fee to be paid to the  Auction  Agent for
services set forth in the Auction Agent Agreement.

        "Auction  Date"  means,  with  respect to any  Offered  Notes,  the date
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, and thereafter, the Business Day
immediately  preceding the first day of each Auction Period for each  respective
Class, other than:

               (a) each Auction  Period  commencing  after the  ownership of the
        applicable Auction Rate Notes is no longer maintained in Book-entry Form
        by the Securities Depository;

               (b)  each  Auction  Period   commencing   after  and  during  the
continuance of a Payment Default; or



                                       39
<PAGE>


               (c) each Auction  Period  commencing  less than two Business Days
        after the cure or waiver of a Payment Default.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Auction Date for one or more Auction Periods
may be changed pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Auction  Note  Interest  Rate" means each variable rate of interest per
annum  borne by an  Auction  Note for each  Auction  Period  and  determined  in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;  provided, however, that in the
event of a Payment  Default,  the  Auction  Note  Interest  Rate shall equal the
applicable Non-Payment Rate; provided,  further,  however that such Auction Note
Interest Rate shall in no event exceed the applicable Maximum Auction Rate.

        "Auction  Period"  means the Interest  Period  applicable to the Auction
Rate Notes  during which time the Interest  Rate is  determined  pursuant to the
Indenture,  which  Auction  Period  (after the  Initial  Period for such  Class)
initially  shall consist  generally of the number of days specified with respect
to any Series in the related Prospectus Supplement,  as the same may be adjusted
pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Auction Period Adjustment" means an adjustment to the Auction Period as
provided in the Indenture.

        "Auction  Procedures" means the procedures set forth in the Indenture by
which the Auction Rate is determined.

        "Auction  Rate" means the rate of interest  per annum that  results from
implementation  of the Auction  Procedures and is determined as described in the
Indenture.

        "Authorized Denominations" means  $100,000  and  any  integral  multiple
thereof.

        "Available Auction Rate Notes" has the meaning set forth under "-Auction
Procedures."

        "Bid" has the meaning set forth under "-Auction Procedures."

        "Bid  Auction   Rate"  has   the  meaning  set  forth  under   "-Auction
Procedures."

        "Bidder" has the meaning set forth under "-Auction Procedures."

        "Bond  Equivalent  Yield" means, in respect of any security the rate for
which is quoted in The Wall Street Journal on a bank discount  basis,  the "bond
equivalent yield" (expressed as a percentage) for such security which appears on
Telerate's United States Treasury and Money Market Composite Page 0223,  rounded
up to the nearest one one-hundredth of one percent.



                                       40
<PAGE>


        "Book-entry  Form" or  "Book-entry  System" means a form or system under
which (a) the beneficial right to principal and interest may be transferred only
through a book entry, (b) physical securities in registered form are issued only
to a  Securities  Depository  or its  nominee  as  registered  owner,  with  the
securities  "immobilized" to the custody of the Securities  Depository,  and (c)
the book entry is the record that identifies the owners of beneficial  interests
in that principal and interest.

   
        "Broker-Dealer"  means  Salomon Smith Barney Inc. or any other broker or
dealer (each as defined in the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended),
commercial  bank or other  entity  permitted  by law to  perform  the  functions
required of a  Broker-Dealer  set forth in the Auction  Procedures that (a) is a
Participant (or an affiliate of a  Participant),  (b) has been appointed as such
by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture and by Smith Barney Inc., if applicable,
and (c) has entered into a Broker-Dealer Agreement that is in effect on the date
of reference.
    

        "Broker-Dealer Agreement" means each agreement between the Auction Agent
and a  Broker-Dealer,  and  approved  by  the  Issuer,  pursuant  to  which  the
Broker-Dealer  agrees to  participate  in  Auctions  as set forth in the Auction
Procedures,  as from time to time amended or  supplemented.  Each  Broker-Dealer
Agreement  shall be in  substantially  the form of the  Broker-Dealer  Agreement
dated as of November 1, 1996 among the Issuer, Bankers Trust Company, as Auction
Agent, and Smith Barney Inc., as Broker-Dealer.

        "Broker-Dealer  Fee"  means the fees paid to the  Broker-Dealers  as set
forth in the Auction Agent Agreement.

        "Broker-Dealer  Fee Rate"  means the rate per annum at which the fees to
be paid to the  Broker-Dealers  for the  services  rendered  by them  under  the
Broker-Dealer Agreements in connection with the Auctions.

        "Business Day" means a day of the year on which (a) banks located in the
city in which the Principal Office of the Trustee is located are not required or
authorized  to  remain  closed,  (b)  banks  located  in the city in  which  the
Principal  Office of the Auction Agent,  as set forth in and for purposes of the
Auction  Agent  Agreement,  is located are not required or  authorized to remain
closed and (c) The New York Stock Exchange is not closed.

        "Carry-over  Amount"  means the  excess,  if any,  of (a) the  amount of
interest on an Auction  Note that would have accrued with respect to the related
Interest  Period at the applicable  Auction Rate over (b) the amount of interest
on such  Auction  Note  actually  accrued with respect to such Auction Note with
respect to such Interest  Period based on the  applicable  Maximum  Auction Rate
(without regard to the last two clauses of the definition thereof) together with
the unreduced portion of any such excess from prior Interest  Periods;  provided
that any reference to "principal" or "interest" in the Indenture and the Auction
Rate Notes shall not include  within the  meanings of such words any  Carry-over
Amount or any interest accrued on any Carry-over Amount.

        "Closing Date" means,  with respect to any Series,  the Date of Issuance
of such Series.



                                       41
<PAGE>


        "Commercial   Paper  Dealer"  means  Salomon  Smith  Barney  Inc.,   its
successors and assigns, and any other commercial paper dealer appointed pursuant
to the Indenture.

   
        "Effective  Interest Rate" means,  with respect to any Financed Eligible
Loan,  the interest rate per annum payable by the borrower as of the last day of
the calendar quarter borne by such Financed Eligible Loan after giving effect to
any reduction in such interest  rate pursuant to borrower  incentives,  (a) less
all  accrued   rebate  fees  on  such  Financed   Eligible   Loan   constituting
Consolidation  Loans paid during such calendar quarter expressed as a percentage
per  annum  and (b) plus all  accrued  Interest  Benefit  Payments  and  Special
Allowance  Payments  applicable  to such  Financed  Eligible  Loan  during  such
calendar quarter expressed as a percentage per annum.
    

        "Eligible  Carry-over  Make-Up  Amount"  means,  with  respect  to  each
Interest  Period relating to the Auction Rate Notes as to which, as of the first
day of such Interest Period,  there is any unpaid  Carry-over  Amount, an amount
equal to the lesser of (a)  interest  computed on the  principal  balance of the
Auction Rate Notes in respect to such Interest  Period at a per annum rate equal
to the excess, if any, of applicable Maximum Auction Rate (without regard to the
last two clauses of the definition thereof) over the Auction Rate, together with
the unreduced portion of any such excess from prior Interest Periods and (b) the
aggregate  Carry-over  Amount  remaining  unpaid  as of the  first  day of  such
Interest  Period  together with interest  accrued and unpaid thereon through the
end of such Interest Period.

        "Existing  Owner"  means  (a) with  respect  to and for the  purpose  of
dealing with the Auction Agent in connection with an Auction,  a Person who is a
Broker-Dealer  listed in the Existing Owner Registry at the close of business on
the Business Day immediately preceding the Auction Date for such Auction and (b)
with  respect  to and for the  purpose  of  dealing  with the  Broker-Dealer  in
connection with an Auction,  a Person who is a beneficial  owner of Auction Rate
Notes.

        "Existing  Owner  Registry" means the registry of Persons who are owners
of the Auction Rate Notes,  maintained  by the Auction  Agent as provided in the
Auction Agent Agreement.

        "Hold Order" has the meaning set forth under "-Auction Procedures."

        "Initial  Auction  Agent"  means  Bankers  Trust  Company,  a  New  York
corporation, its successors and assigns.

        "Initial Auction Agent Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Auction
Agent  Agreement  dated as of  November 1, 1996,  by and among the  Issuer,  the
Trustee  and the Initial  Auction  Agent,  including  any  amendment  thereof or
supplement thereto.

        "Initial Period" means, as to Auction Rate Notes, the period  commencing
on the Closing Date and  continuing  through the day  immediately  preceding the
Initial Rate Adjustment Date for such Auction Rate Notes.




                                       42
<PAGE>

        "Initial  Rate" means,  with respect to a Class of any Series,  the rate
per annum specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

        "Initial Rate Adjustment  Date" means,  with respect to the Class of any
Series, the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

        "Interest Payment Date" means (a) so long as the Auction Rate Notes bear
interest at an Auction Note Interest Rate for an Interest  Period of not greater
than 180 days,  the Business Day  immediately  following  the  expiration of the
Initial Period for such Class,  and each related  Auction Period  thereafter and
(b) if and for so long as the  Auction  Rate Notes bear  interest  at an Auction
Note Interest Rate for an Interest Period of greater than 180 days, each January
1 and July 1.

        "Interest  Period"  means,  with respect to the Auction Rate Notes,  the
Initial Period and each period  commencing on an Interest Rate  Adjustment  Date
for  such  Class  and  ending  on the day  before  (a) the  next  Interest  Rate
Adjustment  Date for such Class or (b) the Stated  Maturity  of such  Class,  as
applicable.

        "Interest Rate Adjustment  Date" means the date on which an Auction Note
Interest Rate is effective,  and means,  with respect to the Auction Rate Notes,
the date of commencement of each Auction Period.

        "Interest Rate  Determination  Date" means,  with respect to the Auction
Rate Notes, the Auction Date, or if no Auction Date is applicable to such Class,
the Business Day  immediately  preceding the date of  commencement of an Auction
Period.

   
        "Maintenance  and Operating  Expense  Percentage"  means, the percentage
that all  Maintenance  and Operating  Expenses  estimated for the next 12 months
represent of the principal amount of the Notes, which the Issuer shall calculate
at least  annually.  Any  adjustment in the  Maintenance  and Operating  Expense
Percentage shall be effective beginning on the first Interest Rate Determination
Date following each such calculation.
    

        "Market  Agent" means Salomon Smith Barney Inc.,  New York, New York, in
such capacity hereunder, or any successor to it in such capacity hereunder.

        "Maximum  Auction Rate" means the least of (a) either (i) the Applicable
LIBOR-Based  Rate plus 1.50% (if the ratings  assigned by each Rating  Agency to
the Auction Rate Notes are "Aa3" and "AA-," respectively, or better) or (ii) the
Applicable  LIBOR-Based  Rate plus 2.50% (if any one of the ratings  assigned by
each  Rating  Agency to the  Auction  Rate  Notes is less  than  "Aa3" or "AA-,"
respectively),  (b) the Net  Loan  Rate,  (c) 18% and (d) the  highest  rate the
Issuer may legally  pay,  from time to time,  as  interest  on the Auction  Rate
Notes. For purposes of the Auction Agent and the Auction Procedures, the ratings
referred to in this  definition  shall be the last  ratings of which the Auction
Agent has been given written notice pursuant to the Auction Agent Agreement.



                                       43
<PAGE>


   
        "Net Loan Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period applicable to
the  Auction  Rate  Notes,  the  greater of (a) the rate of  interest  per annum
(rounded to the next  highest one  one-hundredth  of one  percent)  equal to the
applicable  United States  Treasury  Security Rate plus 1.50% or (b) the rate of
interest per annum  (rounded to the next highest  one-hundredth  of one percent)
equal  to (i) the  weighted  average  Effective  Interest  Rate of the  Financed
Eligible  Loans for the calendar  quarter  immediately  preceding  such Interest
Period,  as determined  by the Issuer on the last day of such calendar  quarter,
less (ii) the Maintenance and Operating Expense Percentage, as calculated by the
Issuer.  In making the determination of the Net Loan Rate, the Issuer shall take
into  account  as an  increase  to such Net Loan  Rate the  receipt  of any Swap
Counterparty Payments and as a decrease to any Issuer Swap Payment.
    

        "Non-Payment Rate" means One-Month LIBOR plus 1.50%.



                                       44
<PAGE>

        "One-Month LIBOR,"  "Three-Month  LIBOR," "Six-Month LIBOR" or "One-Year
LIBOR,"  means the rate of  interest  per  annum  equal to the rate per annum at
which  United  States  dollar  deposits  having a maturity  of one month,  three
months, six months or one year, respectively,  are offered to prime banks in the
London  interbank  market  which  appear on the Reuters  Screen LIBOR Page as of
approximately  11:00 a.m., London time, on the Interest Rate Determination Date.
If at least two such quotations  appear,  One-Month  LIBOR,  Three-Month  LIBOR,
Six-Month  LIBOR or One-Year  LIBOR,  respectively,  will be the arithmetic mean
(rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent) of
such  offered  rates.  If fewer than two such quotes  appear,  One-Month  LIBOR,
Three-Month LIBOR, Six-Month LIBOR or One-Year LIBOR, respectively, with respect
to such Interest Period will be determined at approximately  11:00 a.m.,  London
time, on such Interest Rate Determination Date on the basis of the rate at which
deposits in United States dollars having a maturity of one month,  three months,
six months or one year,  respectively,  are offered to prime banks in the London
interbank  market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by
(a) the Auction  Agent or (b) the  Trustee,  as  applicable,  and in a principal
amount of not less than U.S.  $1,000,000 and that is representative for a single
transaction  in such market at such time.  The Auction Agent or the Trustee,  as
applicable,  will request the  principal  London office of each of such banks to
provide a  quotation  of its  rate.  If at least two  quotations  are  provided,
One-Month  LIBOR,   Three-Month  LIBOR,   Six-Month  LIBOR  or  One-Year  LIBOR,
respectively, will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest  one-hundredth  of one percent) of such offered rates. If fewer than two
quotations are provided,  One-Month LIBOR, Three-Month LIBOR, Six-Month LIBOR or
One-Year LIBOR,  respectively,  with respect to such Interest Period will be the
arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the nearest one-hundredth of
one percent) of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time
on such Interest Rate  Determination  Date by three major banks in New York, New
York selected by (i) the Auction Agent or (ii) the Trustee,  as applicable,  for
loans in United States  dollars to leading  European  banks having a maturity of
one  month,  three  months,  six  months  or one  year,  respectively,  and in a
principal amount equal to an amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 and that is
representative for a single  transaction in such market at such time;  provided,
however, that if the banks selected as aforesaid are not quoting as mentioned in
this sentence,  One-Month LIBOR,  Three-Month LIBOR, Six-Month LIBOR or One-Year
LIBOR,  respectively,  in effect  for the  applicable  Interest  Period  will be
One-Month  LIBOR,   Three-Month  LIBOR,   Six-Month  LIBOR  or  One-Year  LIBOR,
respectively, in effect for the immediately preceding Interest Period.

        "Order" has the meaning set forth under "-Auction Procedures."

        "Payment  Default"  means,  with  respect to a Class of the Auction Rate
Notes,  (a) a default  in the due and  punctual  payment of any  installment  of
interest on such Class, or (b) a default in the due and punctual  payment of any
interest on and principal of such Class at their maturity.

        "Potential  Owner" means any Person (including an Existing Owner that is
(a) a  Broker-Dealer  when  dealing  with the Auction  Agent and (b) a potential
beneficial  owner when dealing with a  Broker-Dealer)  who may be  interested in
acquiring  Auction Rate Notes (or, in the case of an Existing Owner thereof,  an
additional principal amount of Auction Rate Notes).

        "PSA"  means the  Public  Securities  Association,  its  successors  and
assigns.

        "Quarterly Average Auction Rate" means the simple average of the Auction
Rates for the Auction  Dates  preceding  the current  Auction Date by 91 days or
less, including the current Auction Date.

        "Quarterly  Average  T-Bill  Rate" means the simple  average of the Bond
Equivalent  Yields of 91-day  Treasury bills  auctioned in the 91 days preceding
(but not including) the current Auction Date.

        "Regular  Record  Date"  means  the  Business  Day  next  preceding  the
applicable Auction Date.

        "Reuters Screen LIBOR Page" means the display designated as page "LIBOR"
on the Reuters  Monitor  Money Rates  Service (or such other page as may replace
the LIBOR page for the purposes of displaying  London interbank offered rates of
major banks).

        "S&P"  means  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services,  a  Division  of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., its successors and assigns.

        "Sell Order" has the meaning set forth under "-Auction Procedures."

        "Submission  Deadline"  means 12:30 p.m.,  eastern  time, on any Auction
Date or such other time on any Auction Date by which Broker-Dealers are required
to submit  Orders to the Auction  Agent as specified  by the Auction  Agent from
time to time.

        "Submitted Bid" has the meaning set forth under "-Auction Procedures."

        "Submitted  Hold  Order"  has the  meaning  set  forth  under  "-Auction
Procedures."


                                       45
<PAGE>


        "Submitted   Orders"  has  the   meaning   set  forth  under   "-Auction
Procedures."

        "Submitted  Sell  Order"  has the  meaning  set  forth  under  "-Auction
Procedures."

        "Substitute Auction Agent" means the Person with whom the Issuer and the
Trustee enter into a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement.

        "Substitute  Auction Agent  Agreement"  means an auction agent agreement
containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Initial Auction Agent
Agreement,  whereby a Person having the qualifications required by the Indenture
agrees  with the  Trustee  and the Issuer to perform  the duties of the  Auction
Agent under the Indenture.

        "Sufficient Bids" has the meaning set forth under "-Auction Procedures."

        "United  States   Treasury   Security  Rate"  means,   for  purposes  of
calculating the Net Loan Rate applicable to the Auction Rate Notes, that rate of
interest per annum equal to the Bond Equivalent  Yield on the applicable  United
States Treasury  securities  sold at the last auction  thereof that  immediately
precedes the Interest Rate Adjustment Date for the Auction Rate Notes.

        "Variable Rate" means the variable rate of interest per annum, including
the Initial  Rate,  borne by each Class of Auction Rate Notes during the Initial
Period for such  Class,  and each  Interest  Period  thereafter  as such rate of
interest is determined in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

Summary of Auction Procedures

        The  following  summarizes  certain  procedures  that  will  be  used in
determining the interest rates on the Auction Rate Notes.  Immediately following
this summary is a more detailed  description  of these  procedures.  Prospective
investors in the Auction Rate Notes should read carefully the following summary,
along with the more detailed description.

        The interest rate on each class of Auction Rate Notes will be determined
periodically  (generally,  for periods ranging from 7 days to one year) by means
of a "Dutch Auction." In this Dutch Auction,  investors and potential  investors
submit orders through an eligible  Broker/Dealer  as to the principal  amount of
Auction Rate Notes such investors wish to buy, hold or sell at various  interest
rates. The Broker/Dealers submit their clients' orders to the Auction Agent, who
processes all orders submitted by all eligible Broker/Dealers and determines the
interest rate for the upcoming interest period.  The Broker/Dealers are notified
by the Auction Agent of the interest rate for the upcoming  interest  period and
are provided  with  settlement  instructions  relating to purchases and sales of
Auction Rate Notes.

        In  the  auction  procedures,  the  following  types  of  orders  may be
submitted:


                                       46
<PAGE>


               (i)    "Bid/Hold  Orders"  - the  minimum  interest  rate  that a
                      current investor is willing to accept in order to continue
                      to hold  some or all of its  Auction  Rate  Notes  for the
                      upcoming interest period;

               (ii)   "Sell  Orders" - an order by a current  investor to sell a
                      specified   principal   amount  of  Auction   Rate  Notes,
                      regardless of the upcoming interest rate; and

               (iii)  "Potential Bid Orders" - the minimum  interest rate that a
                      potential  investor  (or a  current  investor  wishing  to
                      purchase  additional  Auction  Rate  Notes) is  willing to
                      accept  in order to buy a  specified  principal  amount of
                      Auction Rate Notes.

        If an existing  investor  does not submit orders with respect to all its
Auction Rate Notes of the applicable  Class, the investor will be deemed to have
submitted a Hold Order at the new interest  rate for that portion of the Auction
Rate Notes for which no order was received.

        In connection  with each  Auction,  Auction Rate Notes will be purchased
and sold between  investors  and  potential  investors at a price equal to their
then-outstanding  principal balance (i.e.,  par) plus any accrued interest.  The
following example helps illustrate how the  above-described  procedures are used
in determining the interest rate on the Auction Rate Notes.

        (a)    Assumptions:

               1.  Denominations (Units)           =  $100,000
               2.  Interest Period                 =  28 days
               3.  Principal Amount Outstanding    =  $50 Million (500 Units)

        (b)    Summary of All Orders Received for the Auction

      Bid/Hold Orders                 Sell Orders     Potential Bid Orders
          10 Units at 2.90%         50 Units Sell        20 Units at 2.95%
          30 Units at 3.02%         50 Units Sell        30 Units at 3.00%
          60 Units at 3.05%        100 Units Sell        50 Units at 3.05%
          100 Units at 3.10%       ==============        50 Units at 3.10% 
          100 Units at 3.12%            200 Units        50 Units at 3.11% 
          ==================                             50 Units at 3.14%   
                   300 Units                             100 Units at 3.15%  
                                                         =================== 
                                                         350 Units           
                                                         
                                                         

        Total units under existing  Bid/Hold Orders and Sell Orders always equal
issue size (in this case 500 units).


                                       47
<PAGE>


        (c)    Auction Agent organizes Orders in Ascending Order

Order      Number    Cumulative             Order    Number of  Cumulative
Number    of Units     Total      Percent   Number     Units      Total  Percent
                       (Units)                                    (Units)
- -------- ----------- ------------ --------- -------- -------- ------- --------
1.            10(W)           10     2.90%        7.   100(W)     300    3.10%
2.            20(W)           30     2.95%        8.    50(W)     350    3.10%
3.            30(W)           60     3.00%        9.    50(W)     400    3.11%
4.            30(W)           90     3.02%       10.   100(W)     500    3.12%
5.            50(W)          140     3.05%       11.    50(L)            3.14%
6.            60(W)          200     3.05%       12.   100(L)            3.15%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(W)  Winning Order    (L)  Losing Order
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Order #10 is the order that  clears the market of all  available  units.
All winning  orders are awarded  the winning  rate (in this case,  3.12%) as the
interest rate for the next Interest  Period,  when another auction will be held.
Multiple  orders at the winning  rate are  allocated  units on a pro rata basis.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no event will the interest  rate exceed the
lesser of the Net Loan  Rate or the  Maximum  Auction  Rate  (each as  described
above).

        The above example assumes that a successful  auction has occurred (i.e.,
all Sell  Orders  and all  Bid/Hold  Orders  below  the new  interest  rate were
fulfilled).  In certain  circumstances,  there may be insufficient Potential Bid
Orders to  purchase  all the  Auction  Rate  Notes  offered  for  sale.  In such
circumstances, the interest rate for the upcoming Interest Period will equal the
lesser of the Net Loan  Rate and the  Maximum  Auction  Rate.  Also,  if all the
Auction Rate Notes are subject to Hold Orders (i.e., each holder of Auction Rate
Notes  wishes to  continue  holding its Auction  Rate Notes,  regardless  of the
interest  rate),  the interest rate for the upcoming  Interest Period will equal
the lesser of the Net Loan Rate and the All Hold Rate.

        As  stated  above,  the  foregoing  is  only a  summary  of the  Auction
Procedures.  The  following  section  is a more  detailed  description  of these
procedures.

Auction Procedures

        The Initial Rate Adjustment Date for the Notes shall be specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

        During the Initial  Period,  each Class of the Auction  Rate Notes shall
bear  interest at the Initial Rate for such Class.  Thereafter,  and except with
respect to an Auction  Period  Adjustment,  the Auction  Rate Notes of any Class
shall bear interest at an Auction Note Interest Rate based on the Auction Period
for such Class, as determined below.

        For each Class of the Auction Rate Notes  during the Initial  Period for
such  Class and each  Auction  Period  thereafter,  interest  at the  applicable
Auction  Rate Notes  Interest  Rate shall accrue daily and shall be computed for
the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days.


                                       48
<PAGE>


        The Auction  Rate Notes  Interest  Rate to be borne by each Class of the
Auction  Rate Notes after such Initial  Period for each Auction  Period until an
Auction Period Adjustment,  if any, shall be determined as described below. Each
such Auction  Period after the Initial  Period shall commence on and include the
day following the  expiration of the  immediately  preceding  Auction Period and
terminate  on and  include  the  first  Business  Day of the week in  which  the
immediately following Auction Period occurs; provided, however, that in the case
of the Auction Period that immediately follows the Initial Period for a Class of
the Auction Rate Notes,  such Auction  Period shall commence on the Initial Rate
Adjustment Date for such Class.  The Auction Note Interest Rate on each Class of
the Auction  Rate Notes for each  Auction  Period  shall be the Auction  Rate in
effect for such Auction  Period as determined in accordance  with "-Auction Note
Interest-Determining the Auction Note Interest Rate" below; provided that if, on
any Interest  Rate  Determination  Date,  an Auction is not held for any reason,
then the Auction  Note  Interest  Rate on such  Auction  Rate Notes for the next
succeeding Auction Period shall be the applicable Maximum Auction Rate.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing:

               (i) if the  ownership of an Auction Note is no longer  maintained
        in Book-entry  Form,  the Auction Note Interest Rate on the Auction Rate
        Notes  of such  Class  for any  Interest  Period  commencing  after  the
        delivery of certificates  representing  Auction Rate Notes of such Class
        pursuant to the Indenture  shall equal the  applicable  Maximum  Auction
        Rate on the Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the first day of such
        subsequent Interest Period; or

               (ii) if a Payment  Default shall have occurred,  the Auction Note
        Interest  Rate on a Class of the  Auction  Rate  Notes for the  Interest
        Period for such Class  commencing on or  immediately  after such Payment
        Default,  and for each Interest Period thereafter,  to and including the
        Interest  Period,  if any,  during which,  or  commencing  less than two
        Business  Days after,  such  Payment  Default is cured,  shall equal the
        applicable  Non-Payment  Rate on the  first  day of each  such  Interest
        Period.

        The Auction Agent shall  promptly give written notice to the Trustee and
the Issuer of each Auction Note  Interest Rate (unless the Auction Note Interest
Rate is the applicable  Non-Payment Rate) and the Maximum Auction Rate when such
rate is not the Auction  Note  Interest  Rate,  applicable  to each Class of the
Auction Rate Notes.  The Trustee shall notify the  Registered  Owners of Auction
Rate Notes of the applicable  Auction Note Interest Rate applicable to each such
Class of  Auction  Rate Notes for each  Auction  Period not later than the third
Business Day of such Auction Period.

        Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Auction  Rate Notes or the
Indenture and except for the occurrence of a Payment  Default,  interest payable
on each Class of the Auction Rate Notes for an Auction Period shall never exceed
for such Auction Period the amount of interest payable at the applicable Maximum
Auction Rate in effect for such Auction Period.



                                       49
<PAGE>

        If the Auction  Rate for a Class of Auction  Rate Notes is greater  than
the applicable  Maximum  Auction Rate, then the Variable Rate applicable to such
Auction  Rate Notes for that  Interest  Period  will be the  applicable  Maximum
Auction Rate. If the Variable Rate applicable to such Auction Rate Notes for any
Interest  Period is the applicable  Maximum  Auction Rate (without regard to the
last two clauses of the  definition  thereof),  the Trustee shall  determine the
Carry-over  Amount,  if any,  with  respect to such  Auction Rate Notes for such
Interest  Period.  Such  determination  of the  Carry-over  Amount shall be made
separately  for each Class of the Auction  Rate Notes.  Such  Carry-over  Amount
shall bear interest calculated at a rate equal to One-Month LIBOR (as determined
by the Auction  Agent,  provided  the Trustee has  received  notice of One-Month
LIBOR from the Auction  Agent,  and if the Trustee  shall not have received such
notice from the Auction  Agent,  then as  determined  by the  Trustee)  from the
Interest  Payment  Date for the  Interest  Period  with  respect  to which  such
Carry-over  Amount  was  calculated,  until  paid.  Any  payment  in  respect of
Carry-over  Amount  shall be applied,  first,  to any accrued  interest  payable
thereon and, second,  in reduction of such Carry-over  Amount.  Any reference to
"principal"  or "interest"  herein shall not include  within the meaning of such
words Carry-over  Amount or any interest accrued on any such Carry-over  Amount.
Such Carry-over  Amount shall be separately  calculated for each Auction Note of
such Class by the Trustee during such Interest Period in sufficient time for the
Trustee to give notice to each  Registered  Owner of such  Carry-over  Amount as
required  in the next  succeeding  sentence.  Not less than four days before the
Interest  Payment  Date for an  Interest  Period  with  respect  to  which  such
Carry-over  Amount has been  calculated  by the Trustee,  the Trustee shall give
written notice to each Registered Owner of the Carry-over  Amount  applicable to
each  Registered  Owner's  Auction Note of such Class,  which written notice may
accompany the payment of interest by check made to each such Registered Owner on
such Interest Payment Date or otherwise shall be mailed on such Interest Payment
Date by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each such Registered Owner at such
Registered Owner's address as it appears on the registration  records maintained
by the  Registrar.  Such notice  shall  state,  in  addition to such  Carry-over
Amount,  that,  unless and until an Auction Note of such Class has been redeemed
(other than by optional redemption),  after which all accrued Carry-over Amounts
(and all accrued interest  thereon) that remains unpaid shall be canceled and no
Carry-over  Amount (and interest  accrued thereon) shall be paid with respect to
an Auction Note of such Class,  (a) the Carry-over  Amount (and interest accrued
thereon  calculated  at a rate equal to  One-Month  LIBOR)  shall be paid by the
Trustee  on a  Auction  Note of such  Class on the  earliest  of (i) the date of
defeasance  of any of the  Auction  Rate  Notes of such  Class or (ii) the first
occurring Interest Payment Date (or on the date of any such optional redemption)
if and to the  extent  that (A) the  Eligible  Carry-over  Make-Up  Amount  with
respect to such subsequent  Interest Period is greater than zero, and (B) moneys
are available  pursuant to the terms  described  under "Certain  Definitions and
Provisions  Related to Auction Rate Notes and Auction  Procedures"  in an amount
sufficient  to pay all or a portion  of such  Carry-over  Amount  (and  interest
accrued  thereon),  and (b) interest shall accrue on the Carry-over  Amount at a
rate equal to One-Month LIBOR until such Carry-over Amount is paid in full or is
cancelled.


                                       50
<PAGE>


        The  Carry-over  Amount (and  interest  accrued  thereon) for a Class of
Auction  Rate Notes shall be paid by the  Trustee on  Outstanding  Auction  Rate
Notes of such Class on the earliest of (a) the date of  defeasance of any of the
Auction  Rate Notes of such Class or (b) the first  occurring  Interest  Payment
Date if and to the extent that (i) the Eligible  Carry-over  Make-Up Amount with
respect to such Interest  Period is greater than zero, and (ii) on such Interest
Payment Date there are sufficient  moneys in the Senior Interest  Account of the
Revenue Fund to pay all interest due on the Auction Rate Notes on such  Interest
Payment Date. Any Carry-over  Amount (and any interest  accrued  thereon) on any
Auction Note which is due and payable on an Interest Payment Date, which Auction
Note is to be  redeemed  (other than by optional  redemption)  on said  Interest
Payment  Date,  shall be paid to the  Registered  Owner thereof on said Interest
Payment Date to the extent that moneys are available therefor in accordance with
the provisions  described under "Certain  Definitions and Provisions  Related to
Auction  Rate  Notes  and  Auction  Procedures";  provided,  however,  that  any
Carry-over  Amount (and any interest  accrued  thereon) which is not yet due and
payable on said  Interest  Payment Date shall be cancelled  with respect to said
Auction Note that is to be redeemed (other than by optional  redemption) on said
Interest  Payment Date and shall not be paid on any succeeding  Interest Payment
Date. To the extent that any portion of the Carry-over  Amount (and any interest
accrued thereon) remains unpaid after payment of a portion thereof,  such unpaid
portion shall be paid in whole or in part as required hereunder until fully paid
by the  Trustee  on the  earliest  of (a) the date of  defeasance  of any of the
Auction Rate Notes of such Class or (b) the next occurring Interest Payment Date
or Dates,  as necessary,  if and to the extent that the conditions in the second
preceding  sentence are  satisfied.  On any  Interest  Payment Date on which the
Trustee pays only a portion of the Carry-over  Amount (and any interest  accrued
thereon) on Auction  Rate Notes of such Class,  the Trustee  shall give  written
notice in the manner set forth in the  immediately  preceding  paragraph  to the
Registered  Owner of such Auction  Note  receiving  such partial  payment of the
Carry-over Amount remaining unpaid on such Auction Note.

        The Interest Payment Date or other date on which such Carry-over  Amount
(or any  interest  accrued  thereon)  for a Class of Auction Rate Notes shall be
paid shall be determined by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the
immediately  preceding  paragraph,  and the  Trustee  shall make  payment of the
Carry-over  Amount (and any interest accrued thereon) in the same manner as, and
from the same Account from which,  it pays interest on the Auction Rate Notes on
an Interest  Payment  Date.  Any payment of  Carry-over  Amounts  (and  interest
accrued thereon) shall reduce the amount of Eligible Carry-Over Make-Up Amount.

        In the event that the Auction  Agent no longer  determines,  or fails to
determine, when required, the Auction Note Interest Rate with respect to a Class
of Auction Rate Notes, or, if for any reason such manner of determination  shall
be held to be invalid or  unenforceable,  the Auction Note Interest Rate for the
next  succeeding  Interest  Period,  which  Interest  Period shall be an Auction
Period,  for such Class of Auction  Rate Notes shall be the  applicable  Maximum
Auction Rate as determined by the Auction Agent for such next succeeding Auction
Period,  and if the Auction  Agent shall fail or refuse to determine the Maximum
Auction Rate,  the Maximum  Auction Rate shall be  determined by the  securities
dealer  appointed  by the  Issuer  capable  of making  such a  determination  in
accordance with the provisions  hereof and written notice of such  determination
shall be given by such securities dealer to the Trustee.


                                       51
<PAGE>


Auction Note Interest Rate

               Determining the Auction Note Interest Rate. By purchasing Auction
        Rate Notes,  whether in an Auction or otherwise,  each  purchaser of the
        Auction Rate Notes, or its Broker-Dealer, must agree and shall be deemed
        by such  purchase to have agreed (x) to  participate  in Auctions on the
        terms  described  herein,  (y) to have its  beneficial  ownership of the
        Auction Rate Notes  maintained at all times in  Book-entry  Form for the
        account of its Participant,  which in turn will maintain records of such
        beneficial  ownership and (z) to authorize such  Participant to disclose
        to the Auction Agent such  information  with respect to such  beneficial
        ownership as the Auction Agent may request.

               So long as the  ownership  of a Class of  Auction  Rate  Notes is
        maintained in Book-entry Form by the Securities Depository,  an Existing
        Owner may sell,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of Auction Rate Notes of
        such Class only  pursuant to a Bid or Sell Order placed in an Auction or
        otherwise  sell,  transfer  or dispose of Auction  Rate Notes  through a
        Broker-Dealer,  provided  that, in the case of all transfers  other than
        pursuant to Auctions,  such Existing  Owner,  its  Broker-Dealer  or its
        Participant  advises the Auction Agent of such transfer.  Auctions shall
        be conducted on each Auction  Date, if there is an Auction Agent on such
        Auction Date, in the following  manner (such procedures to be applicable
        separately to each Class of the Auction Rate Notes):

                      (i)    (A)    Prior  to  the Submission Deadline  on  each
                             Auction Date;

                                    (1)  each  Existing  Owner of  Auction  Rate
                             Notes may submit to a Broker-Dealer by telephone or
                             otherwise any information as to:

                                            a.   the    principal    amount   of
                                    Outstanding  Auction  Rate  Notes,  if  any,
                                    owned  by such  Existing  Owner  which  such
                                    Existing  Owner  desires to  continue to own
                                    without  regard to the Auction Note Interest
                                    Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period;

                                            b.   the    principal    amount   of
                                    Outstanding  Auction  Rate  Notes,  if  any,
                                    which such Existing  Owner offers to sell if
                                    the Auction Note  Interest Rate for the next
                                    succeeding Auction Period shall be less than
                                    the  rate  per  annum   specified   by  such
                                    Existing Owner; and/or



                                       52
<PAGE>

                                            c.   the    principal    amount   of
                                    Outstanding  Auction  Rate  Notes,  if  any,
                                    owned  by such  Existing  Owner  which  such
                                    Existing Owner offers to sell without regard
                                    to the Auction  Note  Interest  Rate for the
                                    next succeeding Auction Period;

                                            and

                                    (2) one or more  Broker-Dealers  may contact
                             Potential  Owners to determine the principal amount
                             of Auction  Rate Notes which each  Potential  Owner
                             offers to purchase,  if the Auction  Note  Interest
                             Rate for the next  succeeding  Auction Period shall
                             not be less  than the rate per annum  specified  by
                             such Potential Owner.

               The statement of an Existing Owner or a Potential  Owner referred
        to in (1) or (2) of  this  paragraph  (A) is  herein  referred  to as an
        "Order," and each  Existing  Owner and each  Potential  Owner placing an
        Order is herein referred to as a "Bidder";  an Order described in clause
        (1)a is herein  referred to as a "Hold  Order";  an Order  described  in
        clauses  (1)b and (2) is  herein  referred  to as a "Bid";  and an Order
        described in clause (1)c is herein referred to as a "Sell Order."

                             (B)  (1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  (a)(ii)
                             hereof, a Bid by an Existing Owner shall constitute
                             an irrevocable offer to sell:

                                            a.   the    principal    amount   of
                                    Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes specified in
                                    such Bid if the Auction Note  Interest  Rate
                                    determined  as provided in this  Section (a)
                                    shall  be  less  than  the  rate   specified
                                    therein; or

                                            b.  such  principal   amount,  or  a
                                    lesser   principal   amount  of  Outstanding
                                    Auction Rate Notes to be  determined  as set
                                    forth  in  (a)(iv)(A)(4)   hereof,   if  the
                                    Auction Note  Interest  Rate  determined  as
                                    provided in this  Section (a) shall be equal
                                    to the rate specified therein; or

                                            c.  such  principal   amount,  or  a
                                    lesser   principal   amount  of  Outstanding
                                    Auction Rate Notes to be  determined  as set
                                    forth in (a)(iv)(B)(3)  hereof,  if the rate
                                    specified  therein  shall be higher than the
                                    applicable    Maximum   Auction   Rate   and
                                    Sufficient Bids have not been made.

                                    (2)  Subject  to the  provisions  of (a)(ii)
                             hereof,  a Sell Order by an  Existing  Owner  shall
                             constitute an irrevocable offer to sell:

                                            a.     the  principal  amount of  
                                    Outstanding  Auction  Rate  Notes specified
                                    in such Sell Order; or


                                       53
<PAGE>

                                            b.  such  principal   amount,  or  a
                                    lesser   principal   amount  of  Outstanding
                                    Auction    Rate    Notes    set   forth   in
                                    (a)(iv)(B)(3)  hereof,  if  Sufficient  Bids
                                    have not been made.

                                    (3)  Subject  to the  provisions  of (a)(ii)
                             hereof, a Bid by a Potential Owner shall constitute
                             an irrevocable offer to purchase:

                                            a.   the    principal    amount   of
                                    Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes specified in
                                    such Bid if the Auction Note  Interest  Rate
                                    determined  as provided in this  Section (a)
                                    shall be higher than the rate  specified  in
                                    such Bid; or

                                            b.  such  principal   amount,  or  a
                                    lesser   principal   amount  of  Outstanding
                                    Auction    Rate    Notes    set   forth   in
                                    (a)(iv)(A)(5)  hereof,  if the Auction  Note
                                    Interest Rate determined as provided in this
                                    Section  (a)  shall  be  equal  to the  rate
                                    specified in such Bid.

                      (ii) (A) Each Broker-Dealer shall submit in writing to the
                      Auction  Agent  prior to the  Submission  Deadline on each
                      Auction Date all Orders obtained by such Broker-Dealer and
                      shall specify with respect to each such Order:

                                 (1)  the name of the Bidder placing such Order;

                                 (2)  the   aggregate   principal   amount    of
                             Auction  Rate  Notes  that are the  subject of such
                             Order;

                                    (3) to the  extent  that  such  Bidder is an
                             Existing Owner:

                                        a.     the principal  amount of Auction 
                                Rate Notes, if any, subject to any Hold Order
                                placed by such Existing Owner;

                                        b.     the principal  amount of Auction 
                                Rate Notes, if any, subject to any Bid placed
                                by such  Existing  Owner and the rate  specified
                                in such Bid; and

                                        c.     the principal  amount of Auction 
                                Rate Notes, if any, subject to any Sell Order 
                                placed by such Existing Owner; and



                                       54
<PAGE>


                                    (4) to the extent such Bidder is a Potential
                             Owner, the rate specified in such Potential Owner's
                             Bid.

                             (B) If any rate  specified in any Bid contains more
                      than three figures to the right of the decimal point,  the
                      Auction  Agent shall round such rate up to the next higher
                      one thousandth of 1%.

                             (C) If an Order or Orders  covering all Outstanding
                      Auction  Rate  Notes  owned  by an  Existing  Owner is not
                      submitted  to the Auction  Agent  prior to the  Submission
                      Deadline,  the  Auction  Agent  shall deem a Hold Order to
                      have  been  submitted  on behalf  of such  Existing  Owner
                      covering the principal amount of Outstanding  Auction Rate
                      Notes owned by such  Existing  Owner and not subject to an
                      Order submitted to the Auction Agent.

                             (D) Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor the Auction
                      Agent   shall  be   responsible   for  any  failure  of  a
                      Broker-Dealer  to submit an Order to the Auction  Agent on
                      behalf of any Existing Owner or Potential Owner.

                             (E)  If  any  Existing  Owner  submits   through  a
                      Broker-Dealer  to the  Auction  Agent  one or more  Orders
                      covering in the aggregate  more than the principal  amount
                      of  Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes owned by such Existing
                      Owner,  such Orders shall be  considered  valid as follows
                      and in the following order of priority:

                                    (1) All  Hold  Orders  shall  be  considered
                             valid,  but  only  up to  the  aggregate  principal
                             amount of  Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes owned by
                             such Existing Owner, and if the aggregate principal
                             amount of Auction  Rate Notes  subject to such Hold
                             Orders  exceeds the aggregate  principal  amount of
                             Auction  Rate Notes owned by such  Existing  Owner,
                             the  aggregate  principal  amount of  Auction  Rate
                             Notes  subject  to each  such Hold  Order  shall be
                             reduced  pro rata so that the  aggregate  principal
                             amount of Auction  Rate Notes  subject to such Hold
                             Order  equals  the  aggregate  principal  amount of
                             Outstanding   Auction  Rate  Notes  owned  by  such
                             Existing Owner.

                                    (2) a. Any Bid shall be considered  valid up
                                    to an  amount  equal  to the  excess  of the
                                    principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate
                                    Notes owned by such Existing  Owner over the
                                    aggregate  principal  amount of Auction Rate
                                    Notes subject to any Hold Order  referred to
                                    in clause (A) of this paragraph (v);


                                       55
<PAGE>

                                            b. subject to subclause  (1) of this
                                    clause  (B),  if more  than one Bid with the
                                    same  rate is  submitted  on  behalf of such
                                    Existing  Owner and the aggregate  principal
                                    amount of  Outstanding  Auction  Rate  Notes
                                    subject  to such Bids is  greater  than such
                                    excess,  such Bids shall be considered valid
                                    up to an amount equal to such excess;

                                            c. subject to subclauses (1) and (2)
                                    of this  clause  (B),  if more  than one Bid
                                    with different rates are submitted on behalf
                                    of such Existing  Owner,  such Bids shall be
                                    considered  valid  first  in  the  ascending
                                    order of their  respective  rates  until the
                                    highest rate is reached at which such excess
                                    exists  and  then  at  such  rate  up to the
                                    amount of such excess; and

                                            d. in any such event,  the amount of
                                    Outstanding  Auction  Rate  Notes,  if  any,
                                    subject to Bids not valid  under this clause
                                    (B) shall be treated as the subject of a Bid
                                    by a  Potential  Owner at the  rate  therein
                                    specified; and

                                    (3) All  Sell  Orders  shall  be  considered
                             valid up to an  amount  equal to the  excess of the
                             principal amount of Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes
                             owned by such  Existing  Owner  over the  aggregate
                             principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes  subject to
                             Hold  Orders  referred  to in  clause  (1) of  this
                             paragraph  (v) and valid Bids referred to in clause
                             (2) of this paragraph (E).

                             (F) If more than one Bid for Auction  Rate Notes is
                      submitted  on  behalf  of any  Potential  Owner,  each Bid
                      submitted  shall  be a  separate  Bid  with  the  rate and
                      principal amount therein specified.

                             (G) An  Existing  Owner  that  offers  to  purchase
                      additional  Auction  Rate Notes is, for  purposes  of such
                      offer, treated as a Potential Owner.

                             (H) Any Bid or Sell Order  submitted by an Existing
                      Owner  covering an aggregate  principal  amount of Auction
                      Rate Notes not equal to an Authorized  Denomination  shall
                      be  rejected  and  shall be deemed a Hold  Order.  Any Bid
                      submitted  by a  Potential  Owner  covering  an  aggregate
                      principal  amount of  Auction  Rate  Notes not equal to an
                      Authorized Denomination shall be rejected.


                                       56
<PAGE>


                             (I) Any  Bid  specifying  a rate  higher  than  the
                      applicable  Maximum  Auction Rate will (1) be treated as a
                      Sell Order if submitted  by an Existing  Owner and (2) not
                      be accepted if submitted by a Potential Owner.

                             (J)  Any  Order   submitted  in  an  Auction  by  a
                      Broker-Dealer to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission
                      Deadline on any Auction Date shall be irrevocable.

                      (iii) (A) Not earlier than the Submission Deadline on each
                      Auction Date,  the Auction Agent shall  assemble all valid
                      Orders   submitted  or  deemed  submitted  to  it  by  the
                      Broker-Dealers  (each  such Order as  submitted  or deemed
                      submitted  by a  Broker-Dealer  being  herein  referred to
                      individually  as a  "Submitted  Hold  Order," a "Submitted
                      Bid" or a  "Submitted  Sell Order," as the case may be, or
                      as a "Submitted  Order," and  collectively  as  "Submitted
                      Hold Orders," "Submitted Bids" or "Submitted Sell Orders,"
                      as the case may be, or as  "Submitted  Orders")  and shall
                      determine:

                                    (1) the excess of the total principal amount
                             of  Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes over the sum of
                             the  aggregate   principal  amount  of  Outstanding
                             Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Hold Orders
                             (such  excess  being  herein  referred  to  as  the
                             "Available Auction Rate Notes"), and

                                    (2) from the Submitted Orders whether:

                                            a. the aggregate principal amount of
                                    Outstanding  Auction  Rate Notes  subject to
                                    Submitted    Bids   by   Potential    Owners
                                    specifying  one or more  rates  equal  to or
                                    lower than the  applicable  Maximum  Auction
                                    Rate;

                      exceeds or is equal to the sum of:

                                            b. the aggregate principal amount of
                                    Outstanding  Auction  Rate Notes  subject to
                                    Submitted Bids by Existing Owners specifying
                                    one or more rates higher than the applicable
                                    Maximum Auction Rate; and

                                            c. the aggregate principal amount of
                                    Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes subject to 
                                    Submitted Sell Orders;

                             (in the event such excess or such equality  exists,
                             other than because all of the  Outstanding  Auction
                             Rate Notes are subject to  Submitted  Hold  Orders,
                             such Submitted Bids described in subclause a. above
                             shall be referred to  collectively  as  "Sufficient
                             Bids"); and



                                       57
<PAGE>

                                    (3)  if  Sufficient  Bids  exist,   the  Bid
                             Auction  Rate,  which  shall  be  the  lowest  rate
                             specified in such Submitted Bids such that if:

                                            a.  (x)  each   Submitted  Bid  from
                                    Existing Owners  specifying such lowest rate
                                    and  (y)  all  other   Submitted  Bids  from
                                    Existing Owners  specifying lower rates were
                                    rejected,   thus   entitling  such  Existing
                                    Owners  to  continue  to own  the  principal
                                    amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such
                                    Submitted Bids; and

                                            b. (x) each such  Submitted Bid from
                                    Potential Owners specifying such lowest rate
                                    and  (y)  all  other   Submitted  Bids  from
                                    Potential Owners specifying lower rates were
                                    accepted;

                      the result would be that such Existing Owners described in
                      subclause  a. above  would  continue  to own an  aggregate
                      principal amount of Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes which,
                      when   added  to  the   aggregate   principal   amount  of
                      Outstanding  Auction  Rate Notes to be  purchased  by such
                      Potential  Owners  described in subclause b. above,  would
                      equal not less than the Available Auction Rate Notes.

                             (B) Promptly  after the Auction  Agent has made the
                      determinations pursuant to (a)(iii)(A),  the Auction Agent
                      shall  advise  the  Trustee,  the  Broker-Dealers  and the
                      Issuer of the Maximum  Auction  Rate and the All Hold Rate
                      and the components  thereof on the Auction Date and, based
                      on such  determinations,  the  Auction  Rate  for the next
                      succeeding Interest Period as follows:

                                    (1)  if  Sufficient  Bids  exist,  that  the
                             Auction  Rate  for  the  next  succeeding  Interest
                             Period  shall be equal to the Bid  Auction  Rate so
                             determined;

                                    (2) if  Sufficient  Bids do not exist (other
                             than  because all of the  Outstanding  Auction Rate
                             Notes are subject to Submitted  Hold Orders),  that
                             the Auction Rate for the next  succeeding  Interest
                             Period  shall be equal  to the  applicable  Maximum
                             Auction Rate; or

                                    (3) if all  Outstanding  Auction  Rate Notes
                             are  subject to  Submitted  Hold  Orders,  that the
                             Auction  Rate  for  the  next  succeeding  Interest
                             Period  shall be equal to the  applicable  All Hold
                             Rate.


                                       58
<PAGE>


                             (C) Promptly after the Auction Agent has determined
                      the Auction Rate,  the Auction  Agent shall  determine and
                      advise the  Trustee of the  Auction  Note  Interest  Rate,
                      which rate shall be the Auction Rate;  provided,  however,
                      that in no event  shall the  Auction  Note  Interest  Rate
                      exceed the applicable Maximum Auction Rate.

                      (iv) Existing  Owners shall  continue to own the principal
               amount of Auction Rate Notes that are subject to  Submitted  Hold
               Orders.  If  Sufficient  Bids have been  received  by the Auction
               Agent,  the Bid Auction  Rate will be the Auction  Note  Interest
               Rate,  and  Submitted  Bids and  Submitted  Sell  Orders  will be
               accepted or rejected  and the Auction  Agent will take such other
               action as described below in subparagraph (A).

                      If the Auction Rate is greater than the applicable Maximum
               Auction  Rate,  the Auction Note  Interest Rate shall be equal to
               the applicable Maximum Auction Rate. If the Auction Agent has not
               received   Sufficient   Bids  (other  than  because  all  of  the
               Outstanding  Auction  Rate Notes are  subject to  Submitted  Hold
               Orders),  the Auction Note Interest  Rate will be the  applicable
               Maximum  Auction  Rate.  In  any of the  cases  described  above,
               Submitted  Orders will be  accepted  or rejected  and the Auction
               Agent  will  take  such  other  action  as  described   below  in
               subparagraph (B).

                             (A) If  Sufficient  Bids  have been made and if the
                      applicable  Maximum  Auction Rate does not apply (in which
                      case  the  Auction  Note  Interest  Rate  shall be the Bid
                      Auction Rate), all Submitted Sell Orders shall be accepted
                      and,  subject to the  provisions of clauses (4) and (5) of
                      this (a)(iv), Submitted Bids shall be accepted or rejected
                      as follows in the  following  order of  priority,  and all
                      other Submitted Bids shall be rejected:

                                    (1)   Existing   Owners'    Submitted   Bids
                             specifying any rate that is higher than the Auction
                             Note   Interest   Rate  shall  be  accepted,   thus
                             requiring  each  such  Existing  Owner  to sell the
                             aggregate  principal  amount of Auction  Rate Notes
                             subject to such Submitted Bids;

                                    (2)   Existing   Owners'    Submitted   Bids
                             specifying  any rate that is lower than the Auction
                             Note   Interest   Rate  shall  be  rejected,   thus
                             entitling  each such Existing  Owner to continue to
                             own the aggregate  principal amount of Auction Rate
                             Notes subject to such Submitted Bids;

                                    (3)   Potential   Owners'   Submitted   Bids
                             specifying  any rate that is lower than the Auction
                             Note Interest Rate shall be accepted;



                                       59
<PAGE>


                                    (4)  Each  Existing  Owners'  Submitted  Bid
                             specifying a rate that is equal to the Auction Note
                             Interest  Rate shall be  rejected,  thus  entitling
                             such   Existing   Owner  to  continue  to  own  the
                             aggregate  principal  amount of Auction  Rate Notes
                             subject to such Submitted Bid, unless the aggregate
                             principal amount of Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes
                             subject to all such Submitted Bids shall be greater
                             than the  principal  amount of  Auction  Rate Notes
                             (the  "remaining  principal  amount")  equal to the
                             excess of the Available Auction Rate Notes over the
                             aggregate  principal  amount of Auction  Rate Notes
                             subject to Submitted  Bids described in clauses (2)
                             and (3) of this (a)(iv)(D)(1),  in which event such
                             Submitted  Bid of  such  Existing  Owner  shall  be
                             rejected in part,  and such Existing Owner shall be
                             entitled to continue to own the principal amount of
                             Auction Rate Notes subject to such  Submitted  Bid,
                             but  only  in an  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate
                             principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes obtained by
                             multiplying  the  remaining  principal  amount by a
                             fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  shall  be the
                             principal amount of Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes
                             owned  by  such  Existing  Owner  subject  to  such
                             Submitted Bid and the denominator of which shall be
                             the  sum of the  principal  amount  of  Outstanding
                             Auction Rate Notes subject to such  Submitted  Bids
                             made by all such Existing  Owners that  specified a
                             rate  equal  to the  Auction  Note  Interest  Rate,
                             subject to the provisions of (a)(iv)(D) hereof; and

                                    (5) Each  Potential  Owner's  Submitted  Bid
                             specifying a rate that is equal to the Auction Note
                             Interest  Rate  shall be  accepted,  but only in an
                             amount  equal to the  principal  amount of  Auction
                             Rate Notes  obtained by  multiplying  the excess of
                             the aggregate principal amount of Available Auction
                             Rate Notes over the aggregate  principal  amount of
                             Auction  Rate  Notes  subject  to  Submitted   Bids
                             described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) of (a)(iv)(A)
                             hereof by a fraction  the  numerator of which shall
                             be the aggregate  principal  amount of  Outstanding
                             Auction Rate Notes  subject to such  Submitted  Bid
                             and the  denominator  of which  shall be the sum of
                             the principal  amount of  Outstanding  Auction Rate
                             Notes  subject to  Submitted  Bids made by all such
                             Potential Owners that specified a rate equal to the
                             Auction  Note   Interest   Rate,   subject  to  the
                             provisions of (a)(iv)(D) hereof.



                                       60
<PAGE>


                             (B) If  Sufficient  Bids have not been made  (other
                      than because all of the Outstanding Auction Rate Notes are
                      subject to submitted  Hold Orders),  or if the  applicable
                      Maximum Auction Rate applies, subject to the provisions of
                      (a)(iv)(D)  hereof,  Submitted Orders shall be accepted or
                      rejected as follows in the following order of priority and
                      all other Submitted Bids shall be rejected:

                                    (1)   Existing   Owners'    Submitted   Bids
                             specifying  any rate that is equal to or lower than
                             the Auction Note  Interest  Rate shall be rejected,
                             thus entitling such Existing  Owners to continue to
                             own the aggregate  principal amount of Auction Rate
                             Notes subject to such Submitted Bids;

                                    (2)   Potential   Owners'   Submitted   Bids
                             specifying  (x) any rate  that is equal to or lower
                             than  the  Auction  Note  Interest  Rate  shall  be
                             accepted  and (y) any rate that is higher  than the
                             Auction Note Interest Rate shall be rejected; and

                                    (3)  each  Existing  Owner's  Submitted  Bid
                             specifying any rate that is higher than the Auction
                             Note Interest Rate and the Submitted  Sell Order of
                             each  Existing   Owner  shall  be  accepted,   thus
                             entitling  each Existing  Owner that  submitted any
                             such  Submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order to sell
                             the Auction  Rate Notes  subject to such  Submitted
                             Bid or Submitted Sell Order, but in both cases only
                             in an  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  principal
                             amount  of   Auction   Rate   Notes   obtained   by
                             multiplying  the  aggregate   principal  amount  of
                             Auction  Rate  Notes  subject  to  Submitted   Bids
                             described in clause (2)(x) of this  (a)(iv)(B) by a
                             fraction  the  numerator  of  which  shall  be  the
                             aggregate  principal amount of Outstanding  Auction
                             Rate Notes owned by such Existing  Owner subject to
                             such  submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order and the
                             denominator   of  which  shall  be  the   aggregate
                             principal amount of Outstanding  Auction Rate Notes
                             subject to all such  Submitted  Bids and  Submitted
                             Sell Orders.

                             (C)  If all  Auction  Rate  Notes  are  subject  to
                      Submitted  Hold  Orders,   all  Submitted  Bids  shall  be
                      rejected.

                             (D) If, as a result of the procedures  described in
                      paragraph (A) or (B) of this Section (a)(iv), any Existing
                      Owner  would be  entitled  or  required  to  sell,  or any
                      Potential Owner would be entitled or required to purchase,
                      a principal amount of Auction Rate Notes that is not equal
                      to an Authorized Denomination, the Auction Agent shall, in
                      such manner as in its sole discretion it shall  determine,
                      round up or down the  principal  amount  of  Auction  Rate
                      Notes to be  purchased  or sold by any  Existing  Owner or
                      Potential  Owner so that the  principal  amount of Auction
                      Rate Notes  purchased  or sold by each  Existing  Owner or
                      Potential   Owner   shall  be   equal  to  an   Authorized
                      Denomination.



                                       61
<PAGE>

                             (E) If, as a result of the procedures  described in
                      paragraph (B) of this (a)(iv),  any Potential  Owner would
                      be  entitled   or  required  to  purchase   less  than  an
                      Authorized Denomination of Auction Rate Notes, the Auction
                      Agent shall,  in such manner as in its sole  discretion it
                      shall determine,  allocate Auction Rate Notes for purchase
                      among Potential  Owners so that only Auction Rate Notes in
                      Authorized  Denominations  are  purchased by any Potential
                      Owner,  even if such allocation  results in one or more of
                      such  Potential  Owners not  purchasing  any Auction  Rate
                      Notes.

                      (v) Based on the result of each Auction, the Auction Agent
               shall  determine the aggregate  principal  amount of Auction Rate
               Notes to be  purchased  and the  aggregate  principal  amount  of
               Auction  Rate Notes to be sold by  Potential  Owners and Existing
               Owners on whose behalf each Broker-Dealer  submitted Bids or Sell
               Orders and,  with  respect to each  Broker-Dealer,  to the extent
               that such aggregate  principal amount of Auction Rate Notes to be
               sold differs from such aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate
               Notes to be purchased,  determine to which other Broker-Dealer or
               Broker-Dealers   acting   for   one  or  more   purchasers   such
               Broker-Dealer shall deliver, or from which other Broker-Dealer or
               Broker-Dealers  acting for one or more sellers such Broker-Dealer
               shall receive, as the case may be, Auction Rate Notes.

                      (vi) Any  calculation by the Auction Agent or the Trustee,
               as  applicable,  of the Auction Note Interest  Rate,  the Maximum
               Auction Rate, the All Hold Rate and the  Non-Payment  Rate shall,
               in the  absence  of  manifest  error,  be  binding  on all  other
               parties.

                      (vii)  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary,  (A) no
               Auction for the Auction Rate Notes for an Auction  Period of less
               than 180 days will be held on any Auction Date hereunder on which
               there are  insufficient  moneys in the Senior Interest Account of
               the Revenue  Fund and the Senior  Redemption  Account of the Note
               Redemption  Fund to pay, or otherwise  held by the Trustee  under
               the Indenture and available to pay, the principal of and interest
               due on the  Auction  Rate  Notes  on the  Interest  Payment  Date
               immediately  following such Auction Date, and (B) no Auction will
               be held on any Auction Date hereunder during the continuance of a
               Payment  Default.  The Trustee shall promptly  notify the Auction
               Agent of any such occurrence.

        Application of Interest Payments for the Auction Rate Notes.

                                       62
<PAGE>


                       (i) The Trustee shall determine not later than 2:00 p.m.,
               eastern  time,  on the Business Day next  succeeding  an Interest
               Payment  Date,  whether  a Payment  Default  has  occurred.  If a
               Payment Default has occurred,  the Trustee shall,  not later than
               2:15 p.m.,  eastern  time,  on such  Business  Day, send a notice
               thereof to the Auction Agent by telecopy or similar means and, if
               such Payment Default is cured, the Trustee shall immediately send
               a notice to the Auction Agent by telecopy or similar means.

                      (ii) Not  later  than 2:00  p.m.,  eastern  time,  on each
               anniversary  of the Closing  Date,  the Trustee  shall pay to the
               Auction Agent,  in immediately  available funds out of amounts in
               the Revenue Fund, an amount equal to the Auction Agent Fee as set
               forth in the Auction Agent  Agreement.  Not later than 2:00 p.m.,
               eastern time, on each Auction Date,  the Trustee shall pay to the
               Auction Agent,  in immediately  available funds out of amounts in
               the Revenue  Fund,  an amount equal to the  Broker-Dealer  Fee as
               calculated in the Auction  Agent  Agreement.  The Trustee  shall,
               from time to time at the request of the Auction  Agent and at the
               direction of an Authorized  Officer,  reimburse the Auction Agent
               for its  reasonable  expenses as  provided  in the Auction  Agent
               Agreement, such expenses to be paid out of amounts in the Revenue
               Fund.

        Calculation of Maximum Auction Rate, All Hold Rate and Non-Payment Rate.
The Auction Agent shall  calculate the applicable  Maximum  Auction Rate and All
Hold Rate, as the case may be, on each Auction Date and shall notify the Trustee
and the Broker-Dealers of the applicable Maximum Auction Rate and All Hold Rate,
as the case may be, as provided in the Auction Agent Agreement;  provided,  that
if the ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is no longer maintained in Book-entry
Form, or if a Payment Default has occurred, then the Trustee shall determine the
applicable  Maximum  Auction Rate, All Hold Rate and  Non-Payment  Rate for each
such Interest  Period.  The Market Agent shall calculate the Index (if the Index
is other than the PSA Municipal Swap Index) on each Interest Rate  Determination
Date and shall  notify the Trustee  and the Auction  Agent of the Index prior to
9:30 a.m.,  eastern  time,  on each  Interest  Rate  Determination  Date. If the
ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is no longer  maintained in Book-entry  Form
by the Securities Depository, the Trustee shall calculate the applicable Maximum
Auction  Rate on the Business Day  immediately  preceding  the first day of each
Interest Period after the delivery of certificates representing the Auction Rate
Notes pursuant to the Indenture.  If a Payment Default shall have occurred,  the
Trustee shall calculate the Non-Payment Rate on the Interest Rate  Determination
Date for (i) each Interest Period commencing after the occurrence and during the
continuance of such Payment Default and (ii) any Interest Period commencing less
than two Business Days after the cure of any Payment Default.  The determination
by the  Trustee  or the  Auction  Agent,  as the case may be, of the  applicable
Maximum Auction Rate, All Hold Rate and  Non-Payment  Rate shall (in the absence
of manifest  error) be final and binding  upon all  parties.  If  calculated  or
determined by the Auction  Agent,  the Auction Agent shall  promptly  advise the
Trustee  of  the  applicable  Maximum  Auction  Rate  and  All  Hold  Rate.  The
determination by the Market Agent of the Index shall (in the absence of manifest
error) be final and binding upon all parties.




                                       63
<PAGE>

        If the  Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York does not make  available  its
30-day  commercial  paper rate for purposes of  determining  the "AA"  Composite
Commercial  Paper Rate,  the Auction Agent shall notify the Trustee of such fact
and the Trustee  shall  thereupon  request that an Authorized  Officer  promptly
appoint at least two Commercial Paper Dealers (in addition to Smith Barney Inc.)
to  provide  commercial  paper  quotes  for  purposes  of  determining  the "AA"
Composite  Commercial  Paper Rate.  Pending  appointment of both such additional
Commercial  Paper  Dealers,  Smith  Barney Inc. and any other  Commercial  Paper
Dealer appointed and serving as such shall provide the required quotations,  and
such  quotations  shall be used for purposes of this  Exhibit III.  Smith Barney
Inc. has been appointed as a Commercial Paper Dealer to provide commercial paper
quotes for purposes of determining the "AA" Composite  Commercial  Paper Rate as
provided above.

        Notification of Rates, Amounts and Payment Dates. By 12:00 noon, eastern
time, on the Business Day following  each Regular Record Date, the Trustee shall
determine the aggregate amounts of interest distributable on the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date to the beneficial owners of Auction Rate Notes.

        At least four days  prior to any  Interest  Payment  Date,  the  Trustee
shall:

               (a) confirm with the Auction Agent, so long as no Payment Default
        has occurred  and is  continuing  and the  ownership of the Auction Rate
        Notes is maintained in Book-entry Form by the Securities Depository, (i)
        the date of such next Interest  Payment Date and (ii) the amount payable
        to the Auction  Agent on the Auction Date pursuant to  "-Application  of
        Interest Payments for the Auction Rate Notes" above.

               (b) advise the Registered Owners of a Class of Auction Rate Notes
        of any Carry-over Amount accruing on such Auction Rate Notes; and

               (c) advise the Securities Depository, so long as the ownership of
        the  Auction  Rate  Notes  is  maintained  in  Book-entry  Form  by  the
        Securities Depository, upon request, of the aggregate amount of interest
        distributable  on such  next  Interest  Payment  Date to the  beneficial
        owners of each Class of the Auction Rate Notes.

               If any day  scheduled  to be an  Interest  Payment  Date shall be
        changed  after the Trustee  shall have given the notice or  confirmation
        referred to above, the Trustee shall, not later than 11:15 a.m., eastern
        time, on the Business Day next preceding the earlier of the new Interest
        Payment  Date or the old  Interest  Payment  Date,  by such means as the
        Trustee  deems  practicable,  give  notice of such change to the Auction
        Agent,  so long as no Payment Default has occurred and is continuing and
        the ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is maintained in Book-entry Form
        by the Securities Depository.



                                       64
<PAGE>


        Auction  Agent.  Bankers  Trust  Company has been  appointed  as Initial
Auction Agent to serve as agent for the Issuer in connection with Auctions.  The
Trustee and the Issuer will,  and the Trustee is hereby  directed to, enter into
the Initial Auction Agent  Agreement with Bankers Trust Company,  as the Initial
Auction  Agent.  Any  Substitute  Auction  Agent  shall be (a) a bank,  national
banking association or trust company duly organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state or territory  thereof having its principal  place
of business in the Borough of  Manhattan,  New York,  or such other  location as
approved  by the  Trustee in writing  and  having a  combined  capital  stock or
surplus of at least $50,000,000,  or (b) a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., having a capitalization of at least $50,000,000,  and,
in either  case,  authorized  by law to perform all the duties  imposed  upon it
hereunder  and under the Auction Agent  Agreement.  The Auction Agent may at any
time  resign and be  discharged  of the duties  and  obligations  created by the
Indenture by giving at least 90 days'  notice to the  Trustee,  the Market Agent
and the Issuer. The Auction Agent may be removed at any time by the Trustee upon
the written  direction of an Authorized  Officer or the Registered Owners of 51%
of the aggregate  principal  amount of the Auction Rate Notes then  Outstanding,
and if by such  Registered  Owners,  by an instrument  signed by such Registered
Owners or their  attorneys and filed with the Auction Agent,  the Issuer and the
Trustee upon at least 90 days' notice.  Neither  resignation  nor removal of the
Auction Agent pursuant to the preceding two sentences  shall be effective  until
and unless a Substitute  Auction Agent has been  appointed and has accepted such
appointment.  If required by the Issuer,  a Substitute  Auction Agent  Agreement
shall be entered  into with a  Substitute  Auction  Agent.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Auction  Agent may  terminate  the Auction  Agent  Agreement if,
within 25 days after  notifying the Trustee,  the Market Agent and the Issuer in
writing  that it has not  received  payment of any  Auction  Agent Fee due it in
accordance with the terms of the Auction Agent Agreement, the Auction Agent does
not receive such payment.

        If the Auction Agent shall resign or be removed or be  dissolved,  or if
the property or affairs of the Auction Agent shall be taken under the control of
any state or federal  court or  administrative  body  because of  bankruptcy  or
insolvency,  or for  any  other  reason,  the  Trustee  at the  direction  of an
Authorized  Officer,  shall use its best efforts to appoint a Substitute Auction
Agent.

        The Auction Agent is acting as agent for the Issuer in  connection  with
Auctions. In the absence of bad faith, negligent failure to act or negligence on
its part,  the Auction Agent shall not be liable for any action taken,  suffered
or omitted or any error of judgment made by it in the  performance of its duties
under the  Auction  Agent  Agreement  and  shall not be liable  for any error of
judgment made in good faith unless the Auction  Agent shall have been  negligent
in ascertaining (or failing to ascertain) the pertinent facts.

        Broker-Dealers.  The  Auction  Agent  will  enter  into a  Broker-Dealer
Agreement  with Smith Barney Inc., as the initial  Broker-Dealer.  An Authorized
Officer may, from time to time,  approve one or more additional persons to serve
as Broker-Dealers  under  Broker-Dealer  Agreements and shall be responsible for
providing  such  Broker-Dealer  Agreements to the Trustee and the Auction Agent,
provided,  however that while Smith  Barney Inc. is serving as a  Broker-Dealer,
Smith  Barney  Inc.  shall  have the right to  consent  to the  approval  of any
additional Broker-Dealers,  which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any
Broker-Dealer  may be  removed  at any time,  at the  request  of an  Authorized
Officer, but there shall, at all times, be at least one Broker-Dealer  appointed
and acting as such.


                                       65
<PAGE>


        Changes in Auction Period or Periods and Certain Percentages.  While any
of the Auction Rate Notes are  Outstanding,  the Issuer may,  from time to time,
change  the  length  of  one  or  more  Auction   Periods  (an  "Auction  Period
Adjustment"), in order to conform with then current market practice with respect
to similar securities or to accommodate  economic and financial factors that may
affect or be relevant to the length of the Auction  Period and the interest rate
borne by the Auction Rate Notes. The Issuer shall not initiate an Auction Period
Adjustment  unless it shall  have  received  the  written  consent of the Market
Agent,  which consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  not later than nine
days  prior to the  Auction  Date for such  Auction  Period.  The  Issuer  shall
initiate the Auction Period  Adjustment by giving written notice by Issuer Order
to the Trustee,  the Auction Agent, the Market Agent, each Rating Agency and the
Securities  Depository  at least  10 days  prior  to the  Auction  Date for such
Auction Period.  Any such adjusted  Auction Period shall not be less than 7 days
nor more than 366 days.

        An Auction Period  Adjustment  shall take effect only if (A) the Trustee
and the Auction Agent receive,  by 11:00 a.m., eastern time, on the Business Day
before the Auction Date for the first such Auction Period, an Issuer Certificate
authorizing the Auction Period  Adjustment  specified in such certificate  along
with a copy of the written  consent of the Market Agent and, (B) Sufficient Bids
exist as of the Auction on the Auction Date for such first  Auction  Period.  If
the condition  referred to in (A) above is not met, the applicable  Auction Note
Interest Rate for the next Auction  Period shall be  determined  pursuant to the
above  provisions and the Auction Period shall be the Auction Period  determined
without reference to the proposed change. If the condition referred to in (A) is
met but the condition  referred in (B) above is not met, the applicable  Auction
Note Interest Rate for the next Auction Period shall be the  applicable  Maximum
Auction  Rate and the  Auction  Period  shall be the Auction  Period  determined
without  reference to the proposed change. In connection with any Auction Period
Adjustment,  the Auction Agent shall provide such further notice to such parties
as is specified in the Auction Agent Agreement.

        Changes in the Auction Date. The Market Agent,  with the written consent
of an Authorized Officer and, if applicable, upon receipt of the opinion of Note
Counsel as required below,  may specify an earlier Auction Date (but in no event
more than five Business Days earlier) than the Auction Date that would otherwise
be determined in accordance  with the  definition of "Auction  Date" herein with
respect to one or more specified  Auction  Periods in order to conform with then
current  market  practice with respect to similar  securities or to  accommodate
economic and financial  factors that may affect or be relevant to the day of the
week  constituting  an Auction Date and the  interest  rate borne on the Auction
Rate Notes. The Market Agent shall deliver a written request for consent to such
change in the length of the Auction Date to the Issuer at least 14 days prior to
the  effective  date of such  change.  If the Issuer shall have  delivered  such
written  consent to the Market Agent,  the Market Agent shall provide  notice of
its  determination  to specify an earlier  Auction  Date for one or more Auction
Periods  by means of a written  notice  delivered  at least 10 days prior to the
proposed  changed  Auction Date to the Trustee,  the Auction Agent,  the Issuer,
each Rating Agency and the Securities Depository.  In connection with any change
described  in the  preceding  paragraph,  the Auction  Agent shall  provide such
further notice to such parties as is specified in the Auction Agent Agreement.


                                       66
<PAGE>


        Additional  Provisions  Regarding the Interest Rates on the Auction Rate
Notes.  The  determination  of a Variable Rate by the Auction Agent or any other
Person shall be conclusive and binding on the Registered  Owners of the Class of
Auction Rate Notes to which such Variable  Rate applies,  and the Issuer and the
Trustee may rely thereon for all purposes.

        In no event shall the cumulative amount of interest paid or payable on a
Class of Auction Rate Notes (including  interest  calculated as provided herein,
plus any other  amounts  that  constitute  interest on the Auction Rate Notes of
such Class under  applicable law, which are contracted for,  charged,  reserved,
taken or received  pursuant  to the Auction  Rate Notes of such Class or related
documents)  calculated  from the date of issuance  of the Auction  Rate Notes of
such Class through any  subsequent day during the term of the Auction Rate Notes
of such Class or otherwise prior to payment in full of the Auction Rate Notes of
such Class exceed the amount  permitted by applicable law. If the applicable law
is ever  judicially  interpreted so as to render  usurious any amount called for
under the Auction  Rate Notes of such Class or related  documents  or  otherwise
contracted  for,  charged,  reserved,  taken or received in connection  with the
Auction Rate Notes of such Class,  or if the redemption or  acceleration  of the
maturity  of the  Auction  Rate  Notes of such  Class  results  in payment to or
receipt by the Registered  Owner or any former  Registered  Owner of the Auction
Rate  Notes  of such  Class of any  interest  in  excess  of that  permitted  by
applicable law, then, notwithstanding any provision of the Auction Rate Notes of
such Class or related documents to the contrary,  all excess amounts theretofore
paid or received  with  respect to the Auction Rate Notes of such Class shall be
credited on the  principal  balance of the Auction Rate Notes of such Class (or,
if the Auction Rate Notes of such Class have been paid or would  thereby be paid
in full, refunded by the recipient  thereof),  and the provisions of the Auction
Rate  Notes  of  such  Class  and  related  documents  shall  automatically  and
immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter  collectible hereunder
and  thereunder  reduced,  without the  necessity  of the  execution  of any new
document,  so as to comply  with the  applicable  law,  but so as to permit  the
recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for under the Auction Rate Notes
of such Class and under the related documents.

        Qualifications  of Market  Agent.  The Market Agent shall be a member of
the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., have a capitalization of
at least  $50,000,000 and be authorized by law to perform all the duties imposed
upon it by the  Indenture.  The Market Agent may resign and be discharged of the
duties and  obligations  created under the Indenture by giving at least 30 days'
notice to the Issuer and the Trustee,  provided that such resignation  shall not
be effective until the appointment of a successor market agent by the Issuer and
the acceptance of such  appointment by such successor  market agent.  The Market
Agent may be replaced at the direction of the Issuer, by an instrument signed by
an Authorized  Officer,  filed with the Market Agent and the Trustee at least 30
days  before  the  effective  date  of  such  replacement,  provided  that  such
replacement  shall not be effective until the appointment of a successor  market
agent by the Issuer and the  acceptance of such  appointment  by such  successor
market agent.



                                       67
<PAGE>

        In the event that the Market Agent shall be removed or be dissolved,  or
if the  property or affairs of the Market Agent shall be taken under the control
of any state or federal  court or  administrative  body because of bankruptcy or
insolvency, or for any other reason, and there is no Market Agent and the Issuer
shall  not  have   appointed  its  successor  as  Market  Agent,   the  Trustee,
notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, shall be deemed to be
the Market Agent for all purposes of the Indenture  until the appointment by the
Issuer  of the  successor  Market  Agent.  Nothing  in the  Indenture  shall  be
construed as conferring on the Trustee additional duties other than as set forth
in the Indenture.

                     AUCTION RATE NOTE SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES

        Capitalized  terms  used  herein  shall  have  the  respective  meanings
specified  herein under "Certain  Definitions and Provisions  Related to Auction
Rate Notes and Auction  Procedures."  These  settlement  procedures apply to all
Auction Rate Notes except as may otherwise be specified with respect to a Series
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

               (a) Not later than 3:00 p.m. on each  Auction  Date,  the Auction
        Agent is  required  to  notify  by  telephone  the  Broker-Dealers  that
        participated  in the Auction held on such Auction Date and  submitted an
        Order on behalf of any Existing Owner or Potential Owner of:

                     (i)   the Auction Rate fixed for the next Interest Period;

                     (ii) whether there were  Sufficient  Clearing Bids in such
                Auction;

                     (iii) if such  Broker-Dealer  (a "Seller's  Broker-Dealer")
               submitted a Bid or a Sell Order on behalf of an  Existing  Owner,
               whether such Bid or Sell Order was accepted or rejected, in whole
               or in part,  and the principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes,  if
               any, to be sold by such Existing Owner;

                      (iv) if such  Broker-Dealer  (a  "Buyer's  Broker-Dealer")
               submitted a Bid on behalf of a Potential Owner,  whether such Bid
               was accepted or rejected,  in whole or in part, and the principal
               amount of Auction  Rate Notes,  if any, to be  purchased  by such
               Potential Owner;

                       (v) if the  aggregate  principal  amount of Auction  Rate
               Notes to be sold by all  Existing  Owners  on whose  behalf  such
               Broker-Dealer submitted Bids or Sell Orders is different than the
               aggregate  principal amount of Auction Rate Notes to be purchased
               by all  Potential  Owners  on  whose  behalf  such  Broker-Dealer
               submitted a Bid,  the name or names of one or more other  Buyer's
               Broker-Dealers  (and the Participant,  if any, of each such other
               Buyer's  Broker-Dealer) acting for one or more purchasers of such
               excess  principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes and the principal
               amount of  Auction  Rate Notes to be  purchased  from one or more
               Existing Owners on whose behalf such  Broker-Dealer  acted by one
               or more  Potential  Owners  on whose  behalf  each of such  other
               Buyer's Broker-Dealers acted; and


                                       68
<PAGE>


                      (vi) if the  principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes to be
               purchased   by  all   Potential   Owners  on  whose  behalf  such
               Broker-Dealer  submitted a Bid exceeds the amount of Auction Rate
               Notes to be sold by all  Existing  Owners  on whose  behalf  such
               Broker-Dealer  submitted a Bid or a Sell Order, the name or names
               of one or more Seller's Broker-Dealers (and the name of the agent
               member, if any, of each such Seller's  Broker-Dealer)  acting for
               one or more  sellers of such excess  principal  amount of Auction
               Rate Notes and the  principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes to be
               sold  to one or  more  Potential  Owners  on  whose  behalf  such
               Broker-Dealer  acted  by one or more  Existing  Owners  on  whose
               behalf each of such Seller's Broker-Dealers acted;

                     (vii) unless previously  provided, a list of all Applicable
               Auction  Rate  Notes  Rates  and  related  Interest  Periods  (or
               portions thereof) since the last Interest Payment Date; and

                    (viii) the Auction Date for the next succeeding Auction.

               (b) On each Auction Date,  each  Broker-Dealer  that submitted an
               Order on behalf of any Existing Owner or Potential Owner shall:

                       (i) advise each  Existing  Owner and  Potential  Owner on
               whose behalf such Broker-Dealer  submitted a Bid or Sell Order in
               the Auction on such  Auction  Date whether such Bid or Sell Order
               was accepted or rejected, in whole or in part;

                      (ii)  instruct each  Potential  Owner on whose behalf such
               Broker-Dealer  submitted a Bid that was accepted,  in whole or in
               part,  to  instruct  such  Bidder's  Participant  to pay to  such
               Broker-Dealer   (or  its  Participant)   through  the  Securities
               Depository the amount  necessary to purchase the principal amount
               of  Auction  Rate  Notes  to be  purchased  pursuant  to such Bid
               against receipt of such principal amount of Auction Rate Notes;

                     (iii) in the  case of a  Broker-Dealer  that is a  Seller's
               Broker-Dealer,  instruct each Existing Owner on whose behalf such
               Broker-Dealer  submitted a Sell Order that was accepted, in whole
               or in part, or a Bid that was  accepted,  in whole or in part, to
               instruct such  Existing  Owner's  Participant  to deliver to such
               Broker-Dealer   (or  its  Participant)   through  the  Securities
               Depository the principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes to be sold
               pursuant to such Bid or Sell Order against payment therefor;

                      (iv)  advise  each  Existing  Owner on whose  behalf  such
               Broker-Dealer  submitted  an Order  and each  Potential  Owner on
               whose  behalf such  Broker-Dealer  submitted a Bid of the Auction
               Rate for the next Interest Period;

                       (v)  advise  each  Existing  Owner on whose  behalf  such
               Broker-Dealer  submitted a Bid that was accepted,  in whole or in
               part, of the next Auction Date; and


                                       69
<PAGE>

                      (vi)  advise  each  Potential  Owner on whose  behalf such
               Broker-Dealer  submitted a Bid that was accepted,  in whole or in
               part, of the next Auction Date.

               (c) On the basis of the  information  provided  to it pursuant to
        paragraph (a) above,  each  Broker-Dealer  that  submitted a Bid or Sell
        Order in an Auction is  required to  allocate  any funds  received by it
        pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) above, and any Auction Rate Notes received
        by it pursuant to paragraph  (b)(iii) above, among the Potential Owners,
        if any, on whose behalf such Broker-Dealer  submitted Bids, the Existing
        Owners,  if any, on whose behalf such  Broker-Dealer  submitted  Bids or
        Sell Orders in such Auction, and any Broker-Dealers  identified to it by
        the Auction Agent following such Auction pursuant to paragraph (a)(v) or
        (a)(vi) above.

               (d)    On each Auction Date:

                       (i) each Potential Owner and Existing Owner with an Order
               in  the  Auction  on  such  Auction   Date  shall   instruct  its
               Participant as provided in (b)(ii) or (b)(iii) above, as the case
               may be;

                      (ii) each Seller's Broker-Dealer that is not a Participant
               in the Securities  Depository  shall instruct its  Participant to
               (A) pay through the Securities  Depository to the  Participant of
               the  Existing  Owner  delivering   Auction  Rate  Notes  to  such
               Broker-Dealer  following such Auction  pursuant to (b)(iii) above
               the amount  necessary,  including  accrued  interest,  if any, to
               purchase such Auction Rate Notes against  receipt of such Auction
               Rate Notes,  and (B) deliver such Auction Rate Notes  through the
               Securities   Depository  to  a  Buyer's   Broker-Dealer  (or  its
               Participant)  identified to such Seller's  Broker-Dealer pursuant
               to (a)(v) above against payment therefor; and

                     (iii) each Buyer's  Broker-Dealer that is not a Participant
               in the Securities  Depository  shall instruct its  Participant to
               (A)  pay  through  the   Securities   Depository  to  a  Seller's
               Broker-Dealer  (or its  Participant)  identified  following  such
               Auction pursuant to (a)(vi) above the amount necessary, including
               accrued  interest,  if any, to purchase the Auction Rate Notes to
               be purchased  pursuant to (b)(ii) above  against  receipt of such
               Auction  Rate Notes,  and (B)  deliver  such  Auction  Rate Notes
               through  the  Securities  Depository  to the  Participant  of the
               purchaser thereof against payment therefor.

               (e) On  the  first  Business  Day of  the  Interest  Period  next
succeeding each Auction Date:

                       (i) each  Participant for a Bidder in the Auction on such
               Auction  Date  referred  to in (d)(i)  above shall  instruct  the
               Securities Depository to execute the transactions described under
               (b)(ii) or (b)(iii)  above for such Auction,  and the  Securities
               Depository shall execute such transactions;


                                       70
<PAGE>


                      (ii) each Seller's  Broker-Dealer or its Participant shall
               instruct the  Securities  Depository to execute the  transactions
               described in (d)(ii) above for such Auction,  and the  Securities
               Depository shall execute such transactions; and

                     (iii) each Buyer's  Broker-Dealer or its Participant  shall
               instruct the  Securities  Depository to execute the  transactions
               described in (d)(iii) above for such Auction,  and the Securities
               Depository shall execute such transactions.

               (f) If an Existing Owner selling Auction Rate Notes in an Auction
        fails to deliver such Auction Rate Notes (by authorized  book-entry),  a
        Broker-Dealer  may deliver to the Potential  Owner on behalf of which it
        submitted  a Bid that was  accepted a principal  amount of Auction  Rate
        Notes that is less than the principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes that
        otherwise was to be purchased by such  Potential  Owner.  In such event,
        the principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes to be so delivered  shall be
        determined  solely  by  such  Broker-Dealer.  Delivery  of  such  lesser
        principal  amount of Auction Rate Notes shall  constitute good delivery.
        Notwithstanding  the foregoing terms of this paragraph (f), any delivery
        or nondelivery of Auction Rate Notes which shall represent any departure
        from the  results of an Auction,  as  determined  by the Auction  Agent,
        shall be of no effect unless and until the Auction Agent shall have been
        notified  of  such  delivery  or  nondelivery  in  accordance  with  the
        provisions of the Auction Agent and the Broker-Dealer Agreement.

                       CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS
                           RELATED TO LIBOR RATE NOTES

        The definitions and provisions  relating to LIBOR Rate Notes are, unless
otherwise  specified  with  respect  to  a  Series  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, set forth below.

LIBOR-Related Definitions

        "Applicable  Rate" shall mean,  with  respect to the LIBOR Rate Notes of
any Class for the first  Interest  Period,  the rate per annum  specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement and, with respect to the LIBOR Rate Notes of any
Class for each subsequent Interest Period, the LIBOR-Based Rate as determined by
the Calculation Agent on the LIBOR Determination Date; provided,  however,  that
the Applicable Rate cannot exceed the Maximum Interest Rate.

        "Authorized Denominations" shall mean $100,000 and any multiple thereof,
or any other amount as may be specified  with respect to a Series in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

        "Bond-Equivalent  Yield" shall mean,  in respect of any security  with a
maturity  of six months or less the rate for which is quoted in The Wall  Street
Journal on a bank discount basis, a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated
in  accordance  with the  following  formula  and  rounded up to the nearest one
one-hundredth of one percent:

                                       71
<PAGE>



        Bond Equivalent Yield =         Q X N        x 100
                                --------------------
                                    360 - (T X Q)


where  "Q"  refers  to the per  annum  rate for the  security  quoted  on a bank
discount basis and expressed as a decimal,  "N" refers to 365 or 366 (days),  as
the case may be, and "T" refers to the number of days to maturity.

        "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, holiday
or day on which banks in New York, New York, or the New York Stock Exchange, the
Trustee  or  the  Calculation  Agent,  are  authorized  or  permitted  by law or
executive order to close.

        "Calculation  Agent"  shall  mean any person  appointed  as such to make
calculations of interest and other matters pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Depository" or "Securities  Depository" shall mean The Depository Trust
Company or any  successor  securities  depository  selected  or  approved by the
Issuer.

        "Holder" as used in this Section shall mean the beneficial  owner of any
Class B-2 Note and any other beneficial owner of a LIBOR Rate Note.

        "Initial  Interest  Payment  Date" shall mean the date  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

        "Initial  Interest  Period" shall mean the period from and including the
date of  delivery  of the LIBOR  Rate  Notes of any Class and ending on the date
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

        "Initial Period  Interest"  shall mean,  with respect to any Class,  the
interest  rate per annum on the LIBOR Rate Notes of such Class  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

        "Interest  Amount"  shall mean the amount of interest  distributable  in
respect  of each  $100,000  in  principal  amount or any other  amount as may be
specified with respect to a Series in the related Prospectus  Supplement (taken,
without  rounding,  to .0001 of one cent) of LIBOR Rate  Notes for any  Interest
Period or part thereof, as calculated in accordance with the Indenture.

        "Interest  Payment  Date"  means  the  date  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement  and the  first  day of each  month  thereafter,  and the
maturity date for any LIBOR Note, or if any such date is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day (but only for interest accrued through the last day
of the calendar month next preceding such Interest Payment Date).

        "Interest  Period" means the Initial  Interest Period for the LIBOR Rate
Notes of any Class and the period  beginning  on the first day of each month and
ending on the last day of each month.


                                       72
<PAGE>


        "LIBOR  Determination  Date"  shall mean the  Business  Day  immediately
preceding the first day of each Interest Period.

        "LIBOR-Based  Rate" shall mean One-Month LIBOR plus an amount  specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

        "Maximum  Interest  Rate"  shall mean the lesser of (a) 18% per annum or
(b) the maximum  rate of  interest  permitted  under State law for student  loan
revenue bonds of the Issuer.

        "One-Month LIBOR" means the rate of interest per annum equal to the rate
per annum at which United States dollar  deposits having a maturity of one month
are offered to prime banks in the London  interbank  market  which appear on the
Telerate Service LIBOR Page as of approximately  11:00 a.m., London time, on the
LIBOR  Determination  Date. If at least two such  quotations  appear,  One-Month
LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
one-hundredth  of one  percent) of such  offered  rates.  If fewer than two such
quotes  appear,  One-Month  LIBOR with respect to such  Interest  Period will be
determined at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination
Date on the basis of the rate at which  deposits in United States dollars having
a maturity of three  months are  offered to prime banks in the London  interbank
market by four major banks in the London  interbank  market  selected by (i) the
Calculation  Agent (if the Calculation  Agent is other than the Trustee) or (ii)
the Trustee, and in a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 and that
is  representative  for a single  transaction  in such market at such time.  The
Calculation  Agent or the Trustee,  as  applicable,  will request the  principal
London  office of each of such banks to provide a quotation  of its rate.  If at
least two quotations are provided,  One-Month  LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean
(rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent) of
such offered rates.  If fewer than two quotations are provided,  One-Month LIBOR
with  respect to such  Interest  Period  will be the  arithmetic  mean  (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent) of the rates
quoted  at  approximately   11:00  a.m.,  New  York  City  time  on  such  LIBOR
Determination  Date by three major banks in New York,  New York  selected by (x)
the  Calculation  Agent or (y) the Trustee,  as applicable,  for loans in United
States  dollars to leading  European banks having a maturity of three months and
in a principal  amount equal to an amount of not less than U.S.  $1,000,000  and
that is  representative  for a single  transaction  in such market at such time;
provided,  however,  that if the banks  selected as aforesaid are not quoting as
mentioned  in this  sentence,  One-Month  LIBOR  in  effect  for the  applicable
Interest Period, will be One-Month LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding
Interest Period.

        "Participant" shall mean a member of or participant in, the Depository.

        "Payment  Default"  shall mean  failure to make  payment of interest on,
premium, if any, and principal of the LIBOR Rate Notes when due, by the Issuer.

        "Person" means and includes,  unless otherwise specified, an individual,
corporation, company, trust, estate partnership or association.



                                       73
<PAGE>

        "Record Date" shall mean the Business Day immediately preceding the 
Interest Payment Date.

        "Redemption  Date," when used with respect to any LIBOR Rate Notes to be
redeemed, shall mean the date fixed for such redemption.

        "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Securities  Exchange  Act" shall mean the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934, as amended.

Interest on LIBOR Rate Notes

               (a)  Interest  on the LIBOR  Rate  Notes  shall  accrue  for each
        Interest  Period  and shall be  payable  in  arrears,  on each  Interest
        Payment Date.

               (b) The rate of interest on the LIBOR Rate Notes of any Class for
        the first Interest Period shall be Initial Period Interest  specified in
        the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The rate of interest on the LIBOR
        Rate Notes for each  subsequent  Interest  Period shall be determined by
        the Calculation Agent on the LIBOR  Determination  Date and shall be the
        LIBOR-Based Rate.

        If a Payment Default occurs, the Applicable Rate (as defined below) with
respect to the LIBOR Rate Notes of any Class shall be the same rate per annum as
if no such Payment Default had occurred.

        The rate per annum at which  interest is payable on the LIBOR Rate Notes
of any Class for any Interest  Period is herein  referred to as the  "Applicable
Rate."  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary,  the Applicable  Rate
cannot exceed the Maximum Interest Rate.

Payments

        So long as the LIBOR Rate Notes of any Class are  registered in the name
of the  Depository or the nominee  thereof,  payment of interest  (other than at
maturity) and premium, if any, on, and of principal at redemption of, such LIBOR
Rate Notes shall be made to the Depository by wire transfer provided proper wire
instructions  are  received.  Each Holder of LIBOR Rate Notes,  by such Holder's
purchase of LIBOR Rate Notes,  appoints  the Trustee as its agent in  connection
with the payment by such Holder of its share,  if any, of the amounts payable to
the Calculation Agent.

Notice of Payment Defaults and Cures


                                       74
<PAGE>


        By 12:30 p.m. on the Business Day  immediately  succeeding each Interest
Payment Date, the Trustee will determine if a Payment Default has occurred. If a
Payment Default has occurred,  the Trustee shall,  if the  Calculation  Agent is
other  than the  Trustee,  notify  the  Calculation  Agent by 1:00 p.m.  of such
Payment Default.  If a Payment Default has been cured, the Trustee shall, if the
Calculation Agent is other than the Trustee,  so notify the Calculation Agent by
5:00 p.m. on the day such Payment Default is cured.

Calculation of Rates;
Termination of Book-Entry System

        The  Calculation  Agent  shall  calculate  the  LIBOR-Based  Rate on the
Business Day immediately  preceding the first day of each Interest  Period.  The
determination  by the  Calculation  Agent of the  Applicable  Rate  will (in the
absence of  manifest  error) be final and  binding  upon the Owners of the LIBOR
Rate Notes and all other parties.

        If the  ownership  of the  LIBOR  Rate  Notes of any  Class is no longer
maintained in  book-entry  form such LIBOR Rate Notes may be exchanged for other
LIBOR Rate Notes, in Authorized Denominations, and of a like aggregate principal
amount, upon surrender of such LIBOR Rate Notes to be exchanged at the principal
office of the Trustee. LIBOR Rate Notes, upon surrender thereof at the principal
office  of  the  Trustee,  duly  endorsed  for  transfer  or  accompanied  by an
assignment  duly  executed  by the Holder of its  attorney  duly  authorized  in
writing, will be transferred to a transferee or transferees,  in the form of one
or more new fully  registered  LIBOR Rate  Notes of such  Class,  in  Authorized
Denomination,  and of a like aggregate principal amount having the same interest
rate and bearing numbers not previously assigned.

        In all cases in which the privilege of exchanging or transferring  LIBOR
Rate Notes is  exercised,  the Issuer  will cause to be executed  and  delivered
LIBOR Rate Notes in accordance  with the provisions of the Indenture.  For every
such exchange or transfer of LIBOR Rate Notes,  the Trustee will require payment
by the Holder of any tax or other  governmental  charge required to be paid with
respect to such exchange or transfer. All expenses,  other than any tax or other
government  charge,  incurred by the Trustee or the Issuer with  respect to each
such transfer or exchange will be paid by the Issuer.

        The Trustee  will not be required to transfer  any LIBOR Note during the
period of five Business Days next  preceding the mailing of notice of redemption
as described herein. After giving of such notice of redemption, the Trustee will
not be required to  transfer  or  exchange  any LIBOR Note,  which LIBOR Note or
portion thereof has been called for redemption.

Computation of Interest



                                       75
<PAGE>


        Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
amount of interest  distributable to Holders of LIBOR Rate Notes of any Class in
respect of each $100,000 in principal  amount thereof for any Interest Period or
part  thereof  shall be  calculated  by applying  the  Applicable  Rate for such
Interest Period or part thereof to the principal amount of $100,000, multiplying
such product by the actual number of days in the Interest Period or part thereof
concerned divided by 360, and truncating the resultant figure to the nearest one
cent.  Interest  on the LIBOR Rate Notes shall be computed by the Trustee on the
basis of a 360-day year for the number of days actually elapsed. In the event an
Interest  Payment  Date occurs in any  Interest  Period on a date other than the
first day of such Interest Period, the Trustee, after confirming the calculation
required  above,  shall  calculate the portion of the Interest Amount payable on
such  Interest  Payment  Date and the  portion  payable  on the next  succeeding
Interest Payment Date.

Notification of Rates, Amounts and Payment Dates

               (a) The Trustee shall determine the aggregate  amount of interest
        distributable  on the  next  succeeding  Interest  Payment  Date  to the
        Holders of the LIBOR Rate Notes.  So long as the  ownership of the LIBOR
        Rate  Notes  of any  Class  is  maintained  in  book-entry  form  by the
        Depository,  the Trustee shall advise the Depository of each Record Date
        for the LIBOR Rate Notes at least two Business Days prior thereto.

               (b) Promptly  after the Date of Issue and each  Interest  Payment
        Date,  and in any event at least 10 days prior to each Interest  Payment
        Date following the Initial Interest Payment Date, the Trustee shall:

                      (i) so long as no  Payment  Default  has  occurred  and is
                   continuing  and the  ownership of the LIBOR Rate Notes of any
                   Class is  maintained in  book-entry  form by the  Depository,
                   confirm the Calculation Agent's determination of (1) the date
                   of such next Interest Payment Date and (2) the amount payable
                   to the Calculation  Agent and notify the Calculation Agent of
                   any discrepancy therein; and

                      (ii) advise the  Depository,  so long as the  ownership of
                   the LIBOR Rate Notes of any Class is maintained in book-entry
                   form  by the  Depository,  of the  Applicable  Rate  and  the
                   Interest  Amount in respect of the next  succeeding  Interest
                   Period.

Calculation Agent


                                       76
<PAGE>


               (a) Smith  Barney Inc.  shall  serve as the  initial  Calculation
        Agent for the LIBOR Rate  Notes.  The  Calculation  Agent shall be (i) a
        bank or trust company duly organized under the laws of the United States
        of  America  or any state or  territory  thereof,  and having a combined
        capital stock,  surplus and undivided profits of at least $15,000,000 or
        (ii) a member of the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.,
        having a  capitalization  of at least  $15,000,000  and, in either case,
        authorized  by law to perform all the duties  imposed upon it hereunder.
        The  Calculation  Agent may resign and be  discharged  of the duties and
        obligations created hereunder by giving at least 90 days' written notice
        to  the  Issuer  and  the  Trustee  (30  days'  written  notice  if  the
        Calculation  Agent has not been paid its fee for more than 30 days). The
        Calculation  Agent  may be  removed  at any time by the  Trustee  if the
        Calculation  Agent is an entity  other than the  Trustee,  acting at the
        direction of the Issuer or the holders of 51% of the aggregate principal
        amount of the LIBOR Rate Notes,  by an instrument  signed by the Trustee
        and filed with the  Calculation  Agent and the  Issuer  upon at least 90
        days'  notice.  If the  Calculation  Agent and the  Trustee are the same
        entity,  the Calculation  Agent may be removed as described above,  with
        the Issuer acting in lieu of the Trustee.

               (b) In the event that the  Calculation  Agent shall  resign or be
        removed or dissolved,  or if the property or affairs of the  Calculation
        Agent shall be taken under the control of any state or federal  court or
        administrative  body because of  bankruptcy  or  insolvency,  or for any
        other  reason,  the  Issuer  shall  use its best  efforts  to  appoint a
        successor as Calculation  Agent,  and the Trustee shall  thereupon enter
        into an  agreement  with such  successor  to  perform  the duties of the
        Calculation Agent as described herein.

               (c) The  Calculation  Agent (if other than the Trustee)  shall be
        acting as agent for the Trustee, as trustee,  registrar and paying agent
        for the LIBOR Rate Notes,  in connection with its duties  hereunder.  In
        the  absence of bad faith or  negligence  on its part,  the  Calculation
        Agent shall not be liable for any action  taken,  suffered or omitted or
        for any error of judgment  made by it in the  performance  of its duties
        hereunder and shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
        faith  unless  the  Calculation  Agent  shall  have  been  negligent  in
        ascertaining  (or failing to ascertain) the pertinent facts necessary to
        make such judgment.

Credit Ratings

        The Issuer shall take all reasonable action necessary to enable at least
one nationally recognized  statistical rating organization (as that term is used
in the rules and  regulations of the SEC under the  Securities  Exchange Act) to
provide credit ratings for the LIBOR Rate Notes of any Class.

Notice

        The Issuer  shall use its best  efforts to provide the  Trustee  and, so
long as no Payment  Default has occurred and is continuing  and the ownership of
the LIBOR Rate Notes is  maintained in book-entry  form by the  Depository,  the
Calculation Agent with notice of any change in the maximum rate permitted by law
on the LIBOR Rate Notes.

Notice of Payment Default

               (a) If the Issuer  determines that a Payment Default has occurred
        the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee thereof.

               (b) So long as the ownership of the LIBOR Rate Notes of any Class
        is maintained in book-entry form by the Depository,  upon the occurrence
        of a Payment Default the Trustee shall immediately send a notice thereof
        to the Calculation Agent by telecopy or similar means.




                                       77
<PAGE>

               (c) So long as the ownership of the LIBOR Rate Notes of any Class
        is maintained in book-entry  form by the  Depository,  the Trustee shall
        immediately send notice to the Calculation  Agent by telecopy or similar
        means if a Payment Default is cured.

                             BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

        DTC,  located in New York, New York, is to act as Securities  Depository
for the book entry Notes of any Series.  Unless otherwise specified with respect
to a Series,  the  Notes of each  Series  are to be  issued as fully  registered
securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC's partnership nominee). One
fully registered bond certificate is to be issued for each Class of the Notes or
any  Series,  as set  forth in the  cover  page  hereof,  each in the  aggregate
principal amount of such Class, and is to be deposited with DTC.

        DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust  company  organized  under the New York
Banking Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking
Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning  of the New  York  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  and a  "clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange
Act. DTC holds  securities that its participants  ("Participants")  deposit with
DTC. DTC also  facilitates  the  settlement  among  Participants  of  securities
transactions,  such as transfers  and pledges in deposited  securities,  through
electronic computerized  book-entry changes in Participants'  accounts,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical  movement of securities  certificates.  Direct
Participants  include  securities  brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,
clearing corporations and certain other organizations.  DTC is owned by a number
of its  direct  Participants  and by the New  York  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.,  the
American  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.,  and the National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  Access to the DTC  system is also  available  to others  such as
securities brokers and dealers,  banks and trust companies that clear through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant,  either directly or
indirectly  ("Indirect  Participants").  The  rules  applicable  to DTC  and its
Participants are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        Purchases  of the Notes  under the DTC system must be made by or through
Direct  Participants,  which  are to  receive  a credit  for the  Notes on DTC's
records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each Series of Notes
("Beneficial  Owner")  is in turn to be  recorded  on the  Direct  and  Indirect
Participants' records.  Beneficial Owners shall not receive written confirmation
from DTC of their  purchase,  but  Beneficial  Owners  are  expected  to receive
written confirmations providing details of the transaction,  as well as periodic
statements of their holdings,  from the Direct or Indirect  Participant  through
which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction.  Transfers of ownership
interests  in the Notes are to be  accomplished  by entries made on the books of
Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners.  Beneficial Owners shall not
receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the Notes, except
in the event  that use of the  book-entry  system for the Series of any Notes is
discontinued.


                                       78
<PAGE>


        To facilitate subsequent transfers,  all Notes deposited by Participants
with DTC are registered in the name of DTC's partnership nominee, Cede & Co. The
deposit of such Notes with DTC and their  registration in the name of Cede & Co.
effect no change in  beneficial  ownership.  DTC has no  knowledge of the actual
Beneficial  Owners of Notes;  DTC's  records  reflect  only the  identity of the
Direct Participants to whose accounts such Notes are credited,  which may or may
not be the Beneficial  Owners.  The Participants  remain responsible for keeping
account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

        Conveyance  of  notices  and  other  communications  by  DTC  to  Direct
Participants,  by Direct  Participants to Indirect  Participants,  and by Direct
Participants  and Indirect  Participants  to  Beneficial  Owners are governed by
arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory  requirements as
may be in effect from time to time.

        Redemption  notices  shall be sent to Cede & Co.  If less  than all of a
Class of the  Notes of any  Series  are being  redeemed,  DTC's  practice  is to
determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct  Participant  in such
Class to be redeemed.

        Neither  DTC nor Cede & Co.  will  consent  or vote with  respect to the
Notes of any Series.  Under its usual procedures,  DTC mails an omnibus proxy to
the Issuer or Trustee,  as  appropriate,  as soon as  possible  after the record
date.  The omnibus  proxy  assigns Cede & Co.'s  consenting  or voting rights to
those Direct Participants to whose accounts the Notes are credited on the record
date (identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy).

        Principal  and  interest  payments  on the  Notes are to be made to DTC.
DTC's  practice is to credit  Direct  Participant's  accounts on the due date in
accordance with their respective  holdings shown on DTC's records unless DTC has
reason to believe that it will not receive payment on the due date.  Payments by
Participants  to  Beneficial  Owners are governed by standing  instructions  and
customary  practices,  as is the case with  securities  held for the accounts of
customers  in bearer  form or  registered  in  "street  name,"  and shall be the
responsibility  of such  Participant  and not of DTC, the Trustee or the Issuer,
subject to any  statutory or  regulatory  requirements  as may be in effect from
time to time.  Payment of principal and interest to DTC is the responsibility of
the Issuer or the Trustee,  disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants
shall be the  responsibility  of DTC, and  disbursement  of such payments to the
Beneficial   Owners  shall  be  the   responsibility   of  Direct  and  Indirect
Participants.

        DTC may discontinue providing its services as Securities Depository with
respect  to the Notes of any Series at any time by giving  reasonable  notice to
the  Issuer or the  Trustee.  Under  such  circumstances,  in the  event  that a
successor securities depository is not obtained,  note certificates are required
to be printed and delivered.

        The  Issuer may  decide to  discontinue  use of the system of book entry
transfers  through DTC (or a successor  securities  depository).  In that event,
note certificates are to be printed and delivered.


<
                                       79
<PAGE>


                                ADDITIONAL NOTES

        The Issuer may, upon  complying  with the  provisions of the  Indenture,
authenticate  and deliver from time to time  Additional  Notes with respect to a
Series secured by the Trust Estate on a parity with or subordinate to either the
Senior Notes,  the  Subordinate  Notes or the  Junior-Subordinate  Notes secured
under the Indenture as shall be determined by the Issuer.

        No Additional Notes shall be authenticated and delivered pursuant to the
Indenture until the following conditions have been satisfied:

               (a) The Issuer and the Trustee have  entered into a  Supplemental
        Indenture (which Supplemental Indenture will not require the approval of
        the Registered  Owners of any of the  Outstanding  Notes)  providing the
        terms and forms of the Additional  Notes,  including the  designation of
        such   Additional   Notes  as  Senior   Notes,   Subordinate   Notes  or
        Junior-Subordinate  Notes, the redemption  provisions applicable to such
        Additional  Notes  and  the  selection  provisions  applicable  to  such
        Additional  Notes in the case of partial  redemptions  not  inconsistent
        with the Indenture,  and which adopts the  applicable  provisions of the
        Indenture.

               (b) The Issuer has delivered to the Trustee  within 30 days prior
        to the delivery of the proposed Additional Notes a Cash Flow Certificate
        which, taking into account the then-existing Trust Estate as well as the
        Trust  Estate  after  giving  effect  to the  issuance  of the  proposed
        Additional Notes,  shows, with respect to the period covered by the Cash
        Flow  Certificate,  which  period shall extend from the date of the Cash
        Flow  Certificate  to the latest  maturity  of the Notes  expected to be
        Outstanding after the issuance of the proposed Additional Notes, (i) all
        Revenue  expected  to be  received  during  such  period  from the Trust
        Estate,  (ii) the application of all such Revenue in accordance with the
        provisions of the Indenture and (iii) the resulting periodic balances on
        each Interest  Payment  Date,  and shows that  anticipated  revenue will
        exceed,  by a margin of $250,000  plus any  additional  amount,  if any,
        required by any Supplemental Indenture,  the amount necessary to pay the
        principal  of  and  interest  on  the  Notes,   including  the  proposed
        Additional  Notes, when due and all expenses payable under the Indenture
        when due, under all scenarios included in the Cash Flows.

               (c) Written evidence from each Rating Agency which has assigned a
        Rating or Ratings  to any  Series of Notes  that such  Rating or Ratings
        will not be  reduced or  withdrawn  as a result of the  issuance  of the
        proposed  Additional Notes;  provided however,  that if any of the Notes
        are not then rated by any Rating Agency,  such Additional  Notes may not
        be secured on a parity with such unrated Notes.

               (d) An  opinion of Note  Counsel  to the  effect  that all of the
        foregoing  conditions to the issuance of the proposed  Additional  Notes
        have been satisfied.

                                       80
<PAGE>


               (e) Upon the issuance of the Additional Notes, an amount shall be
        deposited to the Reserve Fund to increase the amount on deposit  therein
        to equal the Reserve Fund Requirement.

               (f) The Trustee shall have received an opinion of counsel in form
        and  substance  acceptable  to it to the effect that the issuance of the
        Additional  Notes, if consummated,  would not cause the Notes to fail to
        be  characterized  as the  indebtedness of the Issuer for federal income
        tax purposes.

   
               Any Additional Notes shall have the Stated  Maturities  described
in a Supplemental Indenture.
    

               The  Trustee is  authorized  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the
        Indenture  to  establish  any  additional  Funds or  Accounts  under the
        Indenture  which it deems necessary or convenient in connection with the
        issuance and delivery of any Additional Notes of any Series.

                 SUMMARY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE

        The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture.  This
summary does not purport to be comprehensive and reference should be made to the
Indenture for a full and complete statement of the provisions thereof.

Parity of Lien

        The  provisions,  covenants and agreements set forth in the Indenture to
be  performed  by or on behalf  of the  Issuer  shall be for the equal  benefit,
protection  and security of the  Registered  Owners of any and all of the Notes,
all of which,  regardless  of the time or times of their  issuance or  maturity,
shall be of equal rank without preference, priority or distinction of any of the
Notes over any other thereof, except as expressly provided in the Indenture.

Other Obligations of the Issuer

        The  Issuer  agrees  not  to  commingle  the  Funds  established  by the
Indenture with funds,  proceeds, or investment of funds relating to other issues
or series of notes  heretofore  or hereafter  issued,  except to the extent such
commingling is required by the Trustee for ease in  administration of its duties
and  responsibilities;  provided,  however, that should the Trustee require such
permitted  commingling,  it shall keep complete records in order that the funds,
proceeds,  or investments  under the Indenture may at all times be identified by
source and application, and if necessary, separated.



                                       81
<PAGE>


        The Issuer agrees not to create or voluntarily  permit to be created any
debt,  lien,  or charge which would be on a parity with,  junior to, or prior to
the lien of the  Indenture;  shall  not do or omit to do or suffer to be done or
omitted  to be done any  matter or  things  whatsoever  whereby  the lien of the
Indenture or the priority of such lien for the Notes  thereby  secured  might or
could  be lost or  impaired;  and  agrees  to pay or cause to be paid or to make
adequate  provisions for the satisfaction and discharge of all lawful claims and
demands which if unpaid might by law be given precedence to or any equality with
the Indenture as a lien or charge upon the Financed  Eligible  Loans;  provided,
however,  that  nothing  in this  paragraph  shall  require  the  Issuer to pay,
discharge, or make provision for any such lien, charge, claim, or demand so long
as the validity thereof shall be by it in good faith contested,  unless thereby,
in the opinion of the  Trustee,  the same will  endanger  the  security  for the
Notes; and provided further that any subordinate lien (i.e.,  subordinate to the
lien securing the Senior Notes, the Subordinate Notes and the Junior-Subordinate
Notes,  if any) shall be entitled to no payment from the Trust  Estate,  nor may
any remedy be exercised with respect to such  subordinate lien against the Trust
Estate until all Notes shall have been paid or deemed paid under the Indenture.

Pledge for Payment

        The Notes and interest thereon shall be and are payable from and equally
secured  (except  as to  priority  of  payment  of the  Senior  Notes,  over the
Subordinate  Notes and the  Junior-Subordinate  Notes,  if any,  the priority of
payment   of  the   Senior   Notes   and  the   Subordinate   Notes   over   the
Junior-Subordinate  Notes,  if any, and the priority,  if any, of payment of one
series of  Junior-Subordinate  Notes over any other class of  Junior-Subordinate
Notes,  as  provided  in  the  Indenture  or as  provided  in  any  Supplemental
Indenture)  by an  irrevocable  first  lien  on and  pledge  of  the  properties
constituting the Trust Estate,  subject to the application  thereof as permitted
by the Indenture,  but in no event shall the Registered Owners have any right to
possession  of any  Financed  Eligible  Loans,  which  shall be held only by the
Trustee or its agent or bailee.  The Issuer  reserves the right to issue, in the
future,  additional  notes  subordinate to the Subordinate  Notes offered hereby
pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

Representations and Warranties of the Issuer

        The Issuer  represents  and  warrants in the  Indenture  that it is duly
authorized  under the laws of the State of Nevada  (the  "State")  to create and
issue the Notes and to execute and deliver the  Indenture and to make the pledge
to the payment of Notes thereunder, that all necessary action on the part of the
Issuer for the creation and issuance of the Notes and the execution and delivery
of the Indenture has been duly and effectively  taken; and that the Notes in the
hands of the  Registered  Owners  thereof are and will be valid and  enforceable
special limited obligations of the Issuer secured by and payable solely from the
Trust Estate.

Covenants as to Additional Conveyances


                                       82
<PAGE>


        At any and all times,  the Issuer will duly  execute,  acknowledge,  and
deliver, or will cause to be done, executed,  and delivered,  all and every such
further acts, conveyances, transfers, and assurances in law as the Trustee shall
reasonably  require for the better  conveying,  transferring,  and  pledging and
confirming unto the Trustee, all and singular,  the properties  constituting the
Trust Estate  transferred  and  pledged,  or intended so to be  transferred  and
pledged by the provisions of the Indenture.

Further Covenants of the Issuer

        The Issuer will cause financing  statements and continuation  statements
with respect  thereto at all times to be filed in the office of the Secretary of
State of its state of  organization  and any  other  jurisdiction  necessary  to
perfect and  maintain  the  security  interest  granted by the Issuer  under the
Indenture.

        The Issuer will duly and punctually  keep,  observe and perform each and
every  term,  covenant,  and  condition  on its  part to be kept,  observed  and
performed,  contained in the  Indenture and the other  agreements,  to which the
Issuer is a party pursuant to the  transactions  contemplated  by the Indenture,
and will punctually  perform all duties required by the Bylaws of the Issuer and
laws of the State.

        The Issuer shall be operated on the basis of its fiscal year established
by its board of directors from time to time (the "Fiscal Year").

        The Issuer  shall cause to be kept full and proper  books of records and
accounts,  in which full, true, and proper entries will be made of all dealings,
business, and affairs of the Issuer which relate to the Notes.

        The Issuer,  upon  written  request of the  Trustee,  will permit at all
reasonable  times the  Trustee or its agents,  accountants,  and  attorneys,  to
examine and inspect the property, books of account,  records, reports, and other
data relating to the Financed  Eligible Loans, and will furnish the Trustee such
other  information as it may reasonably  request.  The Trustee shall be under no
duty to make any such  examination  unless  requested in writing to do so by the
Registered Owners of 51% in collective  aggregate  principal amount of the Notes
at the time  Outstanding,  and unless such Registered  Owners shall have offered
the  Trustee  security  and  indemnity  satisfactory  to it  against  any costs,
expenses and liabilities which might be incurred thereby.

        The  Issuer  shall  cause an annual  audit to be made by an  independent
auditing firm of national  reputation and file one copy thereof with the Trustee
within 150 days of the close of each Fiscal Year.  The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to review or otherwise analyze such audit.


                                       83
<PAGE>


        The Issuer  covenants in the  Indenture  that in the event it intends to
transfer or sell Financed  Eligible  Loans which are a part of the Trust Estate,
it shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee and each Rating Agency.  The
Issuer also  covenants that in the event it intends to transfer or sell Financed
Eligible    Loans    (except    in   the    case   of   a    consolidation    or
serialization/combination  or submitting  Financed Eligible Loans for claim to a
Guarantee  Agency) which constitute more than 10% of the Trust Estate,  it shall
give written  notice thereof to each Rating Agency within ten days of such sale.
The Issuer  shall not sell  Financed  Eligible  Loans except as permitted by the
provisions of the Indenture,  in which case such Financed  Eligible Loans may be
sold at a price not less than the principal amount thereof (including accrued by
unpaid  interest).  In such case,  the proceeds  thereof shall be used to either
acquire  Eligible  Loans with the same or more favorable  characteristics  or to
redeem Notes. Further, there shall be no sale of Financed Eligible Loans (except
in the  case  of a  consolidation  or  serialization/combination  or  submitting
Financed Eligible Loans for claim to a Guarantee Agency) if the Aggregate Market
Value of the Trust  Estate is less than the  aggregate  principal  amount of the
Notes  Outstanding and there shall be no sale of Financed Eligible Loans (except
in the  case  of a  consolidation  or  serialization/combination  or  submitting
Financed  Eligible  Loans for claim to a Guarantee  Agency)  when the  Aggregate
Market Value of the Trust Estate is greater than the aggregate  principal amount
of the Notes  Outstanding  unless,  immediately  upon such  sale,  the  proceeds
thereof  are used to acquire an equal or greater  principal  amount of  Eligible
Loans or are used to redeem Notes  optionally  pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture,  and  thereupon  the  Aggregate  Market  Value of the Trust Estate is
greater than the  aggregate  principal  amount of all Notes  Outstanding  (after
giving effect to such redemption) except in the limited  circumstances set forth
in the Indenture.

        The Issuer  covenants  that all  Financed  Eligible  Loans upon  receipt
thereof  shall be  delivered  to the  Trustee  or its agent or bailee to be held
pursuant to the  provisions  of the  Indenture  and  pursuant  to the  Servicing
Agreement or a Custodian Agreement.

        Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained  in the  Indenture,
except upon the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default
under the Indenture,  the Issuer expressly reserves and retains the privilege to
receive and,  subject to the terms and provisions of the  Indenture,  to keep or
dispose of, claim,  bring suits upon or otherwise  exercise,  enforce or realize
upon its rights  and  interest  in and to the  Financed  Eligible  Loans and the
proceeds and collections  therefrom,  and neither the Trustee nor any Registered
Owner  shall in any manner be or be deemed to be an  indispensable  party to the
exercise of any such privilege,  claim or suit and the Trustee shall be under no
obligation  whatsoever to exercise any such privilege,  claim or suit; provided,
however,  that the  Trustee  shall have and retain  possession  of the  Financed
Eligible  Loans  pursuant to the  provisions  of the Indenture  (which  Financed
Eligible  Loans may be held by the  Trustee's  agent or  bailee) so long as such
loans are subject to the lien of the Indenture.

Servicing Agreement

        The Issuer  covenants  that it will keep in force and effect a Servicing
Agreement  whereby a Servicer will be responsible for the performance of certain
administrative functions in connection with the Financed Eligible Loans.

Procedures for Transfer of Funds


                                       84
<PAGE>


        In any  instance  where the  Indenture  requires a transfer  of funds or
money from one Fund to another,  a transfer of  ownership in  investments  or an
undivided interest therein may be made in any manner agreeable to the Issuer and
the Trustee,  and in the calculation of the amount transferred,  interest on the
investment  which has or will accrue  before the date the money is needed in the
fund to which the transfer is made shall not be taken into account or considered
as money on hand at the time of such transfer.

Additional Covenants with
Respect to the Higher Education Act

        The Issuer  covenants  that it will cause the  Trustee to be, or replace
the Trustee with,  an Eligible  Lender under the Higher  Education  Act, that it
will  acquire  or cause to be  acquired  Eligible  Loans  only from an  Eligible
Lender;  that it will not dispose of or deliver any Financed  Eligible  Loans or
any security  interest in any such Financed  Eligible  Loans to any party who is
not an  Eligible  Lender  so long as the  Higher  Education  Act or  regulations
adopted  thereunder  require  an  Eligible  Lender  to be the owner or holder of
guaranteed Student Loans;  provided,  however,  that nothing above shall prevent
the Issuer from  delivering  the  Eligible  Loans to the Servicer or the related
Guarantee  Agency.  The  Registered  Owners  of  the  Notes  shall  not  in  any
circumstances  be deemed to be the  owner or  holder of the  guaranteed  Student
Loans.

        The Issuer,  or its designated  agent,  shall be responsible for each of
the following  actions with respect to the Higher  Education Act: (a) The Issuer
shall be responsible  for dealing with the Secretary with respect to the rights,
benefits and obligations under the certificates of insurance and the contract of
insurance,  and the Issuer,  or its designated  agent,  shall be responsible for
dealing with the  Guarantee  Agencies  with respect to the rights,  benefits and
obligations under the Guarantee Agreements with respect to the Financed Eligible
Loans;  (b) The Issuer,  or its designated  agent,  shall cause to be diligently
enforced,  and  shall  cause to be  taken  all  reasonable  steps,  actions  and
proceedings necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of all terms, covenants
and  conditions  of all Financed  Eligible  Loans and  agreements  in connection
therewith,  including the prompt payment of all principal and interest  payments
and all other amounts due thereunder;  (c) The Issuer,  or its designated agent,
shall cause the  Financed  Eligible  Loans to be  serviced by entering  into the
Servicing  Agreement or other  agreement with the Servicer for the collection of
payments  made for,  and the  administration  of the  accounts  of, the Financed
Eligible Loans; (d) The Issuer, or its designated agent, shall comply, and shall
cause all of its officers,  directors,  employees and agents to comply, with the
provisions  of  the  Higher   Education  Act  and  any  regulations  or  rulings
thereunder,  with respect to the Financed Eligible Loans; and (e) The Issuer, or
its designated agent, shall cause the benefits of the Guarantee Agreements,  the
Interest  Subsidy  Payments  and the Special  Allowance  Payments to flow to the
Trustee.  The Trustee shall have no liability for actions taken at the direction
of the Issuer, except for negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of
its express duties under the Indenture.  The Trustee shall have no obligation to
administer,  service or collect the loans in the Trust  Estate or to maintain or
monitor the administration, servicing or collection of such loans.


                                       85
<PAGE>


Student Loans; Collections
Thereof; Assignment Thereof

        The Issuer, through the Servicer, shall diligently collect all principal
and interest  payments on all Financed  Eligible Loans, and all Interest Benefit
Payments,  insurance and default  claims and Special  Allowance  Payments  which
relate to such Financed  Eligible  Loans.  The Issuer shall cause the filing and
assignment of such claims (prior to the  timely-filing  deadline for such claims
under the  Regulations) by the Servicer.  The Issuer will comply with the Higher
Education Act and regulations which apply to the Guaranteed Student Loan Program
and to such Financed Eligible Loans.

Appointment of Agents

        The Issuer shall employ and appoint all employees,  agents,  consultants
and  attorneys  which it may  consider  necessary.  No  member  of the  board of
directors,  neither singly nor collectively,  shall be personally liable for any
act or omission not willfully fraudulent or mala fide.

Capacity to Sue

        The Issuer  shall have the power and  capacity  to sue and to be sued on
matters  arising out of or relating to the  financing of the  Financed  Eligible
Loans.

Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy

        The Issuer will only engage in  activities  permitted by its Articles of
Incorporation  and the  Indenture.  The  Issuer  has no  intention  of  filing a
voluntary  petition  under the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or any  similar
applicable  state law so long as the Issuer is solvent  and does not  reasonably
foresee becoming insolvent. There can be no assurance, however, that the Issuer,
or the Seller will not become insolvent and file a voluntary  petition under the
United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar applicable state law in the future.


                                       86
<PAGE>


        The  voluntary or  involuntary  application  for relief under the United
States Bankruptcy Code or any similar  applicable law with respect to the Seller
should not necessarily result in a similar voluntary application with respect to
the  Issuer so long as the  Issuer is solvent  and does not  reasonably  foresee
becoming insolvent either by reason of the Seller's insolvency or otherwise. The
Issuer has taken certain steps in structuring  the  transaction  contemplated by
the  Indenture  that are  intended to make it  unlikely  that any  voluntary  or
involuntary  petition  for relief by any Seller under the  insolvency  laws will
result in the consolidation,  pursuant to the insolvency laws, of the assets and
liabilities  of the Issuer with those of such  Seller.  These steps  include the
formation of the Issuer as a special  purpose entity pursuant to its Articles of
Incorporation  containing  certain  limitations  (including  restrictions on the
nature of Issuer's  business and on the ability to commence a voluntary  case or
proceeding  under any Insolvency  Law without an affirmative  vote of all of the
directors of the Issuer).  The Seller and the Issuer believe that (a) subject to
certain  assumptions  (including  the  assumption  that the  books  and  records
relating  to the  assets  and  liabilities  of the  Seller  will at all times be
maintained  separately  from those relating to the assets and liabilities of the
Issuer, the Issuer will prepare its own balance sheets and financial  statements
and the Financed  Eligible  Loans will not appear as assets of the Seller on its
balance  sheets,  and there will be no  commingling  of the assets of the Seller
with those of the Issuer) the assets and liabilities of the Issuer should not be
substantively  consolidated with the assets and liabilities of the Seller in the
event of a petition  for relief  under the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code with
respect to the Seller and (b) the  transfer  of Financed  Eligible  Loans by any
Seller should  constitute an absolute  transfer  and,  therefore,  such Financed
Eligible Loans would not be property of the Seller in the event of the filing of
an  application  for relief by or against  such Seller  under the United  States
Bankruptcy Code. If, however,  a bankruptcy trustee for any Seller or a creditor
of any Seller  were to take the view that such  Seller and the Issuer  should be
substantively  consolidated or that the transfer of the Financed  Eligible Loans
from such  Seller to the Issuer  should be  recharacterized  as a pledge of such
Financed  Eligible  Loans,  then  delays in payments on the Notes or (should the
bankruptcy  court rule in favor of any such  trustee,  debtor in  possession  or
creditor) reductions in such payments could result.

Events of Default

        For purposes of the Indenture,  each of the following events are defined
as, and are declared to be, "Events of Default":

               (a)    default in the due and  punctual  payment of any interest
        on any of the Senior Notes when due;

               (b) default in the due and punctual  payment of the  principal of
        any of the Senior Notes at their Maturity;

               (c) if no Senior  Notes  are  Outstanding  under  the  Indenture,
        default in the due and  punctual  payment of any  interest on any of the
        Subordinate Notes when due:

               (d) if no Senior  Notes  are  Outstanding  under  the  Indenture,
        default in the due and punctual  payment of the  principal of any of the
        Subordinate Notes at their Maturity;

               (e) if no Senior Notes or Subordinate Notes are Outstanding under
        the Indenture,  default in the due and punctual  payment of any interest
        on the Junior-Subordinate Notes, if any, when due;

               (f) if no Senior Notes or Subordinate Notes are Outstanding under
        the Indenture,  default in the due and punctual payment of the principal
        of any of the Junior-Subordinate Notes at their Maturity;


                                       87
<PAGE>

               (g) default in the  performance or observance of any other of the
        covenants,  agreements,  or  conditions  on the part of the Issuer to be
        kept,  observed,  and  performed  contained  in the  Indenture or in the
        Notes,  and  continuation  of such default for a period of 90 days after
        written  notice thereof by the Trustee to the President and Secretary of
        the Issuer; or

               (h) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Any notice provided to be given to the President or Secretary of the Issuer with
respect to any default shall be deemed  sufficiently given if sent by registered
mail with postage prepaid to the Person to be notified. The Trustee may give any
such notice in its  discretion  and shall give such notice if requested to do so
in writing by the Registered Owners of at least 51% of the collective  aggregate
principal  amount of the Senior Notes at the time  Outstanding  (or if no Senior
Notes are  Outstanding  under the Indenture at such time, then by the Registered
Owners  of at least  51% of the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount of the
Subordinated  Notes  at  the  time  Outstanding)  (or  if  no  Senior  Notes  or
Subordinate  Notes are Outstanding under the Indenture at such time, then by the
Registered Owners of at least 51% of the collective  aggregate  principal amount
of any Junior-Subordinate Notes at the time Outstanding) (the "Registered Owners
Approval").

Remedies on Default

        Possession  of Trust  Estate.  Subject to the  rights of the  Trustee as
described  under  "-Right to Enforce in Trustee"  below,  upon the happening and
continuance of any Event of Default,  the Trustee personally or by its attorneys
or agents may enter  into and upon and take  possession  of such  portion of the
Trust Estate as shall be in the custody of others,  and all property  comprising
the Trust Estate,  and each and every part  thereof,  and exclude the Issuer and
its agents,  servants and  employees  wholly  therefrom,  and have,  hold,  use,
operate,  manage,  and control the same and each and every part thereof,  and in
the name of the  Issuer or  otherwise,  as they shall  deem  best,  conduct  the
business  thereof and exercise  the  privileges  pertaining  thereto and all the
rights  and  powers  of the  Issuer  and use all of the  Trust  Estate  for that
purpose,  and collect and receive all  charges,  income and Revenues of the same
and of every part thereof,  and after deducting  therefrom all expenses incurred
thereunder  and all other proper  outlays in the Indenture  authorized,  and all
payments  which  may be made as just  and  reasonable  compensation  for its own
services,  and for the services of its attorneys,  agents,  and assistants,  the
Trustee shall apply the rest and residue of the money received by the Trustee as
follows:


                                       88
<PAGE>


               (a) if the  principal of none of the Notes shall have become due,
        first,  to the payment of the  interest  in default on the Senior  Notes
        then due, in order of the maturity of the installments of such interest,
        with  interest  on the overdue  installments  thereof at the same rates,
        respectively,  as were borne by the Senior Notes on which such  interest
        shall be in default,  such  payments  to be made  ratably to the parties
        entitled thereto without  discrimination  or preference,  second, to the
        payment of the interest in default on the Subordinate Notes then due, in
        order  of the  maturity  of the  installments  of  such  interest,  with
        interest  on  the  overdue  installments  thereof  at  the  same  rates,
        respectively,  as were  borne by the  Subordinate  Notes  on which  such
        interest  shall be in default,  such  payments to be made ratably to the
        parties  entitled  thereto  without  discrimination  or preference  and,
        third,   to  the   payment   of  the   interest   in   default   on  the
        Junior-Subordinate  Notes, if any, then due, in order of the maturity of
        the  installments  of  such  interest,  with  interest  on  the  overdue
        installments thereof at the same rates,  respectively,  as were borne by
        the Junior-Subordinate Notes on which such interest shall be in default,
        such payments to be made ratably to the parties entitled thereto without
        discrimination   or   preference,   except  as  may  be  provided  in  a
        Supplemental Indenture; and

               (b) if the principal of any of the Notes shall have become due by
        declaration of  acceleration  or otherwise,  first to the payment of the
        interest and  principal  in default on the Senior  Notes then due,  with
        interest on overdue  installments  of principal and interest then due at
        the same rates, respectively, as were borne by the Senior Notes on which
        such interest  shall be in default,  such payments to be made ratably to
        the parties  entitled  thereto  without  discrimination  or  preference,
        second,  to the payment of the  interest  in default on the  Subordinate
        Notes then due, with interest on overdue  installments  of principal and
        interest  at  the  same  rates,  respectively,  as  were  borne  by  the
        Subordinate Notes on which such interest shall be in default then due at
        the same rates,  respectively,  such  payments to be made ratably to the
        parties entitled thereto without discrimination or preference, third, to
        the payment of the  principal of all  Subordinate  Notes then due,  such
        payments to be made  ratably to the  parties  entitled  thereto  without
        discrimination or preference,  fourth, to the payment of the interest in
        default on the Junior-Subordinate Notes, if any, then due, with interest
        on overdue  installments  of principal and interest then due at the same
        rates,  respectively,  as were borne by the Junior-Subordinate  Notes on
        which  such  interest  shall be in  default,  such  payments  to be made
        ratably  to the  parties  entitled  thereto  without  discrimination  or
        preference,   and  fifth,  to  the  payment  of  the  principal  of  all
        Junior-Subordinate  Notes,  if any,  then due,  such payments to be made
        ratably  to the  parties  entitled  thereto  without  discrimination  or
        preference, except as may be provided in a Supplemental Indenture.

        Advice of  Counsel.  Upon the  happening  of any Event of  Default,  the
Trustee  may  proceed to protect  and  enforce the rights of the Trustee and the
Registered Owners in such manner as counsel for the Trustee may advise,  whether
for  the  specific  performance  of  any  covenant,   condition,   agreement  or
undertaking in the Indenture contained,  or in aid of the execution of any power
therein  granted,  or for the  enforcement  of such other  appropriate  legal or
equitable remedies as, in the opinion of such counsel,  may be more effectual to
protect and enforce the rights aforesaid.


                                       89
<PAGE>


        Sale of Trust Estate.  Upon the happening of any Event of Default and if
the principal of all of the  Outstanding  Notes shall have been declared due and
payable, then and in every such case, and irrespective of whether other remedies
authorized  by the  Indenture  shall have been pursued in whole or in part,  the
Trustee may sell, with or without entry, to the highest bidder the Trust Estate,
and all  right,  title,  interest,  claim and  demand  thereto  and the right of
redemption  thereof,  at any such place or places, and at such time or times and
upon such notice and terms as may be required by law. Upon such sale the Trustee
may make and  deliver  to the  purchaser  or  purchasers  a good and  sufficient
assignment or conveyance for the same,  which sale shall be a perpetual bar both
at law  and  in  equity  against  the  Issuer  and  all  Persons  claiming  such
properties. No purchaser at any sale shall be bound to see to the application of
the purchase money or to inquire as to the authorization,  necessity, expediency
or regularity of any such sale.  The Trustee is  irrevocably  appointed the true
and lawful  attorney-in-fact  of the Issuer,  in its name and stead, to make and
execute all bills of sale, instruments of assignment and transfer and such other
documents of transfer as may be necessary or advisable in connection with a sale
of all or part of the Trust  Estate,  but the  Issuer,  if so  requested  by the
Trustee,  shall ratify and confirm any sale or sales by executing and delivering
to the Trustee or to such purchaser or purchasers all such instruments as may be
necessary,  or in the judgment of the Trustee,  proper for the purpose which may
be designated in such request.  In addition,  the Trustee may proceed to protect
and enforce the rights of the Trustee,  the Registered Owners of Notes under the
Indenture in such manner as counsel for the Trustee may advise,  whether for the
specific  performance  of any  covenant,  condition,  agreement  or  undertaking
contained in the  Indenture,  or in aid of the  execution  of any power  therein
granted,  or for the  enforcement of such other  appropriate  legal or equitable
remedies as may in the opinion of such counsel, be more effectual to protect and
enforce the rights aforesaid.  The Trustee shall take any such action or actions
if requested to do so in writing by the Registered Owners of at least 51% of the
collective  aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes (or if no
Senior  Notes  secured  on a  parity  with  the  Senior  Notes  are  Outstanding
hereunder,  then by the  Registered  Owners  of at least  51% of the  collective
aggregate  principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Subordinate  Notes)  (or if no
Senior  Notes  or  Subordinate  Notes  are  Outstanding  hereunder,  then by the
Registered Owners of at least 51% of the collective  aggregate  principal amount
of such Outstanding Junior-Subordinate Notes).

        Restoration  of Position.  In case the Trustee  shall have  proceeded to
enforce  any  rights  under  the  Indenture  by  sale  or  otherwise,  and  such
proceedings  shall  have  been  discontinued,  or  shall  have  been  determined
adversely  to the  Trustee,  then  and in  every  such  case to the  extent  not
inconsistent  with such  adverse  decree,  the Issuer and the  Trustee  shall be
restored to their former respective positions and the rights under the Indenture
in respect to the Trust  Estate,  and all  rights,  remedies,  and powers of the
Trustee and of the Registered Owners shall continue as though no such proceeding
had been taken.

        Purchase of Properties by Trustee or Registered  Owners.  In case of any
such sale of the Trust Estate,  any  Registered  Owner or  Registered  Owners or
committee of  Registered  Owners or the Trustee,  may bid for and purchase  such
property and upon compliance with the terms of sale may hold, retain possession,
and  dispose  of  such  property  as the  absolute  right  of the  purchaser  or
purchasers without further accountability and shall be entitled, for the purpose
of making any settlement or payment for the property purchased, to use and apply
any Notes secured by the Indenture and any interest  thereon due and unpaid,  by
presenting  such  Notes in order  that  there may be  credited  thereon  the sum
apportionable  and applicable  thereto out of the net proceeds of such sale, and
thereupon  such  purchaser  or  purchasers  shall be credited on account of such
purchase price payable to him or them with the sum  apportionable and applicable
out of such  net  proceeds  to the  payment  of or as a credit  on the  Notes so
presented.


                                       90
<PAGE>


        Application  of Sale  Proceeds.  The  proceeds  of any sale of the Trust
Estate,  together  with  any  funds  at the  time  held by the  Trustee  and not
otherwise  appropriated,  shall be  applied  by the  Trustee as set forth in the
Indenture,  and then to the  Issuer or  whomsoever  shall be  lawfully  entitled
thereto.

        Accelerated  Maturity. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing,  the  Trustee may  declare,  or upon the  written  direction  by the
Registered Owners of at least 51% of the collective  aggregate  principal amount
of the Outstanding Senior Notes (or if no Senior Notes are Outstanding under the
Indenture,  then upon the written direction of the Registered Owners of at least
51% of the collective aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding  Subordinate
Notes) (or if no Senior Notes or  Subordinate  Notes are  Outstanding  under the
Indenture,  then upon the written direction of the Registered Owners of at least
51%  of  the  collective   aggregate   principal   amount  of  any   Outstanding
Junior-Subordinate  Notes), and shall declare, the principal of all Notes issued
under the Indenture,  or any supplement thereto,  and then Outstanding,  and the
interest thereon, if not previously due,  immediately due and payable,  anything
in the Notes or in the  Indenture  to the  contrary  notwithstanding;  provided,
however,  that  a  declaration  of  acceleration  upon  a  default  pursuant  to
subsection  (g) under "-Events of Default"  above,  shall require the consent of
100% of the Registered  Owners of the collective  aggregate  principal amount of
the appropriate series of Notes, as described above.

        Remedies not Exclusive.  The remedies  conferred upon or reserved to the
Trustee or the  Registered  Owners of Notes in the Indenture are not intended to
be exclusive of any other  remedy,  but each remedy  therein  provided  shall be
cumulative  and shall be in  addition  to every  other  remedy  given  under the
Indenture or now or hereafter existing,  and every power and remedy given to the
Trustee  or to the  Registered  Owners  of Notes  under  the  Indenture,  or any
supplement thereto, may be exercised from time to time as often as may be deemed
expedient.  No delay or omission of the  Trustee or of any  Registered  Owner of
Notes to  exercise  any  power or right  arising  from  any  default  under  the
Indenture  shall  impair any such right or power or shall be  construed  to be a
waiver of any such default or to be acquiescence therein.


                                       91
<PAGE>


        Direction of Trustee.  Upon the  happening of any Event of Default,  the
Registered Owners of at least 51% of the collective  aggregate  principal amount
of the Senior Notes  secured by the Indenture  and then  Outstanding  (or, if no
Senior Notes are Outstanding under the Indenture,  then the Registered Owners of
at least 51% of the collective  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Subordinate
Notes secured by the Indenture and then  Outstanding) (or, if no Senior Notes or
Subordinate  Notes are  Outstanding  under the  Indenture,  then the  Registered
Owners  of at least  51% of the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount of any
Junior-Subordinate  Notes secured by the Indenture and then Outstanding),  shall
have the right by an  instrument  or  instruments  in writing  delivered  to the
Trustee to direct and control the Trustee as to the method of taking any and all
proceedings  for  any  sale  of  any or all of  the  Trust  Estate,  or for  the
appointment  of a receiver,  if  permitted by law, and may at any time cause any
proceedings  authorized  by the terms of the  Indenture  to be so taken or to be
discontinued or delayed;  provided,  however, that such Registered Owners, shall
not be  entitled  to cause  the  Trustee  to take any  proceedings  which in the
Trustee's  opinion would be unjustly  prejudicial  to  non-assenting  Registered
Owners of Notes,  but the  Trustee  shall be  entitled to assume that the action
requested by the Registered Owners of 51% of the collective  aggregate principal
amount of the Senior Notes hereby secured and then Outstanding (or, if no Senior
Notes are  Outstanding  under the Indenture,  then the  Registered  Owners of at
least 51% of the collective  aggregate principal amount of the Subordinate Notes
secured  by the  Indenture  and then  Outstanding)  (or,  if no Senior  Notes or
Subordinate  Notes are  Outstanding  under the  Indenture,  then the  Registered
Owners  of at least  51% of the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount of any
Junior-Subordinate Notes secured by the Indenture and then Outstanding) will not
be prejudicial to any non-assenting  Registered Owner.  Provided,  however, that
anything in the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the Registered Owners
of a majority of the collective  aggregate  principal amount of the Senior Notes
secured by the  Indenture  and then  Outstanding  together  with the  Registered
Owners  of a  majority  of the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount  of the
Subordinate  Notes  secured  by the  Indenture  and  then  Outstanding  and  the
Registered Owners of a majority of the collective  aggregate principal amount of
the  Junior-Subordinate  Notes,  if  any,  secured  by the  Indenture  and  then
Outstanding,  have the right,  at any time, by an instrument or  instruments  in
writing executed and delivered to the Trustee, to direct the method and place of
conducting all proceedings to be taken in connection with the enforcement of the
terms and conditions of the Indenture,  or for the  appointment of a receiver or
any other  proceedings  thereunder,  provided that such  direction  shall not be
otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of law and of the Indenture.

        Right to Enforce in Trustee.  No Registered Owner of any Note shall have
any right as such Registered Owner to institute any suit, action, or proceedings
for the  enforcement  of the provisions of the Indenture or for the execution of
any trust  thereunder  or for the  appointment  of a  receiver  or for any other
remedy  under the  Indenture,  all rights of action  under the  Indenture  being
vested exclusively in the Trustee,  unless and until such Registered Owner shall
have  previously  given to the  Trustee  written  notice of a default  under the
Indenture, and of the continuance thereof, and also unless the Registered Owners
of the requisite  principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding shall have made
written  request  upon the  Trustee  and the  Trustee  shall have been  afforded
reasonable  opportunity to institute such action,  suit or proceeding in its own
name,  and unless the Trustee shall have been offered  reasonable  indemnity and
security satisfactory to it against the costs,  expenses,  and liabilities to be
incurred  therein or thereby and the  Trustee for 30 days after  receipt of such
notification, request, or offer of indemnity, shall have failed to institute any
such action,  suit or  proceeding.  It is understood and intended that no one or
more Registered  Owners of the Notes shall have the right in any manner whatever
by his or  their  action  to  affect,  disturb,  or  prejudice  the  lien of the
Indenture  or to  enforce  any  right  thereunder  except in the  manner  herein
provided and for the equal benefit of the Registered Owners of not less than 60%
of the collective aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding.

The Trustee

        Acceptance of Trust.  The Trustee  accepts the trusts imposed upon it by
the Indenture,  and agrees to perform said trusts,  but only upon and subject to
the following terms and conditions:


                                       92
<PAGE>


               (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) the
        Trustee  undertakes  to perform  such duties and only such duties as are
        specifically  set forth in the  Indenture,  and no implied  covenants or
        obligations  shall be read into the Indenture  against the Trustee;  and
        (ii)  in the  absence  of  bad  faith  on  its  part,  the  Trustee  may
        conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
        of  the  opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates  or  opinions
        furnished  to the  Trustee and  conforming  to the  requirements  of the
        Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by
        any  provisions  of  the  Indenture  are  specifically  required  to  be
        furnished to the Trustee,  the Trustee  shall be under a duty to examine
        the same to  determine  whether or not they  conform as to form with the
        requirements  of the  Indenture  and  whether  or not they  contain  the
        statements required under the Indenture.

               (b) In case an Event of Default has occurred  and is  continuing,
        the Trustee,  in  exercising  the rights and powers  vested in it by the
        Indenture,  shall use the same degree of care and skill in its  exercise
        as a prudent man would  exercise or use under the  circumstances  in the
        conduct of his own affairs.

               (c) Before  taking any action  under the  Indenture  requested by
        Registered  Owners,  the  Trustee may require  that it be  furnished  an
        indemnity note or other indemnity and security satisfactory to it by the
        Registered Owners, as applicable,  for the reimbursement of all expenses
        to which it may be put and to protect it against all  liability,  except
        liability which results from the gross negligence or willful  misconduct
        of the Trustee  and  negligence  with  respect to moneys  deposited  and
        applied  pursuant to the Indenture,  by reason of any action so taken by
        the Trustee.

               (d) No provision of the  Indenture  shall  require the Trustee to
        expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial  liability
        in the performance of any of its duties  thereunder,  or in the exercise
        of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable  grounds for
        believing  that  repayment of such funds or adequate  indemnity  against
        such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

               (e) The permissive  right of the Trustee to do things  enumerated
        in the Indenture or under the other  transaction  documents shall not be
        construed as a duty and the Trustee  shall not be  answerable  for other
        than its negligence or willful default.

               (f) Whether or not expressly so provided,  every provision of the
        Indenture  relating  to the conduct or  affecting  the  liability  of or
        affording  protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the  provisions
        of the Indenture.

        Recitals of Others. The recitals,  statements,  and  representations set
forth  herein and in the Notes shall be taken as the  statements  of the Issuer,
and the Trustee assumes no  responsibility  for the correctness of the same. The
Trustee  makes no  representations  as to the  title of the  Issuer in the Trust
Estate or as to the security  afforded thereby and hereby, or as to the validity
or sufficiency of the Indenture or of the Notes issued under the Indenture,  and
the Trustee shall incur no responsibility in respect of such matters.


                                       93
<PAGE>


        Maintain and Enforce  Agreements;  No  Amendments  Adverse to Registered
Owners.  The Trustee will,  from and after it shall have either entered into, or
succeeded to the rights and interests of any Eligible Lender under any guarantee
agreement  covering  Financed  Eligible Loans,  maintain the same and diligently
enforce its rights thereunder, and not consent to or permit any rescission of or
consent to any  amendment  thereto  or  otherwise  take any  action  under or in
connection  therewith which in any manner would  adversely  affect the rights of
the Registered Owners.

        The  Trustee  will  maintain  its  agreements  with  the  Secretary  and
Guarantee Agency under the Guaranteed Student Loan Program, and the Trustee will
diligently enforce its rights thereunder and will not voluntarily  consent to or
permit any  rescission of or consent to any  amendment to or otherwise  take any
action  under or in  connection  therewith  which in any manner  will  adversely
affect the rights of the Registered Owners.

        As to Filing of  Indenture.  The  Trustee  shall be under no duty (a) to
file or  record,  or  cause  to be  filed  or  recorded,  the  Indenture  or any
instrument  supplemental  thereto,  (b)  or to  procure  any  further  order  or
additional instruments of further assurance, (c) to see to the delivery to it of
any personal property intended to be mortgaged or pledged under the Indenture or
thereunder, (d) or to do any act which may be suitable to be done for the better
maintenance or continuance  of the lien or security  thereof,  or (e) for giving
notice of the existence of such lien, or for extending or supplementing the same
or to see that any rights to Revenue and Funds  intended  now or hereafter to be
transferred  in trust under the Indenture  are subject to the lien thereof.  The
Trustee shall not be liable for failure of the Issuer to pay any tax or taxes in
respect  of such  property,  or any part  thereof,  or the income  therefrom  or
otherwise,  nor shall the  Trustee be under any duty in respect of any tax which
may be assessed  against it or the Registered  Owners of the Notes in respect of
such property or pledged Revenue and Funds.

        Trustee  May Act  Through  Agents.  The  Trustee  may execute any of the
trusts or powers under the  Indenture  and perform any duty  thereunder,  either
itself or by or through its attorneys, agents, or employees, and it shall not be
answerable  or  accountable  for any default,  neglect or misconduct of any such
attorneys,  agents or employees,  if reasonable  care has been  exercised in the
appointment thereof.


                                       94
<PAGE>


        Assumption  of Liability  and  Indemnification  of Trustee.  The Trustee
shall  be under no  obligation  or duty to  perform  any act at the  request  of
Registered Owners of Notes or to institute or defend any suit in respect thereof
unless properly  indemnified  and provided with security to its  satisfaction as
provided under subsection (c) of "-Acceptance of Trust" above. The Trustee shall
not be required to take notice,  or be deemed to have knowledge,  of any default
or Event of  Default  of the  Issuer or the Board  under the  Indenture  and may
conclusively  assume  that  there has been no such  default  or Event of Default
(other than an Event of Default described in subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), (e)
or (f) under  "-Events  of Default"  above)  unless and until it shall have been
specifically  notified in writing of such default or Event of Default by (a) the
Registered  Owners of the  percentages  in  principal  amount of the Notes  then
Outstanding  as specified in the Indenture or (b) an  Authorized  Officer of the
Issuer.  The Issuer agrees to assume  liability for and to indemnify the Trustee
for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability,  or expenses incurred
without  negligence  or bad faith on its part,  arising out of or in  connection
with  the  acceptance  or  administration  of the  trust  or  trusts  under  the
Indenture,  including  the costs and  expenses of defending  itself  against any
claim or liability in connection  with the exercise or performance of any of its
powers or duties thereunder or arising from the Trust Estate.

        Trustee's  Right to Reliance.  The Trustee  shall be protected in acting
upon any notice,  resolution,  request,  consent,  order,  certificate,  report,
servicer's report,  appraisal,  opinion, Issuer Order or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or  presented by the proper
party or parties. The Trustee may consult with experts and with counsel (who may
be counsel for the Issuer,  the  Trustee,  or for a Registered  Owner),  and the
opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete  authorization and protection
in respect of any action taken or suffered,  and in respect of any determination
made by it under the Indenture in good faith and in accordance  with the opinion
of such counsel.

        Whenever in the  administration  of the Indenture the Trustee shall deem
it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,  suffering,
or omitting any action thereunder,  the Trustee (unless other evidence be in the
Indenture specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
rely upon a certificate  signed by the President or the Secretary of the Issuer;
provided, however, that the Trustee may not delay any action required thereunder
because the Trustee has failed to receive such certificate.

        The  Trustee  shall not be liable for any  action  taken,  suffered,  or
omitted by it in good faith and  believed by it to be  authorized  or within the
discretion  or rights  or  powers  conferred  upon it by the  provisions  of the
Indenture;  provided,  however,  that  the  Trustee  shall  be  liable  for  any
negligence or willful misconduct on its part in taking such action.

        The  Trustee  is  authorized,   under  the  Indenture,  subject  to  the
provisions of certain  provisions set forth in the Indenture,  to sell,  assign,
transfer,  convey,  or repurchase  Financed Eligible Loans in accordance with an
Issuer  Order,  provided  that no  such  Financed  Eligible  Loan  may be  sold,
assigned,  transferred, or conveyed to any Person who is not an Eligible Lender.
The Trustee is further  authorized to enter into  agreements with other Persons,
in its  capacity as Trustee,  in order to carry out or  implement  the terms and
provisions of the Indenture.

        The  Trustee  shall not be liable  with  respect  to any  action  taken,
suffered or omitted to be taken in good faith in accordance  with the provisions
of the  Indenture or any other  transaction  document or at the direction of the
Registered  Owners  evidencing  the  appropriate  percentage  of  the  aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place
of  conducting  any  proceeding  for any remedy  available  to the  Trustee,  or
exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under the Indenture or
any other transaction document.


                                       95
<PAGE>


        Compensation  of Trustee.  The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time
to time  reasonable  compensation  for all  services  rendered  by it under  the
Indenture,  and  also  all  of  its  reasonable  expenses,  charges,  and  other
disbursements and those of its attorneys,  agents, and employees incurred in and
about the  administration  and  execution  of the trusts  thereby  created.  The
Trustee may not change the amount of its annual compensation  without giving the
Issuer at least 90 days' written notice prior to the beginning of a Fiscal Year.
In the event of a default in such  payments by the Issuer,  and as security  for
such payment,  the Trustee  shall have a lien therefor on the Trust Estate,  the
Operating Fund and the General Fund prior to any rights of the Registered Owners
of the Notes.

        Trustee May Own Notes.  The Trustee,  or any successor  Trustee,  in its
individual or other  capacity,  may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may
otherwise  deal with the  Issuer,  with the same rights it would have if it were
not the Trustee.  The Trustee may act as  depository  for, and permit any of its
officers  or  directors  to act as a member of, or act in any other  capacity in
respect to, any committee formed to protect the rights of the Registered  Owners
of  Notes  or to  effect  or  aid  in  any  reorganization  growing  out  of the
enforcement of the Notes or of the Indenture,  whether or not any such committee
shall  represent  the  Registered  Owners  of more  than  60% of the  collective
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes.

        Resignation of Trustee. The Trustee and any successor to the Trustee may
resign and be  discharged  from the trust  created by the Indenture by giving to
the  President  notice in writing  which notice shall  specify the date on which
such  resignation is to take effect;  provided,  however,  that such resignation
shall  take  effect  only on the day  specified  in such  notice if a  successor
Trustee shall have been  appointed  pursuant to the  provisions of the Indenture
(and is qualified to be the Trustee under the  requirements of the provisions of
the Indenture). If no successor Trustee has been appointed by the date specified
or within a period  of 90 days from the  receipt  of the  notice by the  Issuer,
whichever  period is longer,  the Trustee may (a) appoint a temporary  successor
Trustee  having the  qualifications  provided in the  Indenture or (b) request a
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to (i)  require  the  Issuer  to  appoint  a
successor,  as provided in the  Indenture,  within  three days of the receipt of
citation  or  notice  by the  court,  or  (ii)  appoint  a  Trustee  having  the
qualifications provided in the Indenture. In no event may the resignation of the
Trustee  be  effective  until a  qualified  successor  Trustee  shall  have been
selected and appointed.  In the event a temporary successor Trustee is appointed
pursuant to (a) above, the Board may remove such temporary successor Trustee and
appoint a successor thereto pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.



                                       96
<PAGE>




        Removal of Trustee.  The Trustee or any successor Trustee may be removed
(a) at any  time  by the  Registered  Owners  of a  majority  of the  collective
aggregate  principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Senior  Notes (or if no Senior
Notes are then  Outstanding,  a majority of the collective  aggregate  principal
amount of the Outstanding Subordinate Notes and if no Subordinate Notes are then
Outstanding,  a majority of the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount of the
Junior-Subordinate  Notes, if any) by an instrument or concurrent instruments in
writing in duplicate by such Registered  Owners,  (b) by the Issuer for cause or
upon the sale or other  disposition of the Trustee or its trust functions or (c)
by the Issuer without cause so long as no Event of Default exists or has existed
within the last 90 days,  upon  payment  to the  Trustee so removed of all money
then due to it under the Indenture and appointment of a successor thereto by the
Issuer and acceptance thereof by said successor. One copy of any such instrument
shall be filed with the  Secretary  of the Issuer and the other with the Trustee
so removed.

        In the event a Trustee (or successor Trustee) is removed,  by any person
or for any reason permitted under the provisions of the Indenture,  such removal
shall not become  effective  until (a) in the case of removal by the  Registered
Owners, such Registered Owners of Notes by instrument or concurrent  instruments
in  writing  (signed  and  acknowledged  by  such  Registered  Owners  or  their
attorneys-in-fact)  filed with the Trustee  removed  have  appointed a successor
Trustee or otherwise  the Issuer shall have  appointed a successor,  and (b) the
successor Trustee has accepted appointment as such.

        Successor  Trustee.  In case at any time the  Trustee  or any  successor
Trustee shall resign, be dissolved, or otherwise shall be disqualified to act or
be  incapable of acting,  or in case control of the Trustee or of any  successor
Trustee  or of its  officers  shall  be  taken  over by any  public  officer  or
officers,  a successor Trustee may be appointed by the Board by an instrument in
writing duly  authorized by resolution.  In the case of any such  appointment by
the Board of a successor to the Trustee,  the Board shall forthwith cause notice
thereof to be mailed to the Registered  Owners at the address of each Registered
Owner appearing on the note registration books maintained by the Registrar.

        Every successor Trustee  appointed by the Registered  Owners, by a court
of competent  jurisdiction,  or by the Board shall be a bank or trust company in
good standing,  organized and doing business under the laws of the United States
or of a state therein, which has a reported capital and surplus of not less than
$50,000,000,  be authorized under the law to exercise corporate trust powers, be
subject to supervision or examination by a federal or state authority, and be an
Eligible Lender.  Every successor Trustee shall become a party to each and every
agreement described in the Indenture that the Trustee is a party to.


                                       97
<PAGE>


        Manner of Vesting  Title in Trustee.  Any  successor  Trustee  appointed
under the Indenture shall execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver to its predecessor
Trustee,  and also to the  Issuer,  an  instrument  accepting  such  appointment
thereunder, and thereupon such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed,
or conveyance shall become fully vested with all the estate, properties, rights,
powers,  trusts,  duties, and obligations of its predecessors in trust under the
Indenture  (except  that the  predecessor  Trustee  shall  continue  to have the
benefits to  indemnification  thereunder  together with the successor  Trustee),
with like  effect as if  originally  named as Trustee  therein;  but the Trustee
ceasing to act shall  nevertheless,  on the  written  request  of an  Authorized
Officer  of the  Issuer,  or an  authorized  officer of the  successor  Trustee,
execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver such  instruments  of conveyance and further
assurance and do such other things as may  reasonably be required for more fully
and certainly  vesting and confirming in such  successor  Trustee all the right,
title, and interest of the Trustee which it succeeds,  in and to pledged Revenue
and Funds and such rights,  powers,  trusts,  duties,  and obligations,  and the
Trustee  ceasing to act also,  upon like request,  shall pay over,  assign,  and
deliver to the successor  Trustee any money or other  property or rights subject
to the lien of the Indenture, including any pledged securities which may then be
in its  possession.  Should any deed or instrument in writing from the Issuer be
required by the successor  Trustee for more fully and  certainly  vesting in and
confirming  to such new Trustee such estate,  properties,  rights,  powers,  and
duties,  any and all such deeds and  instruments  in writing shall on request be
executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer.

        In case any of the Notes to be  issued  under  the  Indenture  have been
authenticated but not delivered, any successor Trustee may adopt the certificate
of authentication of the Trustee or of any successor to the Trustee; and in case
any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee
may  authenticate  such  Notes  in its own  name;  and in all  such  cases  such
certificate  shall have the full force which it has  anywhere in the Notes or in
the Indenture.

        Right of Inspection.  The Registered  Owner of a Note shall be permitted
at  reasonable  times  during  regular  business  hours and in  accordance  with
reasonable  regulations  prescribed  by the Trustee to examine at the  principal
office of the Trustee a copy of any report or instrument  theretofore filed with
the Trustee relating to the condition of the Trust Estate.

        Limitation with Respect to Examination of Reports. Except as provided in
the  Indenture,  the  Trustee  shall be under no duty to  examine  any report or
statement  or other  document  required or  permitted to be filed with it by the
Issuer.

        Additional  Covenants of Trustee.  The Trustee,  by the execution of the
Indenture,  covenants,  represents and agrees that: (a) it will not exercise any
of the rights, duties, or privileges under the Indenture in such manner as would
cause  the  Student  Loans  held or  acquired  under  the  terms  thereof  to be
transferred, assigned, or pledged as security to any person or entity other than
as permitted by the Indenture;  (b) it will comply with the Higher Education Act
and the regulations and will, upon written notice from an Authorized  Officer of
the Issuer, the Secretary or the Guarantee Agency, use its reasonable efforts to
cause the  Indenture to be amended (in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
Indenture) if the Higher  Education Act or regulations are hereafter  amended so
as to be contrary to the terms of the Indenture;  (c) it will, from and after it
shall have either  entered into, or succeeded to the rights and interests of any
Eligible Lender under any guarantee  agreement covering Financed Eligible Loans,
maintain the same and diligently enforce its rights thereunder,  and not consent
to or permit any rescission of or consent to any amendment  thereto or otherwise
take any action  under or in  connection  therewith  which in any  manner  would
adversely affect the rights of the Registered  Owners;  and (d) it will maintain
its  agreements  with the Secretary and  Guarantee  Agency under the  Guaranteed
Student  Loan  Program,  and the  Trustee  will  diligently  enforce  its rights
thereunder  and will not  voluntarily  consent to or permit any rescission of or
consent to any amendment to or otherwise  take any action under or in connection
therewith which in any manner will adversely affect the rights of the Registered
Owners.


                                       98
<PAGE>


        Trustee Covenants with Respect to "Eligible Lender" Status.  The Trustee
covenants in the Indenture as follows:  (a) the Trustee  represents and warrants
that it satisfies the  requirements  to be an "eligible  lender" as that term is
defined  in the  Higher  Education  Act and  covenants  that it will  remain  an
"eligible  lender" so long as the Trustee  remains  Trustee under the Indenture;
provided,  however,  that the Trustee shall have no  responsibility or liability
under the  Indenture if it fails to remain an  "eligible  lender" as a result of
the  actions or  inactions  of the Issuer or any  servicer;  and (b) the Trustee
shall  take  such  actions,  but only such  actions,  with  respect  to being an
"eligible lender" as shall be reasonably  requested by the Issuer;  such actions
do not  include  taking  steps or  instituting  suits,  actions  or  proceedings
necessary  or  appropriate  for the  enforcement  of all  terms,  covenants  and
conditions  of  all  Financed   Eligible  Loans  and  agreements  in  connection
therewith,  including the prompt payment of all principal and interest  payments
and  all  other  amounts  due  thereunder,   for  which  the  Issuer  is  solely
responsible.

        Trustee's  Status  as an  "Eligible  Lender."  For the  purposes  of the
Indenture  and  all  documents,  agreements,   understandings  and  arrangements
relating to the  Indenture  that are  executed by the Trustee,  such  documents,
agreements,  understandings  and  arrangements and the Indenture are executed by
the  Trustee  with the  understanding  that it may be deemed to be an  "eligible
lender" under the Act. The Issuer  acknowledges the fact that the Trustee may be
deemed an  "eligible  lender"  under the  Higher  Education  Act and thus may be
subject to certain  liabilities  because of such  status and that the Trustee is
willing to accept the status of "eligible lender" thereunder as an accommodation
to the Issuer,  and the Issuer  agrees that it will  indemnify and hold harmless
the Trustee and its  officers,  directors,  employees and agents for any and all
liability  which may be incurred  because of  Trustee's  status as an  "eligible
lender" or because of the  Trustee's  entering  into the Indenture or any of the
other  transaction  documents  that result from the actions or  inactions of the
Issuer or any servicer from moneys available,  if any, as described herein under
"Security  and Sources of Payment for the  Notes-Revenue  Fund," clause (l). The
Issuer agrees that it will not seek recourse or commence any action  against the
Trustee or its officers, directors, employees or agents or any of their personal
assets  for the  performance  or  payment  of any  obligation  under the  Higher
Education  Act.  The Trustee  shall have no  liability  or  responsibility  with
respect to any of the  duties and  obligations  specifically  undertaken  by the
Issuer pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.

        Trustee  to Cause  Investments  to be Made.  As to any Funds held by the
Trustee  under the  Indenture,  the same  shall be  invested  by the  Trustee as
directed by an Issuer Order, within the limitations prescribed in the Indenture.

        Duty of Trustee with Respect to Rating  Agency.  It shall be the duty of
the Trustee to notify each Rating  Agency then rating any series of the Notes of
(a)  any  change,  expiration,  extension,  or  renewal  of the  Indenture,  (b)
redemption  or  defeasance  of any or all the  Notes,  or (c) any  change in the
Trustee;  provided,  however,  the  provisions of this section do not apply when
such  documents  have been  previously  supplied to such  Rating  Agency and the
Trustee has received written evidence to such effect,  all as may be required by
the  Indenture.  The Trustee shall also  promptly  deliver to Fitch (if Fitch is
then rating any of the Notes) duplicate copies of all  correspondence,  notices,
certificates,  audits,  reports or other communications  prepared by the Trustee
and sent by the  Trustee to the  Registered  Owners or the Issuer in  accordance
with the Indenture.


                                       99
<PAGE>


Supplemental Indentures

        Supplemental  Indentures Not Requiring Consent of Registered Owners. The
Issuer  and the  Trustee  may,  without  the  consent of or notice to any of the
Registered  Owners,  enter into any indenture or indentures  supplemental to the
Indenture for any one or more of the following purposes:

               (a)    To cure any ambiguity or formal defect or omission in the
        Indenture;

               (b) To grant to or confer upon the Trustee for the benefit of the
        Registered Owners any additional benefits,  rights, remedies,  powers or
        authorities  that  lawfully  may be  granted  to or  conferred  upon the
        Registered Owners or the Trustee;

               (c) To subject to the Indenture additional  revenues,  properties
        or collateral;

               (d) To modify, amend or supplement the Indenture or any indenture
        supplemental  thereto in such manner as to permit the  qualification  of
        the  Indenture or any  indenture  supplemental  thereto  under the Trust
        Indenture Act of 1939 or any similar federal statute hereafter in effect
        or to  permit  the  qualification  of  the  Notes  for  sale  under  the
        securities  laws of the United States of America or of any of the states
        of the United States of America,  and, if they so  determine,  to add to
        the  Indenture or any indenture  supplemental  thereto such other terms,
        conditions  and  provisions as may be permitted by said Trust  Indenture
        Act of 1939 or similar federal statute;

               (e) To evidence the  appointment of a separate or co-Trustee or a
        co-registrar  or transfer agent or the succession of a new Trustee under
        the  Indenture,  or any  additional  or substitute  Guarantee  Agency or
        Servicer:

               (f) To add such  provisions to or to amend such provisions of the
        Indenture as may, in Note Counsel's  opinion,  be necessary or desirable
        to assure  implementation  of the Program in conformance with the Higher
        Education Act if along with such Supplemental Indenture there is filed a
        Note  Counsel's  opinion to the effect that the addition or amendment of
        such  provisions  will in no way impair  the  existing  security  of the
        Registered Owners of any Outstanding Note;

               (g) To make any change as shall be  necessary  in order to obtain
        and/or  maintain for any of the Notes an investment  grade Rating from a
        nationally  recognized rating service,  which changes, in the opinion of
        the Trustee,  which opinion may be supported by an opinion of counsel to
        the Trustee,  are not to the prejudice of the Registered Owner of any of
        the Notes;

               (h) To make any changes  necessary  to comply  with the Act,  the
        Regulations or the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder;



                                      100
<PAGE>


               (i) To provide for the issuance of Additional  Notes  pursuant to
        the provisions of the  Indenture,  including the creation of appropriate
        Funds and Accounts with respect to such Additional Notes;

               (j)  To  create  any  additional  Funds  or  Accounts  under  the
        Indenture deemed by the Trustee to be necessary or desirable;

               (k) To make  changes  necessary  to add a letter of credit to any
        subseries of the Auction Rate Notes; or

               (l) To make  any  other  change  which,  in the  judgment  of the
        Trustee, which judgment may be supported by an opinion of counsel to the
        Trustee, is not to the material prejudice of the Registered Owners.

        Supplemental   Indentures   Requiring  Consent  of  Registered   Owners.
Exclusive of  Supplemental  Indentures  not  requiring the consent of Registered
Owners,  and  subject  to the terms and  provisions  set  forth  below,  and not
otherwise,  the  Registered  Owners  of not  less  than  2/3  of the  collective
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding which in the opinion of
the  Trustee  (which  opinion may be  supported  by an opinion of counsel to the
Trustee)  are  affected  shall  have the  right,  from  time to  time,  anything
contained in the  Indenture to the contrary  notwithstanding,  to consent to and
approve the  execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of such other  indenture or
indentures  supplemental  thereto as shall be deemed  necessary and desirable by
the Trustee  for the  purpose of  modifying,  altering,  amending,  adding to or
rescinding,  in any particular,  any of the terms or provisions contained in the
Indenture or in any Supplemental Indenture;  provided,  however, that nothing in
this  paragraph  shall  permit,  or be construed as  permitting  (a) without the
consent of the Registered Owners of all then Outstanding Notes, (i) an extension
of the maturity  date of the principal of or the interest on any Note, or (ii) a
reduction in the principal  amount of any Note or the rate of interest  thereon,
or (iii) a  privilege  or  priority  of any Note or Notes over any other Note or
Notes,  or (iv) a  reduction  in the  aggregate  principal  amount  of the Notes
required for consent to such Supplemental  Indenture, or (v) the creation of any
lien other than a lien ratably securing all of the Notes at any time Outstanding
under the  Indenture  or (b) any  modification  of the trusts,  powers,  rights,
obligations,  duties, remedies, immunities and privileges of the Trustee without
the prior written approval of the Trustee.



                                      101
<PAGE>


        If at any time the Issuer  shall  request  the Trustee to enter into any
such Supplemental Indenture for any of the purposes of this section, the Trustee
shall,  upon being  satisfactorily  indemnified with respect to expenses,  cause
notice of the proposed execution of such Supplemental  Indenture to be mailed by
registered or certified mail to each  Registered  Owner of a Note at the address
shown on the registration  books. Such notice shall briefly set forth the nature
of the proposed  Supplemental  Indenture and shall state that copies thereof are
on file at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee for inspection by
all  Registered  Owners.  If,  within 60 days, or such longer period as shall be
prescribed by the Issuer,  following the mailing of such notice,  the Registered
Owners  representing  the  applicable  percentage  of the  collective  aggregate
principal amount of the Notes Outstanding  required by the Indenture at the time
of the  execution of any such  Supplemental  Indenture  shall have  consented in
writing to and approved the substance of the amendments made by the Supplemental
Indenture and the execution thereof as in the Indenture provided,  no Registered
Owner of any  Note  shall  have any  right to  object  to any of the  terms  and
provisions  contained  therein,  or the operation  thereof,  or in any manner to
question the  propriety of the execution  thereof,  or to enjoin or restrain the
Trustee or the Issuer from executing the same or from taking any action pursuant
to the provisions thereof. Upon the execution of any such Supplemental Indenture
as in the Indenture permitted and provided, the Indenture shall be and be deemed
to be modified and amended in accordance therewith.

        Additional  Limitation  on  Modification  of  Indenture.   None  of  the
provisions of the Indenture  (including the provisions  relating to Supplemental
Indentures)  shall permit an amendment to the provisions of the Indenture  which
permits the transfer of all or part of guaranteed Student Loans or granting of a
security  interest  therein to any Person  other than an Eligible  Lender or the
Servicer,  unless the Higher Education Act or regulations are hereafter modified
so as to permit the same.

        No amendment to the Indenture or to the indentures  supplemental thereto
shall be  effective  unless the  Trustee  receives  an opinion of counsel to the
effect that such amendment was adopted in conformance with the Indenture.

Satisfaction of Indenture

        Trust Irrevocable.  The trust created by the terms and provisions of the
Indenture is irrevocable  until the indebtedness  secured thereby (the Notes and
interest  thereon) is fully paid or  provision  has been made for its payment as
provided in the  Indenture  and the Issuer has paid all of the fees and expenses
of the Trustee and given notice to the Trustee to terminate the Indenture.

        Satisfaction of Indenture.


                                      102
<PAGE>


               (a) If the Issuer shall pay, or cause to be paid,  or there shall
        otherwise  be  paid  to the  Registered  Owners,  the  principal  of and
        interest on the Notes, at the times and in the manner  stipulated in the
        Indenture  then  due,  then the  pledge  of the  Trust  Estate,  and all
        covenants,  agreements,  and  other  obligations  of the  Issuer  to the
        Registered Owners of Notes shall thereupon cease, terminate,  and become
        void and be discharged  and satisfied,  except as otherwise  provided in
        the Indenture.  In such event,  the Trustee shall execute and deliver to
        the Issuer all such  instruments  as may be desirable  to evidence  such
        discharge  and  satisfaction,  and the Trustee shall pay over or deliver
        all  money  held by it under the  Indenture  to the  party  entitled  to
        receive the same under the  provisions of the  Indenture.  If the Issuer
        shall pay or cause to be paid, or there shall  otherwise be paid, to the
        Registered Owners of any Outstanding Notes the principal of and interest
        on such Notes then due, at the times and in the manner stipulated in the
        Indenture,  such Notes shall cease to be entitled to any lien,  benefit,
        or security under the  Indenture,  and all  covenants,  agreements,  and
        obligations  of  the  Issuer  to the  Registered  Owners  thereof  shall
        thereupon  cease,  terminate,  and  become  void and be  discharged  and
        satisfied.


                                      103
<PAGE>


               (b) Notes or interest  installments  shall be deemed to have been
        paid  within  the  meaning  of (a)  above if money  for the  payment  or
        redemption  thereof has been set aside and is being held in trust by the
        Trustee at the Stated Maturity or earlier  redemption date thereof.  All
        Outstanding  Notes  shall,  prior  to the  Stated  Maturity  or  earlier
        redemption  thereof,  be deemed to have been paid within the meaning and
        with the effect  expressed in Section (a) above if (i) such Notes are to
        be  redeemed  on any date prior to their  Stated  Maturity  and (ii) the
        Issuer  shall  have  given  notice  of  redemption  as  provided  in the
        Indenture on said date, there shall have been deposited with the Trustee
        either money (fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
        or fully collateralized by Governmental  Obligations) in an amount which
        shall  be  sufficient,   or  Governmental   Obligations  (including  any
        Governmental  Obligations issued or held in book-entry form on the books
        of the  Department  of  Treasury of the United  States of  America)  the
        principal  of and the  interest  on which  when due will  provide  money
        which,  together with the money,  if any,  deposited with the Trustee at
        the same time, shall be sufficient, to pay when due the principal of and
        interest to become due on such Notes on and prior to the redemption date
        or Stated Maturity thereof, as the case may be. Notwithstanding anything
        in the  Indenture to the contrary,  however,  no such deposit shall have
        the effect specified in this subsection (b) if made during the existence
        of an Event of  Default,  unless  made with  respect to all of the Notes
        then Outstanding.  Neither Governmental  Obligations nor money deposited
        with the  Trustee  pursuant  to this  subsection  (b) nor  principal  or
        interest  payments  on  any  such  Governmental   Obligations  shall  be
        withdrawn  or  used  for any  purpose  other  than,  and  shall  be held
        irrevocably  in trust in an  escrow  account  for,  the  payment  of the
        principal of and  interest on such Notes.  Any cash  received  from such
        principal of and  interest on such  Governmental  Obligations  deposited
        with the Trustee,  if not needed for such purpose,  shall, to the extent
        practicable, be reinvested in Governmental Obligations maturing at times
        and in amounts  sufficient to pay when due the principal of and interest
        on such Notes on and prior to such  redemption  date or Stated  Maturity
        thereof, as the case may be, and interest earned from such reinvestments
        shall be paid over to the Issuer,  as received by the Trustee,  free and
        clear of any trust,  lien,  or  pledge,  subject  to  verification  by a
        certified public  accountant or firm thereof that the remaining  amounts
        in escrow are  sufficient  to pay the  principal  of and interest on the
        Notes as aforesaid.  Any payment for Governmental  Obligations purchased
        for the  purpose of  reinvesting  cash as  aforesaid  shall be made only
        against delivery of such Governmental  Obligations.  For the purposes of
        this paragraph,  "Governmental  Obligations" shall mean and include only
        non-callable direct obligations of the Department of the Treasury of the
        United States of America,  and such  Governmental  Obligations  shall be
        certified  by  an  independent   public   accounting  firm  of  national
        reputation to be of such amounts, maturities, and interest payment dates
        and to bear  such  interest  as  will,  without  further  investment  or
        reinvestment  of either the  principal  amount  thereof or the  interest
        earnings  therefrom,  be sufficient to make the payments required by the
        Indenture,  and  which  obligations  have  been  deposited  in an escrow
        account  which is  irrevocably  pledged as security for the Notes.  Such
        term shall not include mutual funds and unit investment trusts.

               (c) In no event shall the Trustee  deliver over to the Issuer any
        Guaranteed Student Loans unless the Issuer is an Eligible Lender, if the
        Higher  Education Act or regulations then in effect require the owner or
        holder of Guaranteed Student Loans to be an Eligible Lender.

               (d) The  provisions  set forth above are  applicable to the Notes
and any portion of the Notes.

                      SELLER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Sellers

        Union Bank and Trust Company, a Nebraska state bank ("Union Bank" or the
"Seller"),  has, subject to the terms and conditions of one or more Student Loan
Purchase  Agreements,  sold  Eligible  Loans to the Issuer  having an  aggregate
principal  balance of  approximately  $542 million prior to the date hereof with
the  proceeds  of Prior  Notes.  Except as  otherwise  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  it is expected that Union Bank also will sell additional
Eligible  Loans to the Issuer in  connection  with the  issuance  of the Offered
Notes.  Any such seller which is not Union Bank will be an Eligible Lender which
has been approved by each Rating Agency then rating any Notes Outstanding, which
other Eligible Lenders will be specified with respect to a Series in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Union Bank and any such other  seller is referred to in
such capacity herein as a "Seller" and collectively, as the "Sellers."

        Each  Eligible  Loan will be purchased  by the Issuer at the  respective
Purchase  Price and will  simultaneously  be  pledged  to the  Trustee to secure
payment of the Notes.  Certain information with respect to the Financed Eligible
Loans  expected to be included in the Student  Loan  Portfolio as of the Date of
Issuance  with respect to any Series will be included in the related  Prospectus
Supplement under "-Description of the Student Loan Portfolio."

Representations and Warranties-
Portfolio Characteristics

        A description of the  outstanding  portfolio of Financed  Eligible Loans
and the portfolio expected to be acquired by the Issuer with the proceeds of the
Notes  of any  Series  and  pledged  to the  Trustee  will be  described  in the
Prospectus  Supplement of such Series. Each Student Loan Purchase Agreement with
respect  to  a  Seller  will  contain  portfolio   characteristic   requirements
applicable to the Financed Eligible Loans acquired  thereunder at the respective
dates of acquisition.



                                      104
<PAGE>

Representations and Warranties-Eligible Loans

        With  respect  to all  Series,  each  Seller  will  make  the  following
representations,  warranties  and covenants  with respect to the Eligible  Loans
sold pursuant to its respective Student Loan Purchase Agreement:

               (a) Accuracy of Information.  Any  information  furnished by such
        Seller to the Issuer or its agents with respect to any Eligible  Loan is
        true, complete and correct.

               (b) Validity of Loans.  Each Eligible Loan has been duly executed
        and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
        the maker (and the endorser, if any) thereof,  enforceable in accordance
        with its terms.

               (c) No Defenses  Against  Repayment  of Loans.  The amount of the
        unpaid principal balance of each Eligible Loan is true and owing, and no
        counterclaim, offset, defense or right to rescission exists with respect
        to any Eligible Loan which can be asserted and maintained or which, with
        notice,  lapse of time, or the occurrence or failure to occur of any act
        or event,  could be asserted and maintained by the borrower  against the
        Trustee  as  assignee  thereof.  The rate of  interest  carried  by each
        Eligible  Loan is the maximum which was allowable by law at the time the
        loan was made,  and no such  Eligible Loan carries a rate of interest in
        excess of that permitted by the provisions of the Act.

               (d)  Ownership  and Location of Loans:  Existence of Liens.  Such
        Seller is the sole owner and holder of each  Eligible  Loan and has full
        right and  authority  to sell and  assign the same free and clear of all
        liens, pledges or encumbrances, and upon the endorsement and delivery of
        promissory notes evidencing such Eligible Loan to the Issuer pursuant to
        the respective Student Loan Purchase Agreement,  the Issuer will acquire
        full right,  title and interest in the  Eligible  Loan free and clear of
        all  liens,  pledges  or  encumbrances  whatsoever.   All  documentation
        relating to the Eligible Loans,  including the original  promissory note
        for  each  Eligible  Loan,  is in the  possession  of  UNIPAC  or  other
        designated custodian.



                                      105
<PAGE>

               (e) Guarantee and Insurance on Loans. With respect to all Series,
        each Eligible Loan to be sold under the Student Loan Purchase  Agreement
        is either Insured or Guaranteed. With respect to all Insured Loans being
        acquired,  a Contract  of  Insurance  is in full  force and effect  with
        respect thereto, the applicable  Certificates of Insurance are valid and
        binding upon the parties thereto in all respects,  such Seller is not in
        default in the  performance of any of its covenants and agreements  made
        in respect  thereof,  and such  Insurance is freely  transferable  as an
        incident to the sale of each Eligible  Loan to be sold.  With respect to
        all Guaranteed  Loans being acquired,  a Guarantee  Agreement is in full
        force and effect with respect  thereto and is valid and binding upon the
        parties thereto in all material respects,  such Seller is not in default
        in the  performance of any of its covenants and agreements  made in such
        Guarantee  Agreement,  and such Guarantee is freely  transferable  as an
        incident to the sale of each Eligible  Loan to be sold.  All amounts due
        and payable to the  Secretary or the Guarantee  Agency,  as the case may
        be,  have been  paid in full by such  Seller,  and none of the  Eligible
        Loans to be sold to the Issuer has at any time been  tendered  to either
        the Secretary or the Guarantee Agency for payment.

               (f)  Compliance  with Higher  Education  Act.  Each Eligible Loan
        complies in all respects with the  requirements of the Higher  Education
        Act and is an  Eligible  Loan as those  terms are defined in the Student
        Loan Purchase Agreement.

               (g) Compliance  with Federal Laws. Each Eligible Loan was made in
        compliance with all applicable local,  state and federal laws, rules and
        regulations,     including    without    limitation    all    applicable
        nondiscrimination, truth-in-lending, consumer credit and usury laws.

               (h)  No  Discrimination.  In  making  each  Eligible  Loan  to be
        purchased by the Issuer pursuant to its respective Student Loan Purchase
        Agreement,  such Seller has not discriminated based upon the educational
        institutions attended by, or the age, sex, race, national origin, color,
        religion,   handicapped  status,  income,  attendance  at  a  particular
        eligible  institution,  length  of the  Student  Borrower's  educational
        program, or the Student Borrower's academic year in school.

               (i) Serial Loans. The Eligible Loans to be purchased  pursuant to
        the  respective  Student Loan  Purchase  Agreement  include all Eligible
        Loans of any one borrower held by such Seller.

               (j)  Due  Diligence  in  Servicing  Loans.  Such  Seller  and any
        independent  servicer have each  exercised and shall  continue until the
        Scheduled  Sale Date to exercise due  diligence and  reasonable  care in
        making,  administering,  servicing and collecting the Eligible Loans and
        such Seller has conducted a reasonable investigation of sufficient scope
        and content to enable it duly to make the representations and warranties
        contained in the respective Student Loan Purchase Agreement. Such Seller
        has paid the costs and expenses  incident to origination of the Eligible
        Loans, and has no right of reimbursement therefor from the Issuer.

               (k)  Origination  Fees.  Such Seller has  reported  the amount of
        origination fees (if any) authorized to be collected with respect to any
        Eligible Loan pursuant to Section 438(c) of the Act to the Secretary for
        the period in which such fee was  authorized to be  collected;  and such
        Seller has made any refund of an origination fee collected in connection
        with any  Eligible  Loan which may be  required  pursuant  to the Higher
        Education Act.

               (l)  Insurance  Premium.  For each such Seller has  reported  the
        amount of the insurance premium authorized to be collected, and has paid
        said premium to the Guarantee  Agency or the  Secretary  with all rights
        therein inuring to the Issuer.



                                      106
<PAGE>


               (m) Schedule of Student Loans.  The information set forth in each
        Schedule of Student  Loans is true and correct in all material  respects
        as of the opening of business on the respective Scheduled Sale Date, and
        no selection  procedures  believed to be adverse to the Issuer have been
        utilized in selecting the Student Loans for inclusion therein.

               (n) Title.  It is the intention of such Seller that the transfers
        and  assignments  from such  Seller to the  Issuer  contemplated  in the
        respective Student Loan Purchase Agreement constitute a true sale of the
        Student  Loans to the Issuer and that  neither the interest in nor title
        to the  Eligible  Loans  shall  become  or be  deemed  property  of such
        Seller's estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy or insolvency
        petition by or against such Seller under any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency
        law.

               (o)   Documents.   Such  Seller  shall   furnish  and  file,   if
        appropriate,  any document reasonably requested by the Issuer to perfect
        the Issuer's ownership interest in the Eligible Loans.

               (p) No Fraudulent  Conveyance.  The transactions  contemplated by
        the  respective  Student Loan Purchase  Agreement are and will be in the
        ordinary  course of such  Seller's  business  and such  Seller has valid
        business  reasons  for  transferring  the  Eligible  Loans  rather  than
        obtaining a secured loan with the  Eligible  Loans as  collateral.  Both
        before and  immediately  after giving effect to any  transfer:  (i) such
        Seller  transferred  or will  transfer the Eligible  Loans to the Issuer
        without  any intent to hinder,  delay or defraud  any  current or future
        creditor  of such  Seller;  (ii)  such  Seller  was  not or will  not be
        insolvent  or did not or will not  become  insolvent  as a result of any
        transfer; (iii) such Seller was not engaged and was not about to engage,
        and will not  engage,  in any  business  or  transaction  for  which any
        property remaining with such Seller was or will constitute  unreasonably
        small  capital  in  relation  to the  business  of  such  Seller  or the
        transaction;  and (iv) such  Seller did not intend or will not intend to
        incur,  and did not believe or reasonably  should not have believed,  or
        will not believe or reasonably  shall not have  believed,  that it would
        incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as they become due.

               (q) Sales Not  Subject to Bulk  Transfer.  Each  sale,  transfer,
        assignment and conveyance of the Eligible Loans by such Seller  pursuant
        to its respective  Student Loan Purchase Agreement is not subject to the
        bulk  transfer  or any  similar  statutory  provisions  in effect in any
        applicable jurisdiction.


                                      107
<PAGE>


               (r) No Transfer  Taxes Due. Each sale,  transfer,  assignment and
        conveyance  of the  Eligible  Loans  (including  all  payments due or to
        become due thereunder) by such Seller pursuant to its respective Student
        Loan  Purchase  Agreement  is not  subject to and will not result in any
        tax, fee or governmental  charge payable by the Issuer or such Seller to
        any federal,  state or local government  ("Transfer  Taxes") except such
        Transfer  Taxes as are  paid by such  Seller  at the  time of  transfer,
        assignment  and conveyance and except UCC filing fees. In the event that
        the Issuer  receives  actual notice of any unpaid Transfer Taxes arising
        out of the transfer, assignment and conveyance of the Eligible Loans, on
        written demand by the Issuer,  or upon such Seller otherwise being given
        notice  thereof,  it shall pay,  and  otherwise  indemnify  and hold the
        Issuer and the  Trustee  harmless  therefor.  Such  Seller  shall not be
        responsible for the Issuer's or the Trustee's income taxes.

Repurchase Obligation of Seller

        At the  request  of  the  Issuer  or  the  Trustee,  each  Seller  shall
repurchase any Eligible Loan  purchased by the Issuer from such Seller  pursuant
to its respective Student Loan Purchase Agreement if:

               (a) any  representation  or warranty  made or  furnished  by such
        Seller in or pursuant to its respective  Student Loan Purchase Agreement
        shall prove to have been materially incorrect as to such Eligible Loan;

               (b) the  Secretary  or a  Guarantee  Agency,  as the case may be,
        refuses  to  honor  all or part  of a claim  filed  with  respect  to an
        Eligible  Loan  (including  any  claim  for  interest  subsidy,  Special
        Allowance  Payments,  insurance,  reinsurance or Guarantee  payments) on
        account of any  circumstance or event that occurred prior to the sale of
        such Eligible Loan to the Issuer; or

               (c) on account of any  wrongful or  negligent  act or omission of
        such Seller or its servicing agent that occurred prior to the sale of an
        Eligible  Loan to the Issuer,  a defense  that makes the  Eligible  Loan
        unenforceable  is  asserted  by a  maker  (or  endorser,  if any) of the
        Eligible  Loan with respect to his or her  obligation  to pay all or any
        part of the Eligible Loan.

        Upon the  occurrence of any of the  conditions  set forth above and upon
the request of the Issuer or the Trustee, the respective Seller shall pay to the
Trustee, for deposit into the Student Loan Holding Fund Account, an amount equal
to 101.85%  (or such other  percentage  as may be  specified  with  respect to a
Series in the related Prospectus  Supplement) of the then-outstanding  principal
balance of such  Eligible  Loan,  plus interest and Special  Allowance  Payments
accrued and unpaid with respect to such Eligible  Loan from the  Scheduled  Sale
Date to and including the date of repurchase,  plus any attorneys'  fees,  legal
expenses,  court costs, servicing fees or other expenses incurred by the Issuer,
the Trustee or the  appropriate  successors or assigns in  connection  with such
Eligible Loans and arising out of the reasons for the repurchase.  The foregoing
repurchase  obligation  of such Seller shall  constitute  the sole remedy to the
Issuer  against  such Seller with  respect to any event  described  above.  With
respect  to any  Eligible  Loan  repurchased  by  such  Seller  pursuant  to the
respective  Student Loan Purchase  Agreement,  the Issuer shall assign,  without
recourse,  representation or warranty, to such Seller all of the Issuer's right,
title and interest in and to such Eligible  Loan, and all security and documents
relating thereto.


                                      108
<PAGE>


                        DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

General

        Credit  enhancement  may be provided with respect to one or more Classes
of the Notes of any Series. Credit enhancement may be in the form of a letter of
credit,  the  subordination  of one or more Classes of Notes,  the use of a pool
insurance  policy  or  guarantee  insurance,  the  establishment  of one or more
reserve  funds (as  described  under  "Security  and  Sources of Payment for the
Notes-Reserve Fund" herein), or any combination of the foregoing. If so provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, any form of credit enhancement may provide
credit  enhancement  for more than one Series of Notes or more than one Class of
Notes to the extent described therein.

        Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement with
respect to a Series,  the credit enhancement will not provide protection against
all risks of loss and will not  guarantee  payment  to such  Noteholders  of all
amounts to which they are  entitled  under the related  Indenture.  If losses or
shortfalls  occur that exceed the amount  covered by the credit  enhancement  or
that are not  covered by the  credit  enhancement,  Noteholders  will bear their
allocable  share of  deficiencies.  Moreover,  if a form of  credit  enhancement
covers  more than one Series of Notes,  holders  of Notes of one Series  will be
subject to the risk that such credit enhancement will be exhausted by the claims
of the holders of Notes of one or more other  Series  before the former  receive
their intended share of such coverage.

        If credit enhancement is provided with respect to one or more classes of
Notes of a Series, the related Prospectus  Supplement will include a description
of (i) the nature and amount of coverage under such credit enhancement, (ii) any
conditions to payment  thereunder  not  otherwise  described  herein,  (iii) the
conditions  (if any)  under  which the  amount of  coverage  under  such  credit
enhancement  may be reduced  and under  which  such  credit  enhancement  may be
terminated or replaced and (iv) the material  provisions relating to such credit
enhancement.  Additionally,  the related  Prospectus  Supplement  will set forth
certain  information  with respect to the obligor under any instrument of credit
enhancement,  generally  including  (i) a  brief  description  of its  principal
business   activities,   (ii)  its  principal   place  of  business,   place  of
incorporation and the jurisdiction under which it is chartered or licensed to do
business,  (iii) if  applicable,  the identity of the  regulatory  agencies that
exercise  primary  jurisdiction  over the conduct of its  business  and (iv) its
total  assets,  and its  stockholders'  equity  or  policyholders'  surplus,  if
applicable, as of a date that will be specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

Subordinate Notes


                                      109
<PAGE>


        If so  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or  more
classes  of Notes of a Series  may be  Subordinate  Notes or  Junior-Subordinate
Notes. To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the rights
of the holders of Subordinate Notes to receive distributions on any Distribution
Date will be subordinated to the  corresponding  rights of the holders of Senior
Notes,  and the  rights of the  holders of  Junior-Subordinate  Notes to receive
distributions on any Distribution Date will be subordinated to the corresponding
rights of the holders of the  Subordinate  Notes.  If so provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  the subordination of a Class may apply only in the event
of (or may be limited to)  certain  types of losses or  shortfalls.  The related
Prospectus  Supplement  will set  forth  information  concerning  the  amount of
subordination   provided  by  a  Class  or  Classes  of  Subordinate   Notes  or
Junior-Subordinate  Notes  in a  Series,  the  circumstances  under  which  such
subordination  will  be  available  and  the  manner  in  which  the  amount  of
subordination will be made available.

Letter of Credit

        If so specified in the Prospectus  Supplement  with respect to a Series,
deficiencies  in amounts  otherwise  payable  on such  Notes or certain  Classes
thereof  will be covered by one or more  letters of credit,  issued by a bank or
financial  institution specified in such Prospectus Supplement (the "L/C Bank").
Under a  letter  of  credit,  the L/C Bank  will be  obligated  to  honor  draws
thereunder in an aggregate  fixed dollar amount,  net of  unreimbursed  payments
thereunder,  generally equal to a percentage specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement of the aggregate  principal balance of the Financed Eligible Loans on
the related Cut-off Date or of the initial  aggregate  principal  balance of the
Notes of one or more Classes of Notes. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the letter of credit may permit  draws only in the event of certain
types of losses and shortfalls.  The amount available under the letter of credit
will,  in all  cases,  be reduced  to the  extent of the  unreimbursed  payments
thereunder  and may otherwise be reduced as described in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The obligations of the L/C Bank under the letter of credit for each
Series of Notes will expire at the earlier of the date  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement or the termination of the Trust Estate. A copy of any such
letter of credit will  accompany the Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with
the Commission within 15 days of issuance of the Notes of the related Series.

Note Guarantee Insurance and Surety Bonds

        If so specified in the Prospectus  Supplement  with respect to a Series,
deficiencies  in amounts  otherwise  payable  on such  Notes or certain  Classes
thereof will be covered by insurance  policies  and/or surety bonds  provided by
one or more insurance  companies or sureties.  Such instruments may cover,  with
respect  to  one  or  more  Classes  of  Notes  of the  related  Series,  timely
distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal on the basis of
a schedule of principal  distributions  set forth in or determined in the manner
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  A copy of any such instrument
will  accompany the Current  Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the  Commission
within 15 days of issuance of the Notes of the related Series.

Reserve Fund


                                      110
<PAGE>


        In addition to the Reserve Fund  described  herein,  one or more reserve
funds may be  established  with respect to a Series,  in which cash, a letter of
credit,  eligible  investments,  a demand note or a combination  thereof, in the
amounts,  if any, so  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  will be
deposited.  The  reserve  fund for a  Series  may also be  funded  over  time by
depositing  therein a  specified  amount of the  distributions  received  on the
related Receivables as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

        Amounts on deposit in any reserve fund for a Series,  together  with the
reinvestment income thereon, will be applied by the Trustee for the purposes, in
the manner, and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  A
reserve fund may be provided to increase the  likelihood  of timely  payments of
principal of and interest on the Notes, if required as a condition to the rating
of such Series by each Rating Agency rating such Series or any Classes  relating
thereto.  If so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a reserve fund
may be established to provide limited  protection,  in an amount satisfactory to
each Rating Agency which assigns rating to the Notes,  against  certain types of
losses not covered by insurance policies or other credit support. Following each
Interest  Payment Date,  amounts in such reserve fund in excess of any specified
reserve  fund  requirement  may be  released  from the  reserve  fund  under the
conditions and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and
will not be available for further application by the Trustee.

        Additional information concerning any reserve fund is to be set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement, including the initial balance of such reserve
fund, the reserve fund balance to be maintained, the purposes for which funds in
the reserve fund may be applied to make  distributions to Noteholders and use of
investment earnings from the reserve fund, if any.

                                   THE ISSUER

        The Issuer is a bankruptcy remote, limited purpose corporation organized
under the laws of the State of Nevada on February  28,  1996 to acquire  student
loans and pledge such student loans and certain related  collateral to a trustee
to secure the Notes.

        The Issuer is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of Union  Financial  Services,
Inc.,  a Nevada  corporation  ("UFS"),  organized  on January  26,  1996 for the
purpose of  facilitating  the  financing  of student  loans and other  financial
assets, and to engage in activities in connection therewith.

        The Issuer has taken steps in structuring the transactions  contemplated
hereby that are intended to make it unlikely that the  voluntary or  involuntary
application  for relief by UFS or Union Bank under the United States  Bankruptcy
Code or similar  applicable  federal or state  laws,  respectively  ("Insolvency
Laws"), will result in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Issuer
with those of UFS or an affiliate  including Union Bank. These steps include the
creation  of the  Issuer as a  separate,  limited  purpose  entity  pursuant  to
articles of incorporation containing certain limitations (including restrictions
on the nature of the Issuer's business and a restriction on the Issuer's ability
to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Laws without the
prior unanimous affirmative vote of all of its directors). The Issuer's Articles
of  Incorporation  includes  a  provision  that  requires  the  Issuer to have a
director who qualifies  under the Articles of  Incorporation  as an "independent
director."


                                      111
<PAGE>


               The Issuer is governed by a Board of Directors, which is required
by the Issuer's  Articles of  Incorporation to include at least three directors.
Directors are required to be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders.
The  present  directors  and  their  addresses  and  principal   occupations  or
affiliations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                 Principal      Officers and
                        Other                                   Occupation     Directors Term
 Name of Director     Offices     Age          Address              or            From To*
 ----------------       Held      ---          -------          Affiliation     ------------
                        ----                                   

<S>                     <C>        <C>   <C>                   <C>             <C>             
Michael S. Dunlap     Chairman     34   4732 Calvert Street    Executive      February  Present
                                        Lincoln, Nebraska      Vice           1996
                                        68506                  President of
                                                               Union Bank
                                                               and Trust
                                                               Company

Stephen F.            President    45   6991 East Camelback    President of   February  Present
Butterfield                             Road, Suite B290       Union          1996
                                        Scottsdale, Arizona    Financial
                                        85251                  Services,
                                                               Inc.

   
Ronald W. Page          Vice       49   1801 California        Senior Vice    February  Present
                     President,         Street                 President of   1996
                      Treasurer         Suite 3920             Union
                         and            Denver, CO 80202       Financial
                      Secretary                                Services,
                                                               Inc.
    

Ross Wilcox              --        55   4732 Calvert Street    Chief          February  Present
                                        Lincoln, Nebraska      Executive      1996
                                        68506                  Officer of
                                                               Union Bank
                                                               and Trust
                                                               Company

Dr. Paul R. Hoff          -        63   Hernia Hill, Rural     Retired        February  Present
                                        Route 1                Physician      1996
                                        Seward, Nebraska
                                        68434
- -------------
(*)     Each director holds office until the next annual meeting of shareholders
        following his or her election  until such  director's  successors  shall
        have been  elected  and  qualified.  The  Issuer  held its first  annual
        shareholders meeting on March 20, 1997.
</TABLE>

        The  Board of  Directors  and  executive  officers  described  below are
responsible  for overall  management  of the Issuer.  The Issuer's  officers and
directors are  shareholders,  officers and  directors of business  entities that
have engaged in the business of purchasing, holding and selling student loans.

        Michael S. Dunlap,  Chairman of the Board.  As the Chairman of the Board
of Directors,  Mr.  Dunlap is  responsible  for the  executive  direction of the
Issuer.  Mr.  Dunlap is also  Executive  Vice  President of Union Bank and Trust
Company,  and  President of Farmers & Merchants  Investment  Inc. He has been an
employee of Union Bank and Trust Company for  approximately 15 years. Mr. Dunlap
is also a director of Stratus Fund,  Inc.,  Comprehensive  Assistance in Student
Lending  Corporation,  Union Bank and Trust Company,  Union Financial  Services,
Inc., Union Financial Services-2,  Inc., UNIPAC and various other organizations.
Mr. Dunlap received a Bachelor of Science degree in finance and accounting and a
Juris Doctor degree from the University of Nebraska.


                                      112
<PAGE>


        Stephen F.  Butterfield,  President  and  Director.  As  President,  Mr.
Butterfield  is  responsible  for the overall  management  and  direction of the
Issuer.  Included in his  responsibilities  are loan  purchasing,  marketing  of
corporate  services and coordination of the Issuer's capital market  activities.
Mr.  Butterfield  has been a member of the student loan  industry  since January
1989,  first as  President  of a for-profit  student  loan  secondary  marketing
facility  located  in  Scottsdale,  Arizona  and  currently  as  President  of a
non-profit  student loan secondary  marketing  facility in Scottsdale,  Arizona.
Prior to his work in the student loan industry,  Mr.  Butterfield spent 15 years
as an investment banker specializing in municipal finance.  Mr. Butterfield is a
director  of  Outdoor  Systems,  Inc.  Union  Financial  Services-2,   Inc.  and
Comprehensive  Assistance  in  Student  Lending  Corporation.   Mr.  Butterfield
received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business from Arizona State University.

        Ronald W. Page, Vice President,  Treasurer,  Secretary and Director.  As
Vice  President,  Treasurer  and  Secretary,  Mr.  Page is  responsible  for the
financial  operations  and  record  keeping  of  the  Issuer.  Included  in  his
responsibilities are financial planning and capital market operations.  Mr. Page
spent 20 years as an investment  banker  specializing  in tax-exempt and taxable
asset-backed  finance,  with a specialty in the securitization of student loans.
Mr. Page is a director of Union Financial  Services-2,  Inc. Mr. Page received a
Bachelor of Science  degree in Business  Administration  from the  University of
Colorado,  Boulder,  Colorado,  and a Masters of Public Administration in Public
Policy Analysis from the American University, Washington, DC.

        Ross Wilcox,  Director.  Mr.  Wilcox is the Chief  Executive  Officer of
Union Bank and Trust Company and has been employed or affiliated with Union Bank
and Trust  Company  for 30 years.  Mr.  Wilcox is the  Chairman of the Board for
Mills County State Bank and is on the Board of Directors  for UNIPAC,  Southeast
Lincoln Insurance Agency and the Lincoln Chamber of Commerce.

        Dr. R. Paul Hoff,  Director.  Dr. Hoff is a medical doctor who practiced
as a family physician in Seward,  Nebraska for approximately 30 years, until his
retirement.  Dr. Hoff also serves as member of the Board of Directors of Packers
Service  Group,  Inc.  Dr.  Hoff  has been  involved  in a  number  of  business
enterprises  over the years and  currently  owns and  operates a retail  antique
store in Ennis, Montana.

        The Issuer's  executive  officers  are elected  annually by the Board of
Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board. The Issuer's  directors hold
office until the next annual meeting of stockholders  and until their successors
have been duly elected and qualified.

   
        UFS provides certain administrative services to the Issuer in connection
with the operation of the Issuer's Student Loan Purchase  Program.  UFS receives
compensation  for such  services,  but such  payment will be made as approved by
each Rating Agency and when funds are available therefore in the Operating Fund.
Such approved compensation currently is 0.18% of the Issuer's outstanding assets
per month or such other  amount as may be  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement. UFS also receives compensation from the Issuer for services provided
in  connection  with  structuring,  negotiating  and  implementing  the Issuer's
financing  programs.  The amount of such fees paid to UFS, if any, in connection
with  issuance  of the  Offered  Notes  will  be  described  in  the  applicable
Prospectus Supplement.
    



                                      113
<PAGE>


                   THE ISSUER'S STUDENT LOAN PURCHASE PROGRAM

        The Issuer  established  its Student Loan  Purchase  Program in order to
effectuate its general corporate purposes.

        In order to  participate  in the Student  Loan  Purchase  Program,  each
lender  must be an  "eligible  lender"  under the  Higher  Education  Act and be
otherwise  approved  by the  Issuer.  An  "eligible  lender"  under  the  Higher
Education Act includes certain commercial banks,  mutual savings banks,  savings
and loan  associations,  credit  unions,  insurance  companies,  pension  funds,
certain trust companies and educational institutions.  Each eligible lender must
also have entered into an agreement  with an eligible  Guarantee  Agency for the
guarantee  of loans  originated  or acquired by such lender.  In addition,  each
eligible  lender  must enter into a Student  Loan  Purchase  Agreement  with the
Issuer,  providing  for the  manner and terms of sale of  Eligible  Loans in the
standard  form  prescribed  by the Issuer  from time to time for all lenders and
providing  for the  manner  and  terms of  repurchase  of  Student  Loans by the
Eligible Lender from the Issuer upon the failure of any warranty with respect to
such Student Loan made by the Eligible Lender under such agreement.  The Student
Loan  Purchase  Agreement  may be  terminated  by the  Issuer  on the  terms and
conditions stated therein.

The Issuer's Student Loan Purchase Agreement

        As of March 1, 1997, the Issuer had purchased approximately $542 million
aggregate principal amount of Eligible Loans from Union Bank, as Seller with the
proceeds of Prior  Notes.  The Issuer has entered  into  Student  Loan  Purchase
Agreements  with Union  Bank with  respect to such  purchases.  Pursuant  to the
Student Loan Purchase Agreements,  the Seller is required to repurchase,  at the
request of the Issuer or the Trustee,  any financed  Eligible Loan  purchased by
the Issuer if, among other items, the Secretary or a Guarantee Agency refuses to
honor all or a part of a claim filed with respect to a Financed Eligible Loan on
account of any  circumstance  or event that  occurred  prior to the sale of such
Financed Eligible Loan.

Servicing of Financed Eligible Loans

        The Issuer is required  under the Act, the rules and  regulations of the
Guarantee  Agency and the  Indenture to use due  diligence in the  servicing and
collection of Financed  Eligible Loans and to use  collection  practices no less
extensive and forceful than those generally in use among financial  institutions
with respect to other consumer debt.


                                      114
<PAGE>


        The Trustee is acting as "eligible  lender" with respect to the Financed
Eligible Loans as an  accommodation to the Issuer and not for the benefit of any
other party. Notwithstanding any responsibility that the Trustee may have to the
Secretary of Education or any Guarantee Agency under the Act, the Trustee (until
such time as the Trustee  may become the owner of the  Financed  Eligible  Loans
following a default  under the  Indenture  and the exercise of certain  remedies
provided therein) shall not have any  responsibility  for any action or inaction
of the Trustee,  the Issuer or any other party in  connection  with the Financed
Eligible Loans and the documents,  agreements,  understandings  and arrangements
relating thereto.

The Servicing Agreements

   
        The Issuer has entered into an Amended and Restated Servicing  Agreement
with Union  Bank dated as of June 19,  1996 (the  "Servicing  Agreement")  which
continues  until the earlier of (i)  termination  of the  Indenture,  (ii) early
termination  after material default by Servicer as provided for in the Servicing
Agreement,  and (iii) the Financed  Eligible  Loans serviced under the Servicing
Agreement  are paid in full.  As of the same date,  Union Bank  entered  into an
amendment to its servicing agreement with UNIPAC Service Corporation, a Nebraska
corporation ("UNIPAC"),  under which UNIPAC, as Subservicer,  assumed all of the
duties  of the  Servicer  under  the  Servicing  Agreement  for the  term of the
Servicing Agreement. The Issuer expects that the Servicer will also enter into a
subservicing  agreement with InTuition,  Inc.  ("InTuition"),  pursuant to which
InTuition will assume the duties of the Servicer,  directly or  indirectly,  for
certain of the Issuer's  financed  Eligible  Loans.  UNIPAC and  InTuition  will
provide data  processing and other  assistance  necessary in connection with the
servicing  of the  Issuer's  portfolio of Financed  Eligible  Loans  acquired in
connection  with its Student  Loan  Purchase  Program.  In  accordance  with the
subservicing  agreements,  UNIPAC and  InTuition  will  undertake to service the
Issuer's Financed Eligible Loans as required by the Higher Education Act and the
Guarantee Agencies.  Under the terms of the Servicing Agreement, the Issuer will
cause the Trustee to pay,  from the Trust  Estate and only to the extent  moneys
are available in the Revenue Fund established under the Indenture, to Union Bank
servicing fees, and Union Bank,  pursuant to the subservicing  agreements,  pays
UNIPAC  subservicing  fees and certain  expenses for the  services  which UNIPAC
provides.  In the event Union Bank no longer acts as the primary servicer of the
Financed  Eligible  Loan  portfolio,  UNIPAC has agreed to service the  Financed
Eligible Loans under the terms of and pursuant to the Servicing Agreement.
    

        Under  the  terms  of  the  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Servicer  may be
obligated to pay the Issuer an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance
plus all  accrued  interest  and  other  fees due to the date of  purchase  of a
Financed  Eligible Loan if the Servicer causes such Financed Eligible Loan to be
denied  the  benefit  of any  applicable  guarantee  and is  unable to cause the
reinstatement  of such  guarantee  within  twelve  (12)  months of denial by the
applicable  Guarantee  Agency.  Upon such payment,  such Financed  Eligible Loan
shall be  subrogated  to the  Servicer.  In the  event  the  Servicer  cures any
Financed Eligible Loan which has been subrogated to the Servicer,  the Servicing
Agreement  provides  that  the  Issuer  shall  pay an  amount  equal to the then
outstanding  principal  balance plus all accrued  interest due on such  Financed
Eligible Loan, less the amount subject to certain risk sharing provisions in the
Act, whereupon the subrogation rights of the Servicer shall terminate.


                                      115
<PAGE>

        As may be specified  with respect to a Series in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  another  Servicer may be  designated  by the Issuer with respect to
certain  Financed  Eligible Loans financed from the proceeds of any such Series.
If so designated,  the other  Servicer and the servicing  agreement with respect
thereto will be described in such  Prospectus  Supplement.  Any Servicer,  other
than  Union  Bank,  shall be  confirmed  in writing by each  Rating  Agency.  In
addition,  any  servicing  agreement  with Union  Bank other than the  Servicing
Agreement will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

UNIPAC

   
        UNIPAC began its education loan servicing operations on January 1, 1978,
and provides  education loan servicing,  time sharing,  administration and other
services  to  lenders,   secondary  market  purchasers  and  guarantee  agencies
throughout the United  States.  UNIPAC is a privately  held  corporation,  owned
primarily by Union Bank and Trust Company,  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  with a minority
ownership held by Packers Service Group, Inc., Lincoln,  Nebraska. UNIPAC offers
student loan servicing to lending  institutions and secondary markets.  UNIPAC's
corporate  headquarters  is located in Aurora,  Colorado,  where UNIPAC  employs
approximately  737 people.  In December 1989,  UNIPAC opened a second  servicing
center  in  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  which  employs  approximately  271  people.  In
November,  1997, UNIPAC opened a third servicing center in St. Paul,  Minnesota,
which as of December 31, 1997, employed approximately 83 people. As of September
30,  1998,  UNIPAC's  servicing  volume was  approximately  $8.8 billion for its
full-service and secondary market clients.
    

        UNIPAC's due diligence  schedule is conducted  through  automated letter
generation. Telephone calls are made by an auto-dialer system. All functions are
monitored by an internal  quality  control  system to ensure their  performance.
Compliance  training is provided on both  centralized  and unit level basis.  In
addition, UNIPAC has distinct compliance and internal auditing departments whose
functions are to advise and coordinate  compliance  issues.  In order to provide
these  services,  UNIPAC has developed  and  maintains a computer  mainframe and
software system. See "Certain Relationships Among Financing Participants."

INTUITION

   
        InTuition's corporate headquarters is located in Jacksonville,  Florida.
It employed  approximately 210 people in its student loan servicing operation on
December 31,  1997.  At that time  InTuition  serviced  student  loans having an
aggregate  principal  balance of  approximately  $2 billion  consisting  of over
400,000 borrower accounts. InTuition provides student loan servicing for clients
throughout the country under both timeshare and full-service agreements.
    

                   DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

The Federal Family Education Loan Program


                                      116
<PAGE>


        The Higher  Education  Act provides for a program of (a) direct  federal
insurance  of student  loans  ("FISLP")  and (b)  reinsurance  of student  loans
guaranteed  or  insured  by a state  agency or  private  non-profit  corporation
(collectively,   "Federal  Family  Education  Loans"  and  the  "Federal  Family
Education  Loan  Program").  Several types of loans are currently  authorized as
Federal Family  Education  Loans  pursuant to the Federal Family  Education Loan
Program.  These include: (a) loans to students with respect to which the federal
government  makes interest  payments  available to reduce student  interest cost
during periods of enrollment ("Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans"); (b) loans to
students  with  respect  to which  the  federal  government  does not make  such
interest payments  ("Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans" and, collectively with
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans,  "Federal Stafford Loans");  (c) supplemental
loans to parents of dependent students ("Federal PLUS Loans");  and (d) loans to
fund  payment  and  consolidation  of  certain  of  the  borrower's  obligations
("Federal  Consolidation  Loans").  Prior to July 1, 1994,  the  Federal  Family
Education  Loan  Program also  included a separate  type of loan to graduate and
professional students and independent  undergraduate students and, under certain
circumstances,  dependent  undergraduate  students, to supplement their Stafford
Loans ("Federal Supplemental Loans for Students" or "Federal SLS Loans").

        This summary of the Federal Family Education Loan Program as established
by the Higher  Education Act does not purport to be  comprehensive or definitive
and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the  text  of the  Higher
Education Act and the regulations  thereunder.  Certain of the provisions of the
Federal Family  Education Loan Program  described  below have been  subsequently
modified  by  legislation  signed by  President  Clinton on August 10,  1993 and
December 20, 1993. See "-1993  Amendments to the Federal  Family  Education Loan
Program" and "-Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans-Principal and Interest" below.

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans

        The  Higher   Education  Act  provides  for  federal  (a)  insurance  or
reinsurance of eligible  Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans, (b) interest subsidy
payments to eligible lenders with respect to certain eligible Subsidized Federal
Stafford Loans, and (c) special  allowance  payments  representing an additional
subsidy  paid  by the  Secretary  of  Education  to  such  holders  of  eligible
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans.

        Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans are eligible for reinsurance under the
Higher  Education Act if the eligible  student to whom the loan is made has been
accepted or is enrolled in good  standing at an eligible  institution  of higher
education  or  vocational  school and is carrying at least  one-half  the normal
full-time workload at that institution.  In connection with eligible  Subsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loans there are limits as to the maximum  amount which may be
borrowed for an academic year and in the aggregate  for both  undergraduate  and
graduate/professional study. Both aggregate limitations exclude loans made under
the Federal SLS and Federal  PLUS  Programs.  The  Secretary  of  Education  has
discretion to raise these limits to accommodate students undertaking specialized
training requiring exceptionally high costs of education.



<PAGE>


        Subject to these limits, Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans are available
to borrowers in amounts not exceeding their unmet need for financing as provided
in the Higher Education Act.  Provisions  addressing the implementation of needs
analysis  and  the  relationship  between  unmet  need  for  financing  and  the
availability of Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loan Program funding have been the
subject of frequent and  extensive  amendment in recent  years.  There can be no
assurance that further  amendment to such provisions will not materially  affect
the availability of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan funding to borrowers or the
availability  of  Subsidized   Federal   Stafford  Loans  for  secondary  market
acquisition.

        Qualified Student. Generally, a loan may be made only to a United States
citizen or national or otherwise eligible  individual under federal  regulations
who (a) has been  accepted  for  enrollment  or is enrolled  and is  maintaining
satisfactory  progress  at an  eligible  institution,  (b) is  carrying at least
one-half of the normal full-time  academic  workload for the course of study the
student is pursuing, as determined by such institution, (c) has agreed to notify
promptly  the  holder  of the loan of any  address  change,  and (d)  meets  the
applicable   "needs"   requirements.   Eligible   institutions   include  higher
educational institutions and vocational schools that comply with certain federal
regulations. Each loan is to be evidenced by an unsecured note.

        Principal  and  Interest.  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans may bear
interest  at a rate not in excess of 7% per annum if made to a borrower to cover
costs of  instruction  for any  period  beginning  prior to  January 1, 1981 or,
subsequent  to such date,  if made to a borrower  who, upon entering into a note
for a loan, has  outstanding  student loans under the Federal  Family  Education
Loan Program for which the interest rates do not exceed 7%.  Subsidized  Federal
Stafford Loans made to new borrowers for periods of instruction  between January
1,  1981 and July 13,  1983  bear  interest  at a rate of 9% per  annum  and for
periods of  instruction  beginning  on or after  July 13,  1983 the rate for new
borrowers is 8% per annum. Further, loans to first-time borrowers for periods of
enrollment  beginning on or after July 1, 1988, made pursuant to Section 427A of
the Higher Education Act ("427A Loans"),  bear interest at rates of 8% per annum
from disbursement through four years after repayment commences and 10% per annum
thereafter,  subject to a provision (the so-called  "rebate")  requiring  annual
discharge  of  principal  to the  extent,  in  excess  of $50,  that  the sum of
quarterly calculations of the amount by which interest calculated at the rate of
10% per annum exceeds the amount which would result from  application  of a rate
equivalent to the annual average  T-bill rate plus 3.25%.  For new loans made to
all  existing  borrowers  after  July  23,  1992 and for  loans  made to all new
borrowers  after July 23, 1992 but prior to October 1, 1992,  the provision that
requires  annual  rebate  is  effective  immediately,  the rate  with  which the
quarterly  calculation  of  interest is  compared  is  equivalent  to the annual
average 91-day  Treasury bill bond  equivalent  rate plus 3.10%,  and any rebate
with respect to a loan for a period  during which the  Secretary of Education is
making interest subsidy payments must be credited to the Secretary of Education.



                                      117
<PAGE>


        The Higher Education Technical  Amendments of 1993, enacted December 20,
1993  (P.L.  103-208)  (the  "1993  Technical  Amendments")  changed  the excess
interest rebate provisions of the Higher Education Act applicable to the Federal
Stafford  Loans  described  in the  preceding  paragraph  which were  previously
subject  to such  rebate  requirements.  Holders  of all such  loans  previously
subject to rebates  were  required  to convert  the fixed rates on such loans to
annual  variable  rates by January 1, 1995 in most cases  (loans with an initial
rate of 8% which increase to 10% after four years of repayment  ("8/10%  loans")
must  convert by January 1, 1995 or the date of  increase to 10%,  whichever  is
later).  The  converted  loans  will not  thereafter  be  subject  to the rebate
requirements.  At the  time of  conversion  the  holder  of the loan  also  must
retroactively  convert  the  fixed  interest  rate  for  periods  prior  to  the
conversion  to a quarterly  variable  rate.  In all cases the new variable  rate
cannot exceed the originally stated fixed rate. The new annual variable rate for
8/10% loans made prior to July 23, 1992 and to new  borrowers  between  July 23,
1992 and  October 1, 1992 are the bond  equivalent  rate of the 91-day  Treasury
bills  auctioned  at the final  auction  prior to each June 1, plus  3.25%.  The
annual variable rate for 8/10% loans and other fixed rate loans made to existing
borrowers between July 23, 1992 and October 1, 1992 are the bond equivalent rate
of the 91-day  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final auction prior to each June
1, plus 3.10%.  The  retroactive  quarterly  variable rates for periods prior to
conversion is the average of the bond  equivalent  rates of the 91-day  Treasury
bills  auctioned for the preceding three months plus 3.25% (in the case of 8/10%
loans described in the second preceding sentence) or 3.10% (in the case of loans
described in the preceding sentence).

        Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans  initially  disbursed  on or  after
October 1, 1992 to new borrowers as of that date, and  subsequent  loans to such
borrowers,  bear a  variable  rate of  interest,  subject to annual  reset.  The
effective  interest  rate thereon would equal 3.10% over the average of the bond
equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills  auctioned  during a particular  fiscal
year not to exceed 9%. The 1993  Amendments  (as  described  below) made certain
changes to the interest  rates on student  loans to be originated in the future.
The interest rates on Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans made to new borrowers as
of July 1, 1994 will be the 91-day  T-bill rate plus 3.1%,  not to exceed 8.25%.
The  interest  rates on these  programs  for loans made on or after July 1, 1995
prior to repayment  and during any grace  period will be the 91-day  T-bill plus
2.5%,  not to exceed 8.25%.  The interest rate on  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford
Loans and Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loans made to new borrowers on or after
July 1, 1998,  will be the bond equivalent  rate of the U.S.  Treasury  security
with a comparable maturity as established by the Secretary of Education plus 1%,
not to exceed 8.25%.

        The Higher Education Act requires that loans in excess of $1,000 made to
cover enrollment periods longer than six months be disbursed by eligible lenders
in at least two separate  disbursements.  Prior to January 1, 1987,  the maximum
amount  of  the  loan  for  an  academic   year  could  not  exceed  $2,500  for
undergraduate study and $5,000 for graduate or professional study, subject to an
aggregate  limit of  $12,500  for  undergraduate  study  and up to  $25,000  for
graduate and professional  study,  inclusive of loans for  undergraduate  study.
Since  January  1,  1987,  undergraduates  have been able to borrow up to $2,625
annually  through the  completion of the second year of  instruction  and $4,000
annually  through the  remainder  of  undergraduate  study.  Subsidized  Federal
Stafford  Loans are subject to an aggregate  limit of $17,250 for  undergraduate
study,  while  graduate or  professional  students,  who may borrow up to $7,500
annually,  are subject to an aggregate limit of $54,750,  inclusive of loans for
undergraduate  study.  After July 1, 1993,  the maximum  amount of a  Subsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loan for an academic  year cannot exceed $2,625 for the first
year of undergraduate  study,  $3,500 for the second year of undergraduate study
and $5,500 for the remainder of  undergraduate  study.  The aggregate  limit for
undergraduate study is $23,000.  The maximum amount of the loans for an academic
year for graduate students is $8,500. In either case, the Secretary of Education
has  discretion  to raise  these  limits by  regulation  to  accommodate  highly
specialized or exceptionally expensive courses of study.


                                      118
<PAGE>


        Repayment.  Repayment of principal on a Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan
does not commence  while a student  remains a qualified  student,  but generally
begins upon expiration of the applicable Grace Period,  as described below. Such
Grace  Periods  may be  waived  by  borrowers.  In  general,  each  loan must be
scheduled  for  repayment  over a period of not more  than ten  years  after the
commencement of repayment.  The Higher Education Act currently  requires minimum
annual payments of $600,  including principal and interest,  unless the borrower
and the lender  agree to lesser  payments;  in instances in which a borrower and
spouse both have such loans outstanding,  the total combined payments for such a
couple may not be less than $600 per year.

        Grace Period, Deferment Periods, Forbearance.  Repayment of principal of
a Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan must generally commence following a period of
(a) not less than 9 months or more than 12  months  (with  respect  to loans for
which the  applicable  interest  rate is 7% per  annum)  and (b) not more than 6
months (with respect to loans for which the  applicable  interest rate is 9% per
annum or 8% per annum and for loans to first time  borrowers on or after July 1,
1988) after the student borrower ceases to pursue at least a half-time course of
study (a "Grace Period").  However,  during certain other periods and subject to
certain conditions, no principal repayments need be made, including periods when
the borrower has returned to an eligible educational  institution on a half-time
basis  or is  pursuing  studies  pursuant  to an  approved  graduate  fellowship
program,  is a member of the Armed  Forces or a volunteer  under the Peace Corps
Act or the Domestic  Volunteer  Service Act of 1973, or is  temporarily  totally
disabled or is unable to secure  employment  by reason of the care required by a
dependent who is so disabled  ("Deferment  Periods").  Other  Deferment  Periods
include periods of unemployment and qualified  internships.  The lender may also
allow  periods of  forbearance  during which the  borrower  may defer  principal
payments because of temporary financial hardship.

        Interest Subsidy  Payments.  The Secretary of Education pays interest on
Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans while the  student is a qualified  student,
during a Grace Period or during  certain  Deferment  Periods.  The  Secretary of
Education  makes interest  subsidy  payments to the owner of Subsidized  Federal
Stafford Loans in the amount of interest  accruing on the unpaid balance thereof
prior to the  commencement  of repayment  or during any  Deferment  Period.  The
Higher Education Act provides that the owner of an eligible  Subsidized  Federal
Stafford  Loan shall be deemed to have a  contractual  right  against the United
States to receive interest subsidy payments in accordance with its provisions.

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans


                                      119
<PAGE>


        The 1992  Amendments  (defined below) created the  Unsubsidized  Federal
Stafford  Loan Program  designed for students who do not qualify for  Subsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loans due to  parental  and/or  student  income and assets in
excess of permitted  amounts.  In other respects,  the general  requirements for
Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans  are  essentially  the same as those  for
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans. The interest rate, the annual loan limits and
the special  allowance payment  provisions of the Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford
Loans are the same as the Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans.  However, the terms
of the  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans differ  materially from Subsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loans in that the federal  government  will not make interest
subsidy payments and the loan limitations are determined  without respect to the
expected family contribution. The borrower will be required to pay interest from
the time such loan is  disbursed or  capitalize  the  interest  until  repayment
begins.  The authority for offering  Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loans became
effective for periods of enrollment beginning on or after October 1, 1992.

        The 1993  Amendments  made  certain  changes  to the  interest  rates on
student loans to be originated in the future. The interest rates on Unsubsidized
Federal  Stafford  Loans made to new borrowers as of July 1, 1994 are the 91-day
T-bill  rate  plus  3.10%,  not to exceed  8.25%.  The  interest  rates on these
programs for loans made on or after July 1, 1995 prior to  repayment  and during
any grace period are the 91-day T-bill rate plus 2.50%, not to exceed 8.25%. The
interest rate on  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans made on or after July 1,
1998 will be the bond equivalent rate of the security with a comparable maturity
as established by the Secretary of Education plus 1.0%, not to exceed 8.25%.

Special Allowance Payments

        The Higher Education Act provides for special  allowance  payments to be
made by the  Secretary of Education to eligible  lenders.  The rates for special
allowance  payments are based on formulas  that differ  according to the type of
loan (Federal  Stafford or Federal PLUS and Federal SLS),  the date the loan was
originally  made or  insured  and the type of funds  used to  finance  such loan
(tax-exempt or taxable).  The effective  formulas for special  allowance payment
rates for Subsidized  Federal Stafford Loans to borrowers whose first loans were
disbursed  prior to July  23,  1992 and were  acquired  or  originated  with the
proceeds of tax-exempt  obligations are set forth in the following  table.  This
formula has been changed by the 1993 Amendments,  as hereinafter described,  for
loans  acquired or funded with  proceeds of  tax-exempt  obligations  originally
issued after September 30, 1993.

                      Annualized SAP Rate/              Annualized SAP Rate/
       Interest         Pre-October 1980                  Post-October 1980
     Rate on Loan           Loans(1)                     Tax-Exempt Loans(1)
           7%           T-Bill - 3.5%           (T-Bill-3.5%)/2: minimum 2.5%
           8%           T-Bill - 4.5%           (T-Bill-4.5%)/2: minimum 1.5%
           9%           T-Bill - 5.5%           (T-Bill-5.50%)/2: minimum 0.5%
- ----------------
(1)  "T-Bill," as used in this table,  means the average  13-week  Treasury bill
rate  calculatedas  a  "bond  equivalent  rate"  in the  manner  applied  by the
Secretary  of  Education  as referred to in Section 438 of the Higher  Education
Act.


                                      120
<PAGE>


        As noted in the foregoing  table,  there are minimum  special  allowance
payment rates for  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans acquired with proceeds of
tax-exempt  obligations made on and after October 1, 1980, except for 427A Loans
(while  bearing  interest  at 10%),  which rates  effectively  ensure an overall
minimum return of 9.5% on such Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans. However, loans
acquired with the proceeds of  tax-exempt  obligations  originally  issued after
September  30,  1993 will no longer be  assured of a minimum  special  allowance
payment.  In addition,  the formula will be the same as for loans  acquired with
taxable proceeds (i.e., the full,  rather than half,  special  allowance payment
rate).  The formula for special  allowance  payment  rates for Federal  PLUS and
Federal SLS Loans is similar to that for the Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans
except  that no such  payments  are made until the rate on the  Federal  PLUS or
Federal SLS Loan exceeds a certain rate per annum  according to the type of loan
and  based on when the loan was first  disbursed.  In order to be  eligible  for
special allowance  payments,  the rate on PLUS Loans first disbursed on or after
October 1, 1992 must  exceed 10% and for SLS Loans first  disbursed  on or after
October 1, 1992 the rate must exceed 11%. The rate of special allowance payments
for Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans first  disbursed on or after October 1,
1992 is based on the bond  equivalent  91-day  Treasury bill rate plus 3.1%. The
special  allowance payment rates applicable to Federal  Consolidation  Loans are
determined in the same manner as Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans made on or
after October 1, 1980.

Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loan Programs

        The Higher  Education  Act  authorizes  Federal PLUS Loans to be made to
parents of  eligible  dependent  students  and  Federal  SLS Loans to be made to
certain  categories of students.  Only parents who do not have an adverse credit
history are eligible for Federal PLUS Loans that have a first  disbursement date
on or after July 1, 1993.  The basic  provisions  applicable to Federal PLUS and
Federal SLS Loans are similar to those of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans with
respect to the involvement of guarantee  agencies and the Secretary of Education
in providing federal reinsurance on the loans. However, Federal PLUS and Federal
SLS  Loans  differ   significantly   from  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans,
particularly  because federal  interest subsidy payments are not available under
the Federal  PLUS and Federal SLS Programs  and special  allowance  payments are
more restricted.

        Federal SLS Loan limits for loans disbursed on or after July 1, 1993 are
dependent on the class year of the student and the length of the academic  year.
The annual loan limit for Federal SLS Loans first  disbursed on or after July 1,
1993 ranges from $4,000 for first and second  year  undergraduate  borrowers  to
$10,000 for graduate  borrowers,  with a maximum aggregate amount of $23,000 for
undergraduate borrowers and $73,000 for graduate and professional borrowers. The
only limit on the  annual and  aggregate  amounts  of Federal  PLUS Loans  first
disbursed  on or after  July 1,  1993 is the  student's  unmet  financial  need.
Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loans  disbursed  prior to July 1, 1993 are limited
to $4,000 per academic year with a maximum aggregate amount of $20,000. Prior to
October 17, 1986, the applicable  loan limits were $3,000 per academic year with
a maximum  aggregate  amount of $15,000.  Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loans are
also limited, generally, to the cost of attendance minus other financial aid for
which the student is eligible.


                                      121
<PAGE>


        The  applicable  interest  rate depends upon the date of issuance of the
loan and the period of  enrollment  for which the loan is to apply.  For Federal
PLUS Loans issued on or after  October 1, 1981,  but for periods of  educational
enrollment  beginning  prior to July 1, 1987, the applicable rate of interest is
either 12% or 14% per annum.  A variable  interest  rate applies to Federal PLUS
and Federal SLS Loans made and  disbursed  on or after July 1, 1987 but prior to
October 1, 1992.  The rate is  determined  on the basis of any  12-month  period
beginning  on July 1 and  ending on the  following  June 30,  such that the rate
shall be the bond  equivalent  rate of 52-week  Treasury bills  auctioned at the
final auction held prior to the June 1 preceding the applicable 12-month period,
plus 3.25%, with a maximum rate of 12% per annum. Special allowance payments are
available on variable  rate  Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loans  disbursed on or
after July 1, 1987 but prior to October 1, 1992 only if the rate  determined  by
the formula above would exceed 12%. The variable  interest rate for Federal PLUS
and Federal SLS Loans first  disbursed  on or after  October 1, 1992 is based on
the same 12-month  period as Federal PLUS and Federal SLS Loans  disbursed prior
to October 1, 1992, except that 3.10% shall be added to the bond equivalent rate
of 52-week  Treasury  bills  auctioned  prior to the applicable  period,  with a
maximum  rate of 11% per annum for Federal SLS Loans,  and a maximum rate of 10%
per annum for Federal PLUS Loans.  Special  allowance  payments are available on
variable  rate Federal SLS and Federal PLUS Loans  disbursed on or after October
1, 1992 only if the rate  determined  by the formula in the  preceding  sentence
exceeds 11% per annum for Federal SLS Loans and 10% for Federal PLUS Loans.

        The 1993  Amendments  made  certain  changes  to the  interest  rates on
student loans to be  originated in the future.  The interest rate on the Federal
PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1994 shall be the  52-week  T-bill rate plus
3.10%,  not to exceed 9%. Federal PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1998 shall
have an  interest  rate of the  bond  equivalent  rate  of the  security  with a
comparable  maturity as established  by the Secretary of Education,  plus 2.10%,
not to exceed 9%.

        The 1992  Amendments  provide  Federal SLS Loan  borrowers the option to
defer commencement of repayment of principal until the commencement of repayment
of Federal Stafford Loans. Otherwise, repayment of principal of Federal PLUS and
Federal  SLS Loans is  required to commence no later than 60 days after the date
of  disbursement  of such  loan,  subject to certain  deferral  provisions.  The
deferral  provisions  which  apply are more  limited  than those  which apply to
Stafford Loans. In addition,  a parent borrower may defer principal payments for
periods  during which the  borrower has a dependent  student for whom the parent
borrowed a Federal  PLUS  Loan,  if such  student  is  engaged  in a  qualifying
educational  program,  graduate  fellowship  program or rehabilitation  training
program.

        Repayment  of interest,  however,  may be deferred  only during  certain
periods of educational  enrollments  specified  under the Higher  Education Act.
Further,  whereas federal  interest  subsidy payments are not available for such
deferments,   the  Higher   Education  Act  provides  an  opportunity   for  the
capitalization  of interest during such periods upon agreement of the lender and
borrower.  Amounts  borrowed to  capitalize  interest  do not count  against the
$4,000 annual loan limit.


                                      122
<PAGE>


        A borrower  may  refinance  all  outstanding  Federal PLUS Loans under a
single repayment schedule for principal and interest.  The interest rate of such
refinanced  loan shall be the  weighted  average of the rates of all loans being
refinanced. A second type of refinancing enables an eligible lender to reissue a
Federal PLUS Loan which was  initially  originated at a fixed rate prior to July
1, 1987 in order to permit the  borrower to obtain the  variable  interest  rate
available  on  Federal  PLUS  Loans on and after  July 1,  1987.  If a lender is
unwilling to refinance the original Federal PLUS Loan, the borrower may obtain a
loan from another lender for the purpose of discharging the loan and obtaining a
variable interest rate.

        Commencing  July 1, 1994, the Federal SLS Loan Program has been replaced
by the Unsubsidized  Stafford Loan Program with annual loan limits in the merged
program equal to the combined limits of the two programs prior to the merger.

The Federal Consolidation Loan Program

        The Higher  Education  Act  authorizes  a program  under  which  certain
borrowers may consolidate their various student loans into a single loan insured
and reinsured on a basis similar to Subsidized  Federal Stafford Loans.  Federal
Consolidation  Loans  may be made in an  amount  sufficient  to pay  outstanding
principal,  unpaid  interest  and late charges on certain  federally  insured or
reinsured  student  loans  incurred  under and  pursuant to the  Federal  Family
Education   Loan  Program  (other  than  Federal  PLUS  Loans  made  to  "parent
borrowers")  selected  by the  borrower,  as well as loans made  pursuant to the
Perkins  (formally  "National  Direct  Student  Loan") and  Health  Professional
Student  Loan  Programs.  These  loans,  for  applications  received on or after
January 1, 1993, are available only to borrowers who have aggregate  outstanding
student loan balances of at least $7,500,  and for applications  received before
January 1, 1993, are available only to borrowers who have aggregate  outstanding
student  loan  balances  of at least  $5,000.  The  borrowers  may be  either in
repayment status or in a grace period preceding  repayment and, for applications
received  prior to January 1, 1993,  the borrower must not be delinquent by more
than 90 days on any loan payment; for applications  received on or after January
1, 1993  delinquent  or  defaulted  borrowers  are  eligible  to obtain  Federal
Consolidation   Loans  if  they  agree  to  re-enter   repayment   through  loan
consolidation.  For applications received on or after January 1, 1993, borrowers
may add  additional  loans to a Federal  Consolidation  Loan  during the 180-day
period  following  origination of the Federal  Consolidation  Loan.  Further,  a
married couple whose application is received on or after January 1, 1993 and who
agree to be jointly and  severally  liable will be treated as one  borrower  for
purposes of loan consolidation eligibility. A Federal Consolidation Loan will be
federally  insured or  reinsured  only if such loan is made in  compliance  with
requirements of the Higher Education Act.


                                      123
<PAGE>


        Federal  Consolidation Loans made prior to July 1, 1994 bear interest at
a rate  which  equals  the  weighted  average  of  interest  rates on the unpaid
principal  balance of outstanding  loans,  rounded to the nearest whole percent,
with a minimum rate of 9%. Interest on Federal  Consolidation Loans accrues and,
for  applications  received  prior to  January 1,  1993,  is to be paid  without
deferral.  Borrowers  may defer  periodic  payments of principal  under  certain
circumstances  that are more  limited than those  applicable  to the loans being
refinanced.  Deferral of principal  repayments is authorized for periods similar
to  those  for  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans.  Borrowers  may  elect  to
accelerate  principal  payments without penalty.  The rate for special allowance
payments for Federal  Consolidation  Loans  financed  with  tax-exempt  funds is
determined in the same manner as for Subsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans made on
or after October 1, 1980. See "-Special Allowance  Payments" above.  Further, no
insurance  premium may be charged to a borrower and no insurance  premium may be
charged by a lender in connection with a Federal  Consolidation Loan. However, a
fee may be charged to a lender by the  guarantor to cover the costs of increased
or extended liability with respect to a Federal Consolidation Loan.

        Repayment of Federal  Consolidation Loans begins 60 days after discharge
of all prior loans which are  consolidated.  Federal  interest  subsidy payments
generally  are not  available  with  respect  to  Federal  Consolidation  Loans.
Repayment  schedules include,  for applications  received on or after January 1,
1993,  the  establishment  of graduated and income  sensitive  repayment  plans,
subject to certain  limits  applicable  to the sum of the Federal  Consolidation
Loan and the amount of the borrower's other eligible student loans  outstanding.
The  lender may at its  option  include  such  graduated  and  income  sensitive
repayment plans for  applications  received prior to that date.  Generally,  the
repayment  shall be made over  periods no shorter  than ten but not more than 25
years in length.  For  consolidation  loans made after July 1, 1994, the maximum
maturity schedule is thirty years for Federal  Consolidation Loans of $60,000 or
more.

Federal Insurance and
Reimbursement of Guarantee Agencies

        A Federal  Family  Education  Loan is  considered  to be in default  for
purposes  of the  Higher  Education  Act  when  the  borrower  fails  to make an
installment  payment when due, or to comply with other terms of the loan, and if
the failure  persists  for 180 days in the case of a loan  repayable  in monthly
installments  or for 240 days in the case of a loan  repayable in less  frequent
installments.

        If the  loan  in  default  is  covered  by  federal  loan  insurance  in
accordance  with the  provisions of the Higher  Education  Act, the Secretary of
Education is to pay the holder the amount of the loss  sustained  thereby,  upon
notice and  determination  of such amount,  within 90 days of such  notification
subject to reduction as described in the following paragraphs.

        The Higher Education Act provides that,  subject to compliance with such
Act, the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of
insurance  claims  and such Act  guarantees  reimbursements  are not  subject to
reduction. It further provides that guarantee agencies shall be deemed to have a
contractual  right  against  the  United  States  to  receive  reimbursement  in
accordance with its provisions. In addition, the 1992 Amendments provide that if
a guarantor is unable to meet its  insurance  obligations,  holders of loans may
submit  insurance  claims  directly  to the  Secretary  until  such  time as the
obligations  are  transferred  to  a  new  guarantor  capable  of  meeting  such
obligations or until a successor  guarantor  assumes such  obligations.  Federal
reimbursement  and  insurance  payments  for  defaulted  loans are paid from the
Student Loan  Insurance  Fund  established  under the Higher  Education Act. The
Secretary  of  Education  is  authorized,  to the extent  provided in advance by
appropriations  acts, to issue  obligations  to the Secretary of the Treasury to
provide funds to make such federal payments.


                                      124
<PAGE>


        Loans  Initially  Disbursed  Prior to October  1,  1993.  If the loan is
guaranteed  by a guarantee  agency,  the eligible  lender is  reimbursed  by the
guarantee  agency  for 100% of the  unpaid  principal  balance  of the loan plus
accrued unpaid interest on any loan defaulted so long as the eligible lender has
properly  serviced such loan.  Under the Higher  Education Act, the Secretary of
Education  enters  into  a  guarantee   agreement  and  an  annually   renewable
supplemental  guarantee  agreement  with a guarantee  agency which  provides for
federal reimbursement for amounts paid to eligible lenders by the guarantor with
respect to defaulted loans.

        Pursuant to such agreements,  the Secretary of Education is to reimburse
a guarantee  agency for 100% of the amounts  expended in connection with a claim
resulting  from the death,  bankruptcy  or total and  permanent  disability of a
borrower,  the death of a student whose parent is the borrower of a Federal PLUS
Loan, or claims by borrowers who received  loans on or after January 1, 1986 and
who are unable to complete the programs in which they are enrolled due to school
closure or borrowers  whose borrowing  eligibility was falsely  certified by the
eligible institution.  Such claims are not included in calculating a guarantor's
claims rate  experience  for federal  reimbursement  purposes.  The Secretary of
Education is also required to repay the unpaid balance of any loan if collection
is stayed under the  Bankruptcy  Code and is  authorized to acquire the loans of
borrowers  who are at high  risk of  default  and  who  request  an  alternative
repayment  option from the  Secretary of  Education.  Further,  the Secretary of
Education  is to  reimburse a guarantee  agency for any amounts  paid to satisfy
claims not resulting from death, bankruptcy,  or disability subject to reduction
as described in the following paragraphs.

        The  amount of such  insurance  or  reimbursement  payment is subject to
reduction based upon the annual claim rate of the guarantee agency calculated to
equal the  amount of  federal  reimbursement  as a  percentage  of the  original
principal  amount of originated or guaranteed loans in repayment on the last day
of the prior fiscal year. The formula used for loans  initially  disbursed prior
to October 1, 1993 is summarized below:

Claims Rate                                  Federal Payment
0% up to 5%                        100%
5% up to 9%                        100% of claims up to 5%;
                                   90% of claims 5% and over
9% and over                        100% of claims up to 5%;
                                   90% of claims 5% and over, up to 9%;
                                   80% of claims 9% and over

        The  claims  experience  is not  accumulated  from year to year,  but is
determined solely on the basis of claims in any one federal fiscal year compared
with the original  principal  amount of loans in  repayment at the  beginning of
that year.


                                      125
<PAGE>


        Loans  Initially  Disbursed  on or  After  October  1,  1993.  The  1993
Amendments reduce the reimbursement amounts described above (effective for loans
initially disbursed on or after October 1, 1993) as follows:  100% reimbursement
is reduced to 98%, 90% reimbursement is reduced to 88%, and 80% reimbursement is
reduced to 78%, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Reimbursement

        The original  principal amount of loans guaranteed by a guarantee agency
which are in repayment  for purposes of  computing  reimbursement  payments to a
guarantee agency means the original  principal amount of all loans guaranteed by
a guarantee agency less: (a) guarantee  payments on such loans, (b) the original
principal amount of such loans that have been fully repaid, and (c) the original
amount of such loans for which the first principal  installment  payment has not
become due.  Guarantee  agencies with default rates below 5% are required to pay
the  Secretary  of  Education  annual  fees  equivalent  to 0.51%  of new  loans
guaranteed, while all other such agencies must pay a 0.5% fee.

        In  addition,  the  Secretary of  Education  may withhold  reimbursement
payments if a guarantee  agency makes a material  misrepresentation  or fails to
comply with the terms of its  agreements  with the  Secretary  of  Education  or
applicable federal law. A supplemental  guarantee agreement is subject to annual
renegotiation  and to termination  for cause by the Secretary of Education.  The
Issuer has no knowledge that any aforementioned supplemental guarantee agreement
will not be renegotiated on the same terms as are currently in effect.

        Under  the  guarantee   agreements   and  the   supplemental   guarantee
agreements,  if a payment on a Federal  Family  Education  Loan  guaranteed by a
guarantee agency is received after  reimbursement by the Secretary of Education,
the guarantee agency is entitled to receive an equitable share of the payment.

        Any originator of any student loan  guaranteed by a guarantee  agency is
required to discount from the proceeds of the loan at the time of  disbursement,
and pay to the guarantee  agency, an insurance premium which may not exceed that
permitted under the Higher Education Act.

        The Issuer (or any other  holder of a loan) is required to exercise  due
care and diligence in the servicing of the loan and to utilize  practices  which
are  at  least  as  extensive  and  forceful  as  those  utilized  by  financial
institutions in the collection of other consumer  loans.  If a guarantee  agency
has  probable  cause to believe that the holder has made  misrepresentations  or
failed to comply with the terms of its  agreement for  guarantee,  the guarantee
agency may take reasonable  action including  withholding  payments or requiring
reimbursement  of funds.  The guarantee  agency may also terminate the agreement
for cause upon notice and hearing.


                                      126
<PAGE>

The Guarantee Agreement

        Pursuant to most typical  agreements  for guarantee  between a guarantee
agency and the originator of the loan, any eligible  holder of a loan insured by
such a guarantee agency is entitled to reimbursement  from such guarantee agency
of any proven loss  incurred by the holder of the loan  resulting  from default,
death,  permanent and total  disability or bankruptcy of the student borrower at
the rate of 100% of such loss (or, subject to certain limitations, 98% for loans
in default made on or after October 1, 1993).  Guarantee agencies generally deem
default to mean a student borrower's failure to make an installment payment when
due or to comply with other terms of a note or agreement under  circumstances in
which the holder of the loan may reasonably  conclude that the student  borrower
no longer  intends to honor the repayment  obligation  and for which the failure
persists for 180 days in the case of a loan payable in monthly  installments  or
for 240 days in the case of a loan payable in less frequent installments. When a
loan  becomes  from 60 to 90 days past due,  the holder is  required  to request
preclaims assistance from the applicable guarantee agency in order to attempt to
cure the  delinquency.  When a loan  becomes  150 days past due,  the  holder is
required to make a final  demand for payment of the loan by the  borrower and to
submit a claim for reimbursement to the applicable  guarantee agency. The holder
is required to continue  collection efforts until the loan is 180 days past due.
At the time of payment of  insurance  benefits,  the holder  must  assign to the
applicable  guarantee  agency all rights  accruing to the holder  under the note
evidencing the loan. The Higher  Education Act prohibits a guarantee agency from
filing a claim for reimbursement  with respect to losses prior to 270 days after
the loan becomes delinquent with respect to any installment thereon.

        If a student who has received any loan directly insured by the Secretary
of Education dies, becomes totally and permanently  disabled or is discharged in
bankruptcy,  the Secretary is required to discharge the borrower's  liability on
the loan by repaying the amount owed.

Higher Education Amendments of 1992

        The 1992  Amendments  reauthorized  the  Higher  Education  Act and made
certain amendments thereto.  The following text describes some of the amendments
to the Higher  Education  Act  contained  in the 1992  Amendments,  but does not
purport to be a complete description of those amendments,  to which reference is
made for full and complete statements of their respective provisions.

        The 1992 Amendments  adopted several  provisions that affect loan terms,
which are described in part above.  These include,  among others,  provisions to
grant new borrowers  (with respect to loans for which the first  disbursement is
on or after  July 1,  1993)  the  right to  receive  income-sensitive  repayment
schedules. In cases where the borrowers have indicated a willingness to pay, but
have  demonstrated  an inability to do so, the 1992  Amendments  entitle them to
forbearance, on and after October 1, 1992. The 1992 Amendments also provide that
in-school  interest and special allowance payments to lenders shall be made only
with respect to loans that have been consummated by the borrower.

                                      127
<PAGE>


        In  addition,  the 1992  Amendments  include  provisions  regarding  the
relationship  between the  Secretary  of  Education  and the  various  guarantee
agencies.  These  include,  but are not  limited  to,  a  requirement  that  the
Secretary of Education promulgate regulations to standardize forms and practices
used by guarantee  agencies;  a requirement that the Secretary of Education work
with guarantee agencies to develop criteria regarding assignment of loans to the
Secretary of Education; a requirement for annual submissions to, and evaluations
by,  the  Secretary  of  Education  of  financial  information  concerning  each
guarantee  agency;  a  provision  for  the  establishment  by the  Secretary  of
standards  pursuant to which  certain  guarantee  agencies  would be required to
submit management plans to the Secretary of Education;  a provision  authorizing
the Secretary of Education to, among other things,  revoke a guarantee  agency's
reinsurance contract if it does not submit a satisfactory  management plan or if
the Secretary of Education  determines  the guarantee  agency to be  financially
nonviable; and a provision that makes the Secretary of Education responsible for
the payment of obligations of insolvent guarantee agencies.  The 1992 Amendments
also  require  that  officers  and  employees  of  guarantee  agencies and other
participants in the Higher  Education Act's program (such as lenders,  secondary
markets and servicers) report to the Secretary of Education  regarding financial
interests  they may have in other  participants  in the Higher  Education  Act's
program.  The  foregoing  provisions  of  the  1992  Amendments  were  generally
effective  on the  date of  enactment,  July 23,  1992,  subject  to  rulemaking
procedures.

        The 1992  Amendments  also  established a direct  lending  demonstration
program which would not have involved  banks,  secondary  markets,  or guarantee
agencies.  This program was to cover the period of July 1, 1994 through June 30,
1998.  The  direct  loan  demonstration   program  was  to  include  educational
institutions  which were  representative  of the Higher  Education Act's program
participants  and which were to be selected by the Secretary of Education first,
from among  those  institutions  expressing  an interest  in  participating  and
second,  from those  institutions  selected by the  Secretary  of  Education  as
necessary to complete the sample,  with an opportunity for such  institutions to
decline to  participate.  Selected  institutions  may be required to participate
either  in the  demonstration  program  or the  Act's  program,  but  not  both.
Institutions  comprising  more  than 15% of the  annual  loan  volume of any one
guarantee  agency will not be selected.  The 1993  Amendments,  described below,
made substantial revisions to the direct lending program established by the 1992
Amendments.  Certain of the 1992 Amendments require  promulgation of regulations
by the Secretary of Education.

1993 Amendments to the
Federal Family Education Loan Program

        On August 10, 1993, President Clinton signed into law the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation   Act  of  1993,   including  Title  IV  of  the  Omnibus  Budget
Reconciliation  Act of 1993 and the  Student  Loan Reform Act of 1993 (the "1993
Amendments").  The  summary of the 1993  Amendments  contained  herein  does not
purport to be complete or comprehensive.


                                      128
<PAGE>

        The 1993  Amendments  provided  for  substantial  changes to the current
student loan programs under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (the "FFEL
Program")  and the  Federal  Direct  Loan  Demonstration  program  of the Higher
Education Act. Except as stated herein and in the 1993 Amendments, these changes
were effective on the date of enactment of the 1993 Amendments into law.

        Terms and  Conditions.  Several terms and conditions of the current FFEL
Program were changed as follows:

        With respect to loans initially disbursed on or after October 1, 1993, a
lender is entitled to receive from a guarantor  98%  (reduced  from 100%) of the
unpaid  principal  of  defaulted  loans  (except with respect to loans made by a
lender-of-last-resort).

        The effective floor rate of return of 9.5% available to holders of loans
made or  purchased  with funds  obtained by the holder from the  issuance of tax
exempt obligations, were eliminated for such obligations which were issued on or
after October 1, 1993. The special  allowance  payments  payable with respect to
eligible  loans  acquired or funded with the proceeds of tax-exempt  obligations
issued after September 30, 1993 are the full special allowance  payments paid to
other lenders.

        With respect to loans  initially  disbursed on or after October 1, 1993,
the  Secretary of  Education is required to reduce the interest  subsidy and any
special  allowance  payment to any holder of a loan by a loan fee equal to 0.50%
of the principal amount of the loan.

        Each  holder  of a  Federal  Consolidation  Loan  for  which  the  first
disbursement is made on or after October 1, 1993,  shall pay to the Secretary of
Education a monthly  rebate fee  calculated on an annual basis equal to 1.05% of
the principal plus accrued unpaid interest on such loan.

        Guarantee agency retention on collections was reduced to 27% from 30%. A
one-time  lender-paid  user fee of 0.5% on new  loan  volume  has been  imposed.
Guarantee agency reinsurance reimbursement will be reduced from 100% to 98%, 90%
to 88% and  80% to 78% of the  amount  expended  by it in the  discharge  of its
insurance obligation. Loans made under a lender-of-last-resort program and under
an agreement  resulting from guarantee  agency  insolvency are exempt from these
reductions.

        General.  Under the  Federal  Direct  Student  Loan  Program  (the "FDSL
Program")  established  by the 1993  Amendments,  a variety  of  student  loans,
including  loans for  parents of  students,  may be obtained  directly  from the
student's  institution  of higher  education  ("IHE") or through an  alternative
originator  designated by the Secretary of Education,  without application to an
outside  lender.  Loans made under the FDSL  Program are funded and owned by the
Secretary of Education. The FDSL Program will provide for a variety of repayment
plans from which  borrowers  may  choose,  including  repayment  plans  based on
income.

                                      129
<PAGE>

        Direct  Loans.  The 1993  Amendments  provided  that,  unless  otherwise
specified,  loans made to borrowers  under the FDSL Program have the same terms,
conditions, and are available in the same amounts as loans made to borrowers for
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans,  Federal PLUS Loans and Unsubsidized  Federal
Stafford Loans. The FDSL Program loans are known  respectively as Federal Direct
Stafford  Loans,  Federal  Direct  PLUS Loans and  Federal  Direct  Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans.

        Guarantee  Agencies.  The 1993  Amendments also provide that a guarantee
agency's  assets  are  dedicated  to the loan  programs  and may not be used for
unauthorized  purposes.  Thus, the 1993  Amendments add to the guarantee  agency
reserve provisions in the Higher Education Act what the 1993 Amendments describe
as a  "clarification"  that,  notwithstanding  any other  provision  of law, the
reserve funds of the guarantee  agencies,  and any assets  purchased  with these
reserve funds,  regardless of who holds or controls the reserves or assets,  are
the  property  of the United  States,  to be used in the  operation  of the FFEL
Program or the FDSL  Program.  These  reserves are required to be  maintained by
each guarantee  agency to pay program  expenses and contingent  liabilities,  as
authorized by the Secretary of Education.  The 1993 Amendments  further provided
that the Secretary of Education is prohibited  from  requiring the return of all
of a  guarantee  agency's  reserve  funds  unless  the  Secretary  of  Education
determines  that the  return  of these  funds  is in the  best  interest  of the
operation  of the FFEL  Program,  or to ensure  the proper  maintenance  of such
agency's funds or assets or the orderly  termination  of the guarantee  agency's
operations  and  the  liquidation  of its  assets.  However,  the  Secretary  of
Education is also authorized to direct a guarantee  agency to: (a) return to the
Secretary of Education all or a portion of its reserve  expenses and  contingent
liabilities;  (b) return to the Secretary of Education,  or the guarantee agency
any funds or assets held by, or under the control  of, any other  entity,  which
the Secretary of Education  determines are necessary to pay the program expenses
and contingent  liabilities of the agency, or which are required for the orderly
termination of the agency's  operation and  liquidation  of its assets;  and (c)
cease any  activities  involving  expenditure,  use or transfer of the guarantee
agency's reserve funds or assets which the Secretary of Education  determines is
a misapplication, misuse or improper expenditure.

        The  1993   Amendments   gave  the  Secretary  of  Education   increased
flexibility  to  terminate  a  guarantee  agency's  agreement  by  allowing  the
Secretary of Education to terminate  the agreement if the Secretary of Education
determines  that  termination  is  necessary,  to protect the federal  financial
interest,  to ensure the  continued  availability  of loans to student or parent
borrowers,  or to ensure an orderly transition from the FFEL Program to the FDSL
Program.

        The  1993   Amendments   also  expanded  the  Secretary  of  Education's
authorized  functions when a guarantee  agency's  agreement is  terminated.  The
Secretary  of  Education  is  authorized  to provide the  guarantee  agency with
additional  advance funds with such  restrictions on the use of such funds as is
determined  appropriate  by the  Secretary  of  Education,  in order to meet the
immediate cash needs of the guarantee agency,  ensure the uninterrupted  payment
of  claims,  or  ensure  that  the  guarantee  agency  will  make  loans  as the
lender-of-last-resort.  Finally, the 1993 Amendments authorized the Secretary of
Education  to take  whatever  other  action is  necessary,  to ensure an orderly
transition from the FFEL Program to the FDSL Program.


                                      130
<PAGE>

        The 1993  Amendments  provided  that if the  Secretary of Education  has
terminated  or is seeking to terminate a guarantee  agency's  agreement,  or has
assumed a guarantee agency's  functions,  notwithstanding any other provision of
law:  (a) no  state  court  may  issue  an  order  affecting  the  Secretary  of
Education's  actions with  respect to that  guarantee  agency;  (b) any contract
entered into by the guarantee agency with respect to the  administration  of the
agency's  reserve funds or assets acquired with reserve funds shall provide that
the contract is terminable by the Secretary of Education  upon 30 days notice to
the  contracting  parties if the  Secretary  of Education  determines  that such
contract   includes  an  impermissible   transfer  of  funds  or  assets  or  is
inconsistent  with the terms or purposes of this law;  and (c) no  provision  of
state  law  shall  apply  to  the  actions  of the  Secretary  of  Education  in
terminating the operations of the guarantee agency. Finally, notwithstanding any
other  provision  of law, the 1993  Amendments  provided  that the  Secretary of
Education's  liability for any  outstanding  liabilities  of a guarantee  agency
(other than outstanding  student loan guarantees under Part D of Title IV of the
Higher  Education  Act),  the  functions of which the Secretary of Education has
assumed, shall not exceed the fair market value of the reserves of the guarantee
agency, minus any necessary liquidation or other administrative costs.

        Amendments to Terms of Federal Family  Education Loan Program Loans. The
1993 Amendments also amended the terms of loans under the FFEL Program. The 1993
Amendments  require  that  following a  borrower's  default,  the  Secretary  of
Education  shall require at least 10% of borrowers  who have  defaulted on loans
made under the FFEL  Program  and whose loan is  assigned  to the  Secretary  of
Education  to repay that loan under an income  contingent  repayment  plan,  the
terms  and  conditions  of  which  would  be  established  by the  Secretary  of
Education,  and  would  be the  same  as or  similar  to the  income  contingent
repayment plan authorized  under the FDSL Program.  These provisions of the 1993
Amendments  are effective for loans for periods of  instruction  beginning on or
after July 1, 1994 or, in the case of Federal  PLUS Loans,  for loans made on or
after July 1, 1994.

        Federal  Family  Education  Loan  Program Loan  Consolidation.  The 1993
Amendments  alter the provisions for the Federal  Consolidation  Loan Program in
order to  facilitate  the  expansion of the FDSL  Program.  The 1993  Amendments
define "eligible  borrower" for loan consolidation in the FFEL Program to mean a
borrower  who,  at the  time of  application  for a  consolidation  loan,  is in
repayment status, or in a grace period preceding  repayment,  or is a delinquent
or defaulted borrower who will reenter repayment through loan consolidation.



                                      131
<PAGE>

        In addition,  the 1993 Amendments provided that any lender who wishes to
make  consolidation  loans must enter into an  agreement  with the  Secretary of
Education that the lender shall offer an income-sensitive  repayment schedule to
the  borrower of any Federal  Consolidation  Loan made by the lender on or after
July 1, 1994. The Federal Consolidation Loan must also be evidenced by a note or
other written  agreement which includes a provision stating that interest during
periods of  authorized  deferment  shall accrue and be paid by the  Secretary of
Education, in the case of consolidation of only Federal Stafford Loans for which
the borrower  received an interest  subsidy or by the borrower or capitalized in
the case of a Federal  Consolidation Loan that consolidated loans other than the
Federal  Stafford Loans. The interest rate on Federal  Consolidation  Loans made
before  July 1,  1994,  shall be the  greater  of the  weighted  average  of the
interest rates on the consolidated  loans,  rounded to the nearest whole percent
or 9%. The interest rate of a Federal  Consolidation  Loan made on or after July
1, 1994 shall be the weighted average of the rates on the Federal  Consolidation
Loans, rounded upward to the nearest whole percent.

        The 1993 Amendments modified the terms of the Federal Consolidation Loan
Agreement to require a lender to offer income  sensitive  repayment  terms for a
Federal  Consolidation  Loan made on or after July 1, 1994.  In the event that a
borrower  is  unable  to  obtain a  consolidation  loan  with  income  sensitive
repayment  terms  acceptable to the borrower from the holders of the  borrower's
outstanding  loans  (that are  selected  for  consolidation),  or from any other
eligible  lender,  including  Sallie  Mae,  the 1993  Amendments  authorize  the
Secretary of Education  to offer the borrower a direct  consolidation  loan with
income  contingent  terms under the Federal  Direct  Student Loan Program.  Such
direct  Federal  Consolidation  Loans shall be repaid either  pursuant to income
contingent repayment or any other repayment provision under this section. If the
Secretary of Education determines that the Department of Education does not have
the necessary  origination  and servicing  arrangements in place for such loans,
the Secretary of Education shall not offer such loans.

        The 1993 Amendments repealed the Federal Supplemental Loans for Students
program,  but the loan  limits  for  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans were
increased  to  include  the  amounts   formerly   disbursed  under  the  Federal
Supplemental  Loans for  Students  program.  Further,  a section  was added that
provides that the amount of periodic payment and the repayment  schedule for any
Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loan shall be established by assuming an interest
rate equal to the  applicable  rate of interest at the time the repayment of the
loan principal commences. At the option of the lender, the note or other written
evidence of the loan may require that the amount of the periodic payment will be
adjusted  annually or the period of repayment of principal will be lengthened or
shortened  to  reflect  adjustments  in  interest  rates.  Finally,  the 10 year
repayment  period of these loans shall commence at the time the first payment of
principal is due from the borrower.

        Interest  Rates.  The  interest  rates on  Federal  Stafford  Loans  and
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans made to new borrowers as of July 1, 1994 are
the 91-day T-bill rate plus 3.1%,  not to exceed 8.25%.  The interest  rates for
loans made on or after July 1, 1995 prior to repayment,  during any grace period
or during deferment status,  are the 91-day T-bill rate plus 2.5%, not to exceed
8.25%.  The interest rate on Federal  Stafford  Loans and  Unsubsidized  Federal
Stafford Loans made on or after July 1, 1998 will be the bond equivalent rate of
the U.S.  Treasury  security with a comparable  maturity as  established  by the
Secretary of Education plus 1.0%, not to exceed 8.25%. The interest rates on the
Federal  PLUS Loans made on or after  July 1, 1994 shall be the  52-week  T-bill
plus 3.1%,  not to exceed 9%.  Federal  PLUS Loans made after July 1, 1998 shall
have an  interest  rate of the  bond  equivalent  rate  of the  security  with a
comparable  maturity as established by the Secretary of Education plus 2.1%, not
to exceed 9%.

Updates

        Updates or changes in the Federal Family Education Loan Program, if any,
will be described in the Prospectus Supplement.

                                      132
<PAGE>

                               GUARANTEE AGENCIES

        Information with respect to the Guarantee  Agencies that have guaranteed
the Financed Eligible Loans pledged to the Trustee as well as the Eligible Loans
proposed  to be  acquired  with  respect to any Series  will be  included in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  While the source of such  information  will be
described in such  Prospectus  Supplement,  neither the Issuer nor any placement
agent or underwriter  makes any  representations  as to its accuracy;  provided,
that none of the Issuer,  the placement agent or the underwriter  shall have any
reason to believe that such  information  is incorrect in any material  respect.
The Issuer,  in connection with future  financing of Eligible Loans,  may in its
discretion  engage  the  services  of  these  entities  or any  other  Guarantee
Agencies, as described below under the subheading "-Other Guarantee Agencies."

General

        Each  Guarantee  Agency has entered  into  certain  agreements  with the
Secretary of Education (the "Federal Reinsurance  Agreements"),  under which the
Secretary will reimburse them for 100%, or for student loans made  subsequent to
October  1,  1993,  98%,  of the  amount  expended  by the  Guarantee  Agency in
discharging  guarantee  obligations  as a result  of the  death,  disability  or
bankruptcy  of a student and for at least 90% or 80% or, for student  loans made
subsequent  to October  1,  1993,  88% or 78%,  of the  amount  expended  by the
Guarantee  Agency  in  discharging  its  guarantee  obligations  resulting  from
defaults  in the payment of  principal  or  interest  on  "guaranteed  loans" by
students,  depending  on the claims rate of the  Guarantee  Agency.  The reduced
percentages for federal  reimbursement  do not apply if the loan was transferred
to the Guarantee  Agency from an insolvent  Guarantee  Agency or if the loan was
made by the Guarantee  Agency as a  lender-of-last  resort.  The following table
summarizes  the   relationship   between  the  claims  rate  and  the  level  of
reimbursement by the Secretary with respect to claims resulting from defaults:


             Claims                     Rate of Reimbursement


0% to less than 5%                  100% or 98%, as applicable

Equal to or greater than 5% but     100% or 98%, as  applicable,  of claims up 
less than 9%                        to 5% and 90% or 88%, as  applicable,  of 
                                    claims equal to or greater than 5%
                                    but less than 9%

Equal to or  greater  than  9%      100%  or  98%,  as applicable,  of claims up
                                    to 5%,  90% or 88% as applicable, of claims
                                    equal to or greater than 5% but less than 
                                    9%,  and 80% or 78% as applicable, of claims
                                    equal to or  greater  than 9%



                                      133
<PAGE>


        The claims  rate for a  Guarantee  Agency  with  respect to  defaults is
determined  annually  by  dividing  the amount of such  claims by the  Guarantee
Agency  for  reimbursement  from the  Secretary  under the  Federal  Reinsurance
Agreements  in any one  federal  fiscal  year by the  principal  amount of loans
guaranteed  by the  Guarantee  Agency  which are in  repayment at the end of the
preceding  federal fiscal year. An increase in defaults on loans guaranteed by a
Guarantee  Agency would  increase a Guarantee  Agency's  claims  rate.  If these
defaults raise claims rates high enough to cause the  reimbursement  determinant
to exceed 5% in any given  federal  fiscal  year,  federal  reimbursements  to a
Guarantee  Agency  for the  balance  of  that  fiscal  year  would  decrease  in
accordance with the foregoing table.  Regardless of the claims rate, a Guarantee
Agency is  entitled  to receive not less than 80% (or 78% for most loans made on
or after October 1, 1993)  reimbursement from the Secretary for claims paid by a
Guarantee  Agency as long as the  Guarantee  Agency  complies  with its  Federal
Reinsurance Agreements with the Secretary of Education. Pursuant to the formula,
any decrease in the amount of reimbursement will be made only for the balance of
the federal fiscal year in which the reimbursement determinant exceeds 5%.

        The  Secretary  may  withhold  reimbursement  payments if the  Guarantee
Agency makes a material  misrepresentation  or fails to comply with the terms of
its agreements with the Secretary or applicable  federal law or if the Secretary
determines that the Guarantee  Agency has not exercised  reasonable  prudence in
the  administration  of its  program.  The Federal  Reinsurance  Agreements  are
subject to annual renegotiation and to termination for cause by the Secretary.

        Owners  of  guaranteed  student  loans  are  required  to  exercise  due
diligence  in  servicing  loans  and to use  practices  which  are at  least  as
extensive and forceful as those used by financial institutions in the collection
of other consumer loans.  If the Guarantee  Agency has probable cause to believe
that the holder  has made  misrepresentations  or has failed to comply  with the
terms of its contract with the Guarantee  Agency,  the Guarantee Agency may take
reasonable action,  including withholding payments or requiring reimbursement of
funds.  The Guarantee Agency may also terminate,  limit or suspend  contracts of
guaranty covering loans guaranteed by the Guarantee Agency for cause upon notice
and hearing.

Other Guarantee Agencies

        Although the Issuer  expects that most of the Eligible Loans it acquires
under the Indenture  will be guaranteed by the Guarantee  Agencies  described in
the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Issuer may acquire Eligible Loans under
the Indenture which are guaranteed by other Guarantee Agencies with the approval
of the Rating Agencies.

                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES


                                      134
<PAGE>


        The weighted  average life of the Notes of any Series will  generally be
influenced by the rate at which the principal  balances of the related  Financed
Eligible  Loans  are  paid,  which  payment  may be in  the  form  of  scheduled
amortization or prepayments.  (For this purpose, the term "prepayments" includes
prepayments  in full or in part  (including  pursuant  to Federal  consolidation
loans),  as a result of (i) borrower default,  death,  disability or bankruptcy,
(ii) a closing of or a false  certification  by the borrower's  school and (iii)
subsequent  liquidation or collection of guarantee payments with respect thereto
and as a result of Financed  Eligible Loans being  repurchased by the respective
Seller as a result  of a breach of a  representation  and  warranty.  All of the
Financed  Eligible  Loans are  prepayable  at any time  without  penalty  to the
borrower.  The rate of prepayment of Student Loans is influenced by a variety of
economic,  social and other factors,  including as described  below. In general,
the rate of  prepayments  may tend to increase  to the extent  that  alternative
financing   becomes   available  at   prevailing   interest   rates  which  fall
significantly below the interest rates applicable to the Student Loans. However,
because many of the Financed  Eligible Loans bear interest that either  actually
or  effectively  is floating,  it is  impossible to predict  whether  changes in
prevailing  interest  rates will be similar to or will vary from  changes in the
interest rates on the Financed Eligible Loans. The addition of Financed Eligible
Loans to the Trust Estate during the recycling  period could affect the weighted
average life of the Notes of the related Series.

        On the other hand,  scheduled  payments with respect to, and  maturities
of,  the  Financed  Eligible  Loans  may  be  extended,  including  pursuant  to
applicable  grace,  deferral  and  forbearance  periods.  The rate of payment of
principal  of the Notes and the yield on the Notes may also be  affected  by the
rate of defaults resulting in losses on Financed Eligible Loans, by the severity
of those losses and by the timing of those losses,  which may affect the ability
of the Guarantee Agencies to make guarantee payments with respect thereto.

        In light of the above consideration, there can be no assurance as to the
amount of  principal  payments to be made on the Notes of a given series on each
Interest Payment Date, since such amount will depend,  in part, on the amount of
principal  collected on the pool of Financed  Eligible Loans.  Any  reinvestment
risks  resulting  from a faster or slower  incidence of  prepayment  of Financed
Eligible Loans will be borne entirely by the Noteholders of a given series.  The
related Prospectus Supplement may set forth certain additional  information with
respect to the maturity and prepayment considerations applicable to the Financed
Eligible Loans and the related Series of Notes.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

                                      135
<PAGE>


   
        The  following  is  a  summary  of  all  material   federal  income  tax
consequences  of the  purchase,  ownership  and  disposition  of  Notes  for the
investors  described  below  and is based on the  advice of Kutak  Rock,  as tax
counsel to the Issuer. This summary is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and
decisions  currently  in  effect,  all of  which  are  subject  to  change.  The
discussion  does not deal with all federal tax  consequences  applicable  to all
categories  of  investors,  some of  which  may be  subject  to  special  rules,
including but not limited to, foreign  investors.  In addition,  this summary is
generally  limited  to  investors  who will hold the Notes as  "capital  assets"
(generally,  property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code").  Investors  should
consult their own tax advisors to determine the federal,  state, local and other
tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the Notes of any
Series.  Prospective  investors should note that no rulings have been or will be
sought from the Internal  Revenue Service (the "Service") with respect to any of
the federal income tax  consequences  discussed  below,  and no assurance can be
given that the Service will not take contrary positions.
    

Characterization of the Trust Estate

        Based  upon  certain  assumptions  and  certain  representations  of the
Issuer,  Kutak Rock has  rendered,  with  respect to the Prior  Notes,  and will
render,  with respect to the Additional  Notes, its opinion to the Issuer to the
effect  that the  Notes,  issued or to be  issued,  as the case may be,  will be
treated  as debt of the  Issuer,  rather  than as an  interest  in the  Financed
Eligible  Loans for federal  income tax  purposes.  In addition,  Kutak Rock has
rendered  its  opinion to the effect  that this  discussion  is a summary of all
material  federal  income tax  consequences  as to the  purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the Notes with respect to the investors  described  herein.  Such
opinion is not binding on the courts or the  Service.  It is  possible  that the
Service  could  assert  that,  for  purposes  of  the  Code,   the   transaction
contemplated  by this  Memorandum  constitutes  a sale of the Financed  Eligible
Loans (or an interest therein) to the Registered Owners or that the relationship
which  will  result  from  this  transaction  is  that of a  partnership,  or an
association taxable as a corporation.

        If, instead of treating the transaction as creating  secured debt in the
form of the Series issued by the Issuer as a corporate  entity,  the transaction
were treated as creating a partnership among the Registered Owners, the Servicer
and the Issuer which has purchased the underlying  Financed  Eligible Loans, the
resulting  partnership  would not be subject to federal income tax. Rather,  the
Servicer,  the Issuer and each Registered  Owner would be taxed  individually on
their respective  distributive shares of the partnership's  income,  gain, loss,
deductions  and credits.  The amount and timing of items of income and deduction
of the  Registered  Owner  could  differ  if the Notes  were held to  constitute
partnership interests, rather than indebtedness.

   
        If,  alternatively,  it were determined that this transaction created an
entity other than the Issuer which was classified as a corporation or a publicly
traded  partnership  taxable as a corporation and was treated as having sold the
Financed  Eligible  Loans,  the Trust would be subject to federal  income tax at
corporate  income tax rates on the income it derives from the Financed  Eligible
Loans,  which would reduce the amounts  available for payment to the  Registered
Owners.  Cash payments to the Registered  Owners  generally  would be treated as
dividends for tax purposes to the extent of such  corporation's  accumulated and
current  earnings and profits.  A similar  result would apply if the  Registered
Owners were  deemed to have  acquired  stock or other  equity  interests  in the
Issuer. However, as noted above, the Issuer has been advised that the Notes will
be treated as debt of the Issuer for federal income tax purposes.
    

Characterization of the Notes as Indebtedness

                                      136
<PAGE>


   
        The Issuer and the  Registered  Owners  express in the  Indenture  their
intent that, for federal income tax purposes,  the Notes will be indebtedness of
the Issuer secured by the Financed Eligible Loans. The Issuer and the Registered
Owners,  by accepting the Notes,  have agreed to treat the Notes as indebtedness
of the Issuer for federal income tax purposes.  The Issuer intends to treat this
transaction as a financing  reflecting the Notes as its indebtedness for tax and
financial accounting purposes.
    

        In general,  the characterization of a transaction as a sale of property
or a secured loan, for federal  income tax purposes,  is a question of fact, the
resolution  of which is based upon the economic  substance  of the  transaction,
rather  than its form or the  manner  in which it is  characterized.  While  the
Service and the courts have set forth  several  factors to be taken into account
in determining whether the substance of a transaction is a sale of property or a
secured indebtedness, the primary factor in making this determination is whether
the transferee has assumed the risk of loss or other economic  burdens  relating
to  the  property   and  has   obtained  the  benefits  of  ownership   thereof.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in some  instances,  courts  have  held that a
taxpayer is bound by the particular  form it has chosen for a transaction,  even
if the substance of the transaction does not accord with its form.

   
        The  Issuer  believes  that it has  retained  the  preponderance  of the
primary benefits and burdens  associated with ownership of the Financed Eligible
Loans and should,  thus, be treated as the owner of the Financed  Eligible Loans
for federal income tax purposes.  If, however,  the Service were successfully to
assert  that  this  transaction  should  be  treated  as a sale of the  Financed
Eligible  Loans,  the  Service  could  further  assert  that the entity  created
pursuant  to the  Indenture,  as the owner of the  Financed  Eligible  Loans for
federal  income  tax  purposes,  should be deemed  engaged  in a  business  and,
therefore,   characterized  as  a  publicly  traded  partnership  taxable  as  a
corporation.
    

Taxation of Interest
Income of Registered Owners

        Payments of  interest  with  regard to the Notes will be  includible  as
ordinary income when received or accrued by the Registered  Owners in accordance
with their respective methods of tax accounting and applicable provisions of the
Code.  In  particular,  Section 1272 of the Code  requires  the current  ratable
inclusion in income of original  issue discount using a constant yield method of
accounting.  In general,  original issue discount is calculated,  with regard to
any accrual  period,  by applying the  instrument's  yield to its adjusted issue
price at the beginning of the accrual  period,  reduced by any qualified  stated
interest  allocable  to  the  period.  The  aggregate  original  issue  discount
allocable to an accrual period is allocated to each day included in such period.
The  holder of a debt  instrument  must  include  in income the sum of the daily
portions of original issue discount  attributable to the number of days he owned
the instrument.

                                      137
<PAGE>


        Original issue discount is the stated  redemption price at maturity of a
debt instrument over its issue price.  The stated  redemption  price at maturity
includes  all  payments  with  respect  to an  instrument  other  than  interest
unconditionally  payable at a fixed rate or a qualified  variable  rate at fixed
intervals of one year or less.  The Issuer  expects that  interest  payable with
respect to the Accrual Notes, if any, will not be qualified  stated interest and
that such  Accrual  Notes  will be  issued  with  original  issuer  discount  as
described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Further,  there  can be no
assurance  that the Service  would not assert  that the  interest  payable  with
respect to the Subordinate  Notes may not be qualified  stated interest  because
such payments are not  unconditional  and that the Subordinate  Notes are issued
with original issue discount.

        Payments  of  interest  received  with  respect  to the  Notes  may also
constitute  "investment  income" for purposes of certain limitations of the Code
concerning  the  deductibility  of  investment   interest   expense.   Potential
Registered Owners or the Beneficial Owners should consult their own tax advisors
concerning the treatment of interest payments with regard to the Notes.

        A  purchaser  who  buys a Note of any  Series  at a  discount  from  its
principal  amount (or its  adjusted  issue price if issued with  original  issue
discount  greater  than a specified  de minimis  amount)  will be subject to the
market discount rules of the Code. In general,  the market discount rules of the
Code treat  principal  payments and gain on disposition of a debt  instrument as
ordinary income to the extent of accrued market  discount.  Although the accrued
market  discount  on debt  instruments  such as the Notes  which are  subject to
prepayment based on the prepayment of other debt instruments is to be determined
under regulations yet to be issued, the legislative  history of these provisions
of the Code  indicate  that the same  prepayment  assumption  used to  calculate
original  issue discount  should be utilized.  Each  potential  investor  should
consult his tax advisor  concerning the application of the market discount rules
to the Notes.

        The  annual  statement  regularly  furnished  to  Registered  Owners for
federal  income tax purposes will include  information  regarding the accrual of
payments of principal  and interest  with respect to the Notes.  As noted above,
the  Issuer  believes,  based on the  advice  of  counsel,  that it will  retain
ownership of the Financed Eligible Loans for federal income tax purposes. In the
event the  Indenture is deemed to create a  pass-through  entity as the owner of
the  Financed  Eligible  Loans for federal  income tax  purposes  instead of the
Issuer (assuming such entity is not, as a result, taxed as an association),  the
owners of the Notes  could be  required  to accrue  payments  of  interest  more
rapidly than otherwise would be required.

Backup Withholding

        Certain  purchasers may be subject to backup  withholding at the rate of
31% with respect to interest  paid with respect to the Notes if the  purchasers,
upon  issuance,  fail to supply the Trustee or their brokers with their taxpayer
identification numbers,  furnish incorrect taxpayer identification numbers, fail
to report interest,  dividends or other "reportable payments" (as defined in the
Code)  properly,  or, under certain  circumstances,  fail to provide the Trustee
with a certified statement,  under penalty of perjury, that they are not subject
to backup withholding.  Information returns will be sent annually to the Service
and to each purchaser  setting forth the amount of interest paid with respect to
the Notes and the amount of tax withheld thereon.

        The Issuer makes no  representations  regarding the tax  consequences of
purchase, ownership or disposition of the Notes under the tax laws of any state,
locality or foreign  jurisdiction.  Investors  considering  an investment in the
Notes should consult their own tax advisors regarding such tax consequences.

                                      138
<PAGE>

Limitation on the Deductibility of Certain Expenses

        Under  Section  67  of  the  Code,  an  individual  may  deduct  certain
miscellaneous  itemized  deductions  only  to the  extent  that  the sum of such
deductions  for the taxable year exceed 2% of his or her adjusted  gross income.
If contrary to expectation,  the entity created under the Indenture were treated
as the owner of the Financed  Eligible Loans (and not as an association  taxable
as a corporation),  then the Issuer  believes that a substantial  portion of the
expenses  to be  generated  by the  Trust  could  be  subject  to the  foregoing
limitations.  As a result, each potential Registered Owner should consult his or
her personal tax advisor  concerning the application of these  limitations to an
investment in the Notes.

Tax-Exempt Investors

        In general,  an entity which is exempt from federal income tax under the
provisions  of  Section  501 of the  Code  is  subject  to tax on its  unrelated
business taxable income. An unrelated trade or business is any trade or business
which is not substantially related to the purpose which forms the basis for such
entity's  exemption.  However,  under the provisions of Section 512 of the Code,
interest may be excluded  from the  calculation  of unrelated  business  taxable
income  unless the  obligation  which gave rise to such  interest  is subject to
acquisition indebtedness. If, contrary to expectations, one or more of the Notes
of any Series were  considered  equity for tax purposes and if one or more other
Notes were  considered  debt for tax  purposes,  those  Notes  treated as equity
likely would be subject to  acquisition  indebtedness  and likely would generate
unrelated business taxable income.  However, as noted above, counsel has advised
the Issuer that the Notes will be  characterized  as debt for federal income tax
purposes.   Therefore,   except  to  the  extent  any  Registered  Owner  incurs
acquisition  indebtedness with respect to a Note,  interest paid or accrued with
respect to such Note may be excluded by each  tax-exempt  Registered  Owner from
the calculation of unrelated business taxable income. Each potential  tax-exempt
Registered  Owner  is  urged  to  consult  its own  tax  advisor  regarding  the
application of these provisions.

Sale or Exchange of Notes

   
        If a holder sells a Note,  such person will recognize gain or loss equal
to the  difference  between the amount  realized  on such sale and the  holder's
basis in such Note. If a Note was acquired subsequent to its initial issuance at
a  discount,  a portion of such gain will be  recharacterized  as  interest  and
therefore  ordinary  income.  In the  event any of the  Notes  are  issued  with
original issue discount, in certain circumstances,  a portion of the gain can be
recharacterized as ordinary income.
    

                                      139
<PAGE>

        If the term of a Note was materially modified, in certain circumstances,
a new debt  obligation  would be  deemed  created  and  exchanged  for the prior
obligation  in a  taxable  transaction.  Among  the  modifications  which may be
treated as material are those which relate to the redemption  provisions and, in
the case of a nonrecourse  obligation,  those which involve the  substitution of
collateral.  Each potential  holder of a Note should consult its own tax advisor
concerning the circumstances in which the Notes would be deemed reissued and the
likely effects, if any, of such reissuance.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

   
        The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA"),  imposes certain fiduciary and prohibited transaction restrictions on
employee  pension and welfare  benefit plans  subject to ERISA ("ERISA  Plans").
Section 4975 of the Code imposes  essentially  the same  prohibited  transaction
restrictions on  tax-qualified  retirement  plans described in Section 401(a) of
the Code ("Qualified  Retirement Plans") and on Individual  Retirement  Accounts
("IRAs")  described in Section  408(b) of the Code  (collectively,  "Tax-Favored
Plans").  Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined
in Section  3(32) of ERISA),  and,  if no election  has been made under  Section
410(d) of the Code, church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), are not
subject to Title I of ERISA.  Accordingly,  assets of such plans may be invested
in Notes without regard to the ERISA considerations  described below, subject to
the provisions of applicable  federal and state law. Any such  governmental plan
or church plan which is qualified  under Section 401(a) and exempt from taxation
under  Section  501(a)  of the  Code,  however,  is  subject  to the  prohibited
transaction rules set forth in Section 503 of the Code.

        In  addition  to  the  imposition  of  general  fiduciary   requirements
including those of investment  prudence and  diversification and the requirement
that a Plan's investment be made in accordance with the documents  governing the
Plan,  Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code  prohibit a broad range
of  transactions  involving  assets  of ERISA  Plans and  Tax-Favored  Plans and
entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of ERISA Plans or
Tax-Favored Plans investing in such entities  (collectively  hereafter "Plan" or
"Plans") and persons ("Parties in Interest" or "Disqualified  Persons") who have
certain   specified   relationships   to  the  Plans,   unless  a  statutory  or
administrative   exemption  is  available.   Certain  Parties  in  Interest  (or
Disqualified  Persons)  that  participate  in a  prohibited  transaction  may be
subject to a penalty (or an excise tax)  imposed  pursuant to Section  502(i) of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code unless a statutory or administrative exemption
is  available.  Section  502(l)  of ERISA  requires  the  Secretary  of the U.S.
Department  of Labor (the "DOL") to assess a civil  penalty  against a fiduciary
who breaks any fiduciary  responsibility under or commits any other violation of
part 4 of Title I of ERISA or any other  person who  knowingly  participates  in
such breach or violation.

        The investment in a security by a Plan may, in certain circumstances, be
deemed to include an  investment  in the assets of the issuer of such  security.
The DOL has  promulgated  regulations  set forth at 29 CFR ss.  2510.3-101  (the
"Regulations")  concerning whether or not an ERISA Plan's assets would be deemed
to include an interest in the  underlying  assets of an entity  (such as a Trust
Fund) for purposes of the general fiduciary  responsibility  provisions of ERISA
and for the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code, when a Plan
acquires an "equity interest" in such entity.
    



                                      140
<PAGE>

        Under such  Regulations  the assets of an ERISA Plan will not include an
interest in the assets of an entity,  the equity interests of which are acquired
by the ERISA Plan, if at no time do ERISA Plans in the aggregate own 25% or more
of the  value of any class of  equity  interests  in such  entity.  Because  the
availability  of this  exemption  depends  upon the  identity of the  Registered
Owners at any time,  there can be no  assurance  that the Notes will qualify for
this exemption.

   
        The  Regulations  also provide an exemption from "plan asset"  treatment
for securities  issued by an entity if such securities are debt securities under
applicable state law with no "substantial  equity features." Except as specified
with  respect to a Series in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Notes are
intended to  represent  debt of the Issuer for state law and federal  income tax
purposes;  however,  there can be no assurance  that the DOL will not  challenge
such  position.  Assuming that a Class of Notes will be considered  debt with no
substantial  equity features for purposes of the Regulations,  the assets of the
Trust will not be  characterized  as "plan  assets" under the  Regulations.  The
related  Prospectus  Supplement will set forth whether any Class of Notes may be
purchased by Plans.
    

        Without regard to whether the Notes are treated as an "equity  interest"
for such purposes, the acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Plan
could be  considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction  if the Issuer or
any of  their  respective  affiliates  is or  becomes  a Party  in  Interest  or
Disqualified  Person with  respect to such Plan,  or in the event that a Note is
purchased  in the  secondary  market  by a Plan  from a  Party  in  Interest  or
Disqualified  Person with respect to such Plan.  There can be no assurance  that
the Issuer or any of their  respective  affiliates will not be or become a party
in interest or a disqualified person with respect to a Plan that acquires Notes.
However,  one or more of the following  prohibited  transaction class exemptions
may apply to the  acquisition,  holding and  transfer  of the Notes:  Prohibited
Transaction Class Exemption  ("PTCE") 84-14 (regarding  investments by qualified
professional  asset  managers),  PTCE 90-1 (relating to investments by insurance
company pooled separate  accounts),  PTCE 91-38  (regarding  investments by bank
collective  investment  funds),  PTCE 95-60 (regarding  investments by insurance
company  general  accounts) and PTCE 96-23  (regarding  investments  by in-house
asset managers).  Any ERISA Plan fiduciary considering whether to purchase Notes
of any  Series  on behalf  of an ERISA  Plan  should  consult  with its  counsel
regarding the  applicability  of the  fiduciary  responsibility  and  prohibited
transaction  provisions  of  ERISA  and  the  Code to  such  investment  and the
availability of any of the exemptions referred to above. Persons responsible for
investing the assets of  Tax-Favored  Plans that are not ERISA Plans should seek
similar  counsel with respect to the  prohibited  transaction  provisions of the
Code.

               CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AMONG FINANCING PARTICIPANTS


                                      141
<PAGE>


   
        The Issuer has acquired all Financed Eligible Loans currently pledged to
the Trustee from Union Bank pursuant to Student Loan Purchase Agreements and the
Issuer may  acquire  additional  Eligible  Loans from Union Bank in the  future.
Union Bank  will,  unless  specified  with  respect  to a Series in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  also act as Servicer  for all other  acquired  Financed
Eligible  Loans  pursuant  to  the  Servicing  Agreement.  However,  UNIPAC,  as
Subservicer,  will  discharge  the  Servicer's  duties with  respect to Financed
Eligible Loans pursuant to a subservicing agreement.  UNIPAC is a privately held
corporation  which  is  80.5%  owned  by Union  Bank.  UNIPAC  will  also act as
Custodian for the Financed  Eligible Loans.  InTuition is also expected to enter
into a  subservicing  agreement  under which it will  discharge  the  Servicer's
duties with respect to certain of the Issuer's  Financed Eligible Loans and will
act as Custodian for those Financed Eligible Loans.  Fifty percent of the voting
stock of the  parent  corporation  of  InTuition  is  controlled  by the  parent
corporation of Union Bank. See "Risk  Factors-Reliance  upon Sellers," "-Certain
Legal Aspects" and "-Perfection of Security Interest in Financed Eligible Loans"
herein.
    

        The Issuer is a wholly owned  subsidiary  of Union  Financial  Services,
Inc. ("UFS").  UFS is a privately held corporation whose minority owners include
the parent of Union Bank,  certain employees of Union Bank and certain relatives
of such employees.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        The  Issuer  may sell the  Offered  Notes of each  Series to or  through
underwriters (the  "Underwriters") or placement agents (the "Placement  Agents")
by "best efforts"  underwriting or a negotiated firm commitment  underwriting by
the  Underwriters or Placement  Agents,  and also may sell and place the Offered
Notes  directly to other  purchasers or through  agents.  If so indicated in the
Prospectus  Supplement,  the Issuer  may sell such  Notes,  directly  or through
agents,  through a  competitive  bidding  process  described  in the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement.  The  Issuer  intends  that such  Notes  will be offered
through such various  methods from time to time and that  offerings  may be made
concurrently  through  more than one of these  methods or that an  offering of a
particular  Series of such  Notes  may be made  through  a  combination  of such
methods.

        The  distribution of the Offered Notes may be effected from time to time
in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, or
at market  prices  prevailing  at the time of sale,  at prices  related  to such
prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices based, among other things, upon
existing interest rates, general economic conditions and investors' judgments as
to the price of the Offered Notes.

        In  connection  with  the sale of the  Offered  Notes,  Underwriters  or
Placement Agents or agents may receive  compensation from the Issuer or from the
purchasers  of such  Notes  for  whom  they  may act as  agents  in the  form of
discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters or Placement Agents may sell
the  Notes of a Series  to or  through  dealers  and such  dealers  may  receive
compensation  in the form of  discounts,  concessions  or  commissions  from the
Underwriters or Placement Agents and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom
they may act as agents.  Underwriters  or Placement  Agents,  dealers and agents
that  participate in the  distribution of the Notes of a Series may be deemed to
be  underwriters  and any  discounts  or  commissions  received by them from the
Issuer  and any  profit  on the  resale of the Notes by them may be deemed to be
underwriting   discounts  and   commissions,   under  the  1933  Act.  Any  such
Underwriters or Placement Agents will be identified,  and any such  compensation
received  from  the  Issuer  will be  described,  in the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement.


                                      142
<PAGE>

        Under  agreements  which  may  be  entered  into  by  the  Issuer,   the
Underwriters or Placement  Agents and agents who participate in the distribution
of the Offered Notes may be entitled to  indemnification  by the Issuer  against
certain   liabilities,   including   liabilities  under  the  1933  Act,  or  to
contribution with respect to payments which the Underwriters or Placement Agents
or agents may be required to make in respect thereto.

        If so indicated in the Prospectus Supplement,  the Issuer will authorize
Underwriters or Placement  Agents or other persons acting as the Issuer's agents
to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase the Offered Notes from the
Issuer  pursuant to  contracts  providing  for payment and  delivery on a future
date.  Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and
savings  banks,  insurance  companies,   pension  funds,  investment  companies,
educational  and  charitable  institutions  and  others,  but in all cases  such
institutions  must be approved by the Issuer.  The  obligation  of any purchaser
under any such contract  will be subject to the condition  that the purchaser of
the Offered Notes shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws
of the  jurisdiction  to which such  purchaser is subject from  purchasing  such
Notes.  The  Underwriters or the Placement Agents and such other agents will not
have responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts.

        The Underwriters or the Placement Agents may, from time to time, buy and
sell Notes,  but there can be no assurance that an active  secondary market will
develop  and  there  is no  assurance  that any  market,  if  established,  will
continue.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain  legal  matters will be passed upon by Ballard  Spahr  Andrews &
Ingersoll,  Denver,  Colorado  as Issuer's  Counsel  and by Kutak Rock,  Denver,
Colorado as Note  Counsel and as special tax  counsel.  Other  counsel,  if any,
passing upon legal matters for the Issuer or any placement  agent or underwriter
will be identified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The Issuer has determined that its financial statements are not material
to the offering made hereby.  The Issuer will engage in no activities other than
as described herein.  Accordingly,  no financial  statements with respect to the
Issuer are included in this Prospectus.

                                     RATINGS

        It is a condition  to the  issuance  of the Offered  Notes of any Series
that the Classes of Notes  publicly  offered be rated by at least one nationally
recognized  statistical  rating  organization  in  one  of  its  generic  rating
categories  which  signifies  investment  grade  (typically,  in one of the four
highest  rating  categories).  Such  ratings  will be  described  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

        A  securities   rating  addresses  the  likelihood  of  the  receipt  by
Registered  Owners of the Notes rated of payments of principal and interest with
respect to their Notes from assets in the Trust  Estate.  The rating  takes into
consideration  the  characteristics  of the  Financed  Eligible  Loans,  and the
structural, legal and tax aspects associated with the rated Notes.


                                      143
<PAGE>

        A  securities  rating  is not a  recommendation  to  buy,  sell  or hold
securities  and may be  subject to  revision  or  withdrawal  at any time by the
assigning  rating  organization.  Each  securities  rating  should be  evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.


                                      144
<PAGE>


                     INDEX TO AND GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TERMS

        There  is  provided  below  an  index  to  and  a  glossary  of  certain
definitions used in this Prospectus. To the extent not contained herein, certain
definitions  may be set forth in the  Indenture  included  as an exhibit to this
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. In addition,  certain
definitions  related to Auction  procedures  are set forth herein under "Certain
Definitions   and   Provisions   Related  to  Auction  Rate  Notes  and  Auction
Procedures-Auction-  Related  Definitions"  and certain  definitions  related to
LIBOR Rate Notes are set forth herein under "Certain  Definitions and Provisions
Related to LIBOR Rate Notes-LIBOR-Related Definitions."

Index to Defined Terms

        There follows a reference to the  definitions of capitalized  terms used
in this Prospectus.

   
1933 Act.......................................................................i
1993 Amendments..............................................................128
1993 Technical Amendments....................................................117
427A Loans...................................................................117
8/10% loans................................................................. 117
91-day Treasury Bills.........................................................16
Account......................................................................153
Accrual Notes...............................................................  17
Additional Notes..........................................................x, 153
After-Tax Equivalent..........................................................38
Aggregate Market Value................................................xxvii, 153
All Hold Rate  ...............................................................38
Applicable LIBOR-Based Rate...................................................38
Applicable Rate.......................................................15, 16, 70
Auction...................................................................... 38
Auction Agent...............................................................  38
Auction Agent Agreement.................................................xiii, 38
Auction Agent Fee.............................................................38
Auction Date .............................................................14, 38
Auction Note Interest Rate....................................................39
Auction Period ...........................................................14, 39
Auction Period Adjustment.................................................39, 65
Auction Procedures............................................................39
Auction Rate .............................................................14, 39
Authorized Denominations.............................................39, 70, 153
Authorized Officer...........................................................153
Available Auction Rate Notes..............................................39, 56
Beneficial Owner..............................................................77
Bid ..................................................................... 39, 52


                                      145
<PAGE>


Bid Auction Rate..............................................................39
Bid/Hold Orders...............................................................46
Bidder................................................................... 39, 52
Board ...................................................................... 153
Board of Directors...........................................................153
Bond Equivalent Yield.........................................................39
Bond-Equivalent Yield.........................................................70
Book-entry Form...............................................................39
Broker-Dealer ................................................................40
Broker-Dealer Agreement.......................................................40
Broker-Dealer Fee.............................................................40
Broker-Dealer Fee Rate........................................................40
Business Day ....................................................... 40, 71, 153
Buyer's Broker-Dealer.........................................................67
Calculation Agent.............................................................71
Carry-over Amount.............................................................40
Cash Flow Certificate....................................................xx, 153
Cash Flows ..................................................................154
Cede .................................................................... xxviii
Certificate of Insurance.....................................................154
Class ........................................................................ x
Class A Notes............................................................... 154
Class A-1 Notes.........................................................xi, 154
Class A-2 Notes.........................................................xi, 154
Class A-3 Notes.........................................................xi, 154
Class A-4 Notes........................................................xii, 154
Class A-5 Notes........................................................xii, 154
Class A-6 Notes........................................................xii, 154
Class B Notes  ......................................................x, xi, 154
Class B-2 Notes........................................................xii, 154
Class B-3 Notes........................................................xii, 154
Class B-4 Notes........................................................xii, 155
Class C Notes ............................................................... x
Closing Cash Flow Projection................................................155
Closing Date ..............................................................  40
Code...................................................................135, 155
Commercial Paper Dealer......................................................41
Commission .................................................................  i
Compliance Certificate......................................................155
Consolidation Loan..........................................................155
Contract of Insurance.......................................................155
Cost of Issuance Fund.......................................................155
Custodian .................................................................. xi
Custodian Agreement...................................................xiii, 155


                                      146
<PAGE>


Cutoff Date................................................................155
Date of Issuance.....................................................xxii, 155
Deferment Periods..........................................................119
Deferral Phase .............................................................xv
Department  ......................................................... xiv, xvi
Depository  .............................................................   71
Disqualified Persons.......................................................140
DOL  ..................................................................... 140
DTC  .................................................................. xxviii
Dutch Auction ............................................................. 45
Eligible Borrower..........................................................155
Eligible Carry-over Make-Up Amount..........................................41
Eligible Institution.......................................................156
Eligible Lender............................................................156
Eligible Lenders............................................................xi
Eligible Loan ....................................................... xiv, 156
ERISA .................................................................... 140
ERISA Plans  ............................................................. 140
Estimated Amount...........................................................156
Event of Bankruptcy........................................................156
Event of Default...........................................................156
Events of Default...........................................................86
Exchange Act   .........................................................i, iii
Exchange Date  ............................................................157
Exchange Notes ............................................................157
Existing Owner .............................................................41
Existing Owner Registry.....................................................41
FDIC ...................................................................... 11
FDSL Program ..............................................................129
Federal Consolidation Loans................................................116
Federal Family Education Loan Program......................................115
Federal Family Education Loans.............................................115
Federal PLUS Loan..........................................................163
Federal PLUS Loans.........................................................116
Federal Reimbursement Contracts............................................157
Federal Reinsurance Agreements.............................................133
Federal SLS Loan...........................................................167
Federal SLS Loans..........................................................116
Federal Stafford Loans.....................................................116
Federal Supplemental Loans for Students....................................116
FFEL Program   .........................................................8, 128
Financed ..................................................................157
Financed Eligible Loans...................................................xiii
Financing ................................................................ 157


                                      147
<PAGE>


Fiscal Year.............................................................82, 157
FISL Program .............................................................. 157
FISLP...................................................................... 115
Fitch ......................................................................157
Forbearance Periods.........................................................10
Funds ......................................................................157
General Fund .............................................................. 157
Grace Period .............................................................. 119
Grace Periods .............................................................. 10
Guarantee     ............................................................. 158
Guarantee Agencies............................................................i
Guarantee Agency..................................................xiv, xvi, 158
Guarantee Agreements..................................................xiii, 158
Guarantee Payments............................................................2
Guaranteed  .............................................................   158
Guaranteed Student Loan.....................................................158
Guaranteed Student Loan Program.............................................158
Higher Education Act................................................xvi, 2, 158
Hold Order  ....................................................... 41, 52, 159
Holder...................................................................... 71
IHE ........................................................................129
Immediate Notice............................................................159
Indenture  ............................................................ xi, 159
Index Rate Notes..........................................................xviii
Index Rates ..............................................................   10
Indirect Participants....................................................ii, 77
Initial Auction Agent........................................................41
Initial Auction Agent Agreement..............................................41
Initial Interest Payment Date................................................71
Initial Interest Period......................................................71
Initial Period ..............................................................41
Initial Period Interest......................................................71
Initial Rate ............................................................... 42
Initial Rate Adjustment Date.................................................42
Insolvency Laws..........................................................3, 110
Insolvency Proceeding........................................................12
Insurance   .............................................................   159
Insured     ..............................................................  159
Insuring      ............................................................. 159
Interest Amount..............................................................71
Interest Benefit Payment....................................................159
Interest Benefits Agreement.................................................159
Interest Fund.............................................................. 159
Interest Payment Date................................xvii, xviii, 14-16, 42, 71


                                      148
<PAGE>


Interest Period.................................................15, 16, 42, 71
Interest Rate Adjustment Date...............................................42
Interest Rate Determination Date............................................42
Investment Agreement.......................................................159
Investment Securities..................................................... 159
IRAs...................................................................... 140
Issuer................................................................. i, 161
Issuer Order .....................................................  xxiii, 161
Issuer's Counsel...........................................................161
Junior-Subordinate Interest Account........................................161
Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption Account.................................161
Junior-Subordinate Notes..........................................xii, 13, 162
L/C Bank  .................................................................109
Letter of Representations..................................................162
LIBOR Determination Date....................................................72
LIBOR Rate Notes.........................................................xviii
LIBOR-Based Rate............................................................72
Loan Account   ............................................................162
Loan Rates  ................................................................10
Maintenance and Operating Expenses...............................xxvi, 35, 162
Market Agent   .............................................................42
Maturity  ................................................................ 162
Maximum Auction Rate............................................  xvii, 14, 42
Maximum Interest Rate.....................................................  72
National Direct Student Loan.............................................  123
Net Loan Rate ............................................................. 43
Net Losses     ............................................................162
Non-Payment Rate..........................................................  43
Note Counsel   ............................................................162
Note Redemption Fund.....................................................  163
Notes ..................................................................x, 163
Notice of Mandatory Exchange.............................................  163
Notification of Loan Approval............................................  163
Offered Notes  .........................................................x, 163
One-Month LIBOR.........................................................43, 72
One-Year LIBOR .............................................................43
Operating Fund ........................................................35, 163
Order  .................................................................44, 52
Outstanding .............................................................. 163
Outstanding Notes.......................................................  xiii
Ownership Interest.......................................................  163
Participant .......................................................... 72, 163
Participants........................................................... ii, 77
Parties in Interest....................................................... 140


                                      149
<PAGE>


Payment Default......................................................44, 72
Person  ............................................................72, 163
Placement Agents........................................................142
Plan ...................................................................140
Plans  ................................................................ 140
PLUS Loan ............................................................. 163
Potential Bid Orders.....................................................46
Potential Owner..........................................................44
prepayments ............................................................ 10
President ..............................................................163
Principal Office........................................................163
Prior Class A Notes................................................xii, 164
Prior Class B Notes................................................xii, 164
Private Notes ......................................................... 164
Program  .............................................................  164
Prospectus Supplement.....................................................x
PSA  ....................................................................44
PTCE  ..................................................................141
Purchase Price .........................................................164
Purchase Program........................................................164
Qualified Retirement Plans..............................................140
Quarterly Average Auction Rate...........................................44
Quarterly Average T-Bill Rate............................................44
Rating  ............................................................... 164
Rating Agencies........................................................xxix
Rating Agency ................................................... xxix, 164
Record Date    ................................................xvii, 14, 73
Recycling Account.......................................................164
Redemption Date..........................................................73
Registered Owner........................................................165
Registered Owners..................................................xiii, 12
Registered Owners Approval...............................................87
Registration Statement....................................................i
Regular Record Date......................................................44
Regulations    ....................................................140, 165
Repayment Phase.................................................... .....xv
Reserve Fund  ..........................................................165
Reserve Fund Requirement........................................xxviii, 165
Resolution    ......................................................... 165
Reuters Screen LIBOR Page................................................44
Revenue  ...............................................................165
Revenue Fund   .........................................................165
S&P ................................................................44, 165
SEC......................................................................73


                                      150
<PAGE>

Secretary..............................................................xxiv, 165
Securities Act 165
Securities Depository....................................................71, 166
Securities Exchange Act..................................................73, 166
Sell Order  ..............................................................44, 52
Sell Orders  .................................................................46
Seller ......................................................... x, xi, 103, 166
Seller's Broker-Dealer........................................................67
Sellers .................................................................xi, 103
Senior Interest Account......................................................166
Senior Note Redemption Account...............................................166
Senior Notes .......................................................xii, 13, 166
Series ....................................................................... x
Series 1996 Note Account.....................................................166
Series 1996A Notes.......................................................xi, 166
Series 1996B Notes.......................................................xi, 166
Series 1996C Notes......................................................xii, 167
Series 1997A Notes......................................................xii, 167
Service .................................................................... 136
Servicer ............................................................... xi, 167
Servicing Agreement.....................................................114, 167
Six-Month LIBOR...............................................................43
SLS Loan  ...................................................................167
Special Allowance Payments...................................................167
Special Record Date......................................................17, 167
Sponsor  ......................................................................3
State ...................................................................81, 167
Stated Maturity.......................................................xviii, 167
Student Loan........................................................... xiv, 167
Student Loan Fund......................................................xiii, 167
Student Loan Holding Fund....................................................167
Student Loan Portfolio........................................................xv
Student Loan Purchase Agreement...........................................x, 168
Submission Deadline...........................................................44
Submitted Bid  ...........................................................44, 56
Submitted Bids ...............................................................56
Submitted Hold Order......................................................44, 56
Submitted Hold Orders.........................................................56
Submitted Order...............................................................56
Submitted Orders..........................................................45, 56
Submitted Sell Order......................................................45, 56
Submitted Sell Orders.........................................................56
Subordinate Interest Account.................................................168
Subordinate Note Redemption Account..........................................168


                                      151
<PAGE>


Subordinate Notes..................................................xii, 13, 168
Subservicer  ...........................................................xi, 168
Subservicing Agreement......................................................168
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans...........................................116
Substitute Auction Agent.....................................................45
Substitute Auction Agent Agreement...........................................45
Sufficient Bids..........................................................45, 56
Supplemental Indenture..................................................xi, 168
Tax-Favored Plans...........................................................140
Three-Month LIBOR............................................................43
Transfer Date ...................................................... xxvii, 168
Transfer Taxes .............................................................106
Treasury Rate Notes.......................................................xviii
Trust Estate  ...............................................................21
UFS      ............................................................. 110, 142
Underwriters  ............................................................. 142
Union Bank ..............................................................x, 103
UNIPAC     .............................................................xi, 114
United States Treasury Security Rate.........................................45
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans.........................................116
Unsubsidized Loan...........................................................168
Unsubsidized Stafford Loan..................................................168
Value     ..................................................................169
Variable Rate ...............................................................45
    


                                      152
<PAGE>


Glossary of Terms

        There  follows  definitions  of certain  capitalized  terms used in this
Prospectus.  Words importing the masculine  gender include the feminine  gender.
Words importing  persons include firms,  associations  and  corporations.  Words
importing  the singular  number  include the plural  number and vice versa.  The
Indenture  contains the  definition  of certain  terms not  included  herein and
reference is made thereto for such definitions.  The following definitions shall
be  applicable  with respect to each Series  unless  otherwise  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

        "Account" shall mean any of the accounts created and established  within
any Fund by the Indenture.

        "Additional  Notes" shall mean any notes,  other than the Offered Notes,
the Prior  Class A Notes and the Prior  Class B Notes,  issued  pursuant  to the
Indenture.

        "Aggregate  Market Value" shall mean on any calculation  date the sum of
the Values of all assets of the Trust Estate, less moneys in any Fund or Account
which the Issuer is then entitled to receive for deposit into the Operating Fund
or the General Fund but which has not yet been removed from the Trust Estate.

        "Authorized  Denominations"  shall  mean  with  respect  to any Class or
subclass of Notes, $100,000 or any integral multiple thereof.

        "Authorized Officer" shall mean, when used with reference to the Issuer,
its President,  its Vice President, its Secretary, or any other officer or agent
authorized in writing by the Board to act on behalf of the Issuer.

        "Board" or "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Issuer.

        "Business  Day" shall mean any day on which banks located in the City of
New York,  New York and banks located in the city in which the Principal  Office
of the Trustee is located are not required or authorized by law to remain closed
and on which The New York Stock Exchange is not closed.




                                      153
<PAGE>


        "Cash Flow  Certificate"  shall mean a report or reports prepared by the
Issuer showing, with respect to the period covered by the Cash Flow Certificate,
which  period  shall  extend from the date of the Cash Flow  Certificate  to the
latest maturity of the Notes then  Outstanding,  (a) all Revenue  expected to be
received  during such period from the Trust Estate,  (b) the  application of all
such Revenue in accordance  with the  Indenture  and (c) the resulting  periodic
balances on each Interest  Payment Date,  and showing that  anticipated  Revenue
will  exceed,  by a margin  of  $250,000  plus any  additional  amount,  if any,
required  by any  Supplemental  Indenture,  the  amount  necessary  to  pay  the
principal of and interest on the Notes when due and all expenses  payable  under
the Indenture  when due and to maintain the Reserve Fund  Requirement at a level
which will not cause the Rating Agencies to withdraw or reduce their  respective
ratings  on the Notes  Outstanding,  under all  scenarios  included  in the Cash
Flows.  Each Cash Flow  Certificate  shall be accompanied by all supporting Cash
Flows,  shall be based solely upon assumptions  acceptable to each Rating Agency
and shall be approved in writing by each Rating Agency.

        "Cash  Flows" shall mean cash flow  schedules  prepared by the Issuer or
its designee  including a listing of all assumptions  used in the preparation of
such cash flow  schedules.  Such  assumptions  will include  those  contained in
Exhibits E-1 and E-2 to the Indenture or such other assumptions at the time such
Cash Flows are prepared as shall be reasonable in the judgment of the Issuer and
each Rating Agency.

        "Certificate  of  Insurance"  shall mean a  certificate  of federal loan
insurance  issued with respect to an Eligible Loan by the Secretary  pursuant to
the provisions of the Act.

        "Class  A  Notes"   shall  mean  the  Issuer's   Taxable   Student  Loan
Asset-Backed Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and designated as Class A.

        "Class A-1 Notes"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Series 1996A Notes,
the $48,300,000 of Class A Notes designated as Class A-1.

        "Class A-2 Notes"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Series 1996A Notes,
the $48,300,000 of Class A Notes designated as Class A-2.

        "Class A-3 Notes"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Series 1996B Notes,
the $73,700,000 of Class A Notes designated as Class A-3.

        "Class A-4 Notes"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Series 1996B Notes,
the $54,300,000 of Class A Notes designated as Class A-4.

        "Class A-5 Notes"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Series 1996C Notes,
the $225,000,000 of Class A Notes designated as Class A-5.

        "Class A-6 Notes"  shall mean,  with  respect to the Series 1996C Notes,
the $75,500,000 of Class A Notes designated as Class A-6.

        "Class  B  Notes"   shall  mean  the  Issuer's   Taxable   Student  Loan
Asset-Backed  Notes issued  pursuant to the Indenture and designated as Class B.
The Class B Notes were defeased on March 20, 1997, and are no longer Outstanding
under the Indenture.

        "Class  B-2  Notes"  shall  mean  the  Issuer's   Taxable  Student  Loan
Asset-Backed Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and designated as Class B-2.
The  Class  B-2  Notes  were  defeased  on March  20,  1997,  and are no  longer
Outstanding under the Indenture.

        "Class  B-3  Notes"  shall  mean  the  Issuer's   Taxable  Student  Loan
Asset-Backed Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and designated as Class B-3.



                                      154
<PAGE>


        "Class  B-4  Notes"  shall  mean  the  Issuer's   Taxable  Student  Loan
Asset-Backed Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and designated as Class B-4.

        "Closing  Cash Flow  Projection"  shall  mean the Cash Flow  Certificate
delivered on the Date of Issuance  with respect to any Series as attached to the
Indenture.

        "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time.  Each reference to a section of the Code herein shall be deemed to
include the United States Treasury Regulations, including temporary and proposed
regulations,  relating to such section which are  applicable to the Notes of the
use of the proceeds  thereof.  A reference  to any specific  section of the Code
shall be deemed  also to be a  reference  to the  comparable  provisions  of any
enactment which supersedes or replaces the Code thereunder from time to time.

        "Compliance  Certificate" shall mean a certificate  substantially in the
form attached to the Indenture as an Exhibit signed by an Authorized Officer and
all documents, opinions and certificates required thereby.

        "Consolidation  Loan" shall mean a Student Loan authorized under Section
428C of the Higher Education Act consolidating Eligible Loans.

        "Contract of Insurance" shall mean the contract of insurance between the
Eligible Lender and the Secretary.

        "Cost of Issuance  Fund" shall mean the Fund by that name created in the
Indenture and further described in the Indenture.

        "Custodian Agreement" shall mean, collectively,  the Custodian Agreement
dated as of March 1,  1996,  between  the  Trustee  and the  Custodian,  and the
custodian agreements with any Servicer related to Financed Eligible Loans.

        "Cutoff  Date" shall  mean,  with  respect to the Date of Issuance  with
respect to any Series, the date specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
and with  respect  to each  Scheduled  Sale  Date or other  date of  acquisition
thereafter,  the close of business on the Business Day preceding  such Scheduled
Sale Date or date of acquisition, as the case may be.

        "Date of  Issuance"  shall mean,  with  respect to any Offered  Notes or
Additional Notes, the date of delivery of such Offered Notes or Additional Notes
to the placement agent or the underwriter.

        "Eligible  Borrower"  shall mean a borrower  who is  eligible  under the
Higher  Education  Act to be the  obligor of a loan for  financing  a program of
education  at an  Eligible  Institution  or for  consolidating  two or more such
loans,  including without limitation a borrower who is eligible under the Higher
Education Act to be an obligor of a loan made pursuant to Section 428A,  428B or
428C of the Act.



                                      155
<PAGE>


        "Eligible   Institution"   shall  mean  (a)  an  institution  of  higher
education;  (b) a vocational  school;  or (c),  with respect to students who are
nationals of the United States,  an institution  outside the United States which
is comparable to an  institution of higher  education or to a vocational  school
and which has been approved by the Secretary.

        "Eligible  Lender" shall mean any  "eligible  lender," as defined in the
Act,  permitted to  participate as a seller of Student Loans to the Issuer under
the Program  and which has  received an  eligible  lender  designation  from the
Secretary  with respect to Insured  Student Loans or from the  Guarantee  Agency
with respect to Guaranteed Student Loans.

        "Eligible  Loan" shall mean a Student Loan which (a) has been or will be
made to an Eligible  Borrower;  (b) is Insured or is  Guaranteed  by a Guarantee
Agency which then has a Guarantee  Agreement with the Trustee;  (c) unless it is
an  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan, a PLUS Loan or an SLS Loan or a  Consolidation
Loan,  is an  "eligible  loan" under the Higher  Education  Act for  purposes of
receiving  Interest  Benefit  Payments;  (d) bears interest at not less than the
maximum applicable rate of interest permitted by the Higher Education Act at the
time  originated;  (e) is not  delinquent  more  than  180 days and has not been
tendered at any time to either the Secretary or any guarantee agency,  including
without  limitation,  the  Guarantee  Agency,  for payment  unless the situation
giving  rise to such  tender has been  cured;  and (f) is  eligible  for Special
Allowance Payments as provided in Section 438 of the Act.

        "Estimated Amount" shall mean the amount which the Issuer estimates will
be required to pay Maintenance  and Operating  Expenses  (including  accrued but
unpaid Maintenance and Operating  Expenses) for the period beginning on the Date
of  Issuance  of the  Series  1996A  Notes  and  ending  on June 30,  1996,  and
thereafter  for the monthly  period  beginning on the first Business Day of each
month,  commencing July 1, 1996. The Estimated  Amount shall be paid pursuant to
the Indenture; provided, however, such Estimated Amount shall not exceed (i) the
amount shown therefor in the Closing Cash Flow Projection, (ii) 0.12% annualized
on the  Outstanding  Financial  Eligible  Loans or (iii) the amount shown in the
most recent subsequent Cash Flow Certificate.

        "Event of  Bankruptcy"  shall mean (a) the Issuer shall have commenced a
voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization, or other
relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy,  insolvency, or
other  similar law now or  hereafter in effect or seeking the  appointment  of a
trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or other similar official of it or any
substantial  part of its property,  or shall have made a general  assignment for
the benefit of creditors,  or shall have  declared a moratorium  with respect to
its debts or shall have failed generally to pay its debts as they become due, or
shall  have  taken  any  action to  authorize  any of the  foregoing;  or (b) an
involuntary  case or other  proceeding  shall have been  commenced  against  the
Issuer seeking liquidation,  reorganization,  or other relief with respect to it
or its debts  under  any  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar  law now or
hereafter  in  effect  or  seeking  the  appointment  of  a  trustee,  receiver,
liquidator,  custodian,  or other similar official of it or any substantial part
of its property  provided such action or  proceeding is not dismissed  within 60
days.

        "Event of Default" shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.


                                      156
<PAGE>


        "Exchange  Date"  shall mean the date that the Notes are  exchanged  for
Exchange Notes pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Exchange  Notes"  shall mean the Notes  exchanged  for the Series 1996A
Notes and the Series 1996B Notes pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Federal Reimbursement  Contracts" shall mean the agreements between the
Guarantee Agency and the Secretary providing for the payment by the Secretary of
amounts  authorized  to  be  paid  pursuant  to  the  Act,  including  (but  not
necessarily  limited to) reimbursement of amounts paid or payable upon defaulted
Financed  Eligible  Loans and other Student  Loans  Guaranteed or Insured by the
Guarantee Agency and Interest Benefit Payments and Special Allowance Payments to
holders of  qualifying  Student  Loans  Guaranteed  or Insured by the  Guarantee
Agency.

        "Financed" or  "Financing,"  when used with respect to Eligible Loans or
Student Loans,  shall mean or refer to Eligible  Loans or Student Loans,  as the
case may be, (i)  acquired by the Issuer with  balances in the Student Loan Fund
and (ii) Eligible Loans  substituted or exchanged for Financed Eligible Loans or
Financed  Eligible  Loans,  but does not include Student Loans or Eligible Loans
released from the lien of the Indenture and sold or  transferred,  to the extent
permitted by the Indenture.

        "Fiscal  Year" shall mean the fiscal  year of the Issuer as  established
from time to time.

        "FISL  Program" shall mean the federal loan  insurance  program  created
under the Act,  whereby the Secretary  directly insures the repayment of 100% of
the principal of and accrued interest on student loans under the Act.

   
        "Fitch" shall mean Fitch IBCA,  Inc.,  and its  successors  and assigns,
and, for the purposes of the Auction  Procedures,  if such corporation  shall be
dissolved or liquidated or shall no longer perform the functions of a securities
rating  agency,  "Fitch"  shall be deemed  to  relate  to any  other  nationally
recognized  securities  rating agency  designated by the Issuer by notice to the
Trustee, the Auction Agent and the Broker-Dealers;  provided, however, that such
notice shall not be effective  unless  accompanied by a consent of a majority of
the Broker-Dealers.
    

        "Funds" shall mean the following funds created under Section 5.01 of the
Indenture and held by the Trustee:  (a) the Student Loan Fund, including therein
the Series  1996 Loan  Account,  the Series 1996 Note  Account,  the Series 1996
Recycling  Account and any other Loan Account and Recycling  Account  designated
with respect to a Series,  (b) the Revenue Fund,  (c) the Reserve Fund,  (d) the
Interest Fund,  including therein the Senior Interest  Account,  the Subordinate
Interest Account and the  Junior-Subordinate  Interest Account,  if any, (e) the
Note Redemption Fund,  including therein the Senior Note Redemption Account, the
Subordinate Note Redemption Account and the  Junior-Subordinate  Note Redemption
Account,  if any, (f) the Student Loan Holding Fund and (g) the Cost of Issuance
Fund.

        "General  Fund"  shall  mean  the  fund by that  name  described  in the
Indenture.


                                      157
<PAGE>


        "Guarantee" or  "Guaranteed"  shall mean with respect to a Student Loan,
the insurance or guarantee by the Guarantee  Agency  pursuant to such  Guarantee
Agency's  Guarantee  Agreement  of not  less  than 98% of the  principal  of and
accrued  interest on such  Student Loan and the coverage of such Student Loan by
the  Federal  Reimbursement  Contracts,   providing,  among  other  things,  for
reimbursement  to the  Guarantee  Agency for  payments  made by it on  defaulted
Student Loans  insured or  guaranteed  by the  Guarantee  Agency of at least the
minimum  reimbursement  allowed by the  Federal  Reinsurance  Contracts  and the
Higher Education Act with respect to a particular Student Loan.

        "Guarantee  Agency" shall mean (a) United  Student Aid Funds,  Inc., (b)
Iowa College Student Aid  Commission,  (c) Oklahoma State Guaranty  Agency,  (d)
Nebraska  Student Loan Program,  Inc. (e) Kentucky Higher  Education  Assistance
Authority,  (f) Colorado Student Loan Program,  (g) Northstar Guarantee Inc. and
(h) and any other  guarantee  agency so long as the Issuer  shall have  received
written confirmation from each Rating Agency that the designation of such entity
as a "Guarantee  Agency"  hereunder  will not, at the time of such  designation,
adversely  affect its Ratings  then  applicable  to any of the Notes,  and their
respective successors and assigns.

        "Guarantee Agreements" shall mean (a) the Guarantee Agreement,  dated as
of March 7, 1996,  between  United  Student Aid Funds,  Inc.  and  Norwest  Bank
Minnesota,  National Association as trustee, (b) the Guarantee Agreement,  dated
as of February 23, 1996, between Iowa College Student Aid Commission and Norwest
Bank Minnesota,  National Association,  as trustee, (c) the Guarantee Agreement,
dated as of March 7, 1996,  between  Oklahoma State Guaranty  Agency and Norwest
Bank Minnesota,  National Association,  as trustee, (d) the Guarantee Agreement,
dated as of May 1, 1996, between Nebraska Student Loan Program, Inc. and Norwest
Bank Minnesota,  National Association,  as trustee, (e) the Guarantee Agreement,
dated  as of  June  12,  1996,  between  Kentucky  Higher  Education  Assistance
Authority and Norwest Bank Minnesota,  National Association, as trustee, (f) the
Lender Program Participation Agreement,  dated as of September 24, 1996, between
Colorado Student Loan Program and Norwest Bank Minnesota,  National Association,
as trustee,  (g) the Lender  Agreement  dated as of September 26, 1996,  between
Northstar Guarantee Inc. and Norwest Bank Minnesota,  National  Association,  as
trustee (h) any similar  guarantee or lender  agreement with any other Guarantee
Agency, and (i) any amendments to the foregoing.

        "Guaranteed  Student Loan" shall mean a Student Loan which is Guaranteed
or Insured.

        "Guaranteed  Student Loan  Program"  shall mean the program known as the
Federal  Family  Education Loan Program which makes low interest loans under the
Higher  Education  Act  available  to  pay  the  costs  of a  student  attending
post-secondary  schools,  whether under the Guarantee Agency program or the FISL
Program.

        "Higher  Education Act" shall mean the Higher  Education Act of 1965, as
amended or supplemented  from time to time, or any successor federal act and all
regulations,  directives, bulletins, and guidelines proposed or promulgated from
time to time thereunder.


                                      158
<PAGE>


        "Hold Order" shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

        "Immediate  Notice" shall mean notice by telephone,  telex or telecopier
to such  address as the  addressee  shall have  directed  in  writing,  promptly
followed  by written  notice by first  class mail,  postage  prepaid;  provided,
however,  that if any person  required to give  Immediate  Notice shall not have
been provided  with the  necessary  information  as to the  telephone,  telex or
telecopier number of an addressee, Immediate Notice shall mean written notice by
first class mail, postage prepaid.

        "Indenture"  shall mean the Second  Amended and  Restated  Indenture  of
Trust dated as of November 1, 1996,  including all  supplements  and  amendments
thereto.

        "Insurance,"  "Insured"  or  "Insuring"  shall mean,  with  respect to a
Student  Loan,  insurance by the  Secretary  under the Higher  Education Act (as
evidenced by a Contract of Insurance issued or entered into under the provisions
of the Act) of the maximum  percentage  of the  principal  of such  Student Loan
allowed by the Act,  and,  during such time as such Student Loan is not entitled
to Interest Benefit Payments, the interest on such Student Loan.

        "Interest  Benefit  Payment"  shall mean an interest  payment on Student
Loans received pursuant to the Interest Benefits Agreement.

        "Interest  Benefits  Agreement"  shall mean the  agreement  between  the
Guarantee  Agency  and the  Secretary  whereby  the  Secretary  agrees to pay to
holders of Student Loans  Guaranteed by the Guarantee  Agency the portion of the
interest charges on such loans which students are entitled to have paid on their
behalf pursuant to Sections 428(a)(1) and 428(a)(2) of the Act.

        "Interest  Fund"  shall  mean  the  Fund by  that  name  created  in the
Indenture and further described in the Indenture,  including the Senior Interest
Account,  the Subordinate Interest Account and the  Junior-Subordinate  Interest
Account, if any, created therein.

        "Investment   Agreement"  shall  mean,   collectively,   the  Investment
Agreement  dated as of June 19,  1996 by and among the  Trustee,  the Issuer and
Lehman Brothers,  Inc. and the Promissory Note dated as of June 19, 1996 between
the Issuer and Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.

        "Investment Securities" shall mean

               (a) Direct  obligations of (including  obligations issued or held
        in book entry form on the books of) the  Department  of  Treasury of the
        United  States of America with  remaining  maturities  not exceeding the
        first  Business Day preceding  the next  Transfer  Date. If not rated by
        Standard  & Poor's,  the  obligations  must have a  predetermined  fixed
        dollar  principal  due at maturity  that  cannot vary or change.  If the
        obligation is rated,  it should not have an "r"  highlighter  affixed to
        its rating;


                                      159
<PAGE>

               (b)  Obligations of any of the following  federal  agencies which
        obligations  represent  full faith and  credit of the  United  States of
        America with  remaining  maturities not exceeding the first Business Day
        preceding the next Transfer Date, (i) Export - Import Bank; (ii) Farmers
        Home  Administration;   (iii)  General  Services  Administration;   (iv)
        Government National Mortgage  Association (GNMA); (v) U.S. Department of
        Housing   &   Urban   Development   (PHA's);    (vi)   Federal   Housing
        Administration.  If not  rated  by  S&P,  the  obligations  must  have a
        predetermined fixed dollar principal due at maturity that cannot vary or
        change.  If  the  obligation  is  rated,  it  should  not  have  an  "r"
        highlighter affixed to its rating;

               (c) Notes,  bonds or other evidences of indebtedness  rated "AAA"
        by Fitch and S&P issued by the Federal National Mortgage  Association or
        the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation with remaining maturities not
        exceeding the first  Business Day  preceding the next Transfer  Date. If
        not rated by S&P, the obligations must have a predetermined fixed dollar
        principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change.  If the obligation
        is rated, it should not have an "r" highlighter affixed to its rating;

               (d) U.S. dollar denominated  deposit accounts,  federal funds and
        banker's  acceptances with domestic commercial banks which have a rating
        on their  short-term  debt  obligations  of "A-1+" by S&P and  "F-1+" by
        Fitch and  maturities not exceeding the first Business Day preceding the
        next Transfer Date. In addition,  the instruments should not have an "r"
        highlighter   affixed  to  the  rating  and  its  terms  should  have  a
        predetermined  amount of principal  due at maturity  that cannot vary or
        change (Ratings on holding companies are not considered as the rating of
        the bank);

               (e) Commercial paper which is rated "F-1+" by Fitch and "A-1+" by
        S&P and  maturities  not exceeding the first  Business Day preceding the
        next Transfer Date. In addition,  the instruments should not have an "r"
        highlighter   affixed  to  the  rating  and  its  terms  should  have  a
        predetermined  amount of principal  due at maturity  that cannot vary or
        change;

               (f)  Investments  in money  market funds (i) rated within the two
        highest rating categories of Fitch and (ii) "AAAm" or "AAAm-G" by S&P;


                                      160
<PAGE>


               (g) With the prior written  consent of Fitch and S&P,  repurchase
        agreements  with respect to securities of the type described in (a), (b)
        or (c) above, with (i) a registered broker/dealer rated by Fitch and S&P
        or approved  in writing by Fitch and S&P and  subject to the  Securities
        Investors'  Protection Issuer Liquidation Act in the event of insolvency
        to the full extent of such repurchase  agreement,  (ii) a primary dealer
        rated by Fitch and S&P reporting to and trading with the Federal Reserve
        Bank of New  York,  or (iii)  any  commercial  bank,  and in the case of
        clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), (x) whose unsecured long-term  indebtedness
        is rated by Fitch and S&P and whose long-term or short-term indebtedness
        is rated "F-1+" or "AAA" by Fitch and "A-1+" or "AAA" by S&P  (dependent
        upon  whether the  repurchase  agreement  is  long-term  or  short-term,
        respectively)  or better  by  Fitch,  or (y) which in the case of clause
        (iii) is the lead bank of a parent bank holding  company whose unsecured
        long-term indebtedness is rated "AAA" or better by Fitch and S&P, and in
        the case of either (x) or (y),  having a combined  capital,  surplus and
        undivided  profits of not less than $100  million  and which  repurchase
        agreement shall provide that:

                      (A) the  repurchase  obligation is  collateralized  by the
               securities  themselves which shall be held by the Trustee (unless
               the Trustee is the purchaser under the repurchase agreement) or a
               third party which is a Federal  Reserve Bank or a commercial bank
               with capital,  surplus and undivided profits of not less than $50
               million, and the Trustee shall have received written confirmation
               from such third party that it holds such securities;

                      (B) a perfected  security interest in favor of the Trustee
               in the securities  has been created under the Uniform  Commercial
               Code or pursuant  to the book entry  procedures  described  in 31
               C.F.R. 306.1 et seq. or 31 C.F.R. 350.0 et seq., as amended,  and
               any successor regulations thereto; and

                      (C)  the  securities  on  the  date  of  execution  of the
               repurchase  agreement  and upon weekly  evaluation by the Trustee
               thereafter  have a fair  market  value  of at  least  102% of the
               amount of the repurchase obligation, including both principal and
               interest;

               (h)  With the  prior  written  consent  of  Fitch  and  S&P,  any
        investment  agreement that has as a counterparty,  an institution  rated
        "F-1+" or "AAA" by Fitch and "A-1+" or "AAA" by S&P; and

               (i) The Investment Agreement and any other investment approved in
        advance in writing by each Rating Agency.

        "Issuer"  shall mean Union  Financial  Services-1,  Inc., a  corporation
organized  and  existing  under  the  corporation  laws  of the  State,  and any
successor to its functions.

        "Issuer's Counsel" shall mean Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, Denver,
Colorado.

        "Issuer  Order"  shall  mean a written  order  signed in the name of the
Issuer by an Authorized Officer.

        "Junior-Subordinate  Interest  Account"  shall mean the  Account by that
name created  within the  Interest  Fund by Section  5.01 of the  Indenture  and
further described in the Indenture.

        "Junior-Subordinate  Note Redemption  Account" shall mean the Account by
that name created within the Note  Redemption  Fund by the Indenture and further
described in the Indenture.


                                      161
<PAGE>

        "Junior-Subordinate Notes" shall mean Offered Notes or Additional Notes,
if any,  subordinate to the Subordinate  Notes, the principal of and interest on
which  is paid  from  the  Junior-Subordinate  Redemption  Account  of the  Note
Redemption  Fund and the  Junior-Subordinate  Interest  Account of the  Interest
Fund, respectively; provided, however, that any series of the Junior-Subordinate
Notes need not  necessarily  be payable on a parity with all other series of the
Junior-Subordinate  Notes. Any  Junior-Subordinate  Notes shall be designated by
Class  "C," "D," "E" or lower  alphabetic  designation,  the  higher  alphabetic
designation ("C" being higher than "D") indicating the more senior series of the
Junior-Subordinate Notes.

        "Letter of Representations"  means the Letters of Representations  among
the Securities Depository, the Issuer and the Trustee.

        "Loan  Account"  shall mean the Account by that name created  within the
Student Loan Fund by the  Indenture  designated  with respect to each Series and
further described in the Indenture.

   
        "Maintenance  and  Operating  Expenses"  shall mean the  expenses of the
Issuer  incurred  in direct  connection  with the Program  under the  Indenture,
including  attorneys' fees,  auditing fees,  marketing fees,  travel expenses of
directors  and  officers,  insurance,  taxes,  and  such  other  reasonable  and
necessary  expenses  which may be incurred  directly or indirectly in connection
with the  operation of the Program  under the  Indenture and in an annual amount
not to exceed the  estimated  Maintenance  and Operating  Expenses  described in
Exhibit E-2 to the Indenture until April 1, 2002,  unless otherwise  approved by
each  Rating  Agency,  and on and after April 1, 2002,  an annual  amount not to
exceed the estimated Maintenance and Operating Expenses described in a Cash Flow
Certificate to be approved by each Rating Agency for a specified period approved
by each  Rating  Agency,  but such term  shall not  include  servicing  fees and
expenses incurred under the Servicing  Agreement or the Subservicing  Agreement,
as the case may be, the Trustee fees and expenses and the Calculation Agent fees
and expenses  incurred  under the  Indenture  or the  Custodian  Agreement,  the
Auction  Agent's fees and expenses  incurred under the Auction Agent  Agreement,
any Broker-Dealer Fees and expenses incurred under a Broker-Dealer  Agreement or
the Rating Agency Fees and expenses incurred under the Indenture.
    

        "Maturity"  shall mean,  when used with respect to any Note, the date on
which the principal  thereof  becomes due and payable as provided  herein in the
Indenture, whether at its Stated Maturity, by earlier redemption, by declaration
of acceleration, or otherwise.

        "Net Losses" shall mean the aggregate  principal  amount of all Financed
Eligible  Loans  which  are over 540 days  delinquent,  less any  recoveries  of
principal received with respect to such Financed Eligible Loans.

        "Note Counsel" shall mean Kutak Rock, or any other counsel of nationally
recognized  standing  in the field of law  relating  to notes,  selected  by the
Issuer and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.


                                      162
<PAGE>

        "Note  Redemption  Fund" shall mean the Fund by that name created in the
Indenture  and further  described in the  Indenture,  including  the Senior Note
Redemption   Account,   the  Subordinate   Note   Redemption   Account  and  the
Junior-Subordinate Note Redemption Account created therein.

        "Notes" shall mean the Prior Notes, the Offered Notes and any Additional
Notes.

        "Notice of  Mandatory  Exchange"  shall mean the  notice  regarding  the
exchange of the Notes to be delivered by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Notification  of Loan Approval" shall mean the written  notification by
the Guarantee  Agency with respect to an Eligible Loan  evidencing the Guarantee
thereof by the Guarantee Agency.

        "Offered  Notes"  shall mean,  with  respect to any Series,  the Taxable
Student Loan Asset-Backed  Notes being offered with respect thereto as specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

        "Operating  Fund"  shall  mean the fund by that  name  continued  by and
described in the  Indenture  and under  "Security and Sources of Payment for the
Notes."

        "Outstanding"  shall mean, when used in connection with any Note, a Note
which has been  executed and delivered  pursuant to the Indenture  which at such
time remains unpaid as to principal or interest,  unless provision has been made
for such  payment  pursuant to the  Indenture,  excluding  Notes which have been
replaced pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Ownership  Interest"  means,  with respect to any Note,  any  ownership
interest in such Note,  including  any  interest in such Note as the  Registered
Owner thereof and any other interest therein,  whether direct or indirect, legal
or beneficial.

        "Participant" means a member of, or participant in, the Depository.

        "Person"  shall  mean an  individual,  corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture,  association,  joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
or government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

        "PLUS Loan" or "Federal PLUS Loan" shall mean a Student Loan  authorized
under Section 428B of the Act.

        "President" shall mean the President of the Issuer.

        "Principal  Office" shall mean the principal  corporate  trust office of
the Trustee.



                                      163
<PAGE>

        "Prior Class A Notes" shall mean (i) the Issuer's  Taxable  Student Loan
Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series  1996A Senior  Auction Rate issued  pursuant to the
Indenture in the aggregate  principal  amount of  $96,600,000  and consisting of
$48,300,000  of Class  1996 A-1 Notes  (Auction  Rate  Securities_  (ARS_))  and
$48,300,000 of Class 1996 A-2 Notes (Auction Rate Securities_ (ARS_)),  (ii) the
Issuer's Taxable Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1996B Senior Auction
Rate issued  pursuant to the  Indenture  in the  aggregate  principal  amount of
$128,000,000  and  consisting of  $73,700,000  of Class A-3 Notes  (Auction Rate
Securities_ (ARS_)) and $54,300,000 of Class A-4 Notes (Auction Rate Securities_
(ARS_)),  and (iii) the Issuer's Taxable Student Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series
1996C issued  pursuant to the  Indenture in the  aggregate  principal  amount of
$300,500,000  and consisting of  $225,000,000  of Senior Treasury Rate Class A-5
Notes and $75,500,000 Senior Auction Rate Class A-6 Notes.

        "Prior Class B Notes" shall mean (i) the Issuer's  Taxable  Student Loan
Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series  1996A,  Class B  Subordinate  LIBOR  Rate,  issued
pursuant to the Indenture in the aggregate principal amount of $11,100,000, (ii)
the Issuer's Taxable Student Loan Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1996B,  Class B-2
Subordinate  LIBOR Rate,  issued  pursuant  to the  Indenture  in the  aggregate
principal  amount  of  $14,200,000  (iii)  the  Issuer's  Taxable  Student  Loan
Asset-Backed Notes, Series 1996C issued pursuant to the Indenture  consisting of
$15,600,000  Subordinate  LIBOR  Rate  Class B-3  Notes,  and (iv) the  Issuer's
Taxable  Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1997A issued pursuant to the
Indenture and  consisting of  $30,800,000  Subordinate  Class 1997B-4 LIBOR Rate
Notes.  The Class B and Class B-2 Notes were defeased on March 20, 1997, and are
no longer Outstanding under the Indenture.

        "Private  Notes"  shall mean the Series 1996A Notes and the Series 1996B
Notes.

        "Program" or "Purchase  Program" shall mean the Issuer's Program for the
purchase of Eligible Loans from Eligible Lenders in order to increase the supply
of  money  available  for new  Student  Loans,  thereby  assisting  students  in
obtaining an education at an Eligible Institution.

        "Purchase Price" shall mean the purchase price for the Financed Eligible
Loans described in the respective Student Loan Purchase Agreement.

        "Rating"  shall mean one of the rating  categories of Fitch,  S&P or any
other Rating Agency, provided Fitch, S&P or any other Rating Agency, as the case
may be, is currently rating the Notes.

        "Rating Agency" shall mean,  collectively,  (a) Fitch and its successors
and assigns,  (b) S&P and its  successors and assigns or (c) or any other Rating
Agency  requested  by the Issuer to  maintain a Rating on any of the Notes,  but
only to the extent such entity is at the time maintaining a Rating on the Notes.

        "Recycling  Account"  shall mean the Account by that name created within
the Student Loan Fund by the  Indenture  designated  with respect to each Series
and further described in the Indenture.


                                      164
<PAGE>

        "Registered  Owner"  shall  mean  the  Person  in  whose  name a Note is
registered  on the Note  registration  books  maintained by the Trustee or, if a
Note is registered in the name of a Securities Depository, any other Person with
an Ownership Interest.

        "Regulations"  shall mean the Regulations  promulgated from time to time
by the Secretary or the Guarantee Agency.

        "Reserve Fund" shall mean the Fund by that name created in the Indenture
and  further  described  in the  Indenture  and under  "Security  and Sources of
Payment for the Notes."

        "Reserve Fund Requirement"  shall mean at any time (a) the greater of an
amount  equal  to 2% of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  then
Outstanding or $750,000 plus (b) an amount, if any, required to be on deposit in
the  Reserve  Fund  with  respect  to  any  Additional  Notes  pursuant  to  the
Supplemental Indenture authorizing the issuance of such Additional Notes.

        "Resolution" shall mean a resolution duly adopted by the Board.

        "Revenue"  shall mean all  principal  and interest  payments,  proceeds,
charges  and other  income  received  by the  Trustee or the  Issuer  from or on
account of any Financed Eligible Loan (including, but not limited to, scheduled,
delinquent and advance  payments of and any insurance  proceeds with respect to,
interest,  including  Interest Benefit Payments,  on Financed Eligible Loans and
any  Special  Allowance  Payments  received  by the Issuer or the  Trustee  with
respect to any Financed  Eligible Loan) and investment income from all Funds and
Accounts,  and any proceeds from the sale or other  disposition of such Financed
Eligible Loans.

        "Revenue Fund" shall mean the Fund by that name created in the Indenture
and  further  described  in the  Indenture  and under  "Security  and Sources of
Payment for the Notes."

        "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services,  a Division of The
McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc., its successors and assigns, and, for the purposes
of the Auction Procedures,  if such corporation shall be dissolved or liquidated
or shall no longer perform the functions of a securities  rating  agency,  "S&P"
shall be deemed to relate to any other nationally  recognized  securities rating
agency designated by the Issuer by notice to the Trustee,  the Auction Agent and
the Broker-Dealers;  provided,  however, that such notice shall not be effective
unless accompanied by a consent of a majority of the Broker-Dealers.

        "Secretary"  shall mean the Secretary of the United States Department of
Education or any successor to the pertinent functions thereof,  under the Higher
Education  Act or when the  context  so  requires,  the former  Commissioner  of
Education of the United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare.

        "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


                                      165
<PAGE>

        "Securities  Depository" shall mean The Depository Trust Company and its
successors and assigns or if, (i) the then  Securities  Depository  resigns from
its functions as depository of the Notes or (ii) the Issuer  discontinues use of
the Securities  Depository  pursuant to Section  2.01(d) of the  Indenture,  any
other securities depository which agrees to follow the procedures required to be
followed by a securities  depository in  connection  with the Notes and which is
selected by the Issuer with the consent of the Trustee.

        "Securities  Exchange  Act" shall mean the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934, as amended.

        "Seller"  shall  mean an  Eligible  Lender  from  which  the  Issuer  is
purchasing or has purchased or agreed to purchase  Eligible  Loans pursuant to a
Student Loan Purchase  Agreement  between the Issuer and such  Eligible  Lender;
provided,  however,  that any Seller,  other than Union Bank and Trust  Company,
shall be approved in writing by each Rating Agency.

        "Senior  Note  Redemption  Account"  shall mean the Account by that name
created  within the Note  Redemption  Fund by Section 5.01 of the  Indenture and
further described in the Indenture.

        "Senior  Notes" shall mean the Prior Class A Notes and any Offered Notes
or  Additional  Notes  secured  on a parity  with the Prior  Class A Notes,  the
principal  of and  interest  on which is paid from the  Senior  Note  Redemption
Account  of the Note  Redemption  Fund and the  Senior  Interest  Account of the
Interest Fund, respectively.

        "Senior  Interest  Account"  shall mean the Account by that name created
within the Interest Fund by the Indenture and further described in the Indenture
and under "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes."

        "Series 1996 Note  Account"  shall mean the Account by that name created
within the  Student  Loan Fund by the  Indenture  and further  described  in the
Indenture and under "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes."

        "Series 1996A Notes" shall mean the Union  Financial  Services-1,  Inc.,
Taxable  Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1996A issued pursuant to the
Indenture in the aggregate  principal amount of $107,700,000,  consisting of the
Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class B Notes.

        "Series 1996B Notes" shall mean the Union  Financial  Services-1,  Inc.,
Taxable  Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1996B issued pursuant to the
Indenture in the aggregate  principal amount of $142,200,000,  consisting of the
Class A Notes  and the Class B-2 Notes  with  respect  thereto.  The Class B and
Class B-2 Notes were defeased on March 20, 1997,  and are no longer  Outstanding
under the Indenture.


                                      166
<PAGE>


        "Series 1996C Notes" means the Union Financial Services-1, Inc., Taxable
Student Loan Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1996C issued pursuant to the Indenture
in the  aggregate  principal  amount of  $316,100,000,  consisting  of Class A-5
Notes, Class A-6 Notes and Class B-3 Notes.

        "Series 1997A Notes" shall mean the Union  Financial  Services-1,  Inc.,
Taxable  Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series 1997A issued pursuant to the
Indenture in the aggregate principal amount $30,800,000, consisting of Class B-4
Notes.

        "Servicer"  shall  mean  Union  Bank and  Trust  Company,  and any other
servicer so long as the Issuer shall have  received  written  confirmation  from
each Rating Agency that the designation of such entity as a "Servicer" under the
Indenture will not, at the time of such designation, cause such Rating Agency to
reduce or withdraw its Ratings then  applicable  to any of the Notes,  and their
respective successors and assigns.

        "Servicing  Agreement"  shall mean the  Amended and  Restated  Servicing
Agreement,  dated as of June 19, 1996, as amended,  between the Issuer and Union
Bank and Trust Company and any other servicing agreement with any other Servicer
relating to Financed Eligible Loans.

        "SLS Loan" or "Federal  SLS Loan" shall mean a Student  Loan  authorized
under Section 428A of the Act.

        "Special  Allowance  Payments" shall mean the special allowance payments
authorized  to be made by the  Secretary  by Section  438 of the Act, or similar
allowances authorized from time to time by federal law or regulation.

        "Special  Record Date" shall mean the date set forth in the Indenture on
which any defaulted interest shall be paid to Noteholders.

        "State" shall mean the State of Nevada.

        "Stated  Maturity"  shall  mean the date  specified  in the Notes as the
fixed date on which principal of such Notes is due and payable.

        "Student  Loan" shall mean a loan under the Higher  Education  Act to an
Eligible  Borrower  for  education  at an  Eligible  Institution  (or a loan  to
consolidate  the same)  authorized to be made or acquired by the Issuer pursuant
to its articles of incorporation and the Loan Purchase Regulations and described
in Section 144(b)(1)(A) of the Code.

   
        "Student  Loan  Fund"  shall  mean the Fund by that name  created in the
Indenture and further  described in the  Indenture,  including each Loan Account
and Recycling Account designated therein.
    

        "Student  Loan Holding Fund" shall mean the Fund by that name created in
the  Indenture and further  described in the  Indenture and under  "Security and
Sources of Payment for the Notes."



                                      167
<PAGE>

        "Student Loan Purchase  Agreement"  shall mean,  collectively,  (a) that
certain Loan Sale and Commitment Agreement dated as of March 1, 1996 between the
Issuer  and  Union  Bank and  Trust  Company,  (b) that  certain  Loan  Sale and
Commitment  Agreement  dated as of June 19,  1996,  between the Issuer and Union
Bank and Trust Company and (c) any other loan purchase  agreement,  entered into
between the Issuer and any Eligible Lender for the purchase of Eligible Loans in
substantially  the same  form as said  Loan Sale and  Commitment  Agreement,  as
determined by the Issuer and with an opinion of Note Counsel.

        "Subordinate  Interest  Account"  shall  mean the  Account  by that name
created  within the Interest Fund by the Indenture and further  described in the
Indenture and under "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes."

        "Subordinate  Note  Redemption  Account"  shall mean the Account by that
name  created  within the Note  Redemption  Fund by the  Indenture  and  further
described in the  Indenture  and under  "Security and Sources of Payment for the
Notes."

        "Subordinate  Notes"  shall mean the Prior Class B Notes and any Offered
Notes or Additional  Notes secured on a parity with the Prior Class B Notes, the
principal of and interest on which is paid from the Subordinate  Note Redemption
Account of the Note Redemption Fund and the Subordinate  Interest Account of the
Interest Fund, respectively.

   
        "Subservicer"  shall  mean  UNIPAC  Service   Corporation,   a  Nebraska
corporation,  InTuition,  Inc., and any other  subservicer so long as the Issuer
shall have  received  written  confirmation  from each  Rating  Agency  that the
designation of such entity as a "Subservicer" hereunder will not, at the time of
such  designation,  cause such Rating  Agency to reduce or withdraw  its Ratings
then  applicable  to any of the  Notes,  and  their  respective  successors  and
assigns.
    

        "Subservicing Agreement" shall mean the Servicing Agreement, dated as of
January 1, 1995, as amended by the First Amendment to Servicing  Agreement dated
as of March 1, 1996 and the Second Amendment to Servicing  Agreement dated as of
June 19,  1996,  each between the  Servicer  and the  Subservicer  and any other
subservicing  agreement with any other Subservicer relating to Financed Eligible
Loans.

        "Supplemental  Indenture"  shall mean an agreement  supplemental  to the
Indenture executed pursuant to the Indenture.

        "Transfer Date" shall mean each January 1 and July 1, commencing July 1,
1996.

   
        "Trustee"  shall mean Zions First National Bank,  acting in its capacity
as Successor Trustee under the Indenture,  or any successor  trustee  designated
pursuant to the Indenture.
    

        "Unsubsidized Loan" or "Unsubsidized Stafford Loan" shall mean a Student
Loan authorized under Section 428H of the Act.


                                      168
<PAGE>

        "Value" on any calculation  date when required under the Indenture shall
mean the value of the Trust Estate calculated by the Trustee as follows:

               (a) with  respect to any  Eligible  Loan,  the  unpaid  principal
        amount  thereof plus any  unamortized  premiums,  any accrued but unpaid
        interest,  Interest Benefit Payments and Special  Allowance  Payments as
        set forth on the most recent Servicer's report or from the Issuer;

               (b) with respect to any funds on deposit in any  commercial  bank
        or as to any banker's  acceptance or repurchase  agreement or investment
        contract, the amount thereof plus accrued but unpaid interest;

               (c) with respect to any  Investment  Securities  of an investment
        company,  the net asset  value  price of the shares as  reported  by the
        investment company;

               (d) as to  investments  the bid and  asked  prices  of which  are
        published  on a regular  basis in The Wall  Street  Journal  (or, if not
        there, then in The New York Times): (i) the average of the bid and asked
        prices for such  investments  so published on or most recently  prior to
        such time of determination,  but not in excess of the par amount of such
        investment plus accrued interest thereon or (ii) the bid price published
        by a nationally recognized pricing service; and

               (e) as to  investments  the bid and asked prices of which are not
        published on a regular basis in The Wall Street  Journal or The New York
        Times: (i) the lower of the bid prices at such time of determination for
        such investments by any two nationally  recognized government securities
        dealers (selected by the Issuer in its absolute  discretion) at the time
        making a market in such investments or (ii) the bid price published by a
        nationally recognized pricing service.


                                      169
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX I

                        FORM OF MASTER PURCHASER'S LETTER

                      TO BE SUBMITTED TO YOUR BROKER-DEALER

                 Relating to Securities Involving Rate Settings
                        Through Auctions or Remarketings

To:     The Company
        Remarketing Agent
        The Trust Company
        A Broker-Dealer
        An Agent Member
        Other Persons

Dear Sirs:

        1. This letter is designed  to apply to  publicly or  privately  offered
debt or equity securities ("Securities") of any issuer (the "Company") which are
described  in any  final  prospectus,  private  placement  memorandum,  offering
circular or other offering materials relating to such Securities as the same may
be  amended  or  supplemented  (collectively,  with  respect  to the  particular
Securities concerned, the "Prospectus") and which involve periodic rate auctions
("Auctions") or remarketing procedures ("Remarketing"). This letter shall be for
the benefit of the Company and of any trust company, auction agent, paying agent
(collectively, "trust company"), remarketing agent, broker-dealer, agent member,
securities  depository  or  other  interested  person  in  connection  with  any
Securities and related  Auctions or Remarketings  (it being understood that such
persons may be required to execute specified agreements and nothing herein shall
alter such requirements).  The terminology used herein is intended to be general
in its application and not to exclude any Securities in respect of which (in the
Prospectus or otherwise) alternative terminology is used.

        2. We may from time to time offer to purchase,  purchase,  offer to sell
and/or sell  Securities of the Company as described in the  Prospectus  relating
thereto. We agree that this letter shall apply to all such purchases,  sales and
offers and to Securities  owned by us. We understand that the  dividend/interest
rate on Securities  may be based from time to time on the results of Auctions or
Remarketings as set forth in the Prospectus.



<PAGE>


        3. We agree that any bid or sell  order  placed by us in an Auction or a
Remarketing shall constitute an irrevocable offer (except as otherwise described
in the Prospectus) by us to purchase or sell the Securities  subject to such bid
or sell order,  or such lesser  amount of  Securities as we shall be required to
sell or purchase as a result of such Auction or  Remarketing,  at the applicable
price, all as set forth in the Prospectus, and that if we fail to place a bid or
sell order with respect to Securities  owned by us with a  broker-dealer  on any
Auction or Remarketing date, or a broker-dealer to which we communicate a bid or
sell  order  fails to  submit  such bid or sell  order to the trust  company  or
remarketing agent concerned, we shall be deemed to have placed a hold order with
respect to such  Securities  as described in the  Prospectus.  We authorize  any
broker-dealer  that  submits  a bid or sell  order as our agent in  Auctions  or
Remarketings to execute contracts for the sale of Securities covered by such bid
or sell order. We recognize that the payment by such  broker-dealer with respect
to  Securities  purchased on our behalf shall not relieve us of any liability to
such broker-dealer for payment for such Securities.

        4. We understand that in a Remarketing, the dividend or interest rate or
rates on the  Securities  and the  allocation  of  Securities  tendered for sale
between  dividend or interest  periods of  different  lengths will be based from
time to time on the determinations of one or more remarketing  agent(s),  and we
agree to be conclusively bound by such  determinations.  We further agree to the
payment  of  different  dividend  or  interest  rates to  different  holders  of
Securities depending on the length of the dividend or interest period elected by
such holders. We agree that any notice given by us to a remarketing agent (or to
a broker-dealer for transmission to a remarketing agent) of our desire to tender
Securities  in a Remarketing  shall  constitute  an  irrevocable  (except to the
limited extent set forth in the  Prospectus)  offer by us to sell the Securities
specified in such notice,  or such lesser  number of  Securities  as we shall be
required to sell as a result of such  Remarketing,  in accordance with the terms
set forth in the  Prospectus,  and we authorize the  remarketing  agent to sell,
transfer or otherwise dispose of such Securities as set forth in the Prospectus.

        5. We agree  that,  during the  applicable  period as  described  in the
Prospectus, dispositions of Securities can be made only in the denominations set
forth in the Prospectus and we will sell,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of any
Securities  held by us from time to time only  pursuant  to a bid or sell  order
placed in an Auction,  in a Remarketing,  to or through a broker-dealer or, when
permitted in the  Prospectus,  to a person that has signed and  delivered to the
applicable trust company or remarketing agent a letter substantially in the form
of this letter (or other applicable  purchaser's  letter),  provided that in the
case of all transfers,  other than pursuant to Auctions, the form of this letter
(or  other  applicable  purchaser's  letter),  provided  that in the case of all
transfers   other  than  pursuant  to  Auctions  or   Remarketings   we  or  our
broker-dealer or our agent member shall advise such trust company or remarketing
agent of such transfer.  We understand that a restrictive  legend will be placed
on certificates representing the Securities and stop-transfer  instructions will
be  issued  to the  transfer  agent  and/or  registrar,  all as set forth in the
Prospectus.

        6. We agree  that,  during the  applicable  period as  described  in the
Prospectus,  ownership of Securities  shall be represented by one or more global
certificates  registered in the name of the applicable  securities depository or
its  nominee,   that  we  will  not  be  entitled  to  receive  any  certificate
representing  the Securities  and that our ownership of any  Securities  will be
maintained in book-entry  form by the  securities  depository for the account of
our  agent  member,  which  in turn  will  maintain  records  of our  beneficial
ownership.  We  authorize  and  instruct  our agent  member to  disclose  to the
applicable trust company or remarketing  agent such  information  concerning our
beneficial ownership of Securities as such trust company shall request.


<PAGE>


        7. We  acknowledge  that partial  deliveries of Securities  purchased in
Auctions or Remarketings  may be made to us and such deliveries shall constitute
good delivery as set forth in the Prospectus.

        8. This letter is not a commitment by us to purchase any Securities.

        9.  This  letter  supersedes  any  prior-dated  version  of this  master
purchaser's  letter,  and supplements any prior or postdated  purchaser's letter
specific to any particular Securities,  and this letter may only be revoked by a
signed writing delivered to the original recipients hereof.

        10. The  descriptions of Auction or Remarketing  Procedures set forth in
each applicable  Prospectus are  incorporated by reference herein and in case of
any conflict between this letter,  any purchaser's letter specific to particular
Securities and any such description, such description shall control.

        11.  Any  xerographic  or other copy of this  letter  shall be deemed of
equal effect as a signed original.

        12. In the case of each offer to  purchase,  purchase,  offer to sell or
sale by us of Securities  not  registered  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), we represent and agree as follows:

               (a) We understand and expressly  acknowledge  that the Securities
        have not been and will not be registered  under the  Securities Act and,
        accordingly,  that  the  Securities  may  not be  reoffered,  resold  or
        otherwise  pledged,  hypothecated  or  transferred  unless an applicable
        exemption from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities Act is
        available.

               (b) We hereby confirm that any purchase of Securities  made by us
        will be for our own  account,  or for the account of one or more parties
        for which we are acting as trustee  or agent  with  complete  investment
        discretion and with authority to bind such parties,  and not with a view
        to any public resale or  distribution  thereof.  We and each other party
        for  which  we  are  acting  which  will  acquire   Securities  will  be
        "accredited  investors"  within the  meaning of  Regulation  D under the
        Securities  Act with respect to the  Securities to be purchased by us or
        such party, as the case may be, will have previously invested in similar
        types of instruments  and will be able and prepared to bear the economic
        risk of investing in and holding such Securities.

               (c) We  acknowledge  that prior to purchasing  any  Securities we
        have had  access  to such  financial  and other  information  as we deem
        necessary in connection with our decision to purchase Securities.



<PAGE>


               (d)  We  recognize  that  the  Company  and   broker-dealers   or
        remarketing  agents  will  rely  upon  the  truth  and  accuracy  of the
        foregoing investment  representations and agreements,  and we agree that
        each of our purchases of Securities now or in the future shall be deemed
        to  constitute  our  concurrence  in,  and  affirmation  of,  all of the
        foregoing,  which shall be binding on us and each party for which we are
        acting as set forth in subparagraph (b) above.

Date:
                                 (Name of Institution, if applicable)

                                  By
                                  Print Name: 
                                  Title: 

                                        [Placement Agent] [Underwriter]
                                        Account Number

<PAGE>

                                  $742,900,000

                        Union Financial Services-1, Inc.
                                     Issuer


                     Taxable Student Loan Asset-Backed Notes
                                   Series 1998


                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT


                              Salomon Smith Barney
                           Dain Rauscher Incorporated
                           Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
                                  Underwriters


                                December __, 1998

 
        You should rely only on the information  contained in or incorporated by
reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

        We are not offering notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.

        We represent the accuracy of the  information in this prospectus only as
of the dates of their respective covers.

        Until March __,  1999,  all dealers  that effect  transactions  in these
securities,  whether or not  participating in this offering,  may be required to
deliver a  prospectus  supplement  and  prospectus.  This is in  addition to the
dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission